2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World阅读表达
阅读下面短文并回答问题（请注意题后的词数要求）。
Passage 1
［1］I was one of the taller members of my class，standing a head above the other girls and bent down at the back of the line to avoid sticking out.I especially hated to hear people say.“Ruthie! Look how tall you’re getting!” But my grandfather would always tell me，“Stand straight and tall.” Later I understood his advice was about more than just height.
［2］My grandfather grew up in war-torn Europe.When German soldiers occupied his hometown，the beautiful city of Tarnow，Poland，he fought for his country’s freedom.“Stand straight，stand tall,” meant something else back then.
［3］After die war，he boarded a boat for America，arriving in Manhattan.All alone in a new country，he was frightened about his future.Still，he marched head-on into the streets of New York.Soon he met other European immigrants，each of them trying to find his or her own way.If they could do it，why couldn’t he “Stand straight，stand tall,” he would remind himself.
［4］ the help of a loyal and trusting friend，my grandfather acquired a jewelry stand on Canal Street.He once told me how nervous he was on that first day of work.He was not only trying to learn this tough new business，but also a new language.
［5］To his surprise，the men in the neighboring stands—who could have taken advantage of him—offered their help and advice.Within months，my grandfather was commanding his spot behind the counter，selling diamonds and all kinds of cultured pearls as if he’d been doing it his whole life.
［6］I trusted my grandfather more than anyone else in my childhood.And whenever I was afraid of something，he would tell me stories of his life.My grandfather’s remarkable experiences have changed the way I view my own life.His advice tells me to be proud of who I am.
1.What’s the trouble of the author as a child （no more than 8 words）
2.What does the word “them” （Line 6，Paragraph 3） probably refer to （no more than 3 words）
3.Fill in the blank in Paragraph 4 with proper words.（no more than 5 words）
4.How did the men around the grandfather treat him at the beginning of his business
（no more than 8 words）
5.What did the author learn from her grandfather （no more than 15 words）
答案：
1.She was afraid of/worried about her height.
Her height gave her a headache/trouble.
Her height troubled her a lot.
Being much taller than others was her trouble.
Her height.
2.Other European immigrants.
3.Thanks to/Owing to/Due to/Because of/As a result of
4.They didn’t take advantage of him./They treated him well./Offer their help and advice.
5.She should stand straight and tall/be brave in the face of difficulty/trouble.
She should stand straight and tall/be brave,whatever difficulty/trouble she faced/met.
She should face any difficulty/trouble bravely.
She should be confident of herself.
Passage 2
［1］Finnish people can now go to a Naphouse，a place where visitors can enjoy a free afternoon sleep.This idea is new for the Finnish people since they are not used to taking a rest in the middle of the day.Naphouse is one of the newest ideas in the world of comfort.It has been invented in Finland by a civil society organization that calls for a lifestyle based on comfort.
［2］Frenchman Jeremy Mast is behind the project.“We managed to rent this place very cheaply and we actually built it from recycled material and donations.We have been putting a list of the things we need and people have been giving us lots of things.We have been working with a second-hand shop.They allowed us to take things from them，so somehow we have managed to get lots of things for free.” He said.
［3］Shirts，on which Jeremy’s name is written，are sold in the shop and they are considered a good source for income for the place in order to buy furniture.After taking a nap，visitors can write their dreams down in the book of dreams.The project founders say they will publish the book someday.
［4］Studies show that napping ，
such as improving performance，and reducing mistakes and accidents.A study at NASA (National Aeronautics and Space Administration) on sleepy military pilots and astronauts found that a 40-minute nap improved performance by 34 percent and alertness by 100 percent.
［5］However，napping is not considered to be a big part of everyday Finnish culture.
1.What is the main idea of the passage (no more than 5 words)
2.According to the passage，who started the Naphouse (no more than 3 words)
3.What does the underlined word “it” (Para.2) probably refer to ( no more than 2 words)
4.Fill in the blank in Paragraph 4 with proper words.(no more than 4 words)
5.We can infer from the passage that the Naphouse gets some income by .(no more than 7 words)
答案：
1.The Naphouse in Finland.
2.Frenchman Jeremy Mast.
3.Naphouse/This place.
4.can have many benefits
5.selling shirts with Jeremy’s name on them
Passage 3
［1］As the Chinese saying goes，“People are iron，and rice is steel.”Most people think that three meals a day to be normal，but people sometimes skip(跳过，略过) one of their regular meals.They do this because they are busy and don’t want to spend the time.Or they don’t have the money to buy enough food or they want to lose weight.In most cases，this is an unhealthy practice.
［2］ is most likely to be skipped，although many nutritionists say it’s the most important one.Breakfast provides the fuel your body needs after a night without eating.Skipping breakfast can make it hard for you to concentrate，put you in a bad mood and affect your ability to think quickly and solve problems.You are also likely to be hungry and make up for those missed calories later on，perhaps eating even more than you would have if you had eaten breakfast.
［3］You may get some health benefits if you can avoid consuming more calories later in the day after skipping a meal.For example，eating normally one day and then eating only one small meal consisting of about 500 calories the next day，and continuing with this pattern，may help you to lose weight，according to a study in 2007.
［4］Skipping meals among children is quite common.Although children make up for some of the missed calories by snacking，skipping meals among children is of particular concern because they are growing and need to get the necessary nutrients for growth and development.Not getting enough to eat also impacts their school performance and the ability to learn.
［5］To avoid skipping meals is a little difficult if you have habitually done that.However，planning ahead can make it easier.Have healthy foods on hand that you can take with you to eat if you don’t have time to eat breakfast before you leave the house.If your children skip meals and snack more often to make up for this，make sure that they are snacking on nutritious foods rather than unhealthy foods.
1.What is the passage mainly about (no more than 8 words)
2.If you skip breakfast，what bad influences will there be (at least 2 items—no more than 20 words)
①
②
3.Fill in the blank in Paragraph 2 with proper words.(no more than 2 words)
4.If you don’t have time to have breakfast，what should you do (no more than 13 words)
5.What does the word “this” (Line 5，Paragraph 1) probably refer to (no more than 8 words)
答案：
1.Skipping meals is an unhealthy practice.
2.（答对两个即可）
①It can make it hard for you to concentrate.
②Put you in a bad mood.
③Affect your ability to think quickly and solve problems.
④You are likely to be hungry.
⑤Make up for those missed calories later on,perhaps eating even more.
3.Breakfast.
4.Have healthy foods on hand that you can take with you to eat.
5.People sometimes skip one of their regular meals.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero单项填空7
第Ⅶ组
1.When crossing the street,he was in such a hurry that he narrowly escaped .
A.killing B.being killed C.to be killed D.kill
2.—I was wondering whether you could remember the name of the place.
—I’m afraid that me for the moment.
A.reminds B.puzzles C.disturbs D.escapes
3.Scientists have many theories about how the universe into being.
A.came B.was coming C.had come D.would come
4.Although my opinion,the old professor didn’t come up with his own.
A.against B.on C.for D.in
5.But for the help of my English teacher,I the first prize in the English Writing Competition.
A.would not win B.would not have won C.would win D.would have won
6.Thank you for all your hard work last week.I don’t think we it without you.
A.can manage B.could have managed C.could manage D.can have managed
7.What a pity!Considering his ability and experience,he better.
A.need have done B.must have done C.can have done D.might have done
8.—I can’t find my purse anywhere.
—You have lost it while shopping.
A.may B.can C.should D.would
9.It’s the first time that he has been to Australia,
A.isn’t he B.hasn’t he C.isn’t it D.hasn’t it
10.—Did you remember to give Mary the money you owed her
—Yes.I gave it to her I saw her.
A.while B.the moment C.suddenly D.once
11.Mr.White at 8:30 for the meeting,but he didn’t show up.
A.should have arrived B.should arrive
C.should have had arrived D.should be arriving
12.Don’t lose .I’m sure you’ll do better in the next examination.
A.heart B.your heart C.your hearts D.hearts
13.This school was in 1953 and has a history of nearly sixty years.
A.set out B.set up C.set about D.set off
14.The owner of the mine was to twenty years in prison because he had broken the law by employing children as miners.
A.sentenced B.trapped C.sheltered D.buried
15.Now many people move into cities in order to have their children .
A.better educate B.receive well education
C.better educated D.accept better education
16.He helped her and she him with a smile.
A.gave B.brought C.rewarded D.said
17.—Kate!Have you got an invitation from Nancy
— .A what
A.Yes,I’ve got one B.I’m sorry I don’t know
C.I beg your pardon D.Say again
18.It is not wise that a teacher stops his students the room.
A.not to enter B.from entering C.not entering D.to enter
19.All the teachers have a high of Mary because she is smart and hard-working.
A.suggestion B.idea C.advice D.opinion
20.—Would you like some cakes
—Well,I’d like to have a few. ，I have already had my dinner.
A.As far as B.As though C.As a result D.As a matter of fact
21.Only by bringing in new management,I guess, our hotel going from bad to worse.
A.we can prevent B.we have prevented C.can we prevent D.have we prevented
22. is the first thing to consider when customers buy certain goods.
A.Quantity B.Quality C.Value D.Reward
23.Although he is quite old,he is very .
A.calm B.active C.slow D.weak
答案：
1.B escape后可用v.-ing形式，又因为是“被杀”，所以答案为B。
2.D escape sb./sth.忘记某人或某事，某人或某事未被注意。
3.A come into being形成，产生。“宇宙的形成”是过去的事实，故用一般过去时态。
4.A 本题考查介词与名词opinion的搭配。against one’s opinion意为“反对某人的观点”，与for one’s opinion意思相反。in one’s opinion意为“依某人看来”。句意：尽管这位老教授反对我的观点，但他并没有提出自己的观点。故本题选A。
5.B 本题考查虚拟语气。句意：要不是我的英语老师的帮助，我就不会在英语写作比赛中获得一等奖。根据句意可知是对过去情况的假设，故用“情态动词＋have done”结构。
6.B 本题考查情态动词的用法。I don’t think...是否定前移。句意：……我认为没有你我们本不能做成这件事的。此题关键是要根据句意知道是虚拟语气，其基本形式是“情态动词（过去式）+have done”，所以其他选项皆可排除。could have done意为“本来能够做……（而事实上没做成）”; couldn’t have done意为“本来不能够做……（而事实上做成了）”。
7.D 句意：真遗憾！考虑到他的能力和经验，他本可能会做得更好的。might have done表示对过去情况的虚拟。
8.A 本题考查情态动词表推测的用法。在表示对过去发生的动作不肯定时，常用：may/might have done。
9.C 本题考查反意疑问句。It is the first time that...句式中主语和谓语是it is，简短问句和主句应保持一致，故正确答案为C项。
10.B 名词词组the moment可以引导时间状语从句，相当于连词as soon as，表示“一……就……”。while引导时间状语从句时，谓语动词必须是延续性动词，在本题中saw为瞬间性动词。名词词组the moment,the minute,the instant,the first time等可以引导时间状语从句，起连词作用，相当于as soon as引导的时间状语从句。
11.A should have done指过去应该做而没有做。
12.A lose heart与lose one’s heart用法不同。
13.B 指“建设、建造”应用set up。
14.A sentence sb.to...是固定搭配。
15.C educate与children构成动宾关系，用过去分词作宾语补足语。
16.C 她得到了帮助，所以用微笑作为“回报”。
17.C 根据后句知没有听清对方的话，用I beg your pardon.要求对方重复一遍。
18.B stop sb.from doing阻止某人做……
19.D have a high opinion of sb.指“对某人评价高”。
20.D 用As a matter of fact...（事实上……）对前面I’d like to have a few.作解释。
21.C “Only+状语”放于句首时，句子用倒装结构，根据上下文知不用完成时态。
22.B “质量”才是顾客购物时首要考虑的事。
23.B 根据逻辑关系知只能选active。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero 阅读理解1
第Ⅰ组
A
My mother loves flowers.As soon as warm weather comes around,you will find her planting,watering and weeding over everything.For many years we lived next door to each other,and she spent as much time in my garden as she did her own.After the flowers became plentiful each summer,she would cut colorful bouquets（花束）to enjoy inside the house—both hers and mine.I would often come home from work and find a beautiful arrangement（布置）of fresh flowers on my coffee table.
Shortly before Christmas one year,a local flower shop offered a bouquet-a-month special.It seemed to be a great way to thank her for all of the flowers she had given me through the years.
After the holidays,in early January,I drove her to the flower shop to pick up her first month’s bouquet.The small fresh colorful bouquet would hardly fill a small vase （花瓶）.
I was so embarrassed (尴尬的）.However,after we returned home,she began to arrange the flowers she had received.“Mom,I’m sorry,”I told her.“I can’t believe how skimpy that bouquet is.”She looked at me and smiled.“It’s okay,”she said.“It allows me to better enjoy the beauty of each one.”
Mom’s words helped me to realize something bigger and more important—when we have too many good things,we often fail to enjoy the beauty of each one.
Thanks,Mom,for helping me understand that less is sometimes more.
1.According to Paragraph 1，which of the following is TRUE
A.The author’s mother put fresh flowers on the author’s coffee table.
B.The author used to buy some fresh flowers on her way home.
C.The author’s mother usually bought flowers for her daughter.
D.The author and her mother shared a beautiful garden.
2.The author bought her mother flowers to .
A.celebrate the coming Christmas
B.express thanks for all her mother’s done
C.bring more flowers to her mother’s garden
D.arrange her mother’s new house
3.What can we infer from the passage
A.The author couldn’t afford a big bouquet.
B.The mother was not happy when receiving the bouquet.
C.The author would pick up another bouquet the next month.
D.The mother would send back the bouquet to the flower shop.
4.The underlined word “skimpy” in Para.4 means .
A.beautiful B.colorful C.cheap D.small
5.What did the author learn from her mother
A.How to grow flowers. B.How to arrange flowers.
C.Enjoying life if possible. D.Considering things in other ways.
【语篇解读】作者给妈妈买了一束鲜花，可是数量太少，连一个小花瓶都装不满，但妈妈却很喜欢。
1.A 细节理解题。由第一段最后两句话可知，妈妈经常将花园里新鲜的花拿到我和她的房间里，这样，我下班回家后会在咖啡桌上发现漂亮的鲜花，只有A项表达正确。
2.B 细节理解题。由第二段的“a great way to thank her for all of the flowers she had given me through the years”可知。
3.C 推理判断题。由第三段的“...to pick up her first month’s bouquet.”可知，这是第一个月的鲜花，以后作者还会送妈妈鲜花。
4.D 词义猜测题。由第三段的“The small fresh colorful bouquet would hardly fill a small vase（花瓶）.”可知，那束花连一个小花瓶都装不满，可见花束很小。
5.D 推理判断题。尽管花的数量很少，妈妈却说这样她可以更好地欣赏每一朵花。文章最后一段升华了主题。由此推断作者从她母亲那里学会从另一个角度去看事情。
B
Every child should have a solid science education whether they want to be the next Albert Einstein or Michael Jordan.Science is all around us；it is everywhere,reaching everything that we do.The “we” in that last statement includes children.Children that understand how science plays a role in our everyday lives have a wonderful foundation （基础） for success in life.
Children can learn science at any age.The earlier they start the better.The best way for kids to learn is through play and repetition.These are wonderful science toys for preschool science activities.With play being the best way kids learn,it only makes sense then introducing toys to them that encourage understanding science.Children love to use their imagination to have fun and to help them understand the world around them.So play is a wonderful time to introduce science to them.Think of the games that we used to play.Don’t Spill the Beans, Don’t Break the Ice,the Telephone Game,Lincoln Logs,each of these games has science behind it.
Children are by nature curious（好奇的）as they feel out the world,trying to make sense of what is around them.Science feeds that curiosity hunger that they have.It is a hunger that needs to be encouraged and satisfied.Finding these toys is not as hard as one would think.To make sure that you get good quality toys,visit science toy shops online.These are the best places to find unique（独特的）science toys such as 3D space projectors,or Hydro Greenhouses.
Help your children appreciate the world around them with understanding the world around them.This way,they understand how we are all connected together.Children will not only question the world,but be able to come up with answers to those questions on their own.Science is life.
6.Children should have a good science education because .
A.they want to be famous scientists in the world
B.it can help them to make a large amount of money
C.it plays a decisive role in their daily lives
D.it is helpful to their success in the future
7.According to the passage,which of the following is TRUE
A.Science is hardly connected with our daily lives.
B.Children learn science best through playing.
C.Children learn science using their hands.
D.Parents should encourage their children to study hard.
8.Don’t Spill the Beans,Don’t Break the Ice,the Telephone Game and Lincoln Logs are the games .
A.that are the most widely played
B.that can introduce science to children
C.that most students like to play at school
D.that keep children strong and healthy
9.The third paragraph is mainly to tell us that .
A.children are born curious about the world
B.it is necessary to feed children in time
C.science toys can satisfy children’s curiosity
D.most of the toys online are very cheap
10.The text is most probably written for .
A.parents B.scientists C.children D.teachers
【语篇解读】不管将来是否从事科学研究，每一个孩子都需要接受科学教育，不仅因为科学和我们的日常生活密切相关，而且学习科学会为他们未来的成功奠定基础。
6.D 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“Children that understand how science plays a role in our everyday lives have a wonderful foundation（基础） for success in life.”可知，学习科学知识会为他们一生的成功奠定坚实的基础。
7.B 细节理解题。根据第二段中的“The best way for kids to learn is through play and repetition.”和“With play being the best way kids learn...”可知，教孩子科学知识最好的方法是让孩子在玩耍中学习。
8.B 细节理解题。根据第二段最后的“Think of the games that we used to play.Don’t Spill the Beans,Don’t Break the Ice,the Telephone Game,Lincoln Logs,each of these games has science behind it.”可知，这些游戏都有科学的成分，能教给孩子们科学知识。
9.C 主旨大意题。通读本段可知，本段主要讲孩子天生对这个世界好奇，而科学可以满足他们的好奇心，而教给他们科学知识的最好方法是让他们玩科学玩具，故选C项。
10.A 推理判断题。该文讲述了孩子接受科学教育的重要性以及最佳方式，由最后一段“Help your children appreciate the world around them...”可知，本文的写作对象最有可能是家长。
C
Wong Fuk-wing,a Hong Kong volunteer （志愿者） at an orphanage （孤儿院） in Yushu,was killed in the earthquake when he was trying to save others on April 14,2010.
Wong managed to run safely out of the building with some children when the first quake happened at 7:50 am on April 14，but he went back inside to rescue three other children and three teachers inside,although he knew the danger of aftershocks （余震）.
At 10 am,all the children and one of the teachers were saved.However,Wong was buried under the fallen building and died.The other two teachers were still waiting to be rescued.
46-year-old Wong was a truck driver,who often said he could only give his efforts to charity（慈善） instead of money,as he did not earn a lot.His tragic（悲剧的） end touched the hearts of many people both in Hong Kong and on the mainland.
Wong began volunteering in 2002.In 2003，Wong was told by the doctor he got serious illness,which gave him a great blow.However,the illness did not deter the warm-hearted man.When the earthquake struck Wenchuan in Sichuan Province in 2008,Wong rushed to the disaster area of Shifang to offer his help though his family did not want him to go.
In fact,Qinghai is a place Wong had often visited since 2006.As a volunteer,he gave out medicine and clothing to the orphanage there.No one could expect that Wong would die helping others.
Hong Kong Chief Secretary Henry Tang Ying-yen said he had “the highest respect” for the hero who gave his life for others.“What he did has shown the Hong Kong spirit.” The citizens of Hong Kong called him “the pride of Hong Kong’s people” and people on the mainland have also praised him as “a true hero”.
11.Wong died in the earthquake .
A.after he sent medicine and clothing to the orphanage
B.when he returned to save the teachers and students
C.because he suffered from his serious illness again
D.as the first earthquake happened
12.The underlined word “deter” in Para.5 refers to “ ”.
A.prevent B.refuse C.beat D.encourage
13.What can we know about Wong from the passage
A.He never visited Qinghai before 2010.
B.He was supported by his family being a volunteer.
C.He was thought highly of by the Chinese.
D.He was a taxi driver before he died.
14.Why are so many people deeply moved by the story of Wong
A.He always offered money to the orphanage.
B.He fought against his illness bravely.
C.He helped the orphanage though being poor.
D.He put other people’s lives above his own.
15.Which of the following words can be used to describe Wong according to the passage
A.Honest and self-satisfactory. B.Warm-hearted and selfless.
C.Proud and self-centered. D.Capable and hardworking.
【语篇解读】本文介绍了香港义工黄福荣——阿福的故事。
11.B 细节理解题。本文第二、三段介绍了阿福地震中救人牺牲的事迹，故选B项。
12.A 词义猜测题。由第五段中的“When the earthquake struck Wenchuan in Sichuan Province in 2008，Wong rushed to the disaster area of Shifang to offer his help...”可以看出严重的疾病也未能阻止他去汶川地震灾区当一名志愿者。
13.C 细节理解题。由最后一段人们对黄福荣的评价可知香港市民和大陆同胞高度赞扬他。
14.D 推理判断题。通读全文可知香港义工黄福荣在玉树地震中为救被困群众而献出了自己宝贵的生命，由此可看出他把别人的生命看得高于自己，故选D项。
15.B 推理判断题。阿福从2002年开始做义工，不顾自身疾病参与汶川地震和玉树地震的援救工作，并在玉树地震中献出生命。从他的事迹不难看出，阿福是一个热心而无私的人。
D
A 13-year-old American boy on Saturday became the youngest climber to conquer Mount Qomolangma,the world’s highest mountain.
Jordan Romero from Big Bear,California,climbed up the 8,850 meter summit (峰顶) from the Tibetan side.On the same day,a Nepali (尼泊尔的) man,Apa Sherpa,broke his own world record of climbing Qomolangma when he reached the summit for the twentieth time.Apa Sherpa’s team set off from Nepal’s capital,Kathmandu,last month,heading for the base camp（大本营）on the Chinese side of the mountain.
“The team has just called in and believe that they are standing on top of Mt.Qomolangma,”Romero’s blog said.“Their dreams have now come true.Everyone is happy.”
The climbing has put Romero one step closer to reaching his goal of climbing the highest mountains on all seven continents （大洲）．“It is just a goal,”Romero said.He had already climbed five peaks （高峰）,and needs to climb only Vinson Massif,the highest peak in Antarctica,to hit his goal.
The youngest person before to climb Qomolangma was 16-year-old Temba Tsheri Sherpa of Nepal.Romero climbed together with a team including his father Paul and three local guides.He wanted to pick a small piece of rock from the top of the world and wear it in a necklace.
While Nepal insists that anyone planning to climb Mount Qomolangma must be 16，China does not have any age restrictions（限制）.Some mountain climbers haven’t agreed with the Romero family for letting him try it but his father said the climbing from the Chinese side is less dangerous.
16.Jordan Romero climbed up Mount Qomolangma mainly to .
A.meet Apa Sherpa B.build his body
C.break the world record D.realize part of his goal
17.To stand on the highest mountains on all seven continents,the next act of Jordan Romero is to climb the peak in .
A.Asia B.Antarctica C.Europe D.Africa
18.Why did Jordan Romero choose to climb from the Chinese side of Mount Qomolangma
A.China allows climbers of any age to climb Mt.Qomolangma.
B.It wasn’t far from Jordan’s base camp on the Chinese side.
C.There were more challenges on the Chinese side.
D.There were more local guides on the Chinese side.
19.Which of the following is TRUE
A.Apa Sherpa climbed up Mount Qomolangma from the Tibetan side to the base camp on the Nepali side.
B.Jordan Romero’s father and three American guides climbed up Mount Qomolangma with Romero.
C.The youngest person who has climbed up the world’s highest mountain is 16 years old.
D.Apa Sherpa has reached the summit of Mount Qomolangma twenty times.
20.What would be the best title for the passage
A.The great dream of picking rocks from top of Qomolangma
B.California teen becomes the youngest to climb Qomolangma
C.The most number of successful Qomolangma climbs
D.Mount Qomolangma climbing becomes more popular
【语篇解读】本文是一篇新闻。一名13岁的美国男孩成功登上了珠穆朗玛峰的峰顶，轰动了世界。
16.D 细节理解题。根据第四段的“The climbing...reaching his goal of climbing the highest mountains on all seven continents（大洲）.”可知，乔丹攀登珠穆朗玛峰的主要目的是要实现他的梦想——登上世界七大洲的高峰。
17.B 细节理解题。根据第四段的最后一句可知，乔丹目标中七个大洲的最高峰中，只剩下南极洲的文森峰（Vinson Massif)。故选B项。
18.A 细节理解题。根据最后一段可知，从珠峰的中国境内攀爬有两个原因，一是没有最小年龄限制，二是危险较小（他的父亲这样认为）。故选A项。
19.D 细节理解题。由第二段最后一句可知A项错误；由第五段第二句可知B项错误；由第一段第一句话可知C项错误；由第二段第二句可知D项正确。
20.B 主旨大意题。本文是一篇新闻，报道了一名13岁的美国男孩登上了珠穆朗玛峰顶，成为世界上最年轻的成功登顶珠峰的人。故B项最能概括本文大意。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World句式翻译
第Ⅰ组
1.不止一个人在交通事故中丧生。（more than)
2.尽管在聚会上我谁也不认识，但仍然玩得很开心。（even if）
3.以真实的故事为基础，这本书目前很流行。(base)
4.我们正在多方面利用太阳能。 （use）
5.这个问题是怎么产生的？（come）
6.因为污染严重，许多美丽的鱼类正在面临绝种。（because of)
7.信不信由你，明天的考试被取消了。（believe)
8.我相信雅虎未来将继续扮演互联网领先者的角色。（role）
9.我不喜欢你处理这个问题的方式。（way)
10.只要努力，你会成功的。（as long as)
答案：
1.More than one (person) was killed in the traffic accident.
2.Even if I didn’t know anybody at the party，I had a good time.
3.Based on a real story，the book is popular at present.
4.We are making use of energy from the sun in many ways.
5.How did the problem come up？
6.Many beautiful fish are fast disappearing because of the severe pollution.
7.Believe it or not，the examination tomorrow is called off.
8.I believe that Yahoo will continue to play the leading role of the Internet.
9.I don’t like the way you deal with the matter.
10.You will succeed as long as you work hard.
第Ⅱ组
1.由于天气不好,他开会迟到了。（because of）
2.应该充分利用这本书。(use)
3.信不信由你,中国足球队被泰国队打败了。(believe)
4.老师建议我们用其他方法再做一遍。(间接引语）
5.该影片是根据张爱玲的一部小说改编的。(base)
6.现在我想不出更多的主意了。(come)
7.目前很多人要动身去机场。(present)
8.地理在我们的日常生活中扮演重要角色。(role)
9.这家商店里有跟那本杂志上描述的类似的一些机器。（those）
10.学校要求男生不要留长发。（request）
答案：
1.He was late for the meeting because of the bad weather.
2.This book should be made full use of.
3.Believe it or not，the Chinese football team was beaten by the Thailand team.
4.The teacher advised that we do it again in another way.
5.The film is based on a novel by Zhang Ailing.
6.I can’t come up with any more ideas right now.
7.At present，a large number of people are leaving for the airport.
8.Geography plays an important role in our daily life.
9.The machines in this shop are similar to those described in the magazine.
10.The school requests the boy students not to wear long hair.
第Ⅲ组
1.西湖之美令人难以描述。（more than）
2.美国英语以英国英语为基础。(be based on)
3.信不信由你，美国英语现在比以往任何时候起的作用都重要。(play a part)
4.目前，很多人因为想实现美国梦而学习美国英语。(at present，because of)
5.李华认识到了美国英语的重要性，成了学习美国英语的一员。(recognize)
6.李华说他会不断努力，即使困难重重，也不会放弃。(frequent，come up)
7.他充分利用时间，丰富词汇，练习听说。(make use of)
8.我相信他一定能掌握美国英语。(have a good command of)
9.经理要求她说话时摆脱浓重的南方口音。(request)
10.即使失败，我也不灰心。（even if)
答案：
1.The beauty of the West Lake is more than one can describe.
2.American English is based on British English.
3.Believe it or not，American English is playing a more important part than ever before.
4.At present，many people take up American English because of trying to achieve their American dreams.
5.Li Hua has recognized the importance of (learning) American English and become one of those learning American English.
6.Li Hua says that he’ll make frequent efforts and won’t give up even if many difficulties may come up.
7.He makes full use of his time to enrich vocabulary and practice listening and speaking.
8.I believe he’ll have a good command of American English.
9.Her manager requests her to get rid of her strong southern accent when talking.
10.I wouldn’t lose heart even if I should fail.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship任务型阅读
阅读下面短文，根据所读内容在表格中的空白处填入一个恰当的单词。注意：每个空格只填一个单词。
Passage 1
Greeting other people is the first and most important social event in our lives.Parents greet their children as soon as they are born,and it’s not long before babies know who is who among the people in their everyday lives.
After only a few months,babies work out systems of greeting for meeting people they know and those who are unfamiliar.Have you ever seen a four-month-old baby staring at you Have you smiled and said “hello” to the baby Then have you watched the baby’s little frown as it realizes that it does not know you Either the baby will begin to make strange noises and cling to its caregiver,or it will jerk its head in such a way that its whole body moves,and smile at you.
The baby has learned to greet people and to respond to greetings at an very early age.What it has learned is the most important aspect of a greeting:the facial and body gestures that accompany the smile.These are signals that indicate friendliness.
Secondly,there is the intonation(语调)in the voice.Greetings are said warmly,with an expression anywhere between bright quickness and easy-going friendliness.
The third aspect concerns the words chosen.Together,the words,the intonation,and facial expression signal a greeting.These indicators are the same all over the world.
There may be a little difference in the words used,but “Good day”， “Bonggiorno”， “Nihao”， “Bonjour”， and “Guten Morgen” all contain the word “good”.The common greeting from other languages is translated into English as “Good day” or “hello”.“Konnichi-wa” means “Good day”.
There are thousands of languages and cultures around the world,but though the words are different,they mean the same.And they are accompanied with friendly gestures,with smiles and with pleasant vocal intonations.You learned all of these skills easily and naturally in the first months and years of your life.
So please greet other people with a smile,warm voice and kind words.Please greet other people whenever you can and wherever you are.
Titles Greetings
Theme We greet to show 1. .
Introduction Greeting 2. is our first and most important social event.
Three 3. of a greeting ●The 4. on your face,which says that you are friendly. ●The intonation in the voice,which is 5. . ●The 6. of words,which usually contains the word “good”.
7. in languages other than English “Bonggiorno”，“Nihao”，“Bonjour”，“Guten Morgen”and “Konnichi-wa”are 8. different languages,but of the same 9. .
Suggestions ●Please greet others warmly and pleasantly. ●Please greet others whenever 10. and wherever you are.
答案：1.friendliness 2.others 3.aspects/indicators 4.smile 5.warm 6.choice 7.Greetings 8.from 9.meaning 10.possible
Passage 2
It is interesting to know what people of different nations like to do best.
In France,when a woman enters a café or restaurant,she is freely discussed,not only about her appearance but about her past and future as well.She invites looks in the street whether she is beautiful or plain.There is no better way for a woman to get back her self-confidence than a walk in the streets of Paris or Marseilles,and women really like that.
In Italy,people love talking.They sit about in cafes,exchanging news and discussing politics.They do not hesitate to ask questions about the family,income and private life of anybody who happens to be there.
The Swiss eat as a pastime.Ladies walk into a teashop,eat a couple of ice creams and a large piece of chocolate cake,and then leave,complaining about their weight.
For the Americans,the greatest fondness is said to be the push of buttons.You push a button in the lift,you push a button for cigarette,chewing gums,stamps,even for a life insurance.You can even push a button to get married and another button to get divorced.
In England,waiting in a line is national passion.The English will form a line whether they have the opportunity or not.Long queues can be seen,for example,at stations when the train is practically empty and everybody can have a seat.
In different 1. What people like to do best
In France People love to discuss how a woman 2. ,what she did in the past and what she will be in the future.Women like to 3. in the streets to get back confidence.
In Italy People sit in cafes,4. with each other,and sometimes they even ask about some 5. information.
In Swiss Ladies eat a lot of fatty 6. but they often 7. having done so.
In the 8. It seems that you can do almost everything 9. pushing buttons.
In England The whole nation love to 10. in a line almost anywhere and anytime.
答案：1.nations/countries 2.looks 3.walk 4.talking 5.private 6.food 7.regret 8.USA 9.by/through 10.wait
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship单项填空3
第Ⅲ组
1.The police asked him to the facts just as he remembered them.
A.set about B.set down C.set up D.set out
2.—Did he break it accidentally
—No， .
A.by himself B.by chance C.on purpose D.by mistake
3. heart trouble for years，Professor White has to take some medicine with him wherever he goes.
A.Having suffered B.Suffering from
C.Having suffered from D.Being suffered
4.Readers can quite well without knowing the exact meaning of each word.
A.get over B.get in C.get along D.get through
5.Although I often send e-mails to Tom,I haven’t seen him .
A.eye to eye B.face to face C.with eyes D.on my own
6. get to the company in time,we set out early in the morning.
A.So as to B.In order to C.So that D.In order that
7.John’s success has nothing to do with good luck.It is years of hard work has made him what he is today.
A.why B.when C.which D.that
8.Are you afraid that your friend would laugh at you，or just cannot understand what you are
A.going over B.going ahead C.going through D.going along
9.All facts the following:the local police should be to blame for the victims (受害者) of Hong Kong.
A.added B.added to C.added up D.added up to
10.My brother fell in love with writing when he was a teenager and has written series of books.
A.the；a B.the；/ C.a；/ D./；a
11.The little girl alone had great trouble home after she was cheated and sold.
A.came back B.come back C.to come back D.coming back
12.This is the first time that we a film in the newly-built cinema together.
A.see B.had seen C.have seen D.saw
13.As soon as the couple themselves in their seats in the theatre，the curtains went up.
A.sat B.settled C.took D.put
14.—People should stop using their cars and start using public transport.
— .The roads are too crowded as it is.
A.All right B.Exactly C.Go ahead D.Fine
15.“Please explain why you’re so late.”the boss said angrily.
—What did the boss say to me？
—He .
A.orders you to explain why you are so late
B.ordered you to explain why were you so late
C.asked you to explain why were you so late
D.ordered you to explain why you were so late
答案：
1.B 考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：警察让他把事实按他所记忆的写下来。set down写下，记下，放下，符合句意。set about开始； set up竖起，开办；set out出发，着手做。
2.C 考查固定短语。句意：“他是无意中损坏它的吗？”“不，是故意的。”on purpose“故意”，为固定搭配，符合句意。by oneself独自；by chance偶然；by mistake错误地。
3.C 考查非谓语动词。当表示“遭受病痛之苦”时，suffer常用作不及物动词，后跟介词from构成短语，作及物动词时常指“经历、经受……”。由时间状语for years，可知短语应用完成式，故选C。
4.C 考查动词短语意义辨析。get along well顺利进行。
5.B 考查短语意义辨析。句意：尽管我经常给汤姆发送电子邮件，但是我没有当面见过他。face to face面对面，符合句意。
6.B 空格后面是动词原形get，因为C、D两项后跟从句，所以排除C、D两项；A项不能位于句首，故排除。
7.D 考查强调句。被强调部分为years of hard work。根据强调句的基本结构可知D项正确。
8.C 考查动词短语意义辨析。go over复习；go ahead前进；go through经历，经受；go along继续；进展。由句意可知C项正确。
9.D 考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：所有的事实加起来得到下面这一点：当地警察应该为香港的受害者而受责备。add up to“加起来，合计为”，符合句意。
10.D 考查冠词。fall in love with和a series of 均为固定搭配。
11.D 考查固定搭配。sb.have trouble/difficulty (in) doing sth.某人做某事有困难，为固定句式，故D项正确。
12.C 考查动词时态。It/This is the first/second...time that...从句中用现在完成时，故C项正确。
13.B 考查动词词义辨析。句意：这对夫妇刚在座位上坐好，幕就拉开了。sit是不及物动词，不能直接跟宾语；settle oneself使某人稳定/安定下来。
14.B 考查情景交际。exactly“的确如此”，表示很赞同对方的看法，与空后的“路太拥挤”相吻合。all right“好吧”，用于回答对方的提议。go ahead用来回答对方的请求，意思根据语境来翻译。fine一般用来回答“状况良好”。
15.D 考查直接引语变间接引语。老板对“我”的要求，应该用order，且时态应该用一般过去时，同时间接引语应该是陈述语序。A项时态不对；B项语序不对；C项asked用词不当，且语序也不对。故选D。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero完成句子
完成句子
第Ⅰ组
1.The enemy tried to (炸毁桥梁).
2.If you (处于困境中),you can get help from the others.
3.Although he failed the exam,he (并没有丧失信心).
4.The party (上台执政) three years ago.
5.He (请求她告诉他) the truth.
6.This famous college (建立) by his grandfather.
7.She worked hard to (创办自己的生意).
8.The boss (奖励我) a holiday.
9.The man (被判) life imprisonment.
10.The girl planned to (一生致力于) teaching.
答案：1.blow up the bridge 2.are in trouble 3.didn’t lose heart 4.came to power 5.begged her to tell him 6.was founded 7.set up her own business 8.rewarded me with 9.was sentenced to 10.devote her whole life to
第Ⅱ组
1.With no one (可以求助),he has to deal with the situation alone.（turn）
2.Bill (建立了自己的公司) after he left university.（set）
3.After failing the College Entrance Examination,he (灰心) and gave up.(lose)
4.I shall never forget those years (和她一起住的).(live)
5.I have found the watch (我丢的) three weeks ago.(lose)
6.This is the house (我家人住的) last year.(live)
7.Don’t worry.We can ask the man (正在看书的) over there.(read)
8.I have no idea whether you know Tom, (就是我们谈论的) a moment ago.(talk)
9.Great changes have taken place in the town (我出生的).(born)
10.The reason (你为什么失败) was that you had not followed your mother’s advice.(fail)
答案：1.to turn to 2.set up his own company 3.lost heart 4.during which/when I lived with her 5.that/which I lost 6.where/in which my family lived 7.who is reading 8.whom we talked about 9.where/in which I was born 10.for which/why you failed
第Ⅲ组
1.The Chinese people (抗击) the Japanese invaders for 8 years and drove them out of China.
2.No matter how many times you fail,you should never (灰心).
3. (事实上),she didn’t attend the meeting yesterday.
4.If you can’t finish the work on time,you’ll be (处于麻烦中).
5.She has been (失业) for a year and is looking forward to being in work again.
答案：1.fought against 2.lose heart 3.As a matter of fact 4.in trouble 5.out of work
第Ⅳ组
句型转换（用which,why,where或when改写以下句子）
1.The school year starts on the first of September.
The first of September is the day .
2.My brother stopped smoking because it is bad for his health.
The reason .
3.We went to Shanghai on our school trip.
The city .
4.I most like the late night show on TV.
The TV program .
5.My father works in a factory that makes telephones.
The factory .
6.She did her homework in this room.
This is the room .
7.I told you about the town on the phone.
This is the town .
8.Why is Tin Tin popular among children of different countries
Do you know the reason
9.Maybe one day we don’t have to go to school but just study at home.
The day may soon come .
10.I grew up in the small village and I’ll go back there after graduation.
After graduation,I will go back to the small village .
答案：
1.when the school year starts
2.why my brother stopped smoking is that it is bad for his health
3.which we went to on our school trip is Shanghai
4.which I most like is the late night show
5.where my father works makes telephones
6.where she did her homework
7.which I told you about on the phone
8.why Tin Tin is popular among children of different countries
9.when we don’t have to go to school but just study at home
10.where I grew up
第Ⅴ组
翻译句子（将下列汉语翻译成含有定语从句的复合句）
1.昨天我去参观了那个伟大作家曾经生活过的房子。
2.我父亲出生在二战爆发的那一年。
3.有好几个我们不能干那件事的理由。
4.我永远不会忘记在机场第一次遇见你的那个日子。
5.当他回家乡时，他总是想去看看他长大的地方。
6.鲁明不能给老师一个解释他迟到的合理理由。
7.昆明是一个全年都能看到鲜花的美丽城市。
8.这种节目在有许多中国人居住的国家里将大受欢迎。
9.那位年迈的黑人从来没有忘记他被从母亲身边带走并卖掉的那一天。
10.我不知道许多孩子那么喜欢小燕子这一人物的原因。
答案：
1.Yesterday I went to visit the house where the great writer used to live.
2.My father was born in the year when the Second World War broke out.
3.There are several reasons why we can’t do that.
4.I will never forget the day when I first met you at the airport.
5.When he goes to his hometown,he always wants to visit the place where he grew up.
6.Lu Ming couldn’t give the teacher a good reason why he was late for school.
7.Kunming is a beautiful city where flowers are seen all the year round.
8.This kind of program will be well-received in countries where many Chinese live.
9.The old black man has never forgotten the day when he was taken away from his mother and sold.
10.I don’t know the reason why many children like Xiaoyanzi so much.
第Ⅵ组
1.They (已经成立了一个组织来帮助) those who can’ t receive medical care.(set)
2.Madame Curie (被授予诺贝尔奖) twice.(reward)
3.He did work hard and (受到了表扬) his boss.(praise)
4.He fell in love with her (初次见面时).(see)
5.Jack (被判处两年监禁) for stealing.(sentence)
答案：
1.have set up an organization to help
2.was rewarded the Nobel Prize
3.was praised by
4.the first time he saw her
5.was sentenced to two years in prison
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes阅读表达2
阅读下面短文并回答问题(请注意题后的词数要求)。
Passage 1
[1] People are making more and more demands on the world’s natural resources.If babies born in 1991 live for eighty years，the human population of the world may be anything from twice to three times the present total by 2070.In other words，they will have to share what is left of the earth’s resources with 15 billion other people.But hopefully there will be an important decrease in the growth of population.What if this does not happen The answer is that by the time before the babies born in 1991 reach the age of 40 they could be sharing resources with as many as 10 billion other people.
[2]Limiting the pollution of water and atmosphere，controlling the output of the chemicals that may be causing the global warming and climate change，and eating less meat may go to help，but can anyone seriously imagine that these are going to solve the problems of the “baby class” of 1991
[3]There is no getting away from the fact that people the present state of the world，and only people can solve the problems.The decisions have to be taken by people as members of national and local governments；as leaders and decision makers in industry；as scientists and technologists；as professional engineers and designers；as religious leaders and individual citizens.
1.What can be the title of the passage （no more than 10 words）
2.How many other people could the babies born in 1991 be sharing resources with when they reach the age of 40？（no more than 6 words）
3.Where is the short passage probably taken from？（no more than 5 words）
4.Please fill in the blank in the third paragraph with proper words or phrases to complete the sentence.（no more than 3 words）
5.What does “this”（Para.1） refer to？（no more than 10 words）
答案：
1.The Problems of the “Baby Class” of 1991
2.As many as 10 billion.
3.A news report.
4.are responsible for
5.An decrease in the growth of population.
Passage 2
[1]Five years ago，David Smith wore an expensive suit to work every day.“ I was a clothes addict.”He jokes.“I used to carry a fresh suit to work with me so I could change if my clothes got wrinkled.”Today David wears casual clothes—khaki pants and sports shirt to the office.He hardly ever wears a necktie.“I’m working harder than ever.”David says，“and I need to feel comfortable.”
[2]More and more companies are allowing their office workers to in the United States.The change from formal to casual office wear has been gradual.In the early 1990s，many companies allowed their employees to wear casual clothes on Friday.This became known as “dress-down Friday” or “casual Friday”.“What started out as an extra one-day-a-week benefit for employees has really become an everyday thing,”said business consultant Maisly Jones.
[3]Why have so many companies started allowing their employees to wear casual clothes One reason is that it’s easier for a company to attract new employees if it has a casual dress code.“Many young people don’t want to dress up for work，”says the owner of a software company，“so it’s hard to hire people if you have a conservative dress code.”Another reason is that people seem happier and more productive when they are wearing comfortable clothes.In a study 85 percent of employers said that they believe that casual dress improves employee motivation.Only 4 percent of employers said that casual dress has a negative influence on productivity.Supporters of casual office wear also argue that a casual dress code helps them save money.“Suits are expensive，if you have to wear one every day，”one person said.“For the same amount of money，you can buy a lot more casual clothes.”
1.Why does David Smith wear casual clothes now （no more than 8 words）
2.List three advantages of casual office wear according to the text （no more than 10 words）
3.Fill in the blank in Paragraph 2 with proper words.（no more than 6 words）
4.What does it mean by a conservative dress code （no more than 10 words）
5.What’s the main idea of Paragraph 3 （ no more than 18 words）
答案：
1.（Because）They make him feel comfortable/at ease when working.
2.(1）Saving employees’ money. (2）Improving employees’ motivation. (3）Making employees happy. (4）Attracting employees. (5）Making employees more productive.（写出三条即可）
3.wear casual clothes to work/work（go to work）in casual clothes（或类似表达，语法结构须正确）
4.It means that everyone should dress up for work.（或类似表达，语法结构须正确）
5.Two main reasons are given to explain why companies allow their employees to wear casual clothes when working./Why companies allow their employees to wear casual clothes when working./The reasons for employees to wear casual clothes when working.（或类似表达，根据具体情况得分）
Passage 3
Good sleep is needed for good health.During sleep，your body repairs itself.Your immune system is built up.Don’t shortchange （亏待，欺骗） yourself of the sleep you need.Here are some of an expert’s tips for getting a good night’s sleep.
1.Make sure your room is dark.Pull down the shades.Let no light of any kind in.
2.Before you go to sleep，ask your family not to turn on a light.Light breaks the sleep rhythm.Once broken，it’s hard to get the sleep clock running right.As a result，you will not sleep well.You will wake up tired.
3.A hot bath just before bed is good.It makes you relax.You are at peace.This starts the desire for sleep.
4.During the day， .Even jogging（慢跑） will show good results.How about a good long walk This will get your body to work.You will find that toward evening you will get that nice，tired feeling.Sleep then will come easily.Added to this，exercise is good for your health.
5.Here is what to do when you get up.Open the shades or blinds.Let the sun in.Open the windows.Let the fresh air in.This sun and air get imprinted on your brain.The rhythm of being awake gets started.Your body clock is set for the day.That clock will let you know when it is the right time to go to sleep.
76.What does the underlined word “It” mean （Please answer within 5 words）
77.What’s the main idea of the passage （Please answer within 15 words）
78.Please fill in the blank with the proper words or phrases to complete the sentence.（Please answer within 5 words）
79.Explain the underlined sentence in Paragraph 1.
Good sleep is needed for good health.
80.How can we get a good sleep （at least 3 suggestions） （Please answer within 30 words）
①
②
③
答案：
76.A hot bath.
77.This passage shows an expert’s tips for getting a good night’s sleep.
78.do some exercise
79.To be healthy，you need good sleep.
80.（答对三个即可）
①Make sure your room is dark.
②Before you go to sleep,ask your family not to turn on a light.
③A hot bath just before bed is good.
④During the day,do some exercise.
⑤When you get up,open the shades or blinds.Let the sun in.Open the windows.Let the fresh air in.
Passage 4
The Great Wall is one of the wonders of the world and it has a long history of more than two thousand years.It walks from the east to the west in North China.It is about 6，000 kilometers long.It is called “Ten Thousand li Great Wall” by the Chinese people.
The Great Wall was about seven meters high.In many places it was wide enough for ten men to walk side by side along the top.Horses could run along the top，too.Along the Great Wall there are tall and strong watch towers （烽火台）.The Great Wall was made of stones and bricks.There were big stones on both sides and on the top.
To build such a great wall over the mountain and down the valleys was not at all easy.When you look at the Great Wall，you can’t help wondering how the Chinese working people were able to build it without any modern machines.They did all the work with hands.They lifted the earth in baskets and pulled the stones in groups with ropes.They worked in such wild places that it was difficult to give them enough clothes to wear.Thousands of people died of hard work and hunger.
Many people were driven to work on the wall far away from their homes and they never came back.
Now in some places the wall has fallen.We are trying to repair it.As an old building，the Great Wall of China is known to the whole world.Every year thousands and thousands of people come to visit it from all over the world.It is a monument （纪念碑） to the strong will and hard work of the Chinese people.
1.When was the Great Wall built （no more than 7 words）
2.What was the Great Wall made of （no more than 3 words）
3.How did the workers build the Great Wall （no more than 15 words）
4.What do you think of building the Great Wall （no more than 5 words）
5.Is the Great Wall now the same as it was built long ago （no more than 7 words）
答案：
1.More than two thousand years ago.
2.Stones and bricks.
3.They did all the work with their hands./They lifted the earth in baskets and pulled the stones in groups with ropes.
4.It was very difficult.
5.No,it isn’t.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship句式与语法
1. not...until直到……才
He won’t leave Anhui until he visits all the places of interest there. =Not until he visits all the places of interest there will he leave Anhui.(倒装句）=It is not until he visits all the places of interest there that he will leave Anhui.(强调句）
直到游览完那儿的所有名胜他才会离开安徽。
【常考用法】
（1）not...until引导时间状语从句，主句用一般将来时时，从句用一般现在时表将来。
（2）在强调结构中：It is/was not until+被强调部分+that...
（3）在倒装结构Not until...did (或does,do,is...)+主语...中，until从句不倒装。
【十年高考链接】
(1)（2013·福建高考）Not until he went through real hardship the love we have for our families is important.
A.had he realized B.did he realize
C.he realized D.he had realized
答案：B 题干的意思是：“直到他经历了真正的困难，他才意识到我们对家人的爱的重要性。”由题干中句首的关键信息Not until可知此处要用部分倒装，排除C、D两项；而A项用了过去完成时，指realize表示的动作发生在从句谓语went through表示的动作之前，这显然不合逻辑，所以排除A项；而B项无论从语序还是从时态上讲，都是非常正确的。
（2）（2012·上海春招）It was not until 1920 American women had the chance to vote in national elections.
A.when B.that C.where D.which
答案：B 本题考查强调句型。此处not until 1920是被强调部分。句意：直到1920年美国妇女才在国家选举中有机会投票。
（3）（2012·辽宁高考）Not until he retired from teaching three years ago having a holiday abroad.
A.he had considered B.had he considered
C.he considered D.did he consider
答案：D 本题考查倒装句型。句意：直到三年前他从教学生涯中退休他才考虑出国度假。not until引导的从句位于句首时，主句要用部分倒装结构，故排除A、C两项；由句意可知，本句应该用一般过去时。故选D。
（4）（2012·湖南高考）It was not until I came here I realized this place was famous for not only its beauty but also its weather.
A.who B.that C.where D.before
答案：B 本题考查强调句。句意：直到我来到这儿才意识到，这个地方不仅以它的美而且以它的天气出名。分析结构可知，此处为not until的强调结构“It was not until...that...”，故B项正确。
（5）（2010·四川高考）—When shall we restart our business
—Not until we our plan.
A.will finish B.are finishing C.are to finish D.have finished
答案：D 本题考查动词的时态。句意：“我们的生意何时重新开张？” “直到完成我们的计划。”在时间状语从句、条件状语从句和让步状语从句中，用一般现在时代替一般将来时，用现在完成时代替将来完成时，用现在进行时代替将来进行时。此处为until引导的时间状语从句，用现在完成时代替将来完成时，故选D。
（6）（2010·江西高考）Not until he left his home to know how important the family was for him.
A.did he begin B.had he begun C.he began D.he had begun
答案：A 句意：直到他离开了家时他才意识到家对他来说是多么重要。not until置于句首引导时间状语从句时，应把主句进行部分倒装。由left一词可知应用一般过去时。
（7）(2009·江西高考)It was he came back from Africa that year he met the girl he would like to marry.
A.when;then B.not;until C.not until;that D.only;when
答案:C 此题考查强调句。从题干以及选项的特点可以判断出此题是强调句，强调的是not until引导的时间状语从句，再根据强调句的特点可以断定此题应该选C。在做题时若遇到以It is/was...开头的句子首先应判断其是不是强调句。方法很简单，去掉It is/was和that，如果句子结构和意义还完整，那么就是强调句;如果句子结构和意义不完整，则不是强调句。
（8）(2009·四川高考)Not until I came home last night to bed.
A.Mum did go B.did Mum go C.went Mum D.Mum went
答案:B 本题考查倒装结构。not until引导的时间状语从句置于句首时，主句用部分倒装结构。
（9）(2008·重庆高考)It was not until midnight they reached the campsite.
A.that B.when C.while D.as
答案：A 本题考查强调句。句意：直到午夜他们才到达宿营地。分析结构可知，此处是not until的强调结构，故A项正确。
（10）(2007·浙江高考)It we had stayed together for a couple of weeks I found we had a lot in common.
A.was until;when B.was until;that
C.wasn’t until;when D.wasn’t until;that
答案：D 本题考查强调句。强调句的基本结构为：It is/was+被强调部分+that...句意：我们在一起待了几个星期后我才发现我们有许多共同之处。not...until...直到……才……
（11）(2007·天津高考)It is difficult for us to learn a lesson in life we’ve actually had that lesson.
A.until B.after C.since D.when
答案：A 本题考查时间状语从句。句意：对我们来说在生活中得到启示是很难的，直到我们真正得到了那一启示。A项为“直到”；B项为“在……以后”；C项为“自从……以来”；D项为“当……的时候”。
（12）(2007·重庆高考)It is not who is right but what is right is of importance.
A.which B.it C.that D.this
答案：C 本题考查强调句型。本句为It is...that...强调句型。
（13）（2005·北京春招）Simon thought his computer was broken his little brother pointed out that he had forgotten to turn it on.
A.until B.unless C.after D.because
答案：A 本题考查连词。句意：在他小弟弟指出他忘了打开前，西蒙一直认为他的电脑坏了。until引导时间状语从句，意为“到……为止”，符合语境。
（14）（2004·辽宁高考）We were told that we should follow the main road we reached the central railway station.
A.whenever B.until C.while D.wherever
答案：B 本题考查连词。句意：我们被告知我们应该沿着主路一直到达中心火车站。until到……为止，符合语境。
2. get sth.done使某物被……
【常考用法】
get his works recognized 使他的作品得到认可 get himself known 使他自己出名
get her hair cut 剪她的头发 get his car repaired 修他的车
【句式链接】
get sb.to do 使某人做某事 get sb./sth.doing 使某人/某物……
【十年高考链接】
(1)(2012·四川高考) Before driving into the city,you are required to get your car .
A.washed B.wash C.washing D.to wash
答案：A 本题考查非谓语动词的用法。 句意：在开车进入这个城市之前，你需要把车洗一下。wash与your car之间是逻辑上的动宾关系，故用过去分词作宾补，表示被动。
（2）(2010·辽宁高考)Alexander tried to get his work in the medical circles.
A.to recognize B.recognizing C.recognize D.recognized
答案：D 本题考查非谓语动词。 句意：亚历山大努力想让他的工作在医学领域得到认可。get/have sth.done为固定用法，意为“使某事被……”，sth.与done之间为被动关系。故选D。此处recognize意为“认可，赏识”。
3. while doing在做某事的时候
While walking the dog,you were careless and it got loose and was hit by a car.
遛狗的时候，你不小心把狗松开了，它被车撞了。
They are building a new factory while expanding the old one.
他们一面扩建旧厂,一面建设新厂。
【常考用法】
当when,while,unless,as if，though等引导时间、条件、方式和让步状语从句，若从句主语与主句主语一致或从句主语是it，且从句谓语中含有be动词时，可以省略从句中的主语和be动词，构成省略句句型。
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2013·江西高考）If to look after luggage for someone else,inform the police at once.
A.asked B.to ask C.asking D.having asked
答案：A 句意：如果被要求为他人照看行李，请立即通知警察。主句为祈使句，省略了主语you，根据语境可知，条件状语从句中ask与you之间为动宾关系，故选A项。
（2）(2013·浙江高考)There are some health problems that,when in time,can become bigger ones later on.
A.not treated B.not being treated
C.not to be treated D.not having been treated
答案：A 题干的意思是：“有一些健康问题，如果不能得到及时治疗，以后就会变得越来越严重。”分析句子结构可知，此处为状语从句的省略。本句还原为...when they are not treated in time...,when引导的时间状语从句用一般现在时代替一般将来时,故正确答案为A项。B项为分词的进行式，表示被动和进行；C项为动词不定式的被动语态，表示动作尚未发生；D项为分词的完成式，表示动作先于主句动作发生。B、C、D三项均不符合句意和句法结构。此句that...部分实际上是分隔式定语从句。定语从句that can become bigger ones later on被when not treated in time分隔开来了。
(3)（2013·福建高考） Anyone,once positive for H7N9 flu virus,will receive free medical treatment from our government.
A.to be tested B.being tested C.tested D.to test
答案：C 题干的意思是：一旦H7N9禽流感病毒被检测为阳性，任何人都会受到我们政府的免费医治。 由题干中的关键信息once可知此处为时间状语从句的省略。根据状语从句中省略的条件：“当主从句的主语一致或从句的主语是it，并且从句的谓语含有be动词时，可将从句的主语和动词be一起省略”，逆推可将该从句还原为“once anyone is tested positive for H7N9 flu virus”，并且时间状语从句要用一般现在时代替一般将来时，所以该题目自然是省略了“anyone is”。 解答这类题目需要抓住句中的关键信息，准确理解句子含义。
（4）（2012·大纲全国高考Ⅰ）Film has a much shorter history,especially when such art forms as music and painting.
A.having compared to B.comparing to
C.compare to D.compared to
答案：D 本题考查非谓语动词的用法。 句意：电影的历史很短，特别是与音乐和绘画等艺术形式相比较时。compare与film之间是逻辑上的动宾关系，故用过去分词表示被动。
（5）（2010·浙江高考）The experiment shows that proper amounts of exercise,if
regularly,can improve our health.
A.being carried out B.carrying out
C.carried out D.to carry out
答案：C 本题考查状语从句的省略。 句意：实验表明如果有规律地进行适量的运动（锻炼），会增进我们的健康。此处if引导省略句，补全应为：if proper amounts of exercise are carried out regularly。根据省略的原则，把相同的主语和be动词省去，就只剩下if carried out regularly。
（6）(2009·湖南高考)Every evening after dinner， if not from work， I will spend some time walking my dog.
A.being tired B.tiring C.tired D.to be tired
答案：C 本题考查过去分词形式的形容词用于“连词+分词/形容词”结构，在句中作状语。句意:每天晚上饭后，如果我不因工作而感到累的话，我会抽出些时间遛狗。if not from work的逻辑主语就是主句的主语，根据句式结构可知此处应该使用tired，该句是if I am not tired from work的省略。be tired from表示“因……而疲劳”。
（7）(2008·福建高考)—Who should be responsible for the accident
—The boss,not the workers.They just carried out the order .
A.as told B.as are told C.as telling D.as they told
答案：A 本题考查as引导的方式状语从句及其省略。as told=as they were told,此处是as引导的方式状语从句的省略。当从句主语与主句主语一致，且谓语动词含有be动词时，将从句的主语和be动词省略。又因为workers与tell之间是被动关系，排除C、D两项。根据此处的时态可知应选A。
（8）(2007·全国高考Ⅰ)We all know that, the situation will get worse.
A.not if dealt carefully with B.if not carefully dealt with
C.if dealt not carefully with D.not if carefully dealt with
答案：B that后跟宾语从句，宾语从句中含有一个主从复合句，if从句使用了省略句式，完整的形式应为if it is not carefully dealt with,it指代主句中的the situation。
（9）(2007·四川高考)The flowers his friend gave him will die unless every day.
A.watered B.watering C.water D.to water
答案：A 本题考查省略句。unless,if,when,though等引导状语从句时，如果主从句的主语一致，从句中又含有be动词时，常把主语和be动词省略。此处应为unless they are watered。因此A项正确。
4.before
【常考用法】
（1）表示“在……之前就……”。
Mary had finished her homework before her mother returned.
玛丽在她妈妈回来前就完成了作业。
（2）表示“过了多久后才……，动作进行到什么程度才……”。
The man almost knocked me down before he saw me.那个人差点撞上我后才看见我。
They walked about 30 miles to the west before they saw a village.
他们朝西走了大约30英里后才看见一个村子。
（3） 表示“来不及； 尚未……就……” 。
He ran off before I could stop him.我没来得及阻止他，他就跑了。
（4）表示“刚……就……”。
I had hardly sat down before the bell rang.我刚坐下铃声就响了。
（5）表示“不知不觉就……； 还没弄清楚就……”。
Time passed quickly and three months went by before I knew it.
时间过得飞快，不知不觉三个月过去了。
（6）表示“宁愿……，决不……，与其……，毋宁……”，常与will 或would 连用。
I would die before I would give in.我宁死不屈。
（7）表示“否则；以免”。
I will write it down before I forget it.我把它写下来以免忘记。
（8）用于句型“It was +时间段+before...”,表示 “过了多久才……”。
It was three days before he came back.三天后他才回来。
（9）用于句型 “It was not long +时间段+before...” ，意为“不久就……”。
It was not long before he sensed the danger of the position.
不久之后他感觉到了这个位置的危险。
（10）用于句型“It will be (not)+时间段+before...”，表示“要过多久/不久……才……”。
It will be half a year before you graduate from this school.
过半年后你才能从这所学校毕业。
【句式链接】
It is/has been+时间段+since+一般过去时的句子 自……以来多长时间了
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2013·湖南高考）You must learn to consult your feelings and your reason you reach any decision.
A.although B.before C.because D.unless
答案：B although “虽然，尽管”，引导让步状语从句；before“在……之前”，引导时间状语从句；because “因为”，引导原因状语从句；unless “除非”，引导条件状语从句。题干的意思是：“做任何决定之前,你必须学会尊重自己的情感与理智。”空格前后的时间先后意味较为明显，所以答案为B项。
（2）(2010·陕西高考)John thinks it won’t be long he is ready for his new job.
A.when B.after C.before D.since
答案：C 本题考查连词。句意：约翰认为他不久就会为他的新工作做好准备。It won’t be long before...是一个常用的句式，意思是“不久就会……”。
（3）（2010·福建高考）The girl had hardly rung the bell the door was opened suddenly,and her friend rushed out to greet her.
A.before B.until C.as D.since
答案：A 本题考查连词。句意：这个女孩刚一按门铃，门就突然开了，她的朋友冲出去迎接她。before在……之前，还没有……;until直到……；as当……的时候；since自从……以来。根据句意选A项。题干中hardly...before...实际上为一固定句式，意思是“刚……就……”，相当于hardly...when...。
（4）(2009·上海高考) You can’t borrow books from the school library you get your student card.
A.before B.if C.while D.as
答案：A 本题考查连词的词义辨析。句意：在得到学生证之后，你才可以从学校图书馆借书。if是否，假如，while在……期间，as当……的时候，均不符合题意。before在本题中表示“……之后才……”。
（5）(2008·北京高考)I’m sorry you’ve been waiting so long,but it’ll still be some time Brian gets back.
A.before B.since C.till D.after
答案：A 本题考查时间状语从句的连接词。句意：对不起让你久等了，但是还得再过一段时间布赖恩才回来。故空格处须用before表示“在……之前，直到……才……”。
（6）(2007·安徽高考)The field research will take Joan and Paul about five months;it will be a long time we meet them again.
A.after B.before C.since D.when
答案：B 本题考查before引起的时间状语从句的用法。主句为一般将来时时，从句用一般现在时表示将来。
（7）(2007·江西高考)He was told that it would be at least three more months he could recover and return to work.
A.when B.before C.since D.that
答案：B 本题考查时间状语从句的引导词。由It+be+时间段+before从句“要过多久才……”可知，此处用before。句式“It is/has been+时间段+since从句”，表示“自从……以来已有多长时间”。
（8） （2005·山东高考）It was some time we realized the truth.
A.when B.until C.since D.before
答案：D 本题考查连词。句意：过了一段时间后我们才意识到事情的真相。分析结构可知，此处是“It was+时间段+before+一般过去时的句子”这一句式，故D项正确。
（9） (2005·广东高考)The American Civil War lasted four years the North won in the end.
A.after B.when C.before D.then
答案：C 本题考查连词。句意：美国南北战争持续了4年后北方最后赢了。before此处意为“……之后才……”。
（10） （2004·福建高考） Scientists say it may be five or six years it is possible to test this medicine on human patients.
A.since B.after C.before D.when
答案：C 本题考查连词。句意：科学家们说得过五六年后这种药才可能在病人身上试验。It will be+时间段+before+一般现在时的句子意为“……之后才……”。
5. It’s...that强调句型
It was at three o’clock that I arrived in Mount Huang.我是三点钟到达的黄山。
It was playing computer games that cost the boy a lot of time he ought to have spent on his lessons.是玩电脑游戏使这个男孩花了他很多本应该学习的时间。
【句式链接】
陈述句： It is/was+被强调部分+that/who+其他.
一般疑问句：Is/Was it+被强调部分+that/who+其他
特殊疑问句：疑问词+is/was it+被强调部分+that/who+其他
【十年高考链接】
(1)(2013·新课标全国高考Ⅱ) It was only after he had read the papers Mr.Gross realized the task before him was extremely difficult to complete.
A.when B.that C.which D.what
答案：B 题干的意思是：“直到他读了文件之后，格罗斯先生才意识到他面前的任务非常难完成。”本句为强调句型，强调状语only after he had read the papers。 根据强调句结构“It is/was+被强调部分+that+剩余部分.”可知选B。 此外，我们也可以将It is/was与空格去掉来验证此句是不是一个强调句。
（2）(2013·重庆高考)It was with the help of the local guide the mountain climber was rescued.
A.who B.that C.when D.how
答案：B 题干的意思是：“正是在当地导游的帮助下那位爬山者获救了。”这是一个It is/was...that...强调句型。判断的标准是：把It is/was和that去掉，然后调整句子的顺序看句子是否成立。如果成立，就是强调句型,反之则不是。而本题将It was和that去掉并调整顺序后为“The mountain climber was rescued with the help of the local guide.”，句子完整无缺，因此是强调句型，所以答案为B项。
（3）（2013·天津高考） It was not until near the end of the letter she mentioned her own plan.
A.that B.where C.why D.when
答案：A 本题考查强调句型：It is/was+被强调部分+that+其他部分.句意：直到快写到信的结尾的时候，她才提到了自己的计划。句中被强调的部分是时间状语not until near the end of the letter。
（4）(2012·湖南高考）It was not until I came here I realized this place was famous for not only its beauty but also its weather.
A.who B.that C.where D.before
答案：B 本题考查强调句型。句意：直到我来到这里我才意识到这个地方不仅因为它的美丽而闻名，还因它的天气而闻名。句中出现not until结构，且not与until放在一起使用。能够出现这种情况的句型有两种：①It is/was not until...that...强调句型；②Not until+部分倒装句。根据句子结构可确定答案。此外，我们也可以将It is/was与空格去掉来验证此句是不是一个强调句。
（5）（2012·上海高考）—Was it by cutting down staff she saved the firm
—No,it was by improving work efficiency.
A.when B.what C.how D.that
答案：D 本题考查特殊句式。本题是强调句，对by cutting down staff进行强调。句意：“是不是通过裁员她拯救了公司的命运？”“不是，是通过提高工作效率来拯救的。”
（6）（2012·重庆高考） It was 80 years before Christopher Columbus crossed the Atlantic Zheng He sailed to East Africa.
A.when B.that C.after D.since
答案：B 本题考查强调句。分析结构可知，此处考查强调句型，是对“80 years before Christopher Columbus crossed the Atlantic”进行强调。根据强调句的基本句型“It is/was...that/who...”可知，B项正确。
（7）（2011·重庆高考）—Have you seen the film Under the Hawthorn Tree
—Of course,I have.It was in our village it was made.
A.that B.where C.when D.which
答案：A 本题考查强调句型。句意：“你看过电影《山楂树之恋》吗？”“当然，我看过。它就是在我们村里拍摄的。”依据强调句型的结构“It is/was +被强调部分+that+句子剩余部分.”可知选A。弄清强调句型的基本结构是解题的关键。
（8）（2011·四川高考）Was it on a lonely island he was saved one month after the boat went down
A.where B.that C.which D.what
答案：B 本题考查强调句型在一般疑问句中的应用。句意：是不是船沉了以后一个月他才在一个孤岛上被救？根据句中出现的Was it及强调句型的判断方法可确定该题考查强调句型。where，which和what均不能构成强调句型。判断强调句的方法是把it is/was和that去掉，若剩下的句子在结构及意义上均完整，则为强调句。要熟练掌握强调句型的基本句式结构及其判断方法。
（9）(2011·湖南高考)It’s not what we do once in a while shapes our lives,but what we do consistently.
A.which B.that C.how D.when
答案：B 本题考查强调句式。牢记各种特殊句式是解答此类题的关键。句意：不是我们偶尔而是我们始终如一做的事情塑造了我们的生活。此处为强调句式。
（10）(2011·陕西高考)It is not how much we do but how much love we put into what we do benefits our work most.
A.who B.which C.that D.what
答案：C 本题考查强调句式。句意：对我们的工作最有益的不是我们做了多少，而是我们对所做的事情注入了多少爱。本句是一个强调句，其结构是：It is/was...that/who...因为所强调的是not how much we do but how much love we put into what we do,所以选that。另外，强调句式常与定语从句结合起来考查。如：It was the words that he spoke that made the teacher angry.
（11）（2010·湖南高考）John’s success has nothing to do with good luck.It is years of hard work has made him what he is today.
A.why B.when C.which D.that
答案：D 句意：约翰的成功和好运气没有关系，正是多年的努力工作成就了今天的他。本题考查强调句型，强调主语years of hard work。故D项正确。
（12）（2010·安徽高考）It was from only a few supplies that she had bought in the village the hostess cooked such a nice dinner.
A.where B.that C.when D.which
答案：B 句意：仅仅用她从村庄里买来的一些简单的东西，女主人就做了一顿丰盛的晚餐。从句式看此句是强调句，故选B项。
（13）(2009·浙江高考)—I’ve read another book this week.
—Well，maybe is not how much you read but what you read that counts.
A.this B.that C.there D.it
答案：D 本题考查不定代词it的特殊用法。分析答语的句子结构可知此处构成It is...that...强调句型，被强调部分是not how much you read but what you read。
(14)(2009·江西高考)It was he came back from Africa that year he met the girl he would like to marry.
A.when;then B.not;until C.not until;that D.only;when
答案：C 本题考查强调句。从题干以及选项的特点可以判断出此题是强调句，强调的是not until引导的时间状语从句，再根据强调句的特点可以判断出此题应该选C。在做题时若遇到以It is/was...开头的句子首先应判断其是不是强调句。方法很简单，去掉It is/was和that，如果句子结构和意义还完整，那么就是强调句;如果句子结构和意义不完整，则不是强调句。
(15)(2008·全国高考Ⅱ)It was in New Zealand Elizabeth first met Mr.Smith.
A.that B.how C.which D.when
答案：A 本题考查强调句。句意：正是在新西兰伊丽莎白第一次见到史密斯先生。It+is/was+被强调成分+that...为强调句句型。
(16)(2008·天津高考)It was along the Mississippi River Mark Twain spent much of his childhood.
A.how B.which C.that D.where
答案：C 本题考查强调句式。此处构成It was...that...强调句式，句中强调了介词短语along the Mississippi River。
(17)(2008·重庆高考)It was not until midnight they reached the campsite.
A.that B.when C.while D.as
答案：A 本题考查强调句。强调的是not until midnight。
（18）(2007·重庆高考)It is not who is right but what is right is of importance.
A.which B.it C.that D.this
答案：C 本题考查强调句型。强调的是not who is right but what is right。
（19）(2007·浙江高考)It we had stayed together for a couple of weeks I found we had a lot in common.
A.was until;when B.was until;that
C.wasn’t until;when D.wasn’t until;that
答案：D 本题考查强调句。强调句的基本结构为：It is/was+被强调部分+that+其他.句意：我们在一起待了几个星期后我才发现我们有许多共同之处。not...until...直到……才……
（20）(2007·江西高考)I don’t mind her criticizing me,but is how she does it that I object to.
A.it B.that C.this D.which
答案：A 本题考查强调句型。强调句型的结构为：It is/was+被强调部分+that+其他.强调句可去掉It is/was与that还原句子。本句相当于:...but I object to how she does it.被强调部分是宾语从句。
6. It was the first time＋that从句某人第一次做某事。
It was the second time that I had visited the Great Wall.那是我第二次游览长城。
It/That was the last time that I had visited Hefei together with my friends.
那是我最后一次跟朋友一起去参观合肥。
It/This is the first time that I have been to the Summer Palace.这是我第一次去颐和园。
【句式链接】
(1)It/This/That will be/is the first/second...time that从句 (现在完成时).
(2)It/This/That was the first/second...time that从句 (过去完成时).
（3）It is (high)＋time＋从句［用一般过去时或should (should 不能省略)＋动词原形］.
It’s high time that the article should be published.是发表这篇文章的时候了。
【十年高考链接】
(1)(2009·陕西高考)This is the first time we a film in the cinema together as a family.
A.see B.had seen C.saw D.have seen
答案：D 本题考查时态的用法。在This/It is the first/second...time that从句中，that从句谓语动词用现在完成时。句意：这是第一次我们全家人一起去电影院看电影。
(2)(2009·辽宁高考) It’s the first time that he has been to Australia,
A.isn’t he B.hasn’t he C.isn’t it D.hasn’t it
答案：C 本题考查反意疑问句。句意:这是他第一次去澳大利亚，不是吗 该句主语和谓语动词分别是it和is，所以反意疑问部分用isn’t it。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World词汇与短语
1.voyage n.航行；航海
【常考用法】
make a voyage to the Pacific Ocean到太平洋航行
make a long sea voyage一次漫长的海上旅行
on a voyage from Yantai to Dalian
在从烟台到大连的航行中
go on a voyage去航行
【辨析】voyage,tour,travel,journey与trip
voyage 指不论距离长短的海上旅行或空中旅行
tour 指巡回旅行，常含有去不同的几个地方旅行之后又回到原出发地之意
travel 指长距离旅行或国外旅行
journey 常指远距离的陆上旅行，不含有回到原出发地之意
trip 指较短距离的旅行，常含有回到原出发地之意
2.because of 因为；由于
【常考用法】
because of the bad weather由于坏天气 because of ill health由于健康状况不佳
because of the heavy rain由于下大雨 because of his illness因为他生病
【短语链接】
due to因为 owing to因为 thanks to幸亏，由于 on account of因为
【十年高考链接】
(2007·浙江高考)The open-air celebration has been put off the bad weather.
A.in case of B.in spite of C.instead of D.because of
答案：D 本题考查介词短语意义辨析。句意：因为坏天气，露天庆祝活动被推迟了。in case of以防万一；in spite of尽管；instead of代替；because of因为。
3.come up 走近；上来，(太阳、月亮等)升起；被提出；长出
【常考用法】
come up to your apartment到你的公寓来
come up at the meeting（问题）在会上被提出
【短语链接】
come up with想出(计划、回答) come about发生；产生
come along进展；进步；进行 come at向……接近；袭击；攻击
come out出现；开花；出版 come on快点；加油
come over过来；顺便来访 come to总计；总共；达到
come across偶遇；碰到 come true实现
【十年高考链接】
(1)(2013·新课标全国高考Ⅱ)Would you like to with us to the film tonight
A.come along B.come off C.come across D.come through
答案：A 首先了解四个选项的汉语意思。A项come along“一起来”；B项come off“成功；举行”；C项come across“偶遇；偶然发现”；D项come through“公开；公布；（健康）恢复”。题干的意思是：“今晚你想和我们一起去看电影吗？”根据with us及题意可知选A。
（2）（2012·浙江高考）— Alvin，are you coming with us
— I’d love to，but something unexpected .
A.has come up B.was coming up C.had come up D.would come up
答案：A 本题考查时态的用法。句意：“阿尔文，你要和我们一起来吗？”“我想来，但是发生了点意外情况。”现在完成时表示过去发生的动作或事情到现在为止且有可能持续下去，且对现在造成了一定的影响，符合语境，故答案选Ａ。Ｂ项为过去进行时，表示过去某段时间正在进行的动作或所处的状态；Ｃ项为过去完成时，表示过去的过去；Ｄ项为过去将来时，表示过去将要发生的事情，均不符合语境，故排除。
（3）(2011·新课标全国高考)I can the house being untidy,but I hate it if it’s not clean.
A.come up with B.put up with C.turn to D.stick to
答案：B 本题结合语境考查动词短语辨析。句意：我能忍受这套房子凌乱，但不喜欢它不干净。come up with找到（答案），想出（主意）；put up with容忍，忍受；turn to转向，翻页，求助于；stick to坚持。多归类动词短语，了解它们的含义和用法区别是做此类题目的关键。
（4）(2011·天津高考)She an old friend of hers yesterday while she was shopping at the department store.
A.turned down B.dealt with C.took after D.came across
答案：D 本题考查动词短语在具体语境中的应用。句意：昨天她在百货商店购物时偶遇了一位老朋友。turn down调低，拒绝；deal with处理，对付；take after与……相像；come across偶然碰到。根据句意可确定选D项。
（5）(2011·安徽高考)If you faults but you still want the bicycle,ask the shop assistant to reduce the price.
A.come across B.care about C.look for D.focus upon
答案：A 本题考查动词短语的用法辨析。句意：如果你偶然发现些瑕疵而又还想要那辆自行车，你可以让店员降低价格。B项care about表示 “关心，在乎”， C项look for表示 “寻找”，D项focus upon表示“集中（注意力）”，这三项很明显与题意不符；只有A项come across“偶然发现，偶然遇见”符合题意。因此选A项。做对这类题目的关键是牢牢掌握动词短语的含义，并理解句子的含义。
（6）（2010·湖北高考）Had she her promise,she would have made it to Yale University.
A.looked up to B.lived up to C.kept up with D.come up with
答案：B 句意：如果她不辜负自己的诺言，她就会考上耶鲁大学。look up to“尊敬，敬仰”；live up to“实践；做到；不辜负”；keep up with“赶上”；come up with“提出，想出”。由句意以及动词短语的含义可知，B项正确。
（7）(2007·江苏高考)—Have you some new ideas
—Yeah.I’ll tell you later.
A.come about B.come into C.come up with D.come out with
答案：C 本题考查动词短语意义辨析。come about发生；come into进入，得到；come up with想出；come out with发表，公布，说出。句意：“你想出新的主意了吗？”“是的，我过会儿告诉你。”
（8）(2006·天津高考)Most of us know we should cut down on fat，but knowing such things isn’t much help when it shopping and eating.
A.refers to B.speaks of C.focuses on D.comes to
答案：D 本题考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：我们绝大多数人都知道应该减肥，但是当谈及购物和吃的时候，知道这些没大有用。refer to提到，提及；speak of说起，评价；focus on集中注意力于；come to谈及，when it comes to当谈及……的时候，为固定句式，故D项正确。
（9）（2006·湖南高考）It’s already 10 o’clock.I wonder how it that she was two hours late on such a short trip.
A.came over B.came out C.came about D.came up
答案：C 本题考查动词短语意义辨析。how did it come about为固定句式，意为“怎么会……？”，故C项正确。
4.actually adv.实际上；事实上
【短语链接】
actually=in fact=in actual fact=as a matter of fact=in reality事实上；实际上
【十年高考链接】
（1）(2009·安徽高考)— Do you think it’s a good idea to make friends with your students
— ，I do.I think it’s a great idea.
A.Really B.Obviously C.Actually D.Generally
答案:C 本题考查交际用语。句意:“你认为和你的学生交朋友是个好主意吗 ”“是的，确实如此。我认为是个很好的主意。”由下句肯定回答可知，此处表示赞同对方的观点，故用Actually。
（2）(2009·浙江高考)In the good care of the nurses，the boy is recovering from his heart operation.
A.quietly B.actually C.practically D.gradually
答案：D 本题考查副词词义辨析。句意:心脏手术后，在护士们的精心护理下，这个男孩渐渐地痊愈了。quietly静静地;actually实际上;practically实际地;gradually逐渐地。
5.base vt.建于……之上，以……为根据n.底；根基，基础；基地，根据地
【常考用法】
base his opinion on facts以事实为依据发表他的观点
base one’s theory on practice理论以实践为基础
be based on a true story以一个真实的故事为基础
the base of a building建筑物的根基
at the base of the mountain在山脚下
【十年高考链接】
（2012·江苏高考） an important decision more on emotion than on reason，you will regret it soon or later.
A.Based B.Basing C.Base D.To base
答案：B 本题考查非谓语动词。句意：凭着感情而不是理智作出一个重要决定，你迟早会后悔的。you与base之间是主动关系，故用现在分词作状语。
6.present adj.目前的，现在的；出席的，在场的n.礼物；目前vt.把……交给；提出；赠送
【常考用法】
the present situation目前的形势
the present government leaders现任政府的领导人
be present at the World Media Summit出席世界媒体峰会
at the present time目前
at present目前，现在
present a bunch of flowers to his mother =present his mother with a bunch of flowers
赠给他的母亲一束花
be presented to the headmaster被引荐给校长
【十年高考链接】
（1）(2009·北京高考)All of them try to use the power of the workstation
information in a more effective way.
A.presenting B.presented C.being presented D.to present
答案:D 本题考查非谓语动词作状语的用法。此处用不定式短语作目的状语。句意:他们所有人都试图借助工作站的力量用一种更有效的方式来呈现信息。
（2）(2008·浙江高考)There are plenty of jobs in the western part of the country.
A.present B.available C.precious D.convenient
答案：B 本题考查形容词的用法。available意为“可得到的，可利用的”。句意为“在这个国家的西部地区，有很多工作可找”。
（3）(2008·湖北高考)As nobody here knows what is wrong with the machine，we must send for an engineer to the problem.
A.handle B.raise C.face D.present
答案：A 本题考查动词词义辨析。句意：因为这儿没有人知道机器出了什么故障，所以我们必须去请一位工程师来解决这个问题。handle处理，解决；raise抬高；饲养；养育；提出（问题等）;face面对，面临；present呈现；介绍；赠送。
7.make use of 利用；使用
【常考用法】
make full use of your time充分利用你的时间
make the best use of your money充分利用你的金钱
make use of your time to learn a foreign language利用时间学门外语
make good use of any opportunity to practice English好好利用一切机会练英语
make good use of the Internet resources充分利用网络资源
【短语链接】
make the most of充分利用 take advantage of利用
in use在使用 out of use不再被用
bring...into use开始利用；对……加以使用 come into use开始使用
【十年高考链接】
(2011·浙江高考)The school isn’t the one I really wanted to go to，but I suppose I’ll just have to it.
A.make the best of B.get away from
C.keep an eye on D.catch up with
答案：A 本题考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：这所学校并不是我真正想去的学校，但是我想我会充分利用它。make the best of 充分利用；get away from 逃离；keep an eye on照看，留神；catch up with赶上。结合句意可知A项正确。 此类题的解题关键是弄明白所给选项的意义，再结合语境作出选择。
8.latter adj.较后的，后期的，(两者中)后者的
【常考用法】
the latter half of the year后半年 in the latter part of her life在她的后半生
the latter book后一本书 the former...the latter...前者……后者……
【拓展】
late adj. & adv.迟(的)，晚(的) later adj.后期的，较后的adv.后来，较晚地
latest adj.最新的，最近的 lately adv.(＝recently)最近，近来
9.such as 例如……；像这样的
【常考用法】
such as tea and coffee例如茶和咖啡
such as English and French例如英语和法语
such as Canada，Britain and Japan比如加拿大、英国和日本
【辨析】such as与for example
（1）such as用于列举事物时常放在所列举事物与前面的名词之间，且直接跟所列举的事物，其后不用逗号。它所列举的事物的数量不能等同于前面所提的事物的总和。
（2）for example主要用于举例说明，其位置比较灵活，可位于句首、句中或句末，前后多用逗号隔开。
【十年高考链接】
(2008·江西高考)My English teacher’s humor was make every student burst into laughter.
A.so as to B.such as to C.such that D.so that
答案：B 本题考查代词such的用法。句意：我的英语老师的幽默就是如此（好笑）以至于使每一个同学都哈哈大笑。such as （to do）到如此程度，如此……以至于……（正式或文学用语）。A项只能作目的状语，不能作表语。C、D两项引导从句。
10.frequently adv.常常；频繁地
【常考用法】
run frequently between the city and the airport频繁地往来于城市与机场之间
speak English frequently经常说英语
quarrel frequently经常吵架
【十年高考链接】
（2010·福建高考）Drunk driving,which was once a occurrence,is now under control.
A.general B.frequent C.normal D.particular
答案：B 句意：醉酒驾驶，曾经是一件经常发生的事，现在被控制住了。general一般的； frequent经常的； normal正常的； particular特别的。根据句意选B项。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero完形填空4
It was at 6:00 am that I arrived at the hospital kitchen.“Hi,I’m Janet.”I tried to sound cheerful,although I already knew that it was 1 to work with Rose.
Rose,a middle-aged woman,stopped what she was doing and 2 me over her glasses.I could tell from her expression that she wasn’t 3 to see a student worker.
“What do you want me to do 4 the coffee ” Rose 5 and went away.I filled the pot with cold water and began making coffee when Rose suddenly 6 and took over,“That’s not the 7 to make coffee.”I was 8 as I just followed the steps our supervisor（指导员）showed us.
9 I did pleased her.All morning her eyes missed nothing and her words 10 me.Totally tired,I came home late that afternoon.Fighting back 11 ,I thought of my situation alone in my room.Should I see if my supervisor would change my 12 But I don’t want to 13 .Then I had the answer—I needed to 14 her.
Working with Rose the next morning,I 15 her sharp （刻薄的） words and did things in her way as much as possible.Things began to 16 over the next few days.She became 17 to me.As I worked with this 18 woman,I listened to her—something no one else had done.
I never 19 Rose again after that summer， 20 I still remember her.That summer I learned a lesson that love is the best way to turn an enemy into a friend.
1.A.useful B.interesting C.strange D.difficult
2.A.smiled at B.shouted at C.looked at D.cared about
3.A.sad B.pleased C.nervous D.interested
4.A.Start B.Serve C.Buy D.Find
5.A.nodded B.bent C.spoke D.stood
6.A.agreed B.decided C.appeared D.calmed
7.A.time B.way C.place D.student
8.A.serious B.excited C.bored D.shocked
9.A.Nothing B.Something C.Anything D.Everything
10.A.attracted B.hurt C.moved D.taught
11.A.fear B.worry C.pride D.tears
12.A.mind B.project C.work D.tool
13.A.get down B.give in C.go away D.come up
14.A.notice B.trust C.show D.love
15.A.enjoyed B.judged C.ignored D.considered
16.A.change B.happen C.get worse D.go wrong
17.A.helpful B.friendly C.angry D.grateful
18.A.lonely B.young C.strong D.kind
19.A.refuse B.mention C.see D.call
20.A.and B.or C.so D.but
【语篇解读】“我”暑假在医院的厨房打工，却遇到一个难相处的职工，回到家后身心疲惫的“我”开始考虑是不是该换个工作呢？
1.D 由上文的I tried to sound cheerful和下文她的言行可知，罗丝是个难相处的人，故选D。
2.C 罗丝停下工作，应该是从眼镜上方“打量”“我”。
3.B 由下文的to turn an enemy into a friend可以推断罗丝开始并不“愿意”和“我”一起工作。
4.A 由I filled the pot with cold water and began making coffee可知，“我”打算“开始准备”咖啡。
5.A 罗丝离开后“我”就开始煮咖啡，故她“点头”同意了“我”的提议。
6.C 之前罗丝离开了一会儿，这里她是突然“出现了”。
7.B 由I just followed the steps our supervisor（指导员） showed us可知，罗丝是对“我”煮咖啡的“方法”不满。
8.D 因为“我”是完全按照指导员展示给我们的步骤做的，所以罗丝说“我”的方法不对，让“我”“很震惊”。
9.A 由All morning her eyes missed nothing可以推出“没有一件事”让罗丝满意的。
10.B 由下文的Totally tired和her sharp（刻薄的） words可以推出她刻薄的话让人感觉很“受伤”。
11.D 第一天工作不顺利，“我”应该感到很委屈，所以这里“我”是努力不让“眼泪”流下来。
12.C 因为罗丝很难相处，所以“我”考虑是否换一下“工作”。
13.B 由But和下文“我”的表现可以推出“我”并不想“认输”。
14.D 由下文love is the best way to turn an enemy into a friend可知，“我”想试着“喜欢”罗丝。
15.C 由did things in her way as much as possible可知，“我”尽量避免和罗丝发生冲突，所以“没有理睬”她刻薄的话。
16.A 由I listened to her—something no one else had done可知，情况开始“改变了”。
17.B 由turn an enemy into a friend可知，罗丝对“我”变得“友好”了。
18.A 由something no one else had done可以推出她是一个“孤独的”人。
19.C 由I still remember her可以推出“我”后来没有再“见”她了。
20.D 前后两句是转折关系，所以这里填but。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes单项填空1
第Ⅰ组
1.The audience waited until Shenzhou-X touched the ground and then applause.
A.burst out B.burst on C.burst in D.burst into
2.It will at least take five months to repair the ship that was seriously by the hurricane （飓风）.
A.hurt B.ruined C.damaged D.broken
3. from what he said，he knew nothing about the accident.
A.To judge B.Judged C.Judging D.Having judged
4. is known to everybody，the moon travels round the earth once every month.
A.It B.As C.That D.Which
5.The more careful pedestrians are walking on the road， .
A.there will be less accidents B.the less there will be accidents
C.the less accidents will there be D.the less accidents there will be
6.—Many people are suffering from the earthquake.
—I see.Food and clothes should be sent to them .
A.on purpose B.at present C.right away D.ever since
7.It was a night，the dam cracked and then burst under the weight of water.
A.frighten B.frightened C.frightening D.frightens
8.Alice， on your wonderful performance！I’ll treat you to cold drinks.
A.congratulation B.good luck
C.congratulations D.good lucks
9.—Mum，I’ve at last passed the final exam.
—
A.Congratulations! B.That’s all right.
C.Good luck. D.Really good.
10.— large number of books have been stolen from the library，haven’t they
—Yes. number of them is 26，000.
A.The；The B.A；The C.A；A D.The；/
11.It everyone to hear all of the villagers behind the mountain were killed in the earthquake.
A.suffered B.shocked C.persuaded D.destroyed
12.—Why did you throw your radio away
—Water had got into it，and it was completely .
A.ugly B.smelly C.useless D.fluent
13.Soon after the quake，one thousand soldiers were sent out to the miners from the local coal mine.
A.shelter B.rescue C.bury D.injure
14.Two days later，the fighting between the two countries left the area .
A.in fear B.in silence C.in ruins D.in peace
15.—What’s the matter It seems you’ve caught a cold.
—Oh，I’m just too tired.
A.as if B.ever since C.because D.when
答案：
1.D burst out意为“迸发，突然（哭/笑……）”，后接doing，不能直接跟名词；burst on意为“突然来到”；burst in意为“闯入”；burst into意为“突然进入某种状态”，后接名词；burst into applause的含义是“突然爆发出掌声”。
2.C hurt表示“伤害”；ruin表示“毁掉”；damage表示“损坏”，但可以修复；break表示“打碎，打破”。根据句子中的repair the ship可知应选择damaged。
3.C judging from是固定短语，意思是“从……来判断”。
4.B as引导非限制性定语从句，可置于句首，而which引导非限制性定语从句不能置于句首。
5.D “the＋形容词的比较级＋主语＋谓语，the＋形容词的比较级＋主语＋谓语”为固定句型。句意：行人在路上走时越小心，交通事故就越少。
6.C 句意：“地震灾区的很多人们正在受苦受难。”“我知道，食物和衣服应该‘立即（right away）’送给他们。”on purpose故意地；at present目前；ever since从那以后。
7.C 句意：那是一个可怕的夜晚，大坝断裂，然后在水的压力下突然决堤了。frightening “可怕的，令人恐惧的”，形容事物，符合题意。frighten“吓唬；使惊吓”；frightened“受惊的，受恐吓的”，形容人。
8.C congratulation表口头祝贺一般用复数，故排除A项；而luck为不可数名词，故排除D项；从语境可以看出是在演出之后，故排除B项选择C项。
9.A 本题考查交际用语。孩子通过了期末考试，所以母亲应该表示祝贺。B项可用于回答表示歉意的话；C项应在考试之前说；D项有汉语的特征。
10.B 此题考查短语辨析。a number of 许多，大量；the number of...……的数量。根据两句的句意可知B项正确。
11.B 此题考查动词词义辨析。句意：听到山后的所有村民都在地震中遇难的消息，每个人都感到震惊（shocked）。suffer遭受，忍受；persuade说服，劝说；destroy破坏，消灭，均不符合句意。
12.C 此题考查形容词词义辨析。根据答语“收音机进水了”可推测它完全没有用了。故选C。ugly丑陋的；smelly有臭味的；fluent流畅的，均不符合句意。
13.B 此题考查动词词义辨析。句意：地震后不久，一千名士兵被派去营救当地煤矿里的矿工。故选B，rescue“营救”。shelter掩蔽；bury埋葬，隐藏；injure损害，伤害，均不符合句意。
14.C 此题考查短语辨析。句意：经过这两个国家两天的战争，这个地区变成了废墟。in ruins严重受损，破败不堪，符合句意。in fear害怕地；in silence沉默地；in peace和平地。
15.A 问句句意：怎么了？你好像感冒了。as if好像，符合句意。ever since从那以后；because因为；when当……时，均不符合句意。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes短文改错1
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2.只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
Passage 1
Dear Jerry，
I’m glad to receive your letter ask me what I’d like to be in the future.To be honest，I had dreamed of becoming a doctor since I was nine.I hurt one of my leg one day，that made me feel that I would not be able to walk any more.Unluckily，I was able to leave my bed a month later thanks to a doctor，who was very friendly and carefully.He gave me the courage I needed it to recover.Beside，while in hospital，I see many sick people.Since then I’ve decided to be a doctor so that I can work for people who are sick and in deed my help.I am believe my dream will be-come true one day if I study hard now.
答案：
Dear Jerry，
I’m glad to receive your letter me what I’d like to be in the future.To be honest，I dreamed of becoming a doctor since I was nine.I hurt one of my one day， made me feel that I would not be able to walk any more.， I was able to leave my bed a month later thanks to a doctor，who was very friendly and.He gave me the courage I needed it to recover.，while in hospital，I many sick people.Since then I’ve decided to be a doctor so that I can work for people who are sick and in deedmy help.I am believe my dream will become true one day if I study hard now.
Passage 2
During the weekend I travelled by the air for the first time in my life.I usual travel by train or bus.It’s both cheaper and safe.But to fly in the sky was something new to me.At the end I felt a little nervous.But very soon I became exciting when I found me high up in the sky among the clouds.I also found that mountains，fields，river and so on were interestingly small.I enjoy the frightening and comfortable journey very much.After all，it is more interesting take a plane than to take a car.
答案：
During the weekend I travelled by the air for the first time in my life.I travel by train or bus.It’s both cheaper and .But to fly in the sky was something new to me.At the I felt a little nervous.But very soon I became when I found high up in the sky among the clouds.I also found that mountains，fields， and so on were interestingly small.I the frightening comfortable journey very much.After all，it is more interesting take a plane than to take a car.
Passage 3
The other day my brother and me went to the cinema by bike.My brother is riding with me sitting on the seat behind.As we came the crossroads，a young man and a girl came up and stop us.“We’ve found you at last，” they said.Or we didn’t know them.Pointed to a policeman not far away，a young man explained，“He stopped us about half an hour before and made us to catch the next offender.So come on! Stand here.Hope you won’t have to wait as soon as we did.Good luck.”
答案：
The other day my brother and went to the cinema by bike.My brother riding with me sitting on the seat behind.As we came the crossroads，a young man and a girl came up and us.“We’ve found you at last，” they said.we didn’t know them. to a policeman not far away， young man explained，“He stopped us about half an hour and made us to catch the next offender.So come on! Stand here.Hope you won’t have to wait as as we did.Good luck.”
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes任务型阅读2
阅读下面短文，根据所读内容在表格中的空白处填入一个恰当的单词。注意：每个空格只填一个单词。
Passage 1
Most scientists are now certain that global warming is taking place.Gases such as carbon dioxide produced by burning of coal，oil，wood，together with industrial pollution，are creating a warm blanket around the earth.This blanket is trapping heat in the atmosphere and so raising the temperature of the earth.
The evidence for global warming can now be seen in the world’s changing climate statistics.In Europe，eight of the last ten years have seen record high temperature.For northern Europe，this has generally been a change for the better.Gardens can even now grow tropical plants in England，though London may never see a “White Christmas” again.On the other hand，the countries around the Mediterranean Sea，and those south of the Sahara desert are receiving even less rain than before.In sub-Saharan Africa the crops are drying out in the fields and people are dying of starvation.In the Americas，the climate is becoming more extreme—the summers are getting hotter and hotter and the storms are becoming more violent.In 1999 the southern United States was struck by a series of destructive hurricanes，while the end of 1999 saw the worst floods ever in Venezuela.Meteorologists expect such trends to continue，and indeed to worsen，if global warming cannot be halted （终止）.
In addition to worrying about rising global temperatures and more extreme weather conditions，scientists are closely monitoring sea levels around the world.These are slowly rising，as the northern and southern polar ice-caps start to melt.This will have serious consequences for low-lying countries near the sea，such as the coral islands in the Pacific，and Bangladesh where the River Ganges already folds the delta （三角洲） every year.Already parts of these places are disappearing under the rising tides.
Title：Global Warming
Main items Contexts
1 Gases from burning coal，oil，and wood with industrial pollution.
2 In European countries:Record high temperature in the last 3 .
In the countries around the Mediterranean Sea:It is 4 less than before.
In sub-Saharan Africa:The crops are drying out in the fields and people are 5 to death.
In Americas: 6 hot summers.More 7 storms and worst floods.
8 9 earth temperature
10 polar ice-caps
答案：1.Causes/Reasons 2.Evidences 3.decade 4.raining 5.starving 6.Increasingly 7.violent/destructive 8.Consequences 9.Rising 10.Melting
Passage 2
Becoming a fireman is a challenging and competitive job today.A fireman’s main duty is being scheduled according to the fighting and extinguishment （扑灭） of fire which definitely requires being a strong man，both mentally and physically.
The duty of a fireman involves protection of life and property of the public.They are the servicemen who are decisively selected by an organization to deal with situations like fire.The duty of a fireman intentionally consists of helping innocent people in their time of need.Such type of jobs is one of those few jobs where service is provided for people when they need help immediately.This may include rescuing people from a building at fire，providing them with medical facilities，extinguishing fire in a house or in a large commercial building.Serving people is the main intention of these professionals.The satisfaction which a fireman gets from this type of job cannot be compared to any other profession in the world.
Such profession demands top-level commitment and professionalism from those who have chosen it as a career.Fireman should possess the highest level of courage and patience to put their lives in danger for the sake of others.They undergo lessons of maintaining patience for long hours and go through complete preparation to become successful and well-organized professional firemen.There are certain tests that are recommended before becoming a fireman.
It’s not that easy to become a fireman nowadays.A fireman is supposed to deal with unexpected situations，and they should be skilled at communicating with others and be self-disciplined at the same time.
In order to be a good fireman，one must undergo（经历，接受）strict local fire department’s training program after passing all the tests.All the fire departments conclude a two-to-four-month course，including classroom training and practical training that cover firefighting techniques，fire avoidance，dangerous materials and urgent situation medical pleting this training，trainees go through the department’s trial period of service that can last from three to six months，depending on the methods of selection.
Firemen usually work both indoors and outdoors.They have to be on duty at all times and mostly work in shifts of at least 8 hours.They are also provided with several benefits which include medical aid plan，pension fund，annual leave and many more.
Title：Fireman
Definition The servicemen decisively selected by an organization to 1 situations like fire.
2 ·Helping innocent people 3 they need help.·Rescuing people from a building at fire and providing them with medical facilities.· 4 out fire in a house or in a large commercial building.
Requirements ·Having top-level commitment and professionalism.·Being courageous and 5 .·Being strong both in body and 6 .·Having good 7 skills.·Being self-disciplined.
8 ·Firefighting techniques，fire avoidance，dangerous materials and urgent situation medical actions.·The department’s trial period of service which possibly 9 3～6 months.
10 Medical aid plans，pension fund，annual leave and many more.
答案：1.handle/approach 2.Duties/Responsibilities 3.whenever/when 4.Putting 5.patient 6.mind 7.communication/communicating 8.Training/Courses 9.lasts 10.Benefits
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes阅读理解1
第Ⅰ组
A
Everyone has heard of the San Andreas fault （断层），which constantly threatens California and the West Coast with earthquakes.But how many people know about the equally serious New Madrid fault in Missouri
Between December of 1811 and February of 1812，three major earthquakes occurred，all centered around the town of New Madrid，Missouri，on the Mississippi River.Property damage was severe.Buildings in the area were almost destroyed.Whole forests fell at once，and huge cracks opened in the ground，releasing some strong smell chemicals.
The Mississippi River itself completely changed character，developing sudden rapids and whirlpools（激流和漩涡）.Several times it changed its course，and once，according to some observers，it actually appeared to run backwards.Few people were killed in the New Madrid earthquakes，probably simply because few people lived in the area in 1811；but the severity of the earthquakes was shown by the fact that the shock waves rang bells in church towers in Charleston，South Carolina，on the coast.Buildings shook in New York City，and clocks were stopped in Washington，D.C.
Scientists now know that America’s two major faults are essentially different.The San Andreas is a horizontal （水平的） boundary between two major land masses that are slowly moving in opposite directions.California earthquakes result when the two masses make a sudden move.
The New Madrid fault，on the other hand，is a vertical fault；at some point，possibly hundreds of millions of years ago，rock was pushed up toward the surface，probably by volcanoes under the surface.Suddenly，the volcanoes cooled and the rock collapsed，leaving huge cracks.Even now，the rock continues to settle downwards，and sudden sinking motions cause earthquakes in the region.The fault itself，a large crack in this layer of rock，with dozens of other cracks that split off from it，extends from northeast Arkansas through Missouri and into southern Illinois.
Scientists who have studied the New Madrid fault say there have been numerous smaller quakes in the area since 1811；these smaller quakes indicate that larger ones are probably coming，but the scientists say they have no method of predicting when a large earthquake will occur.
1.This passage is mainly about .
A.the New Madrid fault B.the San Andreas
C.the causes of faults D.current scientific knowledge about faults
2.Which of the following pictures best describes the type of the New Madrid fault
3.This passage implies that .
A.horizontal faults are more dangerous than vertical faults
B.vertical faults are more dangerous than horizontal faults
C.a lot of people would die if the 1811 New Madrid earthquakes happened today
D.the volcanoes that caused the New Madrid fault are still alive
【语篇解读】本文通过历史回顾和科学分析，提醒人们多关注New Madrid地区频繁的地震。
1.A 主旨大意题。由本文第一段的最后一句话“But how many people know about the equally serious New Madrid fault in Missouri？”可知。
2.B 细节理解题。由本文第四段和第五段内容可以判断The San Andreas fault是水平地震，而The New Madrid fault是垂直地震，所以B项正确。
3.C 推理判断题。本文无A、B两项相关内容；根据第五段中第二句“Suddenly，the volcanoes cooled and the rock collapsed，leaving huge cracks.Even now，the rock continues to settle downwards...”可以排除D项；根据第三段第三句“Few people were killed in the New Madrid earthquakes，probably simply because few people lived in the area in 1811...”可以推测答案为C。
B
A powerful earthquake struck the northeastern coast of Japan at 2：46 p.m.local time on March 11th，2011.Japan’s Meteorological Agency released its first tsunami warnings just three minutes later.The country has one of the best earthquake early warning systems in the world.
There are over 4，000 Seismic Intensity Meters （地震烈度测量仪） in place throughout Japan to measure earthquake activity.These meters provide information within two minutes of an earthquake happening.Information about the strength and the center of the earthquake can be learned within three minutes.There are also concrete sea walls around much of the Japanese coastline.But these measures proved no match for the powerful earthquake and tsunami.
Castas Synolakis is a tsunami expert in Los Angeles.He says，“Japan is one of those most well-prepared countries on earth in terms of tsunami warning.They had a warning.I think what went wrong is that they had not anticipated the size of this event.”
He says there are two reasons for this.Japan has not had any event anywhere near as big as this one in the last 150 years.And scientists had not expected such a large earthquake happening off the coast of Japan.
The 9.0-magnitude earthquake was the 4th most powerful earthquake ever recorded worldwide.It was also the worst earthquake ever to hit Japan.The tsunami waves that followed were reported to have reached as high as 13 meters in some areas.
Costas Synolakis says Japan’s concrete sea walls were not built to handle such high waves.A tsunami wave can travel as fast as 800 kilometers per hour.To get to higher ground people would often have to travel for many kilometers.This can take more time than a fast traveling tsunami will permit.This is especially true in cases like Japan，where the center of the earthquake struck so close to the coastline.The tsunami waves followed almost immediately.
Experts say early warning systems will continue to be limited by these facts until earthquakes and tsunamis can be predicted.
4.From the second paragraph we can infer that .
A.Japan is an island country
B.the center of the earthquake is located in the northeastern coast
C.the meters in Japan have dropped behind
D.many measures have been carried out to reduce the consequences of earthquakes in Japan
5.The underlined word “anticipated” in the third paragraph probably means“ ”.
A.predicted B.measured
C.counted D.prevented
6.The underlined words “these facts” in the last paragraph refer to the following EXCEPT .
A.the concrete sea walls can’t control the wave
B.it is the worst earthquake happening in Japan in the history
C.the speed of the tsunami is frightening and quick
D.there are many earthquakes in Japan
7.Which may be the best title of this passage
A.Earthquakes and tsunamis can be predicted
B.A 9.0-magnitude earthquake hit Japan
C.Japan’s concrete sea walls
D.A report about Japan’s early warning systems
8.On which column of China Daily can you find the passage
A.Technology. B.Culture discovery.
C.Travel. D.History.
【语篇解读】本文是科技文。日本的地震预警系统位居世界前列，能在地震发生后的两分钟内提供信息。三分钟内能够提供有关地震强度和震中的信息。在海啸预警方面，日本是世界上准备工作做得最充分的国家之一，但他们没有预测出这次海啸的规模如此之大。
4.D 推理判断题。A项说法正确，但不是本段的推理；B项不是由第二段推理得出的，是第一段中明示的信息。根据“These meters provide information within two minutes of an earthquake happening.Information about the strength and the center of the earthquake can be learned within three minutes.”判断，C项推理错误。D项根据所列事实可以推断得出。
5.A 猜测词义题。根据第四段和第五段信息可知，日本的海啸预警系统是世界上最好的之一，此次失误在于没有预料到海啸的规模如此大。
6.D 细节认定题。根据文章倒数第二段、倒数第三段内容可知答案为D。
7.D 主旨大意题。根据全文内容判断，文章介绍日本拥有世界上最先进的地震、海啸预警系统，但没有预料到这次大地震和海啸如此之猛。
8.A 推理判断题。本文主要介绍的是日本的地震、海啸预警系统的先进性和局限性。
C
The mom had died when the rescuers found her after the terrible earthquake.She was covered by a destroyed house.Through gaps （缝隙） of those ruins，the rescuers could see her last posture （姿势）.It was something like an ancient person who was kowtowing （叩头），but it just looked strange because she was out of shape by pressure.
The rescuers confirmed her death by touching her through the gaps of the ruins.They shouted at the ruins again and again，knocked the bricks using various tools，but no reply inside.
Then the rescuing team went to the next building.Suddenly the leader ran back，calling,“Come here.” He came to the body，put his hands under the woman，feeling and touching，then shouted loudly and gladly，“There is someone，a baby，still living.”
Through some efforts，rescuers cleaned up the ruins which blocked her.Under her body lay her baby，who was covered by a small red quilt （棉被）.He was about 3 or 4 months’ old.Since well protected by his mother’s body，he was safe.He was in a deep sleep when the rescuer carried him out，and his lovely and peaceful face warmed everyone around him.The doctor，along with the rescuing team，took the baby out of the quilt to check if the baby was all right，and he found there was a mobile phone in the quilt.The doctor looked at the screen；a written message was already there：“My dear baby，if you could live，don’t forget how much I love you.” As a doctor，he experienced much of this type of separation；but at this moment，he cried.The mobile phone was passed，and every person who saw this message shed （流出） tears.
9.When the rescuers found the mom，she .
A.was using her mobile phone to ask for help
B.begged the rescuers to save her baby first
C.was struggling with the pressure
D.didn’t have the normal shape
10.When the baby was rescued，he .
A.was smiling a lot B.was fast asleep
C.was listening carefully D.was frightened to death
11.After seeing the words on the mobile phone，people was .
A.pleased B.excited C.moved D.tired
12.The passage is mainly about .
A.a story of saving a mother and her baby
B.the disaster of a terrible earthquake
C.the rescuers’ hard work after an earthquake
D.the great love of a mother in the earthquake
【语篇解读】本文主要介绍了地震中，一位母亲为了救自己的孩子，让自己的身躯承受倒塌的重量，从而为孩子形成了一个庇护所，同时还在手机上给孩子留言。这些都反映了母爱的伟大。
9.D 细节理解题。从第一段中的“just looked strange because she was out of shape by pressure”可知，这位母亲已经被倒塌的房子压得变了形。故答案选D项。
10.B 细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“He was in a deep sleep...”可知，这个婴儿在熟睡。故答案选B项。
11.C 推理判断题。人们看到母亲为了救自己的孩子而牺牲自己，并在手机上留言“孩子，将来如果你还活着，不要忘了我是多么爱你”。此情此景，人们无不为伟大的母爱而感动。
12.D 主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了一次地震中，母亲为了救自己的孩子，让自己的身躯承受倒塌的重量，从而为孩子形成了一个庇护所，同时还在手机上给孩子留言。这些都反映了母爱的伟大。故答案选D项。
D
Wong Fuk-wing，a Hong Kong volunteer （志愿者） at an orphanage （孤儿院） in Yushu，was killed in the earthquake when he was trying to save others on April 14，2010.
Wong managed to run safely out of the building with some children when the first quake happened at 7:50 a.m.on April 14，but he went back inside to rescue three other children and three teachers inside，although he knew the danger of aftershocks （余震）.
At 10 a.m.，all the children and one of the teachers were saved.However，Wong was buried under the fallen building and died.The other two teachers were still waiting to be rescued.
46-year-old Wong was a truck driver，who often said he could only give his efforts to charity（慈善） instead of money，as he did not earn a lot.His tragic（悲剧的）end touched the hearts of many people both in Hong Kong and on the mainland.
Wong began volunteering in 2002.In 2003，Wong was told by the doctor he got serious illness，which gave him a great blow.However，the illness did not deter the warm-hearted man.When the earthquake struck Wenchuan in Sichuan Province in 2008，Wong rushed to the disaster area of Shifang to offer his help though his family did not want him to go.
In fact，Qinghai is a place Wong had often visited since 2006.As a volunteer，he gave out medicine and clothing to the orphanage there.No one could expect that Wong would die helping others.
Hong Kong Chief Secretary Henry Tang Ying?yen said he had “the highest respect” for the hero who gave his life for others.“What he did has shown the Hong Kong spirit.”The citizens of Hong Kong called him “the pride of Hong Kong’s people” and people on the mainland have also praised him as “a true hero”.
13.Wong died in the earthquake .
A.after he sent medicine and clothing to the orphanage
B.when he returned to save the teachers and students
C.because he suffered from his serious illness again
D.as the first earthquake happened
14.The underlined word“deter”in Paragraph 5 refers to “ ”.
A.prevent B.refuse C.beat D.encourage
15.What can we know about Wong from the passage
A.He never visited Qinghai before 2010.
B.He was supported his family being a volunteer.
C.He was thought highly of by the Chinese.
D.He was a taxi driver before he died.
16.Which of the following words can be used to describe Wong according to the passage
A.Honest and self?satisfactory. B.Warm?hearted and selfless.
C.Proud and self?centered. D.Capable and hard?working.
【语篇解读】本文介绍了香港义工黄福荣——阿福的故事。
13.B 细节理解题。本文第二、三段介绍了阿福震中救人牺牲的事迹，故选B。
14.A 词义猜测题。由第五段中的When the earthquake struck Wenchuan in Sichuan Province in 2008，Wong rushed to the disaster area of Shifang to offer his help...可以看出严重的疾病也未能阻止他去汶川地震灾区当一名志愿者。
15.C 细节理解题。由最后一段人们对黄福荣的评价可知香港市民和大陆同胞高度赞扬他。
16.B 推理判断题。阿福从2002年开始做义工，并不顾自己疾病援助汶川地震和玉树地震的援救工作，后在玉树地震中献出生命。从他的事迹不难看出，阿福是一个热心而无私的人。
E
I was sleeping in my room when my bed started shaking and a loud noise was heard.I woke up and my mom was screaming my name.Next moment I was running along with my younger sister，mom and dad.Before I ran out of the door，I realized my elder sister hadn’t come out yet.So I screamed her name at the top of my voice.My mom said she had gone to her class.Then the four of us，along with many others，were running on the staircase.We lived on the seventh floor，so I thought we would not be able to make it and the building would fall before we managed to reach even the fourth floor.My dad’s head was injured by something falling down.I did try to put my hand over his head.When we reached the sixth floor，the building split into two.We had no way to get down.
The next thing I remember is silence.There were around 30 people on the staircase and none could react.Five minutes later，someone opened the door of the sixth?floor flat.We all went in.We were wondering how we would get down.From the balcony of the sixth?floor flat，I saw people standing on the ground floor.All eyes were stuck on us.I could see my elder sister crying.
Our first hope of surviving came when a worker climbed a rope to where we were.That was，the first time we thought maybe we could get down.Half an hour passed and we were still trapped.Finally RSS people arrived with ropes.They got people down one by one.My biggest worry was how my dad would get down.Finally after two and a half hours，we all got down.
That day we saw the power of nature.It has taken more than two years to build the flats and it took just one and a half minutes to destroy the structure.
17.What is this passage mainly about
A.Ways to survive an earthquake.
B.Reasons why earthquakes happen.
C.The love of parents in an earthquake.
D.The writer’s experience in an earthquake.
18.When the building split into two，the writer and his family .
A.were still sleeping
B.were trapped on the sixth floor
C.were looking for a family member
D.were running from the seventh floor to the sixth floor
19.The first time the writer thought they would probably survive was when .
A.he was encouraged by people on the ground floor
B.someone opened the door of the sixth?floor flat
C.a worker climbed up on a rope
D.RSS people arrived with ropes
20.The earthquake made the writer realize that .
A.there is always hope for people
B.the power of nature is really great
C.natural disasters can happen any time
D.human beings are strong in natural disasters
【语篇解读】作者讲述了他在一次地震中逃生的经历。
17.D 主旨大意题。通读全文可知作者讲述了他在一次地震中的逃生经历，故选D。
18.B 细节理解题。根据第一段中的When we reached the sixth floor，the building split into two.We had no way to get down.可知应选B。
19.C 细节理解题。根据第三段的Our first hope of surviving came when a worker climbed a rope to where we were.可知应选C。
20.B 细节理解题。根据末段的That day we saw the power of nature.可知那次地震让作者认识到了自然界的力量。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World阅读理解4
第Ⅳ组
A
English Teaching in the U.S.A.
The United States of America is mainly an English-speaking country.The majority of the population speak English as their native language.Business，education，social activities，etc.are conducted in English.Across the country，people pronounce many English words in several different ways，but for the most part，Americans speak one common language.This language is sometimes called American English.
However，not everyone in the U.S.A.is a native speaker of English.Most immigrants are speakers of other languages.There are hundreds of communities around the U.S.A.where English is not the most commonly used language.Chinese，Italian，German，Greek，Spanish，and French are all spoken in various communities in the U.S.Spanish is the second most commonly spoken language after English.It is widely spoken in New York and across the southern part of the country.For speakers of other languages，learning English is important，but teaching people to speak English as a second language was given little attention.Non-English speakers were expected to “pick up” the language by meeting with others in public.Recently，this has changed.
Today，most large public schools and community colleges have ESL（English as a Second Language） programs：American English teachers feel that English students should learn the language the way they will use it.Therefore，ESL programs offer different English lessons to different students.Some programs teach students to communicate in English in public.Other programs teach the kind of English people will need for their jobs.American ESL instructional methods do not lay emphasis on grammar or translation，but on the importance of communication.The goal is to get the English learners to learn by using the language.
1.People in the United States .
A.are all native speakers of English
B.speak English in various ways
C.all speak American English
D.are immigrants from English-speaking countries
2.In the past the non-English immigrants .
A.didn’t know how to learn English
B.found that English was not important
C.learned English through books
D.paid special attention to teaching English
3. is the most widely used language except English in the U.S.
A.ESL B.French C.Spanish D.Chinese
4.The phrase “pick up” in the second paragraph means “ ”.
A.try to master B.repeat again and again
C.go to school sometimes D.learn without studying or taking lessons
5.ESL programs teach the students .
A.only grammatical rules and idioms
B.to use English through practice
C.different languages
D.to learn English by translating their own native languages into English
【语篇解读】本文是说明文。全文说明了美国的英语教育，尤其是在移民背景下的ESL教学培训。
1.B 细节理解题。由第一段的Across the country，people pronounce many English words in several different ways，but for the most part，Americans speak one common language.可知，他们说英语的方式不同。
2.A 推理判断题。由第二段的Non-English speakers were expected to “pick up” the language by meeting with others in public.可以推断出，他们还没有找到合适的学习英语的方法。
3.C 细节理解题。由Spanish is the second most commonly spoken language after English.我们可以得出答案。
4.D 词义猜测题。由后面的by meeting with others in public我们可以知道，pick up在这里指“不经过课程学习”。
5.B 细节理解题。由最后一段的American English teachers feel that English students should learn the language the way they will use it.可知，他们通过实践学习英语。
B
Today，we complete our story about the influential English writer William Shakespeare.He wrote plays and poems during the late fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries，which remain very popular today.
During earlier times，people would probably have learned several ancient Roman and Greek plays.It was not unusual for writers to produce more current versions of these works.For example，in Shakespeare’s play The Comedy of Errors Shakespeare borrowed certain details from the ancient Roman writer Plautus.For his play Macbeth，Shakespeare most likely used a work on Scottish history by Raphael Holinshed for information.Shakespeare might have borrowed from other writers，but the intensity(强度) of his imagination and language made the plays his own.While many plays by other writers of his time have been forgotten，Shakespeare and his art live on.
Shakespeare was also influenced by the world around him.He described the sights and sounds of London in his plays.His works include observations about political struggles，the fear of diseases，and the popular language of the city’s tradesmen.Shakespeare’s knowledge of the English countryside is also clear.His works include descriptions of deep forests，local flowers and the ancient popular traditions of rural people.
It would be impossible to list all of the ways in which Shakespeare’s works have influenced the world culture.But the first and greatest example would be his great influence on the English language.During his time，the English language was changing.Many new words from other languages were being added.Shakespeare used his sharp mind and poetic inventiveness to create hundreds of new words and rework old ones.For example，he created the noun forms of “critic”， “mountaineer” and “eyeball”.Many common expressions in English come from his plays，including “pomp and circumstance (装腔作势)” from Othello，“full circle (绕圈子)” from King Lear，etc.The list of cultural creations influenced by Shakespeare is almost endless.From paintings to television to music and dance，Shakespeare was well represented.Shakespeare’s plays have been translated into every major language in the world.
Shakespeare became a well-known writer during a golden age of theater.His years of hard work paid off.
6.What can we infer from the passage
A.Many of Shakespeare’s works were influenced by earlier writings.
B.Shakespeare was hard-working when he was a student.
C.The experience of living in London helped a lot with Shakespeare’s works.
D.Shakespeare became rich later because of the popularity of his works.
7.Shakespeare might have learnt some information from ancient Roman works in .
A.King Lear B.The Comedy of Errors
C.Macbeth D.Othello
8.Why could Shakespeare’s works survive his time
A.Because there were so few people writing plays in his time.
B.Because he produced too many works that nobody else could do.
C.Because he was a rich and influential person of his time.
D.Because his works were rich in imagination and language.
9.Shakespeare’s greatest influence should be on .
A.the English language B.paintings
C.television D.music and dance
10.The passage is mainly about .
A.an introduction to Shakespeare’s life and his works
B.the main features and styles of Shakespeare’s plays
C.how culture influenced Shakespeare and he influenced culture
D.Shakespeare’s greatest influence on the world culture
【语篇解读】文章向我们介绍了一代文豪莎士比亚的作品为什么能够从古代众多的作家的作品中脱颖而出，以其顽强的生命力留存于世，这主要是由于它能够继承古代优秀作品之长，并具有自己的特色。
6.A 细节理解题。由第二段的“...Shakespeare borrowed certain details from the ancient Roman writer Plautus.For his play Macbeth，Shakespeare most likely used a work on Scottish history by Raphael Holinshed for information.Shakespeare might have borrowed from other writers...”可以看出，莎士比亚的作品受到了早期作品的影响。
7.B 细节理解题。由第二段的“...in Shakespeare’s play The Comedy of Errors Shakespeare borrowed certain details from the ancient Roman writer Plautus.”可知答案。
8.D 细节理解题。由第二段最后两句“...but the intensity of his imagination and language made the plays his own.While many plays by other writers of his time have been forgotten，Shakespeare and his art live on.”可知，正是他的语言和想象力的强度使得作品独具特色，具有了极强的生命力，留存到了现在。
9.A 细节理解题。由倒数第二段的“But the first and greatest example would be his great influence on the English language.”可以看出，莎士比亚对后世最大的影响在于英语语言上。
10.C 主旨大意题。纵观全文可以看出，文章向我们介绍了古代文化对莎士比亚作品的影响，以及其作品对后世尤其是对英语语言的影响。
C
This dictionary tells you about English words and how to use them in reading，writing and speaking English.It not only gives the meaning of words，but also helps you with spelling，word building，grammar and pronunciation.
To use your dictionary correctly，you need to understand how the dictionary works.At the front of the book，you will find some exercises to help you make the best use of your dictionary.
If you look up the word “colour”， you will find two spellings for this word.“Colour” is used in British English，while “color” is used in American English.When there are differences between British spelling and American spelling，the dictionary shows them with the word “BrE” for British English and “AmE” for American English.
The dictionary also helps you pronounce words correctly.We used a special alphabet (特殊字母表) to show pronunciation.If you turn to the inside back face，you will see all the phonetic letters(音标) with some words to show you how they are pronounced.Just look at the inside back cover when you’re not sure how to pronounce a word.The most important reason for using a dictionary is to find out the meaning of a word—its definition.
In this dictionary，the definitions have been written using only 2,000 words.This means that the definitions of even the most difficult words are simply explained and easy to understand.
When a word has more than one meaning，read all the meanings until you find the one that correctly tells the use of the word you are looking for.
Most of the words in this dictionary can be used by people in all parts of the world.
11.This dictionary cannot help you with .
A.singing B.grammar C.spelling D.pronunciation
12. of the words in the dictionary have two spellings.
A.All B.One C.Few D.Some
13.The phonetic alphabet helps you each word correctly.
A.understand B.write C.read D.know
14.The Chinese meaning of “definition” here is .
A.词性 B.词条 C.词义 D.词库
15.The dictionary explains .
A.some of the difficult words B.all the words in a simple way
C.all the easy words D.the words of two meanings
【语篇解读】本篇短文是一本英文词典的“序言”，介绍了这本词典的用途和使用方法。
11.A 细节理解题。通过短文第一段的第一个句子可以发现词典不会教你唱歌。
12.D 推理判断题。仔细推敲第二、三段文字，通过理解段意和推敲四个选项确定。all和one都是“走极端”，不对；few意为“几乎没有”，不符合文意，只有D项Some正确。
13.C 细节理解题。通过文中“We use a special alphabet to show pronunciation.”一句可判断。关键词是pronunciation(发音)，清楚这个词的意思，我们无疑会选择C项。
14.C 词义猜测题。重点参考第四、五段。实际上，第四段中用破折号的形式对这个单词作了解释“...to find out the meaning of a word—its definition.”。meaning of a word意为“词义”，故选C。
15.B 根据倒数第三段的“This means that the definitions of even the most difficult words are simply explained and easy to understand.”可看出，选B最恰当。
D
Some people say global English is no longer just controlled by British or American English，but is running free and developing uniquely local forms.Can you figure out the following terms
“I like your smile，but unlike you put your shoes on my face.” This is a way of saying “Keep off the grass.” Or “people mountain，people sea”， which means “very crowded”.
These examples are what we call Chinglish.When it comes to Chinglish，if all you know is “good good study，day day up，” you will be considered “out man”.
Nowadays，more Chinglish words have been created，for example，a Chinese idiom is translated as “smilence”， a combination by the English word smile and silence.
Chinglish usually offers a humorous look at misuses of the English language in Chinese street signs，products，and advertising.They are favored by some English speaking tourists and visitors.Dominic Swire has been living in Beijing for a couple of years.“I think many Chinese people complain about the Chinglish and badly translated English.But you know，sometimes for us foreigners，it’s actually quite charming to see them.I think if the translations of English in China were all perfect，then something would be lost from Chinese culture.”
However，Chinglish will probably become a “cultural relic” in the near future.Beijing has made a comprehensive plan to improve foreign language services and correct Chinglish within five years.“It is very ridiculous to see Chinglish on the signs in some scenic spots.And they are a kind of barrer for communication between Chinese and people from other countries，” a Beijinger said.
Some Chinese university experts side with Chinglish.They argue that English has absorbed elements from other languages such as French and Spanish in its growth，and now it’s Chinese’s turn.
16.What can we call Chinglish
A.English words which get new Chinese meanings.
B.The Chinese words which are difficult to translate.
C. The words combining English vocabulary and Chinese grammar.
D.The local words preventing foreigners to learn Chinese well.
17.What does “smilence” most probably mean
A.Saying nothing but to smile. B.Smiling without being noticed.
C.Laughing at somebody. D.Knowing little about speech.
18.Who will be called “out man” according to the passage
A.A person who knows little about Chinglish words.
B.A student who hates learning foreign languages.
C.A tourist who fails to understand local translations.
D.An expert who doesn’t support Chinglish at all.
19.What is the Swire’s attitude to Chinglish
A.It can show the humour of Chinese.
B.It will attract more foreign tourists.
C.It helps him to learn Chinese well.
D.It seems part of Chinese culture.
20.Chinglish is likely to become a “cultural relic” in Beijing because .
A.it has become a unique bridge between Chinese and English
B.Chinglish is a chance to enrich Chinese and English
C.it improves the understanding between
Chinese and foreigners
D.Beijing is determined to get rid of Chinglish signs
【语篇解读】如今，世界英语不只受美式英语和英式英语的影响，英语词汇和汉语语法的结合出现了越来越多的“中国式英语”。
16.C 推理判断题。根据第二、三、四段所举的例子可以判断中国式英语是由英语词汇按照汉语语法形成的英语。
17.A 细节理解题。根据第四段结尾“...a combination by the English word smile and silence.”可知答案为A。
18.A 细节理解题。根据第三段可知，如今中国式英语很普遍，不知道反而落伍了。
19.D 细节理解题。根据第五段中Swire说的内容可知，他认为中国式英语是中国文化的一部分。
20.D 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中的“Beijing has made a comprehensive plan to improve foreign language services and correct Chinglish within five years.”可知答案为D。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes完形填空6
Diane Ray was completely self-centered and very spoilt.Her parents gave her 1 she wanted，knowing that she would throw a temper tantrum（耍小孩脾气） if they did not.She would scream and kick and 2 on the floor drumming her heels.Her parents always 3 .
That was why she was alone on the 4 ，wearing an expensive swimsuit.It has taken a massive tantrum to 5 her parents to buy it.They were back at the beach-house， 6 from the tantrum she had thrown when they told her that it was too dangerous to go diving 7 .“Dangerous ” she had said.“You just don’t want me to have 8 .I’m going and if you try to stop me，I’ll scream.”
“What are you doing ” a voice asked.Diane jumped.She did not know that the man was there 9 he spoke.
“I’m going diving，” she answered.
“You shouldn’t swim today，” the man 10 .“There is a storm coming up.”
“You should mind your own 11 !” Diane replied and walked into the gentle waves.
“If you go out there you’ll be 12 ，” the man called after her.She did not bother to reply.
Diane slipped into the water and dived 13 until white caps began rolling in and it became harder to 14 against the current （水流）.Saltwater hit against her face，making it 15 to breathe.Oh，why had she not listened to advice？
Panicking，she began to 16 .Then，just as it seemed as if she would slip beneath the surface，she heard a 17 voice.“Hold on!I’m coming.” With 18 ，she saw the old man rowing an ancient-looking boat towards her.“I hope you’ve learned a lesson.You put us both in 19 ，” he shouted angrily，as he dragged her over the side of the 20 .Gratefully，Diane thanked him and ran towards the beach-house.
1.A.either B.neither C.nothing D.everything
2.A.jump B.lie C.spin D.sleep
3.A.set out B.set in C.gave in D.gave out
4.A.beach B.bed C.floor D.ship
5.A.allow B.warn C.get D.prefer
6.A.changing B.recovering C.appearing D.traveling
7.A.alone B.away C.again D.aside
8.A.time B.money C.food D.fun
9.A.when B.until C.after D.once
10.A.decided B.intended C.advised D.repeated
11.A.business B.swimsuit C.friends D.parents
12.A.angry B.sorry C.confused D.excited
13.A.nervously B.sadly C.shyly D.happily
14.A.rise B.swim C.stop D.row
15.A.difficult B.easy C.comfortable D.suitable
16.A.speak B.sing C.sniff D.scream
17.A.calm B.frightening C.beautiful D.disgusting
18.A.regret B.relief C.interest D.ease
19.A.power B.safety C.danger D.thought
20.A.house B.wave C.beach D.boat
【语篇解读】本文是一篇记叙文。Diane是一个以自我为中心并且受父母溺爱的孩子。她不听父母的劝告，也不理会一位老人的忠告，在暴风雨即将来临之际独自去潜水，遭遇了危险，最终被老人所救，在这次任性独自潜水的危险经历中，她认识到了自己的错误。
1.D 文章开篇点明Diane是一个完全以自我为中心，被溺爱坏了的孩子，所以父母会给她想要的一切（everything）。
2.B 如果不给的话，她会哭叫，躺在地板上乱踢，由drumming her heels（踢蹬脚后跟）可知是躺在地板上。
3.C 此情此景，她的父母总是向她屈服（give in）。
4.A 根据后文的wearing an expensive swimsuit，beach-house 以及diving可知A项正确。
5.C Diane发了一大通脾气才使得父母给她买了这套昂贵的泳衣。allow sb.to do sth.允许某人做某事;warn sb.to do sth.警告某人做某事;get sb.to do sth.让某人做某事;prefer sb.to do sth.更喜欢某人做某事。故只有选项C符合题意。
6.B 6空前说明父母正在沙滩后面的房子里，从她刚刚耍的脾气中缓解过来。change改变；recover恢复；appear出现；travel旅行。根据语义只能用B，表示从不快的情绪当中恢复过来。
7.A 从第二段第一句可知，她是单独在海滩上的，所以这里是形容词的复现，应该选A（alone单独的）。away离开；again 再一次；aside在旁边，都不符合。
8.D 根据文章语义，time 时间;money 金钱; food食物;fun 开心，和have搭配的话，A、B、C三项均不符合，所以只能说have fun（玩得开心）。
9.B 直到有人说话她才知道有人在那儿。until直到。
10.C 那人建议（advise）她不应该游泳，因为有暴风雨。线索一：根据空格前的一句话“You shouldn’t swim today”这是属于一个建议，所以10空应该是建议（advise）。 线索二：后文倒数第二段最后一个单词advice，是advise的名词变形。所以更确定选C。decide决定；intend打算，倾向；repeat 重复，均不符合题意。
11.A mind your own business管好你自己的事（别多管闲事）。
12.B 此处表示“如果你去那里的话，你会后悔的（sorry）”。
13.D Diane不管他人的劝告，自己兴高采烈地（happily）跳入起初浪花轻柔的水中游了起来。
14.B Diane 是在海中游泳，此时海浪强大，游泳艰难。线索一：女孩是在海中游泳；线索二：前后文当中多次出现swim，swimsuit，dive等原词和同义词的重复；线索三：后文当中的搭配是against the current（水流）可知，答案为B，swim游泳。rise 上升；stop 停止；row划船，均不符合文意。
15.A 线索一：前文当中出现了她游得更加困难了 harder的同义词复现；线索二：海水冲打着她的脸可知，是使得呼吸变得更加困难。easy 简单的；comfortable 舒服的；suitable 合适的，均不符合文意。
16.D 她惊慌了，所以大叫了起来。
17.A 根据后文“Hold on.I’m coming.”可知，在危难中她听到了镇定的声音。
18.B 看到有人来搭救自己，自然是松了口气。 with regret遗憾地，后悔地；with relief宽慰地；with interest好奇地；with ease熟练地，轻而易举地。故B项正确。
19.C 老人生气地教训她“你应该吸取教训了，你把我们都置于了危险的境地”。
20.D 线索一：前文中提到老人是划船去救她的；线索二：后文中提到是移向沙滩，可知，是将女孩从一边拉上船的。house 房子;wave 波浪；beach 海滩，均不符合文意。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes短语互译
第Ⅰ组
1. 立刻；马上
2. 一种臭气
3. 水管
4. 紧张得不能吃饭
5. 跑出来
6. 不重视
7. 照常
8. 好像
9. 结束；终结
10. 三分之一
答案：1.right away 2.a smelly gas 3.water pipes 4.too nervous to eat 5.run out of 6.think little of 7.as usual 8.as if 9.at an end 10.one-third
第Ⅱ组
1. 严重受损，破烂不堪
2. 三分之二
3. 径直穿过；横穿
4. ……的数量
5. 消失；离去
6. 吹走
7. 数以千计的
8. 数以万计的
9. 数百万的
10. 对……安全
答案：1.in ruins 2.two-thirds 3.cut across 4.the number of 5.be gone 6.blow away 7.thousands of 8.tens of thousands of 9.millions of 10.be safe for
第Ⅲ组
1.instead of
2.later that afternoon
3. 倒塌
4.rescue worker
5. 掘出；发现
6.the dead
7.to the north of
8.coal mines
9.fresh water
10.a great number of
答案：1.代替；而不是 2.那天下午晚些时候 3.fall down 4.救护人员 5.dig out 6.死者
7.在……北边 8.煤矿 9.淡水 10.大量，许多
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero任务型阅读
任务型阅读
阅读下面短文，根据所读内容在表格中的空白处填入一个恰当的单词。注意：每个空格只填一个单词。
Passage 1
It all began with...
Orlando Bloom was not a “good” student at school.Because of dyslexia,a reading and writing disorder（障碍），he struggled in many courses.
But Bloom says the dyslexia gave him the encouragement to overcome（克服）his difficulties.
In an interview with the Telegraph,the 32-year-old said the condition turned him into an ambitious person.“Because of the dyslexia,I always thought I had to work twice as hard as everyone else just to go the same distance,” he said.“That gave me a real kick as a kid and a lot of encouragement later on.In one sense,I guess that I’m grateful （感激的）.”
Bloom is always preparing it thoroughly（充分地） when it comes to an audition（试镜）for a part.Perhaps this is what won him his role in The Lord of the Rings，a highly successful film trilogy （三部曲）.“I really prepared it thoroughly for the audition and it’s paid off,” he said.
It was the beginning of a fame that led to even greater success as a movie actor.But unlike some young people who aim for fame and fortune,Bloom believed an acting career has been fulfilling （实现） his childhood fantasies.
“Aged 9，I had this girlfriend and we used to have running races in the park to see who would be her boyfriend for the day.I wanted to be like Superman and fly in and rescue her.Once I realized Superman was an actor,I thought,‘That’s for me.’”
Bloom has always played special characters,like a knight (骑士) and a prince.It’s difficult to picture him in everyman roles.
In October 2009,Bloom was named Goodwill Ambassador （亲善大使） for United Nations International Children’s Emergency Fund（UNICEF).His first task would be to film a documentary about the importance of clean water supplies.
In fact,Bloom started work for the UNICEF in 2007.On his first visit to Nepal,he was asked by students to take a small part in a play they were performing on local radio.
Personal record of Orlando Bloom
When he was nine years old He wanted to be like Superman and fly in and 1. his girlfriend.That’s why he became an 2. .
When he was a student at school 3. of dyslexia,Bloom 4. in many courses,which 5. him to work twice as hard as everyone else.In one sense,dyslexia 6. him overcome his difficulties.
When he chose to be an actor Bloom is always well 7. for auditions.Perhaps this is 8. won him his role in The Lord of the Rings.
In 2007 Bloom started work for the UNICEF.
In October 2009 Bloom was 9. Goodwill Ambassador for UNICEF.His first task would be to 10. a documentary about the importance of clean water supplies.
答案：
1.rescue/save 2.actor 3.Because 4.struggled 5.encouraged 6.helped 7.prepared 8.what 9.named 10.film
Passage 2 （2013·江苏高考）
Quiet Virtue:The Conscientious
The everyday signs of conscientiousness (认真尽责)—being punctual,careful in doing work,self-disciplined,and scrupulous (一丝不苟的) in attending to responsibilities—are typical characteristics of the model organizational citizen,the people who keep things running as they should.They follow the rules,help out,and are concerned about the people they work with.It’s the conscientious worker who helps newcomers or updates people who return after an absence,who gets to work on time and never abuses sick leaves,who always gets things done on deadline.
Conscientiousness is a key to success in any field.In studies of job performance,outstanding effectiveness for almost all jobs,from semi-skilled labor to sales and management,depends on conscientiousness.It is particularly important for outstanding performance in jobs at the lower levels of an organization: the secretary whose message taking is perfect,the delivery truck driver who is always on time.
Among sales representatives for a large American car manufacturer,those who were most conscientious had the largest volume of sales.Conscientiousness also offers a buffer (缓冲) against the threat of job loss in today’s constantly changing market,because employees with this quality are among the most valued.For the sales representatives,their level of conscientiousness mattered almost as much as their sales in determining who stayed on.
There is an air around highly conscientious people that makes them seem even better than they actually are.Their reputation for dependability influences managers’ evaluations of their work,giving them higher evaluations than objective measures of their performance would predict.
But conscientiousness in the absence of social skills can lead to problems.Since conscientious people demand so much of themselves,they can hold other people to their own standards,and so be overly judgmental when others don’t show the same high levels of model behavior.Factory workers in Great Britain and the United States who were extremely conscientious,for example,tended to criticize co-workers even about failures that seemed unimportant to those they criticized,which damaged their relationships.
When conscientiousness takes the form of living up to expectations,it can discourage creativity.In creative professions like art or advertising,openness to wild ideas and spontaneity (自发性) are scarce and in demand.Success in such occupations calls for a balance,however; without enough conscientiousness to follow through,people become mere dreamers,with nothing to show for their imaginativeness.
答案：
71.strict 72.helpful/good 73.Functions/Roles/Importance/Significance
74.running/working/going/operating/functioning 75.performance(s)
76.fired/dismissed/jobless 77.problems/troubles
78.higher/subjective/unfair/unjust/prejudiced
79.tense/damaged/poor/bad 80.discourage/affect/damage
Passage 3 （2013·安徽高考）
Aristotle once wrote that “happiness is a state of activity”.In other words,whether you’re seeking life-long satisfaction or a few moments of good cheer,you’ve got to move forward.We’ve interviewed the experts and found five steps to take toward a sunny mood （心情）：
Over a 30-year period,University of Illinois researchers asked nearly 120,000 people how income,education,political participation,volunteer activities and close relationships affected their happiness.Reported Newsweek’s Sharon Begley on the findings,“The highest levels of happiness are found with the most stable and satisfying relationships.”
Singing aloud,talking to a stranger,raising your hand:all may increase a feeling of happiness,according to a study from Wake Forest University.Participants （参与者） followed the development of their moods for two weeks and reported feeling happier when they were more outgoing and less happy when reserved or withdrawn.
The editors of gave ＄5 or ＄20 to 46 strangers by chance.Half the group was told to spend the money on themselves,while the other half was told to spend it on others.Those who’d shared the wealth felt much happier at the end of the day than those who’d spent it on themselves.There was no difference in happiness between those who spent ＄5 or ＄20,suggesting that it’s not how much money you spend,but how you spend it,that inspires the spirit.
Studies from the Positive Psychology Center showed that discouraged people who wrote down three good things that happened to them each day for six months reported an improved attitude.
Drinking water really can help keep you cheerful.A small 2012 study from the University of Connecticut suggested that even slight dehydration （脱水） affected the moods of its female participants.
Title (76) for Happiness
Introduction You will move (77) in the course of finding happiness.
The findings of (78) Some (79) toward happiness
·Value your relationships ·The (80) happiness lies in the most stable and satisfying relationships.
·(81) yourself ·You can gain happiness by singing aloud or talking to others.
·Spend money on others Your spirit will be inspired by (82) the wealth.
·(83) on the positive ·Your attitude would be improved when you fix your attention on good things.
·Drink water ·If a woman takes in enough water,her (84) of happiness may remain.
Conclusion Happiness can be found if all (85) have been done.
答案：76.Look(ing)/Search(ing)/Seek(ing) 77.forward/ahead/on 78.experts/researchers
79.steps/ways 80.greatest 81.Express 82.sharing 83.Focus/Concentrate
84.feeling/mood/sense 85.these/those
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes完成句子
第Ⅰ组
1.He didn’t know how to come back home because his money was （用完）.
2.Many buildings are （严重受损）because of the big flood.
3.Don’t lift that toolbox—you’ll （伤害） yourself!
4.On hearing the good news，he shared it with his parents （立刻）.
5.Some robbers （闯入）that house，and robbed many things of it.
6.Hurry up！It looks （好像） it is going to rain.
7. （许多） people are fond of music.
8.As soon as he knew that they were in danger，he （来救他们） immediately.
9.They （困在） the burning hotel.
10.He was buried by an avalanche （雪崩） and had to （挖出）.
答案：1.at an end 2.in ruins 3.do an injury to 4.right away 5.burst into 6.as if 7.A great number of 8.came to their rescue 9.were trapped in 10.be dug out
第Ⅱ组
1. At the news that the war （结束），people cheered and jumped with joy.
2. （许多） books in the library are lost，so the school has decided to take some action.
3.The castle was （彻底毁坏） in the war and now it is （一片废墟）.
4.When they met for the first time，the old miner （挖） gold.
5.Tom （十分自豪）his new car.
6.I （很高兴） to do business with you.
7.I would like to （给你一些建议） in the name of a friend.
8.I would like to （表达谢意） to those who have helped me out of trouble.
9. （由他的话判断），the accident was terrible.
10.I want to （祝贺他成功）.
答案：1.was at an end 2.A great number of 3.destroyed,in ruins 4.was digging out 5.is very proud of 6.am very pleased 7.give you some advice 8.express my thanks 9.Judging from what he said 10.congratulate him on his success
第Ⅲ组
1.He （埋头读书） his books.
2.The audience （爆发出一片笑声）.
3.My watch （丢了）.
4.He （评价高） by all his colleagues.
5. （……的数目） the persons who died in this unexpected accident is 37.
6.It is the firefighters who them （从……营救） the burning building.
7.A lot of houses （刮走） when the hurricane struck this area.
8.He was ill，so I went there to attend the meeting （代替） him.
9.In order not to be late，she （穿过） the fields.
10.There’s nothing to be afraid of.The sky won’t （塌下来）.
答案：1.is buried in 2.burst into laughter 3.is gone 4.was thought highly of 5.The number of 6.rescued，from 7.were blown away 8.instead of
9.cut across 10.fall down
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship阅读理解4
第Ⅳ组
A
A friend is better than fortune.
A friend is worse than poison in some cases.
The two sentences above have opposite meanings and seem to be unreasonable，but they can be explained as follows：the first refers to all good friends who drive us towards good ways while the second refers to all bad ones who lead us into bad ways.
My ideal friend is of course a good friend whose goodness is shown below：He has no bad habits，such as smoking and drinking.He lives in frugality (节俭).He studies hard so as not to waste his golden time.At home he honors his parents and loves his brothers；at school he respects his teachers and shares the feelings of his classmates.He treats those truly who are true to him.In a word，he has all the good characteristics that I don’t have.I can follow him as a model.With his help I can be free from all difficulties.
Indeed，if I have such a person as my friend，I shall never fear difficulty and shall never know the existence of the word “failure”.
1.The article is written to explain .
A.how to make friends with others
B.what kind of person we should make friends with
C.how to help friends
D.what kind of person the writer’s friend is
2.From the passage we can learn that .
A.the writer has a lot to learn from his ideal friend
B.the writer and his ideal friend have a lot to learn from each other
C.the writer’s ideal friend has a lot to learn from him
D.the writer has only a little to learn from his ideal friend
3.From this passage，we can infer that the writer is sure that .
A.nothing can be done without friends
B.he who does not smoke or drink must be a good friend
C.good friends mean a great deal to him
D.good friends should always help each other
【语篇解读】本文主要介绍了作者心目中理想的朋友所具备的品质以及我们应该交什么样的朋友。
1.B 主旨大意题。文章第四段说了作者心目中理想的朋友所具备的品质，最后一段说有了这样的朋友就不怕任何困难，也没有失败之事了。言外之意就是我们应该结交什么样的朋友。故B项正确。
2.A 推理判断题。作者在第四段描述了自己心目中理想的朋友形象，同时也说明了作者自己也想具备这些品质。
3.C 推理判断题。文章一开始就点出了一个有益的朋友比财富都重要，一个坏朋友有时比毒药还要毒，随后说了自己理想的朋友形象，这也说明了作者认为一个好朋友对自己非常重要。
B
There are three different kinds of friends in our life.I classify (分类) them according to how well I know them and how well they know me.
The first type of friend is just an acquaintance (熟人).This means that you only know their name.You might not even remember what they look like if you go away for a short vacation.You don’t miss them when they are elsewhere.It is also this type of friend who gives you the most amount of aggravation (恼怒).Since most of the time you are placed in a position where you have to act friendly.You would not normally tell an acquaintance when he or she is doing something that makes you feel angry，such as tapping the fingers on a table or shouting loudly.I call them “pest friends”.
The second kind of friend is a “guest friend”.They are just social partners.You meet them at a certain location and at the end of the meeting you go your separate way and they go theirs.You don’t talk too often with this sort of friend，and you don’t share each other’s secrets.
Lastly，we have “best friends”.This sort of friend is there when you need them.They know you as a person and they are there through thick and thin.Best friends are the ones that you can lean and depend on no matter what happens.If you need a listening ear，they will be the one to lend support.
Friends come in all different shapes and sizes.Every friend has an impact on our life...
4.What is this passage mainly about
A.What a true friend is like.
B.Three kinds of friends in our life.
C.The role that friends play in our life.
D.Why there are different kinds of friends.
5.According to the writer，when a friend of the first type acts in an annoying way，you .
A.can tell him/her about it directly
B.should stay away from him/her
C.should advise him/her to correct his/her behavior
D.may find it hard to tell him/her not to do so
6.Which of the following statements is WRONG about the second type of friend
A.They are only social partners.
B.You don’t talk very often with them.
C.You don’t share your secrets with them.
D.They are called “pest friends” by the writer.
7.If someone is with you through thick and thin，it means .
A.he/she is your best friend for sure
B.he/she agrees with whatever you say
C.you spend most of your time together
D.he/she is with you even when there are difficulties
【语篇解读】本文主要介绍了生活中三种不同类型的朋友。
4.B 主旨大意题。通读全文可知，本文主要是讲生活中的三种朋友，故选B。
5.D 细节理解题。根据第二段的You would not normally tell an acquaintance when he or she is doing something that makes you feel angry...可知在作者看来，当第一种朋友有恼人的行为时，你可能并不好意思直接跟他/她说，故选D。
6.D 细节理解题。根据第二段的内容可知“pest friends”是作者用来形容第一种朋友的，故选D。
7.D 推理判断题。第四段主要是讲最好的朋友。根据Best friends are the ones that you can lean and depend on no matter what happens.的语境可推断D正确，即不管是平时或是有困难时，最好的朋友都会在你的身边。
C
Everyone needs friends.We all like to feel close to someone.It is nice to have a friend to talk,laugh,and do things with.Surely,there are times when we need to be alone.We don’t always want people around.But we would feel lonely if we never had a friend.
No two people are just the same.Sometimes friends don’t get along well.That doesn’t mean that they no longer like each other.Most of the time they will make up and go on being friends.
Sometimes friends move away.Then we feel very sad.We miss them very much.But we can call and write to them.It could be that we would never see them again.And we can make new friends.It is surprising to find out how much we like new people when we get to know them.
Families sometimes name their children after a close friend.Many places are named after men and women who have been friendly to people in a town.Some libraries are named this way.So are some schools.We think of these people when we go to these places.
There’s more good news for people who have friends.They live longer than people who don’t.Why It could be that they are happier.Being happy helps you stay well.Or it could be just knowing that someone cares.If someone cares about you,you take better care of yourself.
8.The first paragraph tells us .
A.none needs friends
B.we need friends around us
C.making friends is the need in people’s life
D.we need to be alone
9.Which of the following is what the writer doesn’t say in the passage
A.People are not happy when their friends leave them.
B.People perhaps will never see their friends after their friends move away.
C.People can know their friends in different ways.
D.People like their new friends very much when they get to know them.
10.The underlined phrase “make up” means .
A.become friends again after a quarrel
B.put some special powder on the face
C.invent something in order to cheat someone
D.put something together from several different places
11.People who have friends live longer than people who don’t because .
A.they feel happier and are healthy
B.they get a lot of help from their friends
C.they take better care of themselves
D.both A and C
12.The main idea of the passage is .
A.people are all friends B.people need friends
C.how to get to know friends D.how to name a place
【语篇解读】本文向大家介绍了人们离不开朋友及朋友给我们带来的种种好处。
8.B 细节理解题。第一句为本段中心句。根据最后一句话But we would feel lonely if we never had a friend.也能得知，我们的身边需要朋友陪伴，否则会感到孤独。
9.C 细节理解题。根据第三段第一、二句话Sometimes friends move away.Then we feel very sad.可知A项文中提到；根据第三段第五句话It could be that we would never see them again.可知B项文中提到；根据第三段最后一句话It is surprising to find out how much we like new people when we get to know them.可知D项文中提到。纵观全文，C项人们可以用多种方式了解他们的朋友文中未提到。故选C。
10.A 词义猜测题。根据下文go on being friends可知，朋友之间有时相处得不融洽，但多数情况下他们会重归于好的。
11.D 细节理解题。根据最后一段第四、五句话It could be that they are happier.Being happy helps you stay well.可知A项正确；根据最后一段最后两句话可知C项正确。故选D项。
12.B 主旨大意题。全文讲述了人们离不开朋友及朋友给我们带来的种种好处。
D
One of the most important things in the world is friendship.In order to have friends,you have to be a friend.But how can you be a good friend at school
Listen—Listen when they are talking.Don’t say anything unless they ask you a question.Sometimes it’s not necessary for you to have anything to say;they just need someone to talk to about their feelings.
Help them—If your friend is ever in need of something,be there to help them.You should try to put them first,but make sure you don’t do everything they want you to do.Try to take an extra (额外的) pencil or pen with you to classes in case (以防) they forget one.Have a little extra money in your pocket in case they forget something they need.
Be there for them—Try to make something for your friend to help make them feel better in hard times.Making cards and encouraging them are among the nicest things you can do for a friend.Marilyn Monroe,a famous U.S.actress,once said,“I often make mistakes.Sometimes I am out of control.But if you can’t stay with me at my worst,you are sure not to deserve (值得) to be with me at my best.” Always remember this! If you don’t want to stay with your friends when they’re in hard times,then you don’t deserve to be with them when they’re having a good time!
—Try to make plans with your friends.Go shopping,go for an ice cream,have a party,go to a movie and so on.Take time to know each other even better by doing something you both enjoy.By planning things together,you both can have a good time.And you’ll remember these things when you’re all old!
13.While your friend is talking to you about his or her feelings,you should .
A.give him or her some advice B.just listen unless asked
C.calm him or her down D.share your feelings as well
14.When we provide help for our friends,we should .
A.try to do everything for them B.put them before ourselves
C.change their bad habits first D.ignore their faults
15.Which of the following can be put in the blank of the last paragraph
A.Make plans. B.Enjoy yourself.
C.Understand your friends. D.Play with your friends.
16.What is the passage mainly about
A.How to find a good friend. B.How to help friends in trouble.
C.How to be a good friend. D.How to make more friends.
【语篇解读】本文主要向大家介绍如何在学校里做个好朋友。
13.B 细节理解题。由第二段第二句话Don’t say anything unless they ask you a question.可知B项正确。
14.B 细节理解题。由第三段第二句话You should try to put them first,but make sure you don’t do everything they want you to do.可知B项正确。
15.A 主旨大意题。本段主要在介绍制订计划，文章的Try to make plans...也给了很好的提示。
16.C 主旨大意题。文章为“总——分”结构。由第一段可知，本文主要介绍如何在学校里做个好朋友，故C项正确。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship句式与语法
1. not...until直到……才
He won’t leave Anhui until he visits all the places of interest there. =Not until he visits all the places of interest there will he leave Anhui.(倒装句）=It is not until he visits all the places of interest there that he will leave Anhui.(强调句）
直到游览完那儿的所有名胜他才会离开安徽。
【常考用法】
（1）not...until引导时间状语从句，主句用一般将来时时，从句用一般现在时表将来。
（2）在强调结构中：It is/was not until+被强调部分+that...
（3）在倒装结构Not until...did (或does,do,is...)+主语...中，until从句不倒装。
【十年高考链接】
(1)（2013·福建高考）Not until he went through real hardship the love we have for our families is important.
A.had he realized B.did he realize
C.he realized D.he had realized
答案：B 题干的意思是：“直到他经历了真正的困难，他才意识到我们对家人的爱的重要性。”由题干中句首的关键信息Not until可知此处要用部分倒装，排除C、D两项；而A项用了过去完成时，指realize表示的动作发生在从句谓语went through表示的动作之前，这显然不合逻辑，所以排除A项；而B项无论从语序还是从时态上讲，都是非常正确的。
（2）（2012·上海春招）It was not until 1920 American women had the chance to vote in national elections.
A.when B.that C.where D.which
答案：B 本题考查强调句型。此处not until 1920是被强调部分。句意：直到1920年美国妇女才在国家选举中有机会投票。
（3）（2012·辽宁高考）Not until he retired from teaching three years ago having a holiday abroad.
A.he had considered B.had he considered
C.he considered D.did he consider
答案：D 本题考查倒装句型。句意：直到三年前他从教学生涯中退休他才考虑出国度假。not until引导的从句位于句首时，主句要用部分倒装结构，故排除A、C两项；由句意可知，本句应该用一般过去时。故选D。
（4）（2012·湖南高考）It was not until I came here I realized this place was famous for not only its beauty but also its weather.
A.who B.that C.where D.before
答案：B 本题考查强调句。句意：直到我来到这儿才意识到，这个地方不仅以它的美而且以它的天气出名。分析结构可知，此处为not until的强调结构“It was not until...that...”，故B项正确。
（5）（2010·四川高考）—When shall we restart our business
—Not until we our plan.
A.will finish B.are finishing C.are to finish D.have finished
答案：D 本题考查动词的时态。句意：“我们的生意何时重新开张？” “直到完成我们的计划。”在时间状语从句、条件状语从句和让步状语从句中，用一般现在时代替一般将来时，用现在完成时代替将来完成时，用现在进行时代替将来进行时。此处为until引导的时间状语从句，用现在完成时代替将来完成时，故选D。
（6）（2010·江西高考）Not until he left his home to know how important the family was for him.
A.did he begin B.had he begun C.he began D.he had begun
答案：A 句意：直到他离开了家时他才意识到家对他来说是多么重要。not until置于句首引导时间状语从句时，应把主句进行部分倒装。由left一词可知应用一般过去时。
（7）(2009·江西高考)It was he came back from Africa that year he met the girl he would like to marry.
A.when;then B.not;until C.not until;that D.only;when
答案:C 此题考查强调句。从题干以及选项的特点可以判断出此题是强调句，强调的是not until引导的时间状语从句，再根据强调句的特点可以断定此题应该选C。在做题时若遇到以It is/was...开头的句子首先应判断其是不是强调句。方法很简单，去掉It is/was和that，如果句子结构和意义还完整，那么就是强调句;如果句子结构和意义不完整，则不是强调句。
（8）(2009·四川高考)Not until I came home last night to bed.
A.Mum did go B.did Mum go C.went Mum D.Mum went
答案:B 本题考查倒装结构。not until引导的时间状语从句置于句首时，主句用部分倒装结构。
（9）(2008·重庆高考)It was not until midnight they reached the campsite.
A.that B.when C.while D.as
答案：A 本题考查强调句。句意：直到午夜他们才到达宿营地。分析结构可知，此处是not until的强调结构，故A项正确。
（10）(2007·浙江高考)It we had stayed together for a couple of weeks I found we had a lot in common.
A.was until;when B.was until;that
C.wasn’t until;when D.wasn’t until;that
答案：D 本题考查强调句。强调句的基本结构为：It is/was+被强调部分+that...句意：我们在一起待了几个星期后我才发现我们有许多共同之处。not...until...直到……才……
（11）(2007·天津高考)It is difficult for us to learn a lesson in life we’ve actually had that lesson.
A.until B.after C.since D.when
答案：A 本题考查时间状语从句。句意：对我们来说在生活中得到启示是很难的，直到我们真正得到了那一启示。A项为“直到”；B项为“在……以后”；C项为“自从……以来”；D项为“当……的时候”。
（12）(2007·重庆高考)It is not who is right but what is right is of importance.
A.which B.it C.that D.this
答案：C 本题考查强调句型。本句为It is...that...强调句型。
（13）（2005·北京春招）Simon thought his computer was broken his little brother pointed out that he had forgotten to turn it on.
A.until B.unless C.after D.because
答案：A 本题考查连词。句意：在他小弟弟指出他忘了打开前，西蒙一直认为他的电脑坏了。until引导时间状语从句，意为“到……为止”，符合语境。
（14）（2004·辽宁高考）We were told that we should follow the main road we reached the central railway station.
A.whenever B.until C.while D.wherever
答案：B 本题考查连词。句意：我们被告知我们应该沿着主路一直到达中心火车站。until到……为止，符合语境。
2. get sth.done使某物被……
【常考用法】
get his works recognized 使他的作品得到认可 get himself known 使他自己出名
get her hair cut 剪她的头发 get his car repaired 修他的车
【句式链接】
get sb.to do 使某人做某事 get sb./sth.doing 使某人/某物……
【十年高考链接】
(1)(2012·四川高考) Before driving into the city,you are required to get your car .
A.washed B.wash C.washing D.to wash
答案：A 本题考查非谓语动词的用法。 句意：在开车进入这个城市之前，你需要把车洗一下。wash与your car之间是逻辑上的动宾关系，故用过去分词作宾补，表示被动。
（2）(2010·辽宁高考)Alexander tried to get his work in the medical circles.
A.to recognize B.recognizing C.recognize D.recognized
答案：D 本题考查非谓语动词。 句意：亚历山大努力想让他的工作在医学领域得到认可。get/have sth.done为固定用法，意为“使某事被……”，sth.与done之间为被动关系。故选D。此处recognize意为“认可，赏识”。
3. while doing在做某事的时候
While walking the dog,you were careless and it got loose and was hit by a car.
遛狗的时候，你不小心把狗松开了，它被车撞了。
They are building a new factory while expanding the old one.
他们一面扩建旧厂,一面建设新厂。
【常考用法】
当when,while,unless,as if，though等引导时间、条件、方式和让步状语从句，若从句主语与主句主语一致或从句主语是it，且从句谓语中含有be动词时，可以省略从句中的主语和be动词，构成省略句句型。
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2013·江西高考）If to look after luggage for someone else,inform the police at once.
A.asked B.to ask C.asking D.having asked
答案：A 句意：如果被要求为他人照看行李，请立即通知警察。主句为祈使句，省略了主语you，根据语境可知，条件状语从句中ask与you之间为动宾关系，故选A项。
（2）(2013·浙江高考)There are some health problems that,when in time,can become bigger ones later on.
A.not treated B.not being treated
C.not to be treated D.not having been treated
答案：A 题干的意思是：“有一些健康问题，如果不能得到及时治疗，以后就会变得越来越严重。”分析句子结构可知，此处为状语从句的省略。本句还原为...when they are not treated in time...,when引导的时间状语从句用一般现在时代替一般将来时,故正确答案为A项。B项为分词的进行式，表示被动和进行；C项为动词不定式的被动语态，表示动作尚未发生；D项为分词的完成式，表示动作先于主句动作发生。B、C、D三项均不符合句意和句法结构。此句that...部分实际上是分隔式定语从句。定语从句that can become bigger ones later on被when not treated in time分隔开来了。
(3)（2013·福建高考） Anyone,once positive for H7N9 flu virus,will receive free medical treatment from our government.
A.to be tested B.being tested C.tested D.to test
答案：C 题干的意思是：一旦H7N9禽流感病毒被检测为阳性，任何人都会受到我们政府的免费医治。 由题干中的关键信息once可知此处为时间状语从句的省略。根据状语从句中省略的条件：“当主从句的主语一致或从句的主语是it，并且从句的谓语含有be动词时，可将从句的主语和动词be一起省略”，逆推可将该从句还原为“once anyone is tested positive for H7N9 flu virus”，并且时间状语从句要用一般现在时代替一般将来时，所以该题目自然是省略了“anyone is”。 解答这类题目需要抓住句中的关键信息，准确理解句子含义。
（4）（2012·大纲全国高考Ⅰ）Film has a much shorter history,especially when such art forms as music and painting.
A.having compared to B.comparing to
C.compare to D.compared to
答案：D 本题考查非谓语动词的用法。 句意：电影的历史很短，特别是与音乐和绘画等艺术形式相比较时。compare与film之间是逻辑上的动宾关系，故用过去分词表示被动。
（5）（2010·浙江高考）The experiment shows that proper amounts of exercise,if
regularly,can improve our health.
A.being carried out B.carrying out
C.carried out D.to carry out
答案：C 本题考查状语从句的省略。 句意：实验表明如果有规律地进行适量的运动（锻炼），会增进我们的健康。此处if引导省略句，补全应为：if proper amounts of exercise are carried out regularly。根据省略的原则，把相同的主语和be动词省去，就只剩下if carried out regularly。
（6）(2009·湖南高考)Every evening after dinner， if not from work， I will spend some time walking my dog.
A.being tired B.tiring C.tired D.to be tired
答案：C 本题考查过去分词形式的形容词用于“连词+分词/形容词”结构，在句中作状语。句意:每天晚上饭后，如果我不因工作而感到累的话，我会抽出些时间遛狗。if not from work的逻辑主语就是主句的主语，根据句式结构可知此处应该使用tired，该句是if I am not tired from work的省略。be tired from表示“因……而疲劳”。
（7）(2008·福建高考)—Who should be responsible for the accident
—The boss,not the workers.They just carried out the order .
A.as told B.as are told C.as telling D.as they told
答案：A 本题考查as引导的方式状语从句及其省略。as told=as they were told,此处是as引导的方式状语从句的省略。当从句主语与主句主语一致，且谓语动词含有be动词时，将从句的主语和be动词省略。又因为workers与tell之间是被动关系，排除C、D两项。根据此处的时态可知应选A。
（8）(2007·全国高考Ⅰ)We all know that, the situation will get worse.
A.not if dealt carefully with B.if not carefully dealt with
C.if dealt not carefully with D.not if carefully dealt with
答案：B that后跟宾语从句，宾语从句中含有一个主从复合句，if从句使用了省略句式，完整的形式应为if it is not carefully dealt with,it指代主句中的the situation。
（9）(2007·四川高考)The flowers his friend gave him will die unless every day.
A.watered B.watering C.water D.to water
答案：A 本题考查省略句。unless,if,when,though等引导状语从句时，如果主从句的主语一致，从句中又含有be动词时，常把主语和be动词省略。此处应为unless they are watered。因此A项正确。
4.before
【常考用法】
（1）表示“在……之前就……”。
Mary had finished her homework before her mother returned.
玛丽在她妈妈回来前就完成了作业。
（2）表示“过了多久后才……，动作进行到什么程度才……”。
The man almost knocked me down before he saw me.那个人差点撞上我后才看见我。
They walked about 30 miles to the west before they saw a village.
他们朝西走了大约30英里后才看见一个村子。
（3） 表示“来不及； 尚未……就……” 。
He ran off before I could stop him.我没来得及阻止他，他就跑了。
（4）表示“刚……就……”。
I had hardly sat down before the bell rang.我刚坐下铃声就响了。
（5）表示“不知不觉就……； 还没弄清楚就……”。
Time passed quickly and three months went by before I knew it.
时间过得飞快，不知不觉三个月过去了。
（6）表示“宁愿……，决不……，与其……，毋宁……”，常与will 或would 连用。
I would die before I would give in.我宁死不屈。
（7）表示“否则；以免”。
I will write it down before I forget it.我把它写下来以免忘记。
（8）用于句型“It was +时间段+before...”,表示 “过了多久才……”。
It was three days before he came back.三天后他才回来。
（9）用于句型 “It was not long +时间段+before...” ，意为“不久就……”。
It was not long before he sensed the danger of the position.
不久之后他感觉到了这个位置的危险。
（10）用于句型“It will be (not)+时间段+before...”，表示“要过多久/不久……才……”。
It will be half a year before you graduate from this school.
过半年后你才能从这所学校毕业。
【句式链接】
It is/has been+时间段+since+一般过去时的句子 自……以来多长时间了
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2013·湖南高考）You must learn to consult your feelings and your reason you reach any decision.
A.although B.before C.because D.unless
答案：B although “虽然，尽管”，引导让步状语从句；before“在……之前”，引导时间状语从句；because “因为”，引导原因状语从句；unless “除非”，引导条件状语从句。题干的意思是：“做任何决定之前,你必须学会尊重自己的情感与理智。”空格前后的时间先后意味较为明显，所以答案为B项。
（2）(2010·陕西高考)John thinks it won’t be long he is ready for his new job.
A.when B.after C.before D.since
答案：C 本题考查连词。句意：约翰认为他不久就会为他的新工作做好准备。It won’t be long before...是一个常用的句式，意思是“不久就会……”。
（3）（2010·福建高考）The girl had hardly rung the bell the door was opened suddenly,and her friend rushed out to greet her.
A.before B.until C.as D.since
答案：A 本题考查连词。句意：这个女孩刚一按门铃，门就突然开了，她的朋友冲出去迎接她。before在……之前，还没有……;until直到……；as当……的时候；since自从……以来。根据句意选A项。题干中hardly...before...实际上为一固定句式，意思是“刚……就……”，相当于hardly...when...。
（4）(2009·上海高考) You can’t borrow books from the school library you get your student card.
A.before B.if C.while D.as
答案：A 本题考查连词的词义辨析。句意：在得到学生证之后，你才可以从学校图书馆借书。if是否，假如，while在……期间，as当……的时候，均不符合题意。before在本题中表示“……之后才……”。
（5）(2008·北京高考)I’m sorry you’ve been waiting so long,but it’ll still be some time Brian gets back.
A.before B.since C.till D.after
答案：A 本题考查时间状语从句的连接词。句意：对不起让你久等了，但是还得再过一段时间布赖恩才回来。故空格处须用before表示“在……之前，直到……才……”。
（6）(2007·安徽高考)The field research will take Joan and Paul about five months;it will be a long time we meet them again.
A.after B.before C.since D.when
答案：B 本题考查before引起的时间状语从句的用法。主句为一般将来时时，从句用一般现在时表示将来。
（7）(2007·江西高考)He was told that it would be at least three more months he could recover and return to work.
A.when B.before C.since D.that
答案：B 本题考查时间状语从句的引导词。由It+be+时间段+before从句“要过多久才……”可知，此处用before。句式“It is/has been+时间段+since从句”，表示“自从……以来已有多长时间”。
（8） （2005·山东高考）It was some time we realized the truth.
A.when B.until C.since D.before
答案：D 本题考查连词。句意：过了一段时间后我们才意识到事情的真相。分析结构可知，此处是“It was+时间段+before+一般过去时的句子”这一句式，故D项正确。
（9） (2005·广东高考)The American Civil War lasted four years the North won in the end.
A.after B.when C.before D.then
答案：C 本题考查连词。句意：美国南北战争持续了4年后北方最后赢了。before此处意为“……之后才……”。
（10） （2004·福建高考） Scientists say it may be five or six years it is possible to test this medicine on human patients.
A.since B.after C.before D.when
答案：C 本题考查连词。句意：科学家们说得过五六年后这种药才可能在病人身上试验。It will be+时间段+before+一般现在时的句子意为“……之后才……”。
5. It’s...that强调句型
It was at three o’clock that I arrived in Mount Huang.我是三点钟到达的黄山。
It was playing computer games that cost the boy a lot of time he ought to have spent on his lessons.是玩电脑游戏使这个男孩花了他很多本应该学习的时间。
【句式链接】
陈述句： It is/was+被强调部分+that/who+其他.
一般疑问句：Is/Was it+被强调部分+that/who+其他
特殊疑问句：疑问词+is/was it+被强调部分+that/who+其他
【十年高考链接】
(1)(2013·新课标全国高考Ⅱ) It was only after he had read the papers Mr.Gross realized the task before him was extremely difficult to complete.
A.when B.that C.which D.what
答案：B 题干的意思是：“直到他读了文件之后，格罗斯先生才意识到他面前的任务非常难完成。”本句为强调句型，强调状语only after he had read the papers。 根据强调句结构“It is/was+被强调部分+that+剩余部分.”可知选B。 此外，我们也可以将It is/was与空格去掉来验证此句是不是一个强调句。
（2）(2013·重庆高考)It was with the help of the local guide the mountain climber was rescued.
A.who B.that C.when D.how
答案：B 题干的意思是：“正是在当地导游的帮助下那位爬山者获救了。”这是一个It is/was...that...强调句型。判断的标准是：把It is/was和that去掉，然后调整句子的顺序看句子是否成立。如果成立，就是强调句型,反之则不是。而本题将It was和that去掉并调整顺序后为“The mountain climber was rescued with the help of the local guide.”，句子完整无缺，因此是强调句型，所以答案为B项。
（3）（2013·天津高考） It was not until near the end of the letter she mentioned her own plan.
A.that B.where C.why D.when
答案：A 本题考查强调句型：It is/was+被强调部分+that+其他部分.句意：直到快写到信的结尾的时候，她才提到了自己的计划。句中被强调的部分是时间状语not until near the end of the letter。
（4）(2012·湖南高考）It was not until I came here I realized this place was famous for not only its beauty but also its weather.
A.who B.that C.where D.before
答案：B 本题考查强调句型。句意：直到我来到这里我才意识到这个地方不仅因为它的美丽而闻名，还因它的天气而闻名。句中出现not until结构，且not与until放在一起使用。能够出现这种情况的句型有两种：①It is/was not until...that...强调句型；②Not until+部分倒装句。根据句子结构可确定答案。此外，我们也可以将It is/was与空格去掉来验证此句是不是一个强调句。
（5）（2012·上海高考）—Was it by cutting down staff she saved the firm
—No,it was by improving work efficiency.
A.when B.what C.how D.that
答案：D 本题考查特殊句式。本题是强调句，对by cutting down staff进行强调。句意：“是不是通过裁员她拯救了公司的命运？”“不是，是通过提高工作效率来拯救的。”
（6）（2012·重庆高考） It was 80 years before Christopher Columbus crossed the Atlantic Zheng He sailed to East Africa.
A.when B.that C.after D.since
答案：B 本题考查强调句。分析结构可知，此处考查强调句型，是对“80 years before Christopher Columbus crossed the Atlantic”进行强调。根据强调句的基本句型“It is/was...that/who...”可知，B项正确。
（7）（2011·重庆高考）—Have you seen the film Under the Hawthorn Tree
—Of course,I have.It was in our village it was made.
A.that B.where C.when D.which
答案：A 本题考查强调句型。句意：“你看过电影《山楂树之恋》吗？”“当然，我看过。它就是在我们村里拍摄的。”依据强调句型的结构“It is/was +被强调部分+that+句子剩余部分.”可知选A。弄清强调句型的基本结构是解题的关键。
（8）（2011·四川高考）Was it on a lonely island he was saved one month after the boat went down
A.where B.that C.which D.what
答案：B 本题考查强调句型在一般疑问句中的应用。句意：是不是船沉了以后一个月他才在一个孤岛上被救？根据句中出现的Was it及强调句型的判断方法可确定该题考查强调句型。where，which和what均不能构成强调句型。判断强调句的方法是把it is/was和that去掉，若剩下的句子在结构及意义上均完整，则为强调句。要熟练掌握强调句型的基本句式结构及其判断方法。
（9）(2011·湖南高考)It’s not what we do once in a while shapes our lives,but what we do consistently.
A.which B.that C.how D.when
答案：B 本题考查强调句式。牢记各种特殊句式是解答此类题的关键。句意：不是我们偶尔而是我们始终如一做的事情塑造了我们的生活。此处为强调句式。
（10）(2011·陕西高考)It is not how much we do but how much love we put into what we do benefits our work most.
A.who B.which C.that D.what
答案：C 本题考查强调句式。句意：对我们的工作最有益的不是我们做了多少，而是我们对所做的事情注入了多少爱。本句是一个强调句，其结构是：It is/was...that/who...因为所强调的是not how much we do but how much love we put into what we do,所以选that。另外，强调句式常与定语从句结合起来考查。如：It was the words that he spoke that made the teacher angry.
（11）（2010·湖南高考）John’s success has nothing to do with good luck.It is years of hard work has made him what he is today.
A.why B.when C.which D.that
答案：D 句意：约翰的成功和好运气没有关系，正是多年的努力工作成就了今天的他。本题考查强调句型，强调主语years of hard work。故D项正确。
（12）（2010·安徽高考）It was from only a few supplies that she had bought in the village the hostess cooked such a nice dinner.
A.where B.that C.when D.which
答案：B 句意：仅仅用她从村庄里买来的一些简单的东西，女主人就做了一顿丰盛的晚餐。从句式看此句是强调句，故选B项。
（13）(2009·浙江高考)—I’ve read another book this week.
—Well，maybe is not how much you read but what you read that counts.
A.this B.that C.there D.it
答案：D 本题考查不定代词it的特殊用法。分析答语的句子结构可知此处构成It is...that...强调句型，被强调部分是not how much you read but what you read。
(14)(2009·江西高考)It was he came back from Africa that year he met the girl he would like to marry.
A.when;then B.not;until C.not until;that D.only;when
答案：C 本题考查强调句。从题干以及选项的特点可以判断出此题是强调句，强调的是not until引导的时间状语从句，再根据强调句的特点可以判断出此题应该选C。在做题时若遇到以It is/was...开头的句子首先应判断其是不是强调句。方法很简单，去掉It is/was和that，如果句子结构和意义还完整，那么就是强调句;如果句子结构和意义不完整，则不是强调句。
(15)(2008·全国高考Ⅱ)It was in New Zealand Elizabeth first met Mr.Smith.
A.that B.how C.which D.when
答案：A 本题考查强调句。句意：正是在新西兰伊丽莎白第一次见到史密斯先生。It+is/was+被强调成分+that...为强调句句型。
(16)(2008·天津高考)It was along the Mississippi River Mark Twain spent much of his childhood.
A.how B.which C.that D.where
答案：C 本题考查强调句式。此处构成It was...that...强调句式，句中强调了介词短语along the Mississippi River。
(17)(2008·重庆高考)It was not until midnight they reached the campsite.
A.that B.when C.while D.as
答案：A 本题考查强调句。强调的是not until midnight。
（18）(2007·重庆高考)It is not who is right but what is right is of importance.
A.which B.it C.that D.this
答案：C 本题考查强调句型。强调的是not who is right but what is right。
（19）(2007·浙江高考)It we had stayed together for a couple of weeks I found we had a lot in common.
A.was until;when B.was until;that
C.wasn’t until;when D.wasn’t until;that
答案：D 本题考查强调句。强调句的基本结构为：It is/was+被强调部分+that+其他.句意：我们在一起待了几个星期后我才发现我们有许多共同之处。not...until...直到……才……
（20）(2007·江西高考)I don’t mind her criticizing me,but is how she does it that I object to.
A.it B.that C.this D.which
答案：A 本题考查强调句型。强调句型的结构为：It is/was+被强调部分+that+其他.强调句可去掉It is/was与that还原句子。本句相当于:...but I object to how she does it.被强调部分是宾语从句。
6. It was the first time＋that从句某人第一次做某事。
It was the second time that I had visited the Great Wall.那是我第二次游览长城。
It/That was the last time that I had visited Hefei together with my friends.
那是我最后一次跟朋友一起去参观合肥。
It/This is the first time that I have been to the Summer Palace.这是我第一次去颐和园。
【句式链接】
(1)It/This/That will be/is the first/second...time that从句 (现在完成时).
(2)It/This/That was the first/second...time that从句 (过去完成时).
（3）It is (high)＋time＋从句［用一般过去时或should (should 不能省略)＋动词原形］.
It’s high time that the article should be published.是发表这篇文章的时候了。
【十年高考链接】
(1)(2009·陕西高考)This is the first time we a film in the cinema together as a family.
A.see B.had seen C.saw D.have seen
答案：D 本题考查时态的用法。在This/It is the first/second...time that从句中，that从句谓语动词用现在完成时。句意：这是第一次我们全家人一起去电影院看电影。
(2)(2009·辽宁高考) It’s the first time that he has been to Australia,
A.isn’t he B.hasn’t he C.isn’t it D.hasn’t it
答案：C 本题考查反意疑问句。句意:这是他第一次去澳大利亚，不是吗 该句主语和谓语动词分别是it和is，所以反意疑问部分用isn’t it。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship句式与语法
1.have trouble with sth. 做某事有困难
He has trouble with his English study.他学习英语有困难。
I have trouble with communication with him in English.我跟他用英语交流有困难。
【句式链接】
have trouble (in) doing sth.在做某事方面有困难
have difficulty (in) doing sth./with sth.在（做）某事方面有困难
have a hard time (in) doing sth.做某事很难
have fun (in) doing sth.做某事很好玩
【十年高考链接】
(2012·上海高考）When Peter speaks in public,he always has trouble the right things to say.
A.thinking of B.to think of C.thought of D.think of
答案：A 本题考查非谓语动词。have trouble (in)doing sth.做某事有困难。句意：在大庭广众之下讲话，彼得总是要搜肠刮肚想想该说的事。
2.find it hard to make good friends with them
当动词不定式作find,think,feel,consider（认为）等动词的宾语，且有名词或形容词作宾语补足语时，通常使用it作其形式宾语，相当于其后所接的宾语从句。
Some students find it difficult to study English.=Some students find (that) it is difficult to study English.一些学生发现英语很难学。
Bill Gates feels it his duty to help the poor.=Bill Gates feels (that) it is his duty to help the poor.比尔·盖茨觉得济贫是他的义务。
I think/consider it wrong to do like that.=I think/consider (that) it is wrong to do like that.我认为那样做是错误的。
【注意】
在“find/think/consider（认为）/feel等+it+n./adj.+to do sth.”句型中，当宾语补足语是no use或no good时，“to do sth.”应改用“doing sth.”。
I think it no use fighting each other.我认为彼此开战没什么用。
I feel it no good only remembering the grammar rules in language learning.
我觉得在语言学习过程中仅仅记忆语法规则没有好处。
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2012·陕西高考）No matter where he is,he makes a rule to go for a walk before breakfast.
A.him B.this C.that D.it
答案：D 本题考查代词的用法。句意：不管他在哪里，早饭前出去散步是他的一贯做法。make it a rule惯于，作为常例；定为常规,it 是形式宾语，真正宾语是后面的动词不定式短语to go for a walk before breakfast。故D项正确。
（2）（2012·四川高考） New technologies have made possible to turn out new products faster and at a lower cost.
A.that B.this C.one D.it
答案：D 本题考查代词的用法。句意：新技术使更快捷地、低成本地生产新产品成为可能。it作形式宾语，真正宾语是动词不定式短语to turn out new products faster and at a lower cost。
（3）(2011·山东高考)The two girls are so alike that strangers find difficult to tell one from the other.
A.it B.them C.her D.that
答案：A 本题考查代词的用法。句意：这两个女孩长得如此相像，以至于陌生人觉得很难把她们区分开。本句中it用在find后作形式宾语，真正的宾语是后面的动词不定式短语to tell one from the other。them,her,that等词均不能作形式宾语或形式主语。
（4）(2011·天津高考)We feel our duty to make our country a better place.
A.it B.this C.that D.one
答案：A 本题考查it作形式宾语，动词不定式短语作真正宾语的用法。句意：我们觉得使我们国家成为一个更好的地方是我们的责任。四个选项均为代词。it在此处作形式宾语，指代后面的动词不定式短语to make our country a better place。this指代下文将要涉及的内容，而that往往指代上文提到的内容；one作代词，指代同类不同物。this,that和one均不能作形式宾语。
（5）(2010·辽宁高考)The fact that she was foreign made difficult for her to get a job in that country.
A.so B.much C.that D.it
答案：D 本题考查代词。句意：她是外国人这一事实使她在那个国家中很难找到一份工作。句中it作形式宾语，代替真正的宾语——动词不定式短语to get a job in that country。difficult为宾语补足语，so,much和that均不能作形式宾语，故只有D项正确。
（6）(2007·天津高考)He didn’t make clear when and where the meeting would be held.
A.this B.that C.it D.these
答案：C 本题考查代词it的用法。句意：他没有把何时何地召开会议搞清楚。句中when and where the meeting would be held为make的真正宾语，it为形式宾语，clear为宾补。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World完形填空6
When I was 16 years old，I made my first visit to the United States.It wasn’t the first time I had been 1 .Like most English children I learned French 2 school and I had often been to France，so I 3 speaking a foreign language to people who didn’t understand 4 .But when I went to America I was really looking forward to 5 a nice easy holiday without any 6 problems.
7 wrong I was! The misunderstanding began at the airport.I was looking for a 8 telephone to give my American friend Danny a 9 and tell her that I had arrived.A friendly old man saw me looking lost and asked 10 he could help me.
“Well，that’s 11 ，” he exclaimed.“Are you getting 12 ？ But aren’t you a bit 13 ？”
“Who is talking about marriage？” I replied.“I 14 want to give my friend a ring to tell her I’ve arrived.Can you tell me 15 there’s a phone box？”
“Oh！” he said，“there’s a phone downstairs.”
When at last we 16 meet up.Danny explained the misunderstanding to me.“Don’t worry，” she said to me.I had so many 17 at first.There are lots of words which the Americans 18 differently in meaning from us British.You’ll soon get used to 19 funny things they say.Most of the 20 British and American people understand each other.
1.A.out B.away C.outside D.abroad
2.A.from B.during C.at D.after
3.A.get used to B.was used to C.used to D.used
4.A.English B.French C.Russian D.Latin
5.A.buying B.having C.giving D.receiving
6.A.time B.human C.language D.money
7.A.Too B.What a C.What D.How
8.A.cheap B.popular C.public D.good
9.A.letter B.ring C.news D.word
10.A.that B.if C.where D.when
11.A.well B.over C.nice D.ring
12.A.to marry B.to be married C.marrying D.married
13.A.small B.little C.old D.young
14.A.very B.just C.just now D.so
15.A.where B.in which C.over there D.that
16.A.did B.do C.could D.had
17.A.trouble B.difficulties C.things D.fun
18.A.write B.speak C.use D.read
19.A.every B.these C.some D.all the
20.A.chance B.situation C.condition D.time
【语篇解读】本文为一篇夹叙夹议的文章，描述了作者第一次到美国旅行时因为语言障碍而遭遇的一次可笑的经历。
1.D 从短文首句“...I made my first visit to the United States.”可知，“我”到国外去，因此选abroad。
2.C 上学的时候学过法语。at school表示“上学”。
3.B 因为上学时学过法语，又加上“我”经常到法国去，因此“我”已习惯了与人们说外语了。在此，选项A有一定的干扰性，全文叙述的是过去的事情，因此应该用过去时态。C项的意思是“过去常常”，to后面应跟动词原形。
4.A 因为“我”懂法语，所以“我”能够与那些不懂英语的人讲话。
5.B have a nice easy holiday有一个愉快、轻松的假期。
6.C 由前文可知，“我”是说英语的，因此说“我”想不会有任何语言问题。
7.D how引导感叹句。how修饰形容词wrong，表示程度。
8.C 因为这时“我”在机场，所以“我”想找一个公用电话。
9.B 从下文“I 14 want to give my friend a ring...”得此答案。give sb.a ring“给某人一个电话”，但老人却理解为“给某人一个戒指”。
10.B 他问“我”他是否能帮助“我”。if引导宾语从句，意思是“是否”。
11.C 从后文可知老人以为“我”要结婚，因此他说“很好”，以表示祝贺。
12.D 从下文的“Who is talking about marriage？”可以得出答案。get married“结婚”。
13.D 由短文首句“When I was 16 years old...”可知，老人觉得“我”的年龄还不适合结婚，因此他说：“但是，你不是还小吗？”
14.B 在此just相当于only“只是，仅仅”。
15.A 很明显，“我”想让他告诉“我”电话亭的位置。
16.A do/does/did用在肯定句中起强调作用，由时态知选did。
17.B 联系上下文，Danny在这里说她也遇到过一些麻烦。由many可知不选A、D两项，再由语境排除C项。
18.C 上文出现的情况是语言使用习惯的问题，因此Danny说美国人在使用单词的意思上与英国人不同。
19.D 由下文“Most of the time British and American people understand each other.”可以看出，Danny对“我”说，“我”不久就会习惯这一切的。
20.D 大多数时候，美国人和英国人能彼此理解。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes完形填空7
After lunch，without permission from parents，the two boys set off to explore the part of the beach which lay beyond the headland （岬，岬角）.They had persuaded their young sister to
1 ，saying that the long walk would be too 2 for her.Once they had got in the headland，the beach reached away endlessly before them.It was like 3 a new world.There were damp，dark caves to 4 ；there were many 5 among the rocks，full of sea creatures （生物）；and，here and there along the beach were those 6 objects，washed up and 7 by the tide.
The afternoon passed 8 .The sun was already 9 when the boys reluctantly （恋恋不舍地） 10 to make their 11 homewards.But long before they reached the headland，they could see that the tide had come in so sudden that they were now 12 from either end of the beach.Their only chance of 13 was to find a way up the cliff （悬崖） nearby.
They soon find a narrow path 14 the cliff top.But halfway up their path was 15 by a large rock which they could not climb 16 .The two boys had to 17 at the top of their voices， 18 that someone might 19 over the top of the rock，and finally came their father with two policemen. 20 of them climbed down a rope which was lowered over the rock.The boys were then pulled to safety，and thus saved from spending a miserable night on the cliff.
1.A.keep quiet B.stay behind C.take a rest D.join them
2.A.tiring B.exciting C.interesting D.impossible
3.A.discovering B.facing C.enjoying D.imagining
4.A.look up B.explore C.hide in D.search
5.A.lakes B.rivers C.waterfalls D.pools
6.A.dirty B.light C.strange D.clean
7.A.moved B.covered C.beaten D.left
8.A.quickly B.unexpectedly C.finally D.suddenly
9.A.leaving B.dropping C.going D.setting
10.A.forgot B.decided C.succeeded D.turned
11.A.road B.way C.track D.path
12.A.cut off B.left behind C.held back D.put away
13.A.running off B.keeping clear C.getting away D.turning back
14.A.reaching B.passing C.going up D.leading to
15.A.blocked B.covered C.stopped D.filled
16.A.on B.over C.round D.through
17.A.shout B.shoot C.repeat D.renew
18.A.wanting B.guessing C.believing D.hoping
19.A.turn B.appear C.hide D.find
20.A.Any B.None C.One D.First
【语篇解读】本文是一篇记叙文。描述了两兄弟未经父母允许外出探险，被困悬崖，最后在爸爸和两位警察的救援下，安全脱险。
1.B 从上下文看，A、C、D三项不符合句意，故不选。
2.A 上文说他们劝阻young sister不与他们同去，因此long walk would be too tiring符合逻辑。
3.B 通过上下文看，facing表示“面对”的意思。
4.B explore指探索。
5.D 岩石间应是pools。
6.C 这两个男孩没有见过那些海里的东西，故选strange。
7.D 表示“被潮水冲上来并留下的东西”，动词用leave。
8.A quickly可指时间过得飞快。
9.D 表示“太阳落山”用动词set。
10.B decide to do sth.决定做某事。没有turn to do sth.这个搭配，succeed in doing sth.“成功做某事”和forget to do sth.“忘记去做某事”，语境不对。
11.A make one’s road homewards指找路回家。
12.A cut off切断，割掉。
13.C get away逃走，离开。
14.D reach指“到达”；lead to指“通向”。
15.A be blocked指“被阻塞”。
16.B climb over the rock指“爬上岩石”。
17.A shout at the top of one’s voice指“某人高声地喊”。
18.D hoping希望，表示伴随。
19.B 此处指希望某人出现在岩石上。
20.C one of them他们中的一个人。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship完形填空6
He must have been completely lost in something he was reading because I had to tap on the windscreen to get his attention.
“Is your taxi 1 ” I asked when he finally looked 2 at me.He nodded,then said 3 as I settled into the back seat,“I’m sorry,but I was reading a 4 .” He sounded as if he had a 5 .
“I am not in a hurry，” I told him.“Go ahead and finish your letter.” He 6 his head.“I’ve read it several times already.I guess I 7 know it by heart.”
“Letters from home always mean a lot，” I said.“From a child？”
“This isn’t 8 ，” he replied.“Although it 9 just as well have been family.Old Ed was my oldest friend.In fact,we used to call each other ‘Old Friend’ when we’d meet.I’m not much good at 10 .”
“I don’t think any of us keep 11 our letters too well，” I said.“I know I don’t.But I 12 it he’s someone you’ve known quite a while？”
“All my life.We were kids together,went to school together and all the 13 through high school.”
“There are not too many people who’ve had such a long friendship，” I said.
“ 14 ，” the driver went on,“I hadn’t seen him more than once or twice a year over the past 25 or 30 years because I 15 away from the old neighbourhood and you slightly lose touch 16 you never forget.He was a great guy.”
“You said ‘was’.Does that mean...？”
He nodded.“ 17 a couple of weeks ago.”
“I’m sorry，” I said.“It’s no fun to lose any friend and losing a real old one is 18 tougher.”
He didn’t 19 to that,and we rode on in silence for a few minutes.But I realized that Old Ed was still on his mind when he spoke again,almost more to himself than to me:“I should have kept in touch.”
“Well，” I agreed,“we should all keep in touch with old friends more than we do.But things 20 and we just don’t seem to find the time.”
...
When I got to my hotel room I didn’t unpack right away.First I had to write a letter and mail it.
1.A.available B.acceptable C.beneficial D.occupied
2.A.down B.up C.to D.off
3.A.unexpectedly B.curiously C.apologetically D.definitely
4.A.booklet B.novel C.book D.letter
5.A.cold B.fever C.secret D.story
6.A.hung B.nodded C.shook D.kept
7.A.anyhow B.hardly C.almost D.really
8.A.friendship B.family C.leadership D.colleague
9.A.could B.might C.maybe D.would
10.A.writing B.reading C.talking D.learning
11.A.up B.with C.on D.in
12.A.clarify B.make C.take D.assume
13.A.curriculum B.coincidence C.life D.way
14.A.Eventually B.Actually C.Additionally D.Besides
15.A.removed B.left C.headed D.moved
16.A.even though B.as though C.when D.whereas
17.A.Died B.Suffered C.Choked D.Survived
18.A.ever B.even C.fairly D.quite
19.A.answer B.reply C.question D.talk
20.A.take up B.pick up C.come up D.break up
【语篇解读】本文讲述了搭乘出租车时，“我”碰到了一位全神贯注读信的司机。一聊才知道，那封信竟是他的已故的好友的。他们虽然没有忘记彼此却很少联络，这让司机很后悔。“我”从中知道：多与老朋友联系，不然会后悔终生。
1.A available “可用的，在手边的；可利用的”；acceptable “可接受的”；beneficial“有利的，有益的”；occupied “已被占的，已居住的”。此处指“我”问司机他的车是否“可以用”。
2.B look up “仰望”；由语境知，司机仰头看“我”。
3.C apologetically “辩解地， 道歉地”；unexpectedly“意外地，出乎意料地”；curiously “好奇地”；definitely “明确地，明显地，清楚地，肯定地”。此处指司机因为“我”敲窗他才听到而感到抱歉。
4.D 由第6空前有letter可知选D。
5.A have a cold “感冒”；由后文知，司机读的是已故老朋友的信，心里悲伤，所以他的话听起来好像“感冒”了。
6.C shake one’s head “摇头”；由司机的话语可知，“我”让他把信读完，他拒绝了，所以摇头。
7.C 此处指司机已经读了好几遍，所以他“几乎”能记住信的内容了。
8.B 由上文“Letters from home always mean a lot...”可知，司机否认这是“家信”。
9.B may/might just as well “不妨，还是……得好”。
10.A 由常识及文章最后一句话可知，此处指这位司机不善于“写”信。
11.A keep up保持；保护，维护。
12.C I take it “我认为”。assume后接that从句，而不是it。
13.D all the way “一路上，自始至终”，此处指司机和他朋友一起上完高中。
14.B actually “事实上”；此处指“事实上”在过去的25到30年里司机和他朋友每年见不了几次面。
15.D move搬家；remove去掉，移动，搬开；leave离开；head前往。
16.A even though “虽然，即使”。此处指“即使你没忘记彼此，但是慢慢失去了联系”。
17.A die死亡。该空前后都有暗示。
18.B 四个选项只有even可以修饰比较级tougher。
19.B reply to “回答，回应”；此处指司机没有“回应”“我”的问题。注意：answer后不接to。
20.C come up在此意思是“出现，发生”，相当于happen。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero单项填空3
第Ⅲ组
1.As a student,I am looking forward to realizing my dream under the of my teacher.
A.help B.advice C.support D.guidance
2.After the robbery,the police said that a large would be offered to those who could provide some helpful information.
A.reward B.money C.gratitude D.praise
3.Now the house price keeps rising quickly,but we are still that the government will control the house price sooner or later.
A.willing B.concerned C.hopeful D.stubborn
4.We Chinese people always insist that all the countries,whether big or small,should be treated .
A.willingly B.equally C.gratefully D.peacefully
5.Although my father is always busy with his work,he still a lot of time and energy to our family.
A.offers B.spends C.provides D.devotes
6.It is a fact that London was once by the German enemy and many buildings were in ruins in World War Ⅱ.
A.attacked B.fought C.hurt D.suffered
7.Lily is always willing to help others.You can her when you meet difficulties.
A.look for B.deal with C.talk about D.turn to
8.What shocked us was that the plane in mid-air and nearly all the people on it were killed.
A.blew away B.blew up C.blew out D.blew down
9.Tom has been for half a year and he is trying to look for a new job at present.
A.on the job B.in work C.out of job D.out of work
10.We all feel grateful to him because he is a kind man who is always willing to help people .
A.on purpose B.right away C.in trouble D.in ruins
答案：
1.D help帮助；advice劝告，意见；support支持，供养；guidance指导，指引。under the guidance of sb.在某人的指导下。句意：作为一名学生，我期望在老师的指导下实现自己的梦想。
2.A reward奖赏，报酬；money钱；gratitude感激，感谢；praise赞美，赞扬。B、C、D三项均为不可数名词。句意：盗窃发生后，警方称那些能够提供有用信息的人将会得到一大笔赏金。
3.C willing乐意的；concerned有关的，担心的；hopeful有希望的，怀有希望的；stubborn顽固的，倔强的。句意：目前房价上涨很快，但是我们对政府迟早要调控房价仍抱有希望。
4.B willingly情愿地，乐意地；equally相等地，平等地；gratefully感激地；peacefully和平地。句意：我们中国人民一直主张所有国家，不论大小，都应该平等相待。
5.D offer给予，提供；spend用（钱），花（时间），与on连用；provide提供，供给；devote与to连用，意为“把……专用于”。句意：尽管我父亲经常忙于工作，但是他仍然将许多时间和精力投入家庭。
6.A attack攻击，抨击，进攻；fight对抗，打架；hurt伤害，危害；suffer遭受，容忍。句意：事实是，伦敦曾遭到德军的攻击，许多建筑物在二战中成为一片废墟。
7.D look for寻找；deal with处理，对付；talk about谈论；turn to求助于。句意：莉莉总是乐于助人，当你遇到困难时可以向她求助。
8.B blow away吹走，刮走；blow up破裂，熄灭；blow out取消，切断，中止；blow down（风）刮倒。句意：让我们感到震惊的是飞机在半空中爆炸，飞机上的人几乎全部丧生。
9.D on the job在工作，上班；in work有工作；out of work=out of a job失业。句意：汤姆已经失业半年了，现在正在努力找一份新的工作。
10.C on purpose故意，有意；right away立刻，马上；in trouble陷入困境，倒霉，在此处作后置定语；in ruins成为废墟，毁坏。句意：他是一个善良的人，在别人陷入困境时总是乐于相助，所以我们都很感激他。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero短文改错2
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2.只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
Passage 1 （2013·辽宁高考）
Mr.Johnson is a hardworking teacher.Every day,he spends too much time with his work.With little sleep and hardly any break,so he works from morning till night.Hard work have made him very ill.“He has ruined his healthy.We are worried about him.” That is which other teachers say.Yesterday afternoon,I paid visit to Mr.Johnson.I was eager to see him,but outside her room I stopped.I had to calm myself down.Quietly I step into the room.I saw him lying in bed,looking at some of the picture we had taken together.I understood that he missed us just as many as we missed him.
答案：
Mr.Johnson is a hardworking teacher.Every day,he spends too much time his work.With little sleep and hardly any break,so he works from morning till night.Hard work made him very ill.“He has ruined his .We are worried about him.” That is other teachers say.Yesterday afternoon,I paid visit to Mr.Johnson.I was eager to see him,but outside room I stopped.I had to calm myself down.Quietly I into the room.I saw him lying in bed,looking at some of the we had taken together.I understood that he missed us just as as we missed him.
Passage 2 （2013·浙江高考）
Dear Diary，
Here I am in the middle of a city,350 miles far away from our farmhouse.Do you want to know why we move last week Dad lost his job,and as Mom explained,“He was lucky to find other one.”His new job meant I had to say goodbye to my classmate,my school or just everything else I love in the world.To make matters bad,now I have to share a room with my younger sister,Maggie.Tomorrow is first day of school.I am awfully tiring,but I know I’ll never fall sleep.
Good night and remember,you,dear diary,is my only souvenir from my past life and my only friend.
Yours，
Rosemary
答案：
Dear Diary，
Here I am in the middle of a city,350 miles far away from our farmhouse.Do you want to know why we last week Dad lost his job,and as Mom explained,“He was lucky to find one.”His new job meant I had to say goodbye to my ,my school just everything else I love in the world.To make matters ,now I have to share a room with my younger sister,Maggie.Tomorrow is first day of school.I am awfully ,but I know I’ll never fall .
Good night and remember，you,dear diary, my only souvenir from my past life and my only friend.
Yours，
Rosemary
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes句式与语法
1.too...to... 太……而不能……
【常考用法】
too...to...结构并非都表示否定意义，在下列情况下表肯定：
(1)当too后形容词是表示人的态度、情绪倾向等的形容词如glad，anxious，eager，ready，happy，pleased等。
(2）can’t/can never too...表示“再……也不为过，一定要……”。
In the farmyard，the chickens and even the pigs were too nervous to eat.
在农家庭院里，鸡甚至猪都紧张得不吃食。
You can’t be too careful when crossing the street.过马路时一定要非常小心。
I’m too willing to help you.我非常愿意帮助你。
She is too young to take care of herself.她太小了不能照顾自己。
2.It seemed as if... 看上去好像……；似乎……
【常考用法】
（1）as if好像，仿佛；可以用as though替代。
（2）as if/though后面的从句如果叙述与现实相差太远，就要用虚拟语气，叙述与现在事实相反，从句谓语动词用过去式（be用were）；叙述与过去事实相反，从句谓语动词往往用had done。
It seemed as if everything was wrong.看上去好像全错了。
It seemed as if/though he had nothing to do with this matter.他看上去好像与此事毫无关系。
He acted as if/though nothing had happened.他表现得好像什么也没发生。
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2012·辽宁高考）Leave your key with your neighbor you lock yourself out one day.
A.as long as B.even though C.in case D.as if
答案：C 分析空格前后两个句子的逻辑关系我们知道，空后的内容是条件，因此选in case，意思是“以防；假如”。句意：把你的钥匙留给你的邻居，以防有一天你把自己锁在外面。其他三个选项中，as long as也是表达“条件”，但是意思是“只要”；even though引导让步状语从句，意思是“即使”；as if引导方式状语从句，意思是“似乎”。
（2）（2012·北京高考）Don’t handle the vase as if it made of steel.
A.is B.were C.has been D.had been
答案：B 句意：拿花瓶时不要当它是钢做的一样。as if引导的方式状语从句或表语从句中常用虚拟语气，表示与事实相反的情况；又由Don’t handle...可知此处应为与现在事实相反的虚拟语气，所以应用动词的过去式were，故B项正确。做对此题的关键在于牢记as if引导虚拟语气的形式。
（3）（2011·湖南高考） Jack wasn’t saying anything，but the teacher smiled at him he had done something very clever.
A.as if B.in case C.while D.though
答案：A 本题考查连词。句意：杰克什么也没说，但是老师朝他微笑好像他做了聪明事似的。as if好像，仿佛；in case万一；while虽然，尽管；though尽管。由句意可知A项正确。
（4）（2010·新课标全国高考）Mary made coffee her guests were finishing their meal.
A.so that B.although C.while D.as if
答案：C 句意：当客人们快要吃完饭的时候玛丽煮了咖啡。so that引导目的状语从句或结果状语从句；although引导让步状语从句；as if引导方式状语从句，均不符合句意。由句意可知应选while，意为“当……的时候”。
（5）（2010·安徽高考）The engineers are so busy that they have zero time for outdoor sports activities， they have the interest.
A.wherever B.whenever C.even if D.as if
答案：C 句意：工程师们如此忙以至于没有时间进行户外体育活动，即使他们有兴趣。wherever “无论哪儿”；whenever“无论何时”；even if “即使”；as if “好像”。根据句意可知应选C项。
（6）（2008·全国高考Ⅰ）—Have you got any idea for the summer vacation
—I don’t mind where we go there’s sun，sea and beach.
A.as if B.as long as C.now that D.in order that
答案：B 考查连词的用法。as long as意为“只要”。
（7）（2007·浙江高考）Many of them turned a deaf ear to his advice， they knew it to be valuable.
A.as if B.now that C.even though D.so that
答案：C 本题考查连词的用法。句意：他们中的许多人不听他的建议，尽管他们知道那很有价值。as if好像；now that既然；even though尽管；so that结果是。
（8）（2005·广东高考）You’d better take something to read when you go to see the doctor you have to wait.
A.even if B.as if C.in case D.in order that
答案：C 句意：当你去看医生时最好带着一些读物以防你不得不等待。even if即使；as if好像；in case以防，万一；in order that为了。显然C项正确。
3.leave+宾语+宾补 使……处于……状态
【常考用法】
该结构中宾补可以是现在分词、过去分词、动词不定式、介词短语、形容词、副词等。
Many people were left homeless after the earthquake.地震过后，许多人无家可归。
Don’t leave the water running all the time while brushing your teeth.
刷牙时不要让水一直流着。
The writer died leaving his works unfinished.那位作家去世了，他的作品还未完成。
4.all...not...=not...all 并不都……
【常考用法】
all，both，each，always，every 以及every构成的合成词与not连用时表示部分否定，not可以放在这些词的前面，亦可放在它们的后边。
Not all the people enjoy a trip during the National Day.
国庆节期间并非所有的人都喜欢旅行。
Not all students like English/All students don’t like English.
并不是所有的学生都喜欢英语。
Both of them haven’t been to the Mount Huang./Not both of them have been to the Mount Huang.
他俩没都去过黄山。
【十年高考链接】
（2010·重庆高考）He had lost his temper and his health in the war and never found of them again.
A.neither B.either C.each D.all
答案：B 句意：在战争年代他的脾性大变，身体也垮了，再也没有恢复过来。句中提到的是两样东西temper和health，因此首先排除表示三者以上的all；因为句中有never表示否定，所以只能选择either。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World完形填空5
Body language is very important in communication.Studies 1 that only 7% of the communication in daily 2 is in words.Westerners 3 people to look at each other in the eyes when they 4 .If you don’t do that while you are talking，it may show that you do not like the person， 5 that you are not interested in 6 the person says.When 7 hands westerners will shake two or three times.Do not shake a 8 hand for a long time.When a man shakes hands with a 9 ， it is 10 for the woman to hold out 11 hand first in the west.Pointing with one finger at a person 12 talking usually means that the person who is 13 is criticizing the person 14 is pointed at. 15 ， men in English-speaking countries touch men much 16 than men touch men in China.But men and women touch each other 17 more often than men and women touch each other publicly in China.
Boyfriends and girlfriends often 18 hands，embrace(拥抱)or kiss in public.Good friends often 19 one another with a kiss on the cheek，if they are women or 20 opposite sexes.
1.A.show B.say C.report D.prove
2.A.lives B.life C.live D.living
3.A.hope B.tell C.expect D.ask
4.A.speak B.tell C.say D.talk
5.A.and B.but C.except D.or
6.A.what B.that C.which D.where
7.A.shaking B.shake C.shaken D.being shaken
8.A.person’s B.Englishman’s C.Chinese’s D.westerner’s
9.A.man B.girl C.woman D.boy
10.A.worse B.better C.right D.impolite
11.A.her B.she C.his D.him
12.A.while B.if C.after D.before
13.A.speaking B.hearing C.listening D.smiling
14.A.whom B.who C.which D.whose
15.A.However B.Except C.But D.Besides
16.A.more B.less C.longer D.harder
17.A.in public B.outside C.secretly D.at home
18.A.touch B.hold C.wave D.catch
19.A.greet on B.greet C.greet to D.greet with
20.A.among B.for C.with D.of
【语篇解读】体态语在日常生活中很重要，本文主要介绍东西方体态语在与人接触时的不同，以及与人交往时如何恰当地使用体态语。
1.A 根据主语studies可知意为“研究表明……”。
2.B in daily life意为“在日常生活中”，符合句意。
3.C expect sb.to do sth.意为“期望某人做某事”，符合语境。
4.D 根据下句中的“...while you are talking...”可知。
5.D 连词or前后是同义或近义关系，意为“或者说”。
6.A what引导的从句作介词in的宾语。
7.A “when＋现在分词”作时间状语，意为“当……的时候”。
8.D 根据上下文可知是在谈论“西方人”的风俗习惯。
9.C 根据下文中的the woman可知答案为C。
10.B 根据西方的风俗，男女握手时，女方先伸手更好。
11.A 形容词性物主代词作定语。由本句中的the woman可知用her。
12.A 根据句意“说话时用一个手指指着别人”可知应用while。
13.A 这里指“正在说话”的人。
14.B 由本句前后对照可知是who引导定语从句，并在从句中作主语。
15.D besides意为“而且，此外”，进一步说明情况。
16.B 由下文的连词but表示转折以及more often可知答案为less。
17.A 此句中的publicly意为“公开地”，同义词组为in public。
18.B hold hands意为“手牵手”。
19.B greet是及物动词，意为“问候，向……致意”。
20.D of表示所属关系。如果他们是女性或性别不同，好朋友常以吻颊相互致意。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship本单元写作指导
如何写劝说性建议信
【单元写作呈现】
Miss Wang has received a letter from Xiao Dong.He is also asking for some advice.Read the following letter carefully and help Miss Wang answer it.
Dear Miss Wang,
I’m a student from Huzhou Senior High School.I have a problem.I’m not very good at communicating with people.Although I try to talk to my classmates,I still find it hard to make good friends with them.So I feel quite lonely sometimes.I do want to change this situation,but I don’t know how.I would be grateful if you could give me some advice.
Yours,
Xiao Dong
【写作分析】
本单元的写作要求是根据Xiao Dong的一封来信，假借Miss Wang的口气写一封回信。体裁属于劝说性写作（persuasive writing）范畴中的“建议信（letter of advice）”。话题“无法融入班集体及交友的苦恼”是中学生成长过程中经常遇到并感到困惑的问题，题材贴近学生生活，属于开放性的话题，思维空间相对较大，有利于学生自由发挥，运用自己的思维方式去解决问题。这符合书面表达的要求，即能够正确运用英语进行交际。
【审题要素】
写作时应注意下面几点：
1.确定文体：这是一篇应用文，是学生熟悉的书信，写作中应注意书信的常规格式。
2.主体时态：文章应以一般现在时为主。
3.主体人称：由于是给别人提出建议，所以应该以第二人称为主。
4.内容要点：①问题介绍；②建议一；③建议二；④建议三；⑤我的愿望。
5.注意恰当使用连接词，使各个要点之间衔接紧密，语言连贯、通顺。
【思路引导】
本题要求写一封回信，谋篇布局时应注意以下几个步骤：
首先，回应来信中提出的问题并分析原因。
其次，针对该问题，提出2～3条合理的建议并说明理由。
Ideas Why
1.to ask people their likes and dislikes 1.to find classmates with the same interests
2.to join in discussions and show interest in other people’s ideas 2.to get to know different people and let them see you are friendly
3.... 3....
最后，写一两句结束语，如：希望我的建议对你有所帮助等等。
【语言积累】
1.Introduction:
I’m sorry (that) you are having trouble/difficulty/problems in making friends.
I know you are now having trouble communicating with others,and you may often feel lonely.
I’m glad to receive your letter asking for my advice on...
However,the situation is easy to change if you take my advice.Here are some tips to help you./Here are a few suggestions.
I think you can make it if you follow the advice below.
2.Ideas & Reasons:
First(ly),why not... If you do this...
Second(ly),you should/can...Then/That way...
Third(ly),it would be a good idea if...By doing this...
Last but not least (最后但并不是最不重要的)...
3.Conclusion:
I hope you will find these ideas useful.
As time goes on,people will know you better and will like to make friends with you if you can follow the above.
I hope what’s mentioned above might be helpful...
I believe that if you follow my advice,you’ll get along well with your classmates.
I believe,with your determination,you can manage to overcome these difficulties.
【参考范文】
Dear Xiao Dong,
I’m sorry you are having trouble in making friends.However,the situation is easy to change if you take my advice.Here are some tips to help you.
Firstly,why not take an active part in discussions If you do this,you can express your own opinions,and at the same time,learn to listen to other people’s views.
Secondly,you should learn about your classmates’ likes and dislikes.Then you can find common interests with them.In this way,you can get to know more different people and show them that you are friendly.
Last but not least,I’m always here ready to help.We can take part in some activities together and I can introduce you to others.
I hope you will find these ideas useful.
Yours sincerely,
Miss Wang
通过学习这篇写作指导，你掌握了如何写劝说性建议信的方法了吗？试着写一下吧，然后与范文加以对照，找出其中的不足并加以改进。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship短文改错2
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（＼）划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2.只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
Passage 1
Of all my teachers,Mr.Zhang is the one who impresses me most.Though he is 40,but he looks very younger for his age.He’s one of the most popular teacher in our paring with other teachers,Mr.Zhang pays more attention to his methods of teaching.He tries many ways of make his classes lively and interesting.In her opinion,we should not only know “what”,but also understood “why”.So,instead of giving us answers immediate,he encourages us think by ourselves first.With his help,we’ve learned how to analyze and solve problems.What a wonderful world of “why” he leads us to ! He is so an excellent person that we all admire him very much.
答案：
Of all my teachers,Mr.Zhang is the one who impresses me most.Though he is 40,but he looks very for his age.He’s one of the most popular in our school. with other teachers,Mr.Zhang pays more attention to his methods teaching.He tries many ways of make his classes lively and interesting.In opinion,we should not only know “what”,but also “why”.So,instead of giving us answers ,he encourages us think by ourselves first.With his help,we’ve learned how to analyze and solve problems.What a wonderful world of “why” he leads us to ! He is an excellent person that we all admire him very much.
Passage 2
They are some good things about open education.This way of teaching allows the students to grow natural,and to develop their own interests in many subjects.Open education allow students to be responsible for his own education,as they are responsible for what they do in life.Some students don’t do good enough in a traditional classroom.The open classroom must allow them to enjoy learning.Some students will be happy in an open educational school than in traditional classroom.They needn’t worry about grades or rules.For students worry about these things a lot of,it is a good idea to be in an open classroom.
答案：
are some good things about open education.This way of teaching allows the students to grow ,and to develop their own interests in many subjects.Open education students to be responsible for own education,as they are responsible for what they do in life.Some students don’t do enough in a traditional classroom.The open classroom allow them to enjoy learning.Some students will be in an open educational school than in traditional classroom.They needn’t worry about grades or rules.For students worry(或For students ) about these things a lot of,it is a good idea to be in an open classroom.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero单项填空2
第Ⅱ组
1.—I think Martin Luther King is a great man.Do you think so
— I feel that he is a true hero,too.
A.I’m with you. B.I don’t think so.
C.Pardon D.Really
2.Tom refused to tell Jack the right answers in the exam,because it’s against his .
A.rules B.orders C.principles D.laws
3.The man who attacked and hurt 29 children and three teachers at the nursery school in Taixing city was to death.
A.made B.caused C.killed D.sentenced
4.—What is the rich peasant’s plan
—He has made up his mind to a home for the elderly in his village.
A.turn up B.put up C.set up D.make up
5.The student will never forget those days several soldiers took turns to look after him after the earthquake.
A.that B.which C.when D.where
6. number of people are out of work,which the local government shouldn’t ignore.
A.The;a B.A;the C.The；/ D.A；/
7.Mr.Black decided to give up his farm and devoted all his time to those homeless children.
A.help B.helping C.be helping D.being helped
8.Anne felt nervous she gave a speech in front of so many students.
A.for the first time B.the first time
C.at the first time D.the first time that
9.The young girl was offered a free trip to the World Expo 2010 as a for her great achievement.
A.reward B.result C.chance D.pay
10.—I’m too tired.I want to give up.
—If you don’t ，you’ll win in the end.
A.calm down B.lose heart C.take care D.cheer up
11.The traffic accidents this year in this city may last year’s record of 385.
A.escape B.attack C.equal D.found
12.Last Saturday,they arrived at the farm they had never paid a visit before.
A.that B.which C.to which D.for which
13.Lots of praise has come from those prisoners’ relatives because the prisoners are getting better after hearing the lecture.
A.peaceful B.hopeful C.active D.grateful
14.—Why do you put up these English cards on the wall
—Only in this way the English words.
A.I can remember B.can I remember C.I remember D.remember I
15.Philip isn’t at all;he always pays the bill when we eat in a restaurant.
A.generous B.unfair C.selfish D.mean
答案：
1.A 本题考查交际用语。由答语的“I feel that he is a true hero,too.”可知答话人同意对方观点，故选I’m with you.意思是“我同意你（的观点）”。
2.C 本题考查名词词义辨析。汤姆拒绝在考试中告诉杰克正确答案，即他不愿帮人作弊，不愿意做违背自己原则的事。be against one’s principles“违背某人的原则”，符合句意。
3.D 本题考查固定搭配。be sentenced to“被判处……（徒刑）”。
4.C 本题考查动词短语辨析。turn up“出现；调大（音量等）”;put up“建造，张贴”;set up“设立；创立”;make up“编造；化妆”。
5.C 本题考查定语从句。when引导定语从句修饰先行词those days，并在从句中作时间状语。
6.D 本题考查冠词的用法。根据are可知第一个空格处应用a,a number of“许多”；根据词组out of work（失业）可判断第二个空格处不用冠词。
7.B 本题考查固定短语的用法。devote...to是固定搭配，其中to为介词，后常跟名词或动词-ing形式，故选B项。
8.B 本题考查固定句型。the first time相当于连词，引导时间状语从句，通常意为“第一次……”。for the first time只作状语，不能用来引导状语从句。
9.A 本题考查名词词义辨析。as a reward for意为“作为……的奖赏”，符合句意。result“结果”;chance“机会”;pay“工资”。
10.B 本题考查动词短语含义辨析。lose heart“丧失勇气和信心”，符合答句句意“别泄气，你最终会胜利的”。calm down“镇定下来”；take care“小心，当心”;cheer up“振作起来”。
11.C 本题考查动词词义辨析。句意为“今年这个城市的交通事故次数可能与去年385次的纪录持平”。equal“等于”，符合句意。escape“逃跑”;attack“攻击”;found“建立”。
12.C 本题考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知，空格后面是定语从句修饰先行词farm；又根据词组pay a visit to（参观，访问）可知应选to which。
13.D 本题考查形容词词义辨析。根据because the prisoners are getting better after hearing the lecture可知囚犯的亲属们都非常感激，故用grateful“感激的”。peaceful“和平的”；hopeful“有希望的”；active“活跃的”。
14.B 本题考查倒装。当only引导状语或状语从句放在句首加强语气时，句子经常使用倒装语序。
15.D 本题考查形容词词义辨析。根据he always pays the bill可知菲利普不是一个吝啬的人，故选mean。generous“慷慨的”；unfair“不公平的”；selfish“自私的”。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship短文改错
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（＼）划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2.只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
Passage 1
There was a time when Zhang Yi and I was good friends,but now we are like stranger.On his first day in our class two years ago,he had no one to talk.I was the first one to say hello to her,so we became friends.Zhang Yi did well in math or he was always ready to helping me with it.One day last month,I told him about that I would be away from school for two days to see a friend.But he told my father about it and that made me angrily.Now,I know I was wrong.I decide to say sorry for him，because I don’t want to lose so a good friend.
答案：
There was a time when Zhang Yi and I good friends,but now we are like .On his first day in our class two years ago,he had no one to talk.I was the first one to say hello to ,so we became friends.Zhang Yi did well in math he was always ready to me with it.One day last month,I told him about that I would be away from school for two days to see a friend.But he told my father about it and that made me .Now,I know I was wrong.I decide to say sorry him，because I don’t want to lose a good friend.
Passage 2
When I was in high school，most of my friend had bicycles.I hoped I could also have it.One day I saw a second-hand bicycle,that was only one hundred yuan.I asked my father the money.But he said he could only give me half of the money.He should find the other half myself.So I went to sell newspapers after the school.My father was pleased if I showed him the money a month after.He gives me the other fifty.You can imagine how much happy I was when I rode to school on my own bicycle.
答案：
When I was in high school，most of my had bicycles.I hoped I could also have .One day I saw a second-hand bicycle， was only one hundred yuan.I asked my fatherthe money.But he said he could only give me half of the money. should find the other half myself.So I went to sell newspapers after the school.My father was pleased I showed him the money a month .He me the other fifty.You can imagine how much happy I was when I rode to school on my own bicycle.
Passage 3
Of all my teachers,Mr.Zhang is the one who impresses me most.Though he is 40,but he looks very younger for his age.He’s one of the most popular teacher in our paring with other teachers,Mr.Zhang pays more attention to his methods of teaching.He tries many ways of make his classes lively and interesting.In her opinion,we should not only know “what”,but also understood “why”.So,instead of giving us answers immediate,he encourages us think by ourselves first.With his help,we’ve learned how to analyze and solve problems.What a wonderful world of “why” he leads us to ! He is so an excellent person that we all admire him very much.
答案：
Of all my teachers,Mr.Zhang is the one who impresses me most.Though he is 40,but he looks very for his age.He’s one of the most popular in our school. with other teachers,Mr.Zhang pays more attention to his methods teaching.He tries many ways of make his classes lively and interesting.In opinion,we should not only know “what”,but also “why”.So,instead of giving us answers ,he encourages us think by ourselves first.With his help,we’ve learned how to analyze and solve problems.What a wonderful world of “why” he leads us to ! He is an excellent person that we all admire him very much.
Passage 4
They are some good things about open education.This way of teaching allows the students to grow natural,and to develop their own interests in many subjects.Open education allow students to be responsible for his own education,as they are responsible for what they do in life.Some students don’t do good enough in a traditional classroom.The open classroom must allow them to enjoy learning.Some students will be happy in an open educational school than in traditional classroom.They needn’t worry about grades or rules.For students worry about these things a lot of,it is a good idea to be in an open classroom.
答案：
are some good things about open education.This way of teaching allows the students to grow ,and to develop their own interests in many subjects.Open education students to be responsible for own education,as they are responsible for what they do in life.Some students don’t do enough in a traditional classroom.The open classroom allow them to enjoy learning.Some students will be in an open educational school than in traditional classroom.They needn’t worry about grades or rules.For students worry(或For students ) about these things a lot of,it is a good idea to be in an open classroom.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship完形填空3
We,Patty and I,had been best friends since Grade Four.Just about everywhere we went,people 1 we were best friends.We 2 secrets over popcorn and soda year after year.But the best part about having a best friend was taking 3 sleeping over on Friday nights.
Then in Grade Eight everything changed.Suddenly,my interest in make-up and clothes 4 even my mom.I 5 believe Patty started the first day of school 6 the same pigtails(辫子) she had worn forever.What was happening？Other girls seemed more 7 than Patty.
I started avoiding her and making excuses. 8 ， during the middle of the year,as we were sitting in my backyard,the 9 broke out.I said,“Go home,Patty,and don’t come back.” I ran into the house crying. Mom sat me down and I told her 10 .I’ll never forget her words.She said，“ 11 will come and go in and out of your life forever.You are 12 and it’s okay for both of you to make new friends. 13 is happening is hard but perfectly 14 .”
Time healed(治愈) a lot of the 15 ， and over the next few years we clearly went down 16 paths.Still,when I saw her in the halls of high school,I 17 a strange sadness.I thought if I went back and “fixed” everything between us,we could somehow start all over 18 friends.But that was a fantasy(幻想).Our differences were too great,and I could only 19 she understood.
I’ll always remember the years when Patty and I were best friends,but Mom was right. 20 can change,and we have to let them go when it’s time.
1.A.realized B.believed C.knew D.understood
2.A.shared B.spared C.kept D.reminded
3.A.beds B.places C.turns D.sides
4.A.surprised B.scared C.frightened D.satisfied
5.A.wouldn’t B.shouldn’t C.couldn’t D.needn’t
6.A.wearing B.dressing C.putting D.striking
7.A.pleasing B.interesting C.attracting D.striking
8.A.Finally B.Naturally C.Generally D.Especially
9.A.tears B.words C.anger D.hate
10.A.matter B.everything C.trouble D.nothing
11.A.Interests B.Friends C.Sadness D.Childhood
12.A.changing B.communicating C.cheating D.ignoring
13.A.What B.Which C.Why D.When
14.A.common B.ordinary C.regular D.normal
15.A.unhappiness B.similarity C.memory D.emotion
16.A.different B.same C.hard D.separate
17.A.remembered B.thought C.felt D.experienced
18.A.like B.as C.with D.on
19.A.suppose B.believe C.hope D.suggest
20.A.Environments B.Opinions C.Friendships D.Impressions
【语篇解读】本文为一篇夹叙夹议的文章。作者通过与最好的朋友最后发生变化，告诉我们：生活中总会有朋友来来去去，我们在改变，所以我们交新朋友是很自然的事。友谊是会变的，当该分手时，我们只好分手。
1.C 不论走到哪里，人们都知道（know）“我们”是最好的朋友。
2.A 好朋友之间通常是可以“分享”秘密的。
3.C take turns doing sth.是固定短语，意为“轮流做某事”。
4.A “我”突然对化妆品和衣服感兴趣，这使妈妈很吃惊（surprised）。
5.C “我”不敢（couldn’t）相信Patty第一天去上学的时候还扎着跟以前一样的辫子。
6.A wear可指“留（头发、胡须等）”。
7.B 其他女孩似乎都比Patty有趣。
8.A 开始，“我”尽量避着Patty并找各种借口，最后，“我”终于把话说了出来。
9.B “我”忍了很长时间的话终于脱口而出。
10.B “我”把一切都告诉了妈妈。
11.B 生活中总会有朋友来来去去。
12.A 你们在改变，所以你们两个交新朋友都是很自然的事。
13.A what在此处引出主语从句，意为“正在发生的事”。
14.D 这样的事是很正常的（normal）。
15.A 时间治愈了内心的不快（unhappiness）。
16.D “我们”两人显然是各走各的路。
17.C 但当“我们”在学校相遇时，“我”还是会感觉到一丝忧伤。
18.B “我们”还是有可能作为朋友重新开始。
19.C “我”也只能希望她能理解。
20.C 友谊是会变的，当该分手时，“我们”只好分手。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World短文改错2
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。错误涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（＼）划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2.只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Passage 1
Dear Linda,
How are things going I can’t wait to tell you the good news what my parents have just allowed me to take a 10-days trip to England this winter.That would be a really good chance for me to experience English culture.What’s more,I can improve my speaking English.I have learned English for many years，so I have few chances to practice English.I don’t like to join in a group to travel.Could you offer me some advice on where to stay，what to eat and how to travel in such short time I’d appreciate it if you can provide me with some necessary informations.I’m sure your suggestions will surely make my visit enjoyably.
I’m looking forward to hear from you soon.
Best wishes,
Li Hua
答案：
Dear Linda,
How are things going I can’t wait to tell you the good news my parents have just allowed me to take a trip to England this winter.That be a really good chance for me to experience English culture.What’s more,I can improve my English.I have learned English for many years, I have few chances to practice English.I don’t like to join in a group to travel.Could you offer me some advice on where to stay，what to eat and how to travel in such short time I’d appreciate it if you can provide me with some necessary .I’m sure your suggestions will surely make my visit .
I’m looking forward to from you soon.
Best wishes,
Li Hua
Passage 2
When I was ten year old，I went to Hangzhou with two Americans.I became their guide.First，we went to the West Lake.They wanted to look around the lake by the boat.After buy our tickets，we got into the boat.We went around seeing the beautiful sight.After that，we went shopping.The sellers couldn’t spoke English.Though it was very harder，I tried my best translate the sentences.They bought some nice things under my help.And then we went to the zoo and take some pictures.When we felt hunger，we went out and had lunch.After lunch，we visited much old houses and learned more about Chinese history.
答案：
When I was ten old，I went to Hangzhou with two Americans.I became their guide.First，we went to the West Lake.They wanted to look around the lake by the boat.After our tickets，we got into the boat.We went around seeing the beautiful sight.After that，we went shopping.The sellers couldn’t English.Though it was very ，I tried my best translate the sentences.They bought some nice things my help.And then we went to the zoo and some pictures.When we felt ，we went out and had lunch.After lunch，we visited old houses and learned more about Chinese history.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World完形填空1
If you want to learn a new language，the very first thing to think about is why.Do you need it for a 1 reason，such as your job or your studies 2 perhaps you’re interested in the 3 ,films or music of a different country and you know how much it will help to have a 4 of the language.
Most people learn best using a variety of 5 ，but traditional classes are an ideal（理想的）start for many people.They 6 an environment where you can practice under the 7 of someone who’s good at the language.We all lead 8 lives and learning a language takes 9 .You will have more success if you study regularly，so try to develop a 10 .It doesn’t matter if you haven’t got long.Becoming fluent in a language will take years，but learning to get by takes 11 .
Many people start learning a language and soon give up.“I’m too 12 ,” they say.Yes，children do learn languages more 13 than adults，but research has shown that you can learn a language at any 14 .And learning is good for the health of your brain，too.I’ve also heard people 15 about the mistakes they make when 16 .Well，relax and laugh about your mistakes 17 you’re much less likely to make them again.
Learning a new language is never 18 .But with some work and devotion，you’ll make progress.And you’ll be 19 by the positive reaction of some people when you say just a few words in 20 own language.Good luck!
1.A.technical B.political C.practical D.physical
2.A.After B.So C.Though D.Or
3.A.literature B.transport C.agriculture D.medicine
4.A.view B.knowledge C.form D.database
5.A.paintings B.regulations C.methods D.computers
6.A.protect B.change C.respect D.provide
7.A.control B.command C.guidance D.pressure
8.A.busy B.happy C.simple D.normal
9.A.courage B.time C.energy D.place
10.A.theory B.business C.routine D.project
11.A.some risks B.a lot less C.some notes D.a lot more
12.A.old B.nervous C.weak D.tired
13.A.closely B.quickly C.privately D.quietly
14.A.age B.speed C.distance D.school
15.A.worry B.hesitate C.think D.quarrel
16.A.singing B.working C.bargaining D.learning
17.A.if B.and C.but D.before
18.A.tiresome B.hard C.interesting D.easy
19.A.blamed B.amazed C.interrupted D.informed
20.A.their B.his C.our D.your
【语篇解读】你是否想过要学习一门新的语言？学习一门新的语言可不是一件简单的事情，这需要时间，需要坚持不懈。本文讲述了与学习一门新的语言有关的事情。
1.C 根据后面的“such as your job or your studies”可知，此处是“实际的”原因。technical “技术的”；political“政治的”；practical“实际的”；physical“物理的；身体的”。
2.D 你需要一门外语是出于实际的原因还是你对一个不同国家的 、电影或者音乐感兴趣？由语境可知，此处要用表示选择关系的词，故选D项。after“在……之后”；so“因此”；though“然而，可是”；or“或者”。
3.A 该词应该与后面的“films or music”并列，故选A项。literature“文学”；transport “交通”；agriculture“农业”；medicine“医药”。
4.B ……而且你知道掌握这门语言知识将会对你有多大的帮助。have a knowledge of...“掌握……”，knowledge为不可数名词。
5.C 多数人用各种各样的方法学得很好。painting“绘画”；regulation“规则，规章”；method“方法”；computer“电脑”。
6.D 它们（传统的课堂）提供一种环境……protect“保护”；change“改变”；respect“尊敬”；provide“提供”。
7.C 根据后面的“who’s good at the language”可知，此处意为“你可以在一个擅长这门语言的人的指导下进行练习”。 control “控制”；command “命令”；guidance“指导”；pressure“压力”。
8.A 我们都过着忙碌的生活，学习一门语言需要时间。后面说的是时间的问题，由此可以推断，我们都过着繁忙的生活，学习外语的时间可能不太多。busy“忙的”；happy“快乐的”；simple“简单的”；normal“正常的”。
9.B 根据后面的“regularly”“haven’t got long”“take years”可知此处指的是“时间”。
10.C 如果你有规律地学习的话，你将会有更多的成功，因此尽量形成一个常规。theory“理论”；business“生意，买卖”；routine“常规，惯例”；project“工程，计划，方案”。根据“regularly”一词可知答案为C。
11.B 如果你没有很长的时间这没关系。对一门语言说得流利要花费几年的时间，但是学得过得去花费的时间要少得多。but表前后文语意转折，get by“勉强应付”。
12.A 很多开始学习语言的人很快就放弃了。他们会说“我太老了”。空格处与后面的children相对比，故此处是指自己年龄太大了。old“年老的”；nervous“紧张的”；weak“虚弱的”；tired“疲倦的”。
13.B 孩子们学习语言的确比成年人快，但是……closely“密切地”；quickly“快地”；privately“私下地”；quietly“静静地”。
14.A ……但是研究表明你可以在任何年龄学习语言。前面讲的是成人和孩子学习语言，即“年龄”问题，故答案为A。
15.A 我还听说有的人担心 时候犯错误。worry about“担忧”；hesitate about“犹豫”；think about“考虑”；quarrel about“就……争吵”。
16.D 整篇文章讲的就是学习语言的问题，故答案是D项。
17.B 放松一下，大笑你犯的错误，那么你就不大可能再次犯这些错误了。“祈使句+and+简单句”是一个固定句式，意为“……那么……”。
18.D 学习一门新的语言绝不简单。但是有了努力和专心你就会取得进步。tiresome“令人生厌的，无聊的”；hard“困难的”；interesting“有趣的”；easy“容易的”。
19.B 当你只用 自己的语言说了几个词，一些人就会有肯定的反应的时候，你会非常惊讶的。blame“责备”；amaze“使惊讶”；interrupt“打断”；inform“通知”。
20.A 此处指你用一门外语，即“他们”自己的语言。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes阅读理解4
第Ⅳ组
A
When the earthquake hit Japan on March 11,2011,workers in a supermarket in Japan didn’t run away when they felt the shaking.Instead,they held on the shelves and tried to stop the goods （货物） from falling down.
Reporters from NHK,the country’s largest TV station,stayed calm in front of cameras during the earthquake,even though some were facing real danger.
The earthquake was the most powerful one to hit Japan in the country’s history.But Japan’s reaction （反应） to the accident has shown that it is the most earthquake-prepared country in the world.The calm the Japanese showed during and after the quake has impressed the world.
This is because Japan has “an earthquake culture”.Japanese people are taught how to prepare for and react to earthquakes from a young age.
Schools in Japan organize earthquake practices every month.They make students become familiar with being in an earthquake.
Japan also has a good earthquake warning system （警报系统）.Warnings were broadcast on television,radio and mobile phones nine seconds after experts （专家） first knew about the quake on March 11.
The warning system is unable to predict earthquakes.But it can usually alert people about 15 seconds before they feel the effects.Even 15 or 20 seconds can be enough time to save people’s lives.
1.How did Japanese people react when the big earthquake hit Japan on March 11
A.They felt angry. B.They were scared.
C.They stayed calm. D.They were frustrated.
2.Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage
A.Japan’s reaction to the earthquake impressed the world.
B.Japanese schools organize earthquake practice every day.
C.Japan has a warning system that can predict earthquakes.
D.Japanese people learn about earthquake safety only from universities.
3.After experts first knew about the quake on March 11,warnings were NOT broadcast .
A.on radio B.on the movie C.on television D.on mobile phones
4.What does the underlined word “alert” mean in Chinese
A.改善 B.提高 C.提醒 D.改变
5.What does the story mainly tell us about
A.Japan’s earthquake culture.
B.The bad results caused by the earthquake.
C.Japanese people were scared after the earthquake.
D.Japanese people were homeless after the earthquake.
【语篇解读】本文是记叙文。讲述了在2011年3月11日的日本大地震中，人们面对地震表现地非常镇静；并且讲述了日本的地震文化以及介绍了日本先进的地震报警系统。
1.C 由第一段中“...workers in a supermarket in Japan didn’t run away when they felt the shaking.Instead,they held on the shelves and tried to stop the goods (货物) from falling down.”以及第二段中“Reporters from NHK...stayed calm...”可知人们面对地震表现地很镇静。
2.A 细节理解题。由短文第三段最后一句话“The calm the Japanese showed during and after the quake has impressed the world.”可知：在地震中或者地震后日本人们表现出来的镇静给世界留下了很深的印象。故选A。
3.B 细节理解题。由短文第六段中“Warnings were broadcast on television,radio and mobile phones nine seconds after experts (专家) first knew about the quake on March 11.”可知，没有在电影中播出。故选B。
4.C 词义猜测题。“报警系统”当然是“提醒”人们了。故选C。
5.A 主旨大意题。本文主要讲述了日本人们在地震面前表现地非常镇静，以及讲述了日本的“地震文化”。
B
In Singapore，most of us love window-shopping while some others enjoy having a picnic at East Coast Park or Changi Beach on sunny days.Singaporeans are never bothered by the occasional thunderstorm.However，we know that if it rains for long continuous periods，there will be more serious effects.Just recently the main shopping street of Orchard Road was flooded and some part of Bukit Timah was impassable to traffic.People reacted by writing in to the newspaper to complain about this! We forget that other countries suffer much worse effects.
Elsewhere，heavy tropical（热带的）storms often result in floods that ruin crops especially in Thailand and Malaysia.This in turn usually means that the price of rice and vegetables here in Singapore will rise because we import these products from them.If there is a typhoon or tsunami，thousands of lives are lost too.This happened in Indonesia and Phuket in Thailand in 2004 and it serves to remind us of how Mother Nature can cause great damage.
Weather patterns in general have changed dramatically in recent years.Scientists believe that global warming and the resulting melting of the polar ice-cap has caused the level of the ocean to rise.This in turn causes flooding of low-lying areas in countries where the land is rather flat and some parts of which is below water level.It is believed that human activities have caused Mother Nature to show her extreme anger，so it is now important that we really work together to cut down on harmful activities，for example，illegal logging （伐木） or irresponsible forest-burning to clear land for farming.
6.From Paragraph 1，we can see that most Singaporeans love .
A.making complaints B.going out for picnics
C.doing window-shopping D.traveling along the coast
7.What will happen in Singapore if there are floods in its neighboring countries
A.Heavy tropical storms will follow shortly.
B.The price of rice and vegetables will go up.
C.Many people will write in to the newspaper.
D.More rice and vegetables will be imported.
8.The underlined word “it” in Paragraph 2 refers to .
A.the arrival of heavy tropical storms
B.the import of rice and vegetables
C.the rising price of rice and vegetables
D.the loss of lives in natural disasters
9.Which of the following shows how the low-lying areas are flooded
a.global warming
b.the rise in ocean level
c.harmful human activities
d.the flooding of low-lying areas
e.the melting of the polar ice-cap
A.c→a→e→b→d B.a→c→e→b→d C.c→a→b→e→d D.d→a→c→b→e
10.What should we do in order not to make Mother Nature angry
A.Clear more land for farming. B.Reduce harmful human activities.
C.Bring down the price of food. D.Improve the quality of weather.
【语篇解读】本文是一篇说明文。说明了人类与自然灾害之间的关系，进而倡导大家减少危害环境的行为。
6.C 细节理解题。根据第一段第一句可知。
7.B 推理判断题。根据第一段倒数三、四句可知。热带风暴导致的洪水会毁掉庄稼，新加坡的蔬菜和大米是从这些国家进口的，所以会导致蔬菜、大米的价格上升。
8.D 词义猜测题。上句提到台风和海啸会导致成千上万的人死亡。这在2004年在印度尼西亚和泰国的普吉岛发生过。自然灾害导致人死亡这件事用来提醒我们大自然可以带来巨大损害。
9.A 细节理解题。根据最后一段可知。
10.B 推理判断题。根据最后一段中It is believed that human activities have caused Mother Nature to show her extreme anger，so it is now important that we really work together to cut down on harmful activities...“人们认为是人类的活动导致了大自然极端愤怒，因此，现在我们真的应该团结合作减少有害活动……”可知。
C
Everyone knows the earth is big，most of which is covered by water.About ninety percent of the world’s water is salty and is found in our oceans and seas.But as we can’t drink seawater，how can it be important
Every part of our seas and oceans contains an amazing number of animals and fish that live at different ocean depths.Most of the different species of animals and fish depend on simple plants for their food.These simple plants called algae （海藻） drift near the surface of the ocean and use sunlight to turn carbon dioxide and water into food and oxygen.In fact，algae produce over half of the oxygen people breathe.How important seawater is!
Each plant or animal in our seas and oceans is an important link in a food chain.The algae are eaten in large amounts by microscopic animals，which are in turn consumed by larger animals.These food chains are delicately balanced.
The bad news about the food chains in the oceans is that they are under threat because of man.People once thought that the oceans were so big that it didn’t matter if we dumped rubbish into them or caught huge quantities of fish and whales for food.But we now know this is not true and fish stocks in the oceans have started to drop.
Thankfully，the world is taking steps to protect the future of our oceans by introducing international agreements to protect marine habitats.Most countries have introduced fishing restrictions to protect fish stocks in the oceans and new techniques are being pioneered to cope with pollution.Finally，the importance of protecting oceans is being made known to more people.This is just the beginning of a long process to protect the oceans for our future.We depend on the oceans for fish which are an important part of the human diet.How important seawater is!
11.Which of the following statements is true
A.Overly fishing has caused the decrease in fish stock.
B.It is very hard to break the balance of a food chain.
C.An amazing number of the fish and sea animals live at the surface of the seas.
D.It won’t be long before the problems concerning oceans will be solved.
12.What does the underlined word “delicately” mean
A.easily-damaged B.hard-broken C.simply-made D.beautifully
13.In the past，people hold the view that the rubbish .
A.would kill the animal in the sea B.would change the balance of the sea
C.would pollute the sea D.wouldn’t have a bad influence on the sea
14.Which is the best title of the passage
A.The importance of seawater. B.Fishing on the oceans.
C.Importance of food chains. D.How to deal with seawater pollution.
15.Which is not a good way to protect oceans
A.The use of international agreements.
B.The use of new techniques.
C.Forbidding fishing to protect fish stocks.
D.Raising people’s awareness of the need to protect oceans.
【语篇解读】本文是一篇说明文。说明了海洋资源的重要性、目前海洋资源所面临的危险以及政府所采取的保护措施。
11.A 细节推断题。根据第四段中的“...fish stocks in the oceans have started to drop.”可知大量捕捉鱼类肯定会造成鱼类储量的下降；根据第三段中的“These food chains are delicately balanced.”可知B项错误；根据第二段首句可知C项错误；根据最后一段中的“This is just the beginning of a long process to protect the oceans for our future.”可知D项错误。
12.A 词义猜测题。根据上下文，我们可以猜出delicately是“脆弱地，容易损坏地”的意思。
13.D 细节推断题。根据第四段中的“People once thought that the oceans were so big that it didn’t matter if we dumped rubbish into them...”可知人们过去以为海洋那么大，扔进一点垃圾不会对海洋造成多大的影响。
14.A 主旨推断题。根据文章的第一段，以及第二段和最后一段的末句可知文章的中心是在说明海水的重要性。
15.C 细节推断题。根据最后一段可知很多国家通过限制捕鱼数量来保护鱼类，但不是禁止捕鱼；其他几种措施在最后一段中都可找到。
D
A major landslide hit a mining area in Tibet autonomous region on Friday morning，burying 83 workers，local authorities said.
The landslide happened at about 6 am in Maizhokunggar county of Lhasa，the regional capital.The victims were workers from Tibet Huatailong Mining Development Co.Ltd，belonging to the China National Gold Group Corporation.
The affected area of the landslide is 3 kilometers long，with about 2 million cubic meters of mud，rock and debris，a Xinhua reporter said from the disaster site.More than 1，000 rescuers，including police，firefighters and medical personnel，are working at the site，which is at an altitude of 4，600 meters.
Villagers living nearby told Xinhua that the landslide struck suddenly，bringing massive rocks down to smash the workers’ camp area in early morning.A mass of rolling rock from the mountaintop cut a big excavator in two parts，a witness told Xinhua.
Two of the buried workers are local Tibetans and others were recruited mainly from neighboring provinces of Yunnan，Guizhou and Sichuan.
Five excavators，five pick-up trucks and an SUV were also buried in the debris，said Zou Yuming，deputy head of the Maizhokunggar county government.
About 200 large vehicles and equipment，15 sniffer dogs and 15 life-detector machines are being used in the rescue.The rescue will be very difficult due to the size of the affected area，said an official from the regional fire department.
Chinese President Xi Jinping and Premier Li Keqiang on Friday ordered top efforts to rescue the buried workers.They have told local authorities to spare no efforts to rescue the buried and prevent secondary disasters.
A work team led by officials from the State Administration of Work Safety，Ministry of Land and Resources and State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission is rushing to the accident site to guide rescue efforts.
16.Where do we read the passage
A.In a magazine. B.In an advertisement.
C.In a newspaper. D.In a poster.
17.Which of the following is NOT true
A.The landslide occurred in the early morning.
B.Lhasa lies at an altitude of 4，600 meters.
C.Policemen，firemen and doctors are called in to rescue.
D.People from neighboring provinces work in the mining area in Tibet.
18.What caused the rescue so difficult
A.The heavy rain. B.The loose land of the area.
C.Too many rescuers. D.The big size of affected area.
19.How did the officials immediately react to the landslide
A.They took active measures to reduce losses in time.
B.They drove about 200 large vehicles and equipment.
C.They rescued the buried workers.
D.They took 15 life-detector machines with them.
20.What attitude to the natural disaster did the writer express in the passage
A.Excited. B.Critical. C.Ironical. D.Not mentioned.
【语篇解读】本文是一篇新闻报道。报道了拉萨矿区山体滑坡：83人被埋，现场海拔4 600米。灾害发生后，习近平、李克强分别作出重要指示，要求全力展开救援，尽最大努力抢救被困人员，防止再次发生灾害，并抓紧核实被困人数，查明滑坡原因，做好各项善后工作。
16.C 推理判断题。本文是一篇新闻报道。报道了拉萨矿区山体滑坡：83人被埋，现场海拔4 600米。A：在杂志上；B：在广告上；C：在报纸上；D：在海报上，显然C项正确。
17.B 细节理解题。根据常识可知，拉萨市区地处海拔3 650米的河谷冲积平原，是世界上海拔最高的城市之一，而4 600米是拉萨矿区山体滑坡的现场海拔，故选B。
18.D 细节理解题。倒数第三段信息The rescue will be very difficult due to the size of the affected area表明，由于大面积山体滑坡致使援救工作难度大。
19.A 灾害发生后，习近平、李克强分别作出重要指示，要求全力展开救援，尽最大努力抢救被困人员，防止再次发生灾害，并抓紧核实被困人数，查明滑坡原因，做好各项善后工作。自治区、市、县领导立即赶赴现场，组织抢救被困人员。B、C、D三项是援救人员做的。故A项正确。
20.D 推理判断题。excited兴奋的；critical批评的；ironical讽刺的。通读文章可知，作者客观的报道新闻情况，未表达自己的态度，故选D。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero单词拼写
第Ⅰ组
1.Products of high q sell well in the market.
2.I refuse to lie about it.It is against my p .
3.I’m w to admit that I have hurt her,but I didn’t mean to.
4.Black people could not v or choose their leaders in South Africa before the 1990s.
5.He was the leader of the (联盟) of Nations.
6.The countryside is so (平静的) that I don’t want to go back to the noisy city.
7.I believe that all people are born (平等的).
8.Children should not be allowed to watch movies that show a lot of (暴力).
答案：1.quality 2.principle 3.willing 4.vote 5.League 6.peaceful 7.equal 8.violence
第Ⅱ组
1.He had finished the study of four years in Beijing University,so he was better e than other young people in his village.
2.In my o ,they will lose the game.
3.The night was too cold,so he covered himself with a b .
4.He was involved in a bank robbery and was s to three years in prison.
5.I s apologize to you for what I have done.
6.My brother is studying for a master’s (学位) in Harvard.
7.A ＄100 (奖赏) has been offered for the return of the necklace.
8.I can’t stand some people’s (残忍) to animals.
答案：1.educated 2.opinion 3.blanket 4.sentenced 5.sincerely 6.degree 7.reward 8.cruelty
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero词汇与短语
1.stop sb.from doing 阻止某人做某事(=prevent/keep sb.from doing)
The church bells stop me from sleeping.教堂的钟声使我不能入睡。
The stone walls stop the farmers’ cows from joining the neighbors’.
石头墙使农民家的牛不会混入邻居的牛群中去。
【短语链接】
（1）keep doing 继续或保持做(强调动作的持续性)
News of successes keep pouring in.捷报频传。
（2）keep on doing 继续或反复做(强调动作的反复性)
We will keep on trying and,if we get anything done,we will notify you.
我们将继续努力，有结果将通知你。
（3）keep sb.doing 使某人一直做(表示被迫进行的动作)
I’ll try not to keep you waiting.我尽量不让你久等。
2.come into/to power 当权，上台
De Gaulle came to power in 1958.戴高乐是1958年上台的。
The party came into power at the last election.这个政党是在上次大选中当选执政的。
【短语链接】
come into contact联系 come into being 形成，诞生
come into effect实施 come into existence 形成
come into force实施 come into sight 看见
3.the first time 在句中引导时间状语从句
The first time I climbed onto the wall,I felt nervous.我第一次爬上墙时，感到非常紧张。
【提醒】
表示时间的短语可以引导时间状语从句，如：the instant,the minute,the day,the year,each/every time,next time,the first/second/last time,by the time等。
Every time I catch a cold,I have pain in my back.每次感冒我的背就疼。
The minute he saw her,he fell in love with her.他对她一见倾心。
The day he returned home,his father was already dead.他回家的那一天，他的父亲已经死了。
He was much better the last time I saw him.我上次见他时他好多了。
By the time he was taken to the hospital he was nearly dead.他被送到医院时已经不行了。
4.terror n.[U] 惊恐；恐惧[C] 可怕的人；恐怖的事
Her eyes were wild with terror.她的眼睛充满了恐惧。
She lives in terror of losing her job.她一直胆战心惊地害怕丢失工作。
These street gangs have become the terror of the neighborhood.
这些街头少年团伙使得周围邻里谈之色变。
【提醒】
识记下列terror的派生词汇：
terrorism恐怖主义 terrorist 恐怖分子；恐怖主义者
terrorize恐吓；威胁 terrify 使恐惧；使惊吓
terrified恐惧；很害怕 terrible 非常讨厌的；令人极不快的
5.fear n.[C] & [U] 害怕，恐惧；担心；顾虑vt.& vi.惧怕，害怕；担忧
He was shaking with fear.他害怕得直发抖。
There is no fear of his getting any injury.他不会受伤的。
He fears nothing.他什么都不怕。
6.cruelty n.[U] 残酷；残暴
The deliberate cruelty of his words cut her like a knife.
他说的那些残酷无情的话对她像刀割一样。
【提醒】
cruel adj.残忍的；冷酷的
He is cruel to animals.他对动物很残酷。
Her eyes were cruel and hard.她目光犀利。
7.reward
（1）v.酬谢，给以报酬；奖赏
How can I reward your kindness 我怎么才能酬谢你的好心？
Anyone returning the necklace will be handsomely rewarded.谁归还了项链将获得重谢。
（2）v.使得到好处
Success rewarded his efforts.成功回报了他的努力。
His services were rewarded.他的服务得到了回报。
（3）v.使得到报应
The man was well enough rewarded for his crimes.那个人罪有应得。
（4）n.报酬；酬谢（可数或不可数）
A large reward is offered for the return of the ring.因为归还了戒指，很大的酬谢付出了。
He was presented with a gold watch as a reward for his service.
有人给了他一块金表，作为他的服务的酬谢。
He will expect some reward after working so hard.工作这么努力后，他会有一些报酬。
（5）n.好处（常用复数形式）
The rewards of arts are not to be measured in money.艺术的好处不是用金钱来衡量的。
Apart from the salary,teaching children has its own particular rewards.
除了薪水外，教孩子有其特殊的好处。
（6）n.惩处；报应
All evil-doers get their just-rewards.所有做坏事的人会得到惩处的。
【提醒】
rewarding adj.值得做的；有益的
a rewarding experience/job有益的经历/工作
Teaching is not very financially rewarding.教书不会有很高的报酬。
【辨析】reward与award
reward表示“奖赏，酬谢”，只能以人或人的行为作宾语，后面加介词with，for，常用于借喻中;award 表示“给予，授予”（奖章、奖金等），后面可以跟两个宾语。
They rewarded the boy for bringing back the lost dog.
他们酬谢那个男孩，因为他把走失的狗送回来了。
She’s been awarded a scholarship to study at Oxford.她已获得了去牛津大学念书的奖学金。
【即学即用】
—＄1,000,but that’s my last offer.
—OK.It’s a .
A.cost B.price C.reward D.deal
答案：D 本题在语境中考查名词词义辨析。cost “成本”；price“价钱”；reward“报酬”；deal“交易”。根据“但那是我最后的出价”可知D为最佳答案。It’s a deal.意为“成交”。
8.set up
（1）成立；建立；立起来
We decided to set up a fund for the Hope Project.我们决定为希望工程设立一项基金。
They set up a laboratory and devoted their spare time to this work.
他们建立了一个实验室，把业余时间用来进行这项工作。
The children set up a tent.孩子们搭起了帐篷。
A shop was set up at the street corner.街拐角处开了个店。
（2）使恢复健康；使体格强健
A few days’ rest will set you up.几天的休息将使你恢复健康。
（3）(使)开始从事某种职业
His parents set him up as a doctor.他的父母使他从事医生的职业。
He set up for himself as a bookseller.他开始经营书。
【短语链接】
set about开始做，着手处理
set aside宣告无效；驳回；废止
set down放下，搁下；记下，记载，写下
set off出发，启程 (=set out，set forth)；使爆 炸，引起爆炸；衬托；使更为突出
set on攻击；袭击；使攻击；使追赶
set up as立业；开始从事
set out出发;开始；陈列；展出
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2012·大纲全国高考Ⅱ）We to paint the whole house but finished only the front part that day.
A.set about B.set up C.set out D.set down
答案：C 句意：我们开始着手粉刷整个房子，但是那天只完成了前面部分。set about意为“动身，开始做”（后跟v.-ing形式）；set up意为“建立，搭建”；set out意为“动身，出发，开始做，着手做”（后接不定式）；set down意为“记下”。根据句意和此空后是不定式“to paint”知选C。
（2）（2012·湖北高考）Walking alone in the dark,the boy whistled to his courage.
A.hold up B.keep up C.set up D.take up
答案：B 首先了解这四个选项的汉语意思。A项hold up表示“支撑；阻挡”；B项keep up表示“使不下降；保持不变；维持”；C项set up表示“建立，成立”；D项take up表示“开始从事；占领；继续”。由题中的关键信息walking alone in the dark以及whistled可知男孩吹口哨是为了保持勇气，给自己壮胆。所以此处选B。句意为“一个人在黑暗中走，男孩吹口哨以保持勇气”。
【即学即用】
I the hobby of fishing as a child.
A.built up B.set up C.kept up D.took up
答案：B 本题主要考查短语动词意义的区别。build up 意为“树立，逐步建立”；set up意为“树立(榜样)；创立；建立”；keep up 意为“坚持；继续；使不低落”； take up 意为“拿起；吸收；从事”。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship完形填空4
Teleflora sighed.He could not go to the new school one more day.The kids didn’t 1 at his name,but they all played and ate lunch together without him.That was the whole 2 .
So when Teleflora went to 3 this morning,his head was bowed and his feet kicked at 4 on the sidewalk.As usual,Mrs.Benson asked if anyone had something 5 to show to the class. 6 Mrs.Benson read to the class 7 the newspaper,and today Teleflora was 8 when she read about the U.S.Mint (美国造币厂) making five special 9 every year to honor each of the 50 states.
He knew all about those shiny new state coins.He and his dad 10 them.Dad gave him a small 11 to hold them.By the end of the year,Teleflora would have all 50.By the time he was ready for bed that night,he 12 to take one of his coins tomorrow.The next day,when the 13 settled,Teleflora 14 his album and held it high for the class to 15 .“These are the coins Mrs.Benson 16 about.And this is John Muir on the California coin，”he said,pointing.“Muir wanted to save the wilderness.”
Teleflora spoke rapidly as he 17 the designs:North Carolina and the first airplane flight.South Dakota,with four presidents carved on Mount Rushmore.
“How can I get some of these coins Why don’t we meet after school？” Josh 18 .“And Tel can explain everything we need to 19 .”
Tel Josh just called him Tel Like they were longtime 20 Tel held his album and smiled.So he did have friends.
1.A.worry B.think C.learn D.laugh
2.A.question B.doubt C.problem D.wonder
3.A.school B.restaurant C.shop D.hospital
4.A.everything B.anything C.something D.nothing
5.A.special B.previous C.strange D.important
6.A.Sometime B.Some time C.Sometimes D.Some times
7.A.about B.in C.on D.from
8.A.shocked B.frightened C.surprised D.moved
9.A.coins B.bills C.notes D.dollars
10.A.gathered B.collected C.created D.found
11.A.drawer B.bag C.box D.album
12.A.wanted B.required C.decided D.hoped
13.A.boys B.kids C.girls D.teacher
14.A.showed B.held C.closed D.opened
15.A.see B.observe C.watch D.notice
16.A.talked B.read C.wrote D.thought
17.A.found B.drew C.showed D.explained
18.A.asked B.ordered C.insisted D.continued
19.A.learn B.know C.have D.confirm
20.A.deskmates B.classmates C.friends D.companions
【语篇解读】本文讲述了Teleflora在新学校里很孤独，没有人和他一起玩耍。怎样才能改变这种状态呢？他利用一次课堂上老师讲解美国钱币的故事，把自己收藏的钱币拿出来和其他同学一起分享，终于获得了友谊。
1.D 其他孩子并没有嘲笑他的名字，但是都不与他玩，也不跟他一起吃午饭。laugh at “嘲笑”。
2.C 由上一句信息，可知那就是Teleflora在新学校的问题（problem）所在。
3.A Teleflora早上去上学。
4.B Teleflora在上学途中见到什么就踢什么。anything任何东西。
5.A Benson老师问是否有同学有特殊的东西向同学们展示。special “特殊的”；previous “先前的”；strange “奇怪的”；important “重要的”。
6.C 有时，Benson老师会向同学们读来自报纸上的东西。sometime “某时”；some time “一段时间”；sometimes “有时”；some times “许多次”。
7.D from“来自”。
8.C 当老师所读内容是他熟悉的时候，Teleflora感到惊喜（surprised）。
9.A 由下文those shiny new state coins可知选A。
10.B Teleflora和他的父亲收集了那些硬币。
11.D 父亲给Teleflora一个集物册，以便他装硬币，下文第14空后有暗示。
12.C Teleflora决定（decide）要向同学们展示他收集的硬币。
13.B 当同学们(kids)坐好后，Teleflora准备向同学们展示他的集子。
14.D Teleflora打开集子，以便展示硬币。
15.A Teleflora打开集子，举得高高的，以便让同学们看到。
16.B 这些是Benson老师读过的硬币。上文第6空后有暗示。
17.D Teleflora向同学们解释硬币的设计。
18.A 有同学向他提问表现出对他的硬币感兴趣。
19.B Josh希望Teleflora向他们解释他们想知道的东西。
20.C Josh对他使用的昵称，就像多年的好友。Teleflora赢得了友谊。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero句式与语法
should/ought to have done
表示“本应该做某事，而事实上并没有做”。否定句表示“不该做某事而做了”，ought to 在语气上比should 要强。
You ought to/should have been more careful in the experiment.
你当时在做试验时应该更仔细点。
He ought not to have thrown the old clothes away.他不该把旧衣服扔了。（事实上已扔了）
【常考用法】
“have+过去分词”的用法还有：
（1）与should/would like连用表示未实现的愿望。
He would like to have seen it.他本想看看它。（但没能看到）
（2）与could连用，表示过去没有的能力或过去的可能性。
I could have made a lot of money.我本来能够赚到许多钱。（但我没能赚到）
（3）与may/might连用，表示推想发生在过去的动作。
He may/might have left.=It is possible that he（has） left.他可能已经走了。
You might/could have been killed！（那时）你可能会送了命的！
（4）与can’t/couldn’t连用表示否定的推测。
He can’t/couldn’t have moved the piano himself.这台钢琴不可能是他自己搬的。
【十年高考链接】
（1）(2013·新课标全国高考Ⅱ)Since nobody gave him any help,he have done the research on his own.
A.can B.must C.would D.need
答案：B 分析主从句逻辑关系知，主句是对从句表达的原因的一种猜测，must have done想必/准是/一定做过某事，符合主从句之间的逻辑关系。本题句意为“既然没人给他帮助，那他肯定是自己做的研究”。can have done用于疑问句或否定句中，表示对过去情况的推测；would have done表示过去将来完成时或用于虚拟语气中；need have done通常用于否定句和疑问句中，表示“本不必做某事却做了”。
（2）(2013·陕西高考)The children lost in the woods;otherwise,they would have been at the lakeside camp as scheduled.
A.must have got B.must get C.should have got D.should get
答案：A 题干的意思是：“孩子们一定是在森林中迷路了；否则的话他们会按计划在湖边露营的。”从题干中otherwise后面表达的情况来看，前半句应该是表示对过去的肯定推测，所以要用must have done结构，意为“一定/想必已经……”。
（3）(2013·四川高考)—Why are your eyes so red？You have slept well last night.
—Yeah，I stayed up late writing a report.
A.can’t B.mustn’t C.needn’t D.won’t
答案：A 题干的意思是：“你的眼睛为什么这么红？你昨晚肯定没有睡好。”“是的，我熬夜写了一篇报告。”can’t have done意为“不可能做过”，表示对过去事情的否定推测。由题中的关键信息stayed up late writing a report“熬夜写报告”可推测昨晚没有睡好，所以选A。mustn’t表示“禁止”，needn’t表示“没必要”，won’t表示“不愿意”，均不合题意。
（4）(2013·辽宁高考)Harry is feeling uncomfortable.He too much at the party last night.
A.could drink B.should drink
C.would have drunk D.must have drunk
答案：D 句意：Harry （现在）感觉不舒服。昨天晚上在宴会上他肯定喝多了。此处表示对过去动作的肯定推测，应该用“情态动词+have+done”结构，故排除A项和B项；C项不表示推测，而是虚拟语气，表示与过去的事实相反的情况；must have done意为“（过去）肯定做过某事”，表示对过去事情的肯定推测。
（5）（2012·江苏高考）—Happy birthday!
—Thank you! It’s the best present I for.
A.should have wished B.must have wished
C.may have wished D.could have wished
答案：D 句意：“生日快乐！”“谢谢！这是我能期待的最好的礼物。”根据语境可知，这里不是对过去情况的推测或评价，而是对迄今为止发生的事情的一个总结。It’s the best present...使用的是最高级，其后接的定语从句应该使用完成时。本题的could have wished为can have wished的委婉表达。口语中，我们使用could替代can可使语气更加委婉、礼貌，故选D。
（6）(2011·江苏高考)—I left my handbag on the train,but luckily someone gave it to a railway official.
—How unbelievable to get it back!I mean,someone it.
A.will have stolen B.might have stolen
C.should have stolen D.must have stolen
答案：B 本题考查“情态动词+have done”的用法。句意：“我把手提包忘在了火车上，但幸运的是有个人把它交给了铁路部门的一名官员。”“还能找回来多么令人难以置信！我的意思是，有人原本可能把它偷走的。”might have done “可能已经……”，表示对过去发生之事的不太肯定的推测，符合题意。will have done表示将来完成时；should have done本应该做某事但实际未做；must have done表示对过去发生之事的肯定推测。
（7）(2011·新课标全国高考)They have arrived at lunchtime but their flight was delayed.
A.will B.can C.must D.should
答案：D 本题考查“情态动词+have done”的用法。句意：他们本应该在午饭时间就到达的，但是他们的航班被耽搁了。will have done表示将来完成时，与题意不符；can have done一般用于否定句或疑问句中，可以排除；must have done表示对过去发生事情的肯定推测，意为“肯定/必定做过某事”，也与句意不符；should have done表示“过去应该做某事（而实际上未做）”，符合句意。
（8）(2010·山东高考)I have watched that movie—it’ll give me horrible dreams.
A.shouldn’t B.needn’t C.couldn’t D.mustn’t
答案：A 句意：我本不应该看那部电影——它会给我带来噩梦。由破折号后的内容来判断，其前内容为“不该做某事而做了”。shouldn’t have done本来不该做某事却做了；needn’t have done本来不必做某事却做了；couldn’t have done为否定推测，表示“不可能做过某事”。
（9）(2009·上海高考) It have been Tom that parked the car here，as he is the only one with a car.
A.may B.can C.must D.should
答案： C 本题考查情态动词表示推测的用法。由“因为他是唯一有车的人”可知，这是一个非常肯定的推测，故用must。A项是并非十分肯定的推测;can have done不能用在肯定句中，所以B项也不对;而should have done是“本应该做某事而实际未做”，不合题意。
（10）(2009·江苏高考)He did not regret saying what he did but felt that he it differently.
A.could express B.would express
C.could have expressed D.must have expressed
答案：C 句意:他并没有遗憾说了他所做的事情，但是他觉得他本来可以表达得有所不同。因为是对过去的情况进行的一种虚拟，所以用“情态动词+完成时”这个形式来表示。
（11）(2008·江苏高考)—I’m sorry.I at you the other day.
—Forget it.I was a bit out of control myself.
A.shouldn’t shout B.shouldn’t have shouted
C.mustn’t shout D.mustn’t have shouted
答案：B 本题考查情态动词的用法。句意：“对不起，几天前我本不应该朝你大喊大叫的。”“不要记在心上。我自己有点情绪失控。”shouldn’t have done本不应该做某事（但已经做了）。
（12）(2008·山东高考)Thank you for all your hard work last week.I don’t think we it without you.
A.can manage B.could have managed C.could manage D.can have managed
答案：B 本题考查“情态动词+have done”结构，could have done表示“本能够做某事（但没做）”。
（13）(2007·陕西高考)I told your friend how to get to the hotel,but perhaps I have driven her there.
A.could B.must C.might D.should
答案：D 本题考查情态动词。could have done“（过去）可能做过；本能够做……”；must have done “（过去）肯定做过”；might have done “（过去）可能做过”；should have done “本应该做（而事实上没做）”。由句意“我告诉你朋友该怎么去旅馆，但或许我应该开车送她去那儿。”可知应选should。
（14）(2007·江西高考)—Where is my dictionary I remember I put it here yesterday.
—You it in the wrong place.
A.must put B.should have put C.might put D.might have put
答案：D 本题考查情态动词表推测的用法。由yesterday可知A、C两项错误；should “应该，理应”；might “或许，可能”，显然D项正确。
（15）(2007·安徽高考)The teacher have thought Johnson was worth it or she wouldn’t have wasted time on him,I suppose.
A.should B.can C.would D.must
答案：D 本题考查“情态动词+完成时态”的用法。must have done表示对过去所做事情的肯定推测，表示“一定……”。
（16）(2007·浙江高考)—My cat’s really fat.
—You have given her so much food.
A.wouldn’t B. couldn’t C.shouldn’t D.mustn’t
答案：C 本题考查情态动词。句意：“我的猫真胖。”“你本不应该给她那么多食物。”shouldn’t have done本不应该做某事（暗含做了）。
（17）(2007·福建高考)My MP4 player isn’t in my bag.Where I have put it
A.can B.must C.should D.would
答案：A 本题考查情态动词。由句意“我的MP4不在我包里。我可能把它放哪儿了？”可知应选A。can have done“过去可能做过”。而must have done“过去肯定做过”，只能用于肯定陈述句中；should have done“本应该做过（而事实上没做）”；would have done只能用于虚拟语气。
（18）(2007·江苏高考)—She looks very happy.She have passed the exam.
—I guess so.It’s not difficult after all.
A.should B.could C.must D.might
答案：C 本题考查情态动词表示推测的用法。must have passed the exam“肯定是通过考试了”，由前句中的“happy”和下句中的“not difficult after all”可以推知。
（19）(2007·上海高考)—Guess what I have got A for my term paper.
—Great!You read widely and put a lot of work into it.
A.must B.should
C.must have D.should have
答案：C 本题考查情态动词表推测的用法。由 “have got A” 可知是对过去发生事情的推测，故用“情态动词+have done”结构，must have done “必定做过某事”，符合题意。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship阅读理解1
第Ⅰ组
A
When asked to point out one or two things that are most important to themselves,many put friends ahead of homes,jobs,clothes and cars.
A true friendship carries a long history of experience that determines (确定) who we are and keeps us connected.It is a treasure we should protect.Unfortunately,the better friends you are,the more probably you’ll have disagreements.And the result can be what you don’t want—an end to the relationship.
The good news is that most troubled friendships can be mended.First,don’t let your pride get in your way.Most of us can forgive each other when differences are brought out in the open.Second,apologize when you’re wrong—even if you’ve been wronged.Over the course of a friendship,even the best people make mistakes.Sometimes,it may be best if the wronged person takes the lead and apologizes.When you apologize,give your friend a chance to admit that he has been wrong.Third,see things from your friend’s point of view (观点).And finally,accept that friendships change as our needs and lifestyles change.Making friends can sometimes seem easy.The hard part is keeping the connections strong during the natural ups and downs that have an effect on all relationships.My suggestion:Consider friendship an honor and a gift,and worth the effort to treasure and nurture (培养).
1.What would be the best title for the text
A.Easy Ways to Make Friends
B.Ups and Downs in Friendship
C.How to Mend a Troubled Friendship
D.How to Take the Lead in Making Friends
2.The “wronged person”underlined in the text refers to a person .
A.who has been mistaken for another
B.who has been blamed unfairly
C.who has treated friends badly
D.who has admitted his mistakes
3.According to the text,a friendship can last long only if .
A.we have much in common
B.we know our friends’ mistakes
C.we treat our disagreements wisely
D.we have known one another for long
4.What should we do if we follow the author’s second suggestion
A.Stick to our own points of view. B.Avoid making mistakes.
C.Make an apology first. D.Change our lifestyles.
【语篇解读】本文讲述了如何去挽救处于崩溃边缘的友谊。
1.C 主旨大意题。通读全文可知，本文主要讲述了如何挽救处于崩溃边缘的友谊，故C项正确。
2.B 词义猜测题。由最后一段中的“When you apologize,give your friend a chance to admit that he has been wrong.”可知，当你道歉的时候，将给对方一个机会去承认他自己的错误。由此可见，先道歉的这个人并不是犯错的人，应该是被冤枉的人。
3.C 细节理解题。由第三段第三句可知选C。
4.C 推理判断题。由第三段第四句及第六句可知选C。
B
Having friends may well keep you healthier and help you deal with stress better.Some studies show that people with close friends have a greater ability to fight disease than people who are alone.
Make friendship a priority.Find the time to be with friends even if it means letting the lawn go unmowned or the dishes unwashed for a while.When you can’t get together,use the phone to keep in touch.
Open up to close friends.Maintaining a deep friendship requires a level of “heartfelt” intimacy (亲密).Don’t be afraid to express your inner fears and disappointments.Listen to your friends when they have problems,but offer advice only when it’s wanted.Help raise friends’ self esteem when they are shaken by a job loss,or other such events.
Have different friends for different activities,such as going to the movies,singing in a choir,and joining in a bowling league.
Don’t wait for a friend to ask a favor.When a friend has the flu,offer to go to the store or drive his or her children to their after-school activities.
Never take a friendship for granted.Like a good marriage,friendship needs care and patience.Become a joiner.Find a group that matches your interests.
Talk to strangers.Conversations started in museums,laundry rooms or bookstores can lead to firm friendship.
Enroll in an adult-education course.A classroom is an ideal place to meet others with similar interests.
5.People with close friends have a ability to fight disease than people who are alone.
A.less B.greater C.poorer D.little
6.According to the passage,you’d better offer advice to your friends .
A.at any moment B.only when they are happy
C.only when they want it D.only when you are glad
7.What should we do to have friends according to the author
A.Make friendship a priority.
B.Open up to close friends.
C.Never take a friendship for granted.
D.All the above.
8.Which of the statements is TRUE according to the passage
A.You should have different friends for the same activity.
B.You should wait for a friend to ask a favor.
C.You should avoid talking with strangers in museums,laundry rooms or bookstores.
D.You should never take a friendship for granted.
【语篇解读】本文讲述如何获得真正的友谊。
5.B 细节理解题。由第一段第二句Some studies show that people with close friends have a greater ability to fight disease...可知。
6.C 细节理解题。由第三段第四句Listen to your friends when they have problems,but offer advice only when it’s wanted.可知C项正确。
7.D 归纳判断题。本文第一段讲了有朋友的益处，后面的几段内容分析怎样才能获得友谊。由文章的第二、三、六段的首句便可得出答案。
8.D 细节理解题。由文章第六段的首句可知选D。
C
At eighteen years of age，I flew up to San Francisco to meet a pen pal who I had written to for over a year.The first thing we did when we got home was to bake chocolate chip cookies，and our strong ties were formed.From laughing at the burnt cookies，to eating the chocolate chips instead of putting them in the dough (生面团)，it was fantastic.We became best friends.Twelve years later，we still reflect on that moment，and laugh with silliness and joy.
Fast forward to 2003，I was in my first month of training in radiation oncology(放射肿瘤学)，and scared.I was in a new city，alone，and afraid of having to make a new start.One patient that we were treating used to come into the department with freshly baked goods for everyone once a week with a smile on her face.She was treated with a really tough regimen(疗法) for her cancer，yet she still overcame the pain and exhaustion(精疲力竭) to bake for the department.I once asked her why，and she said it gave her purpose and meaning.
This purpose was far greater for me than a simple cookie.I really didn’t know how to bake，and I told her that.She then invited me to her home for lessons.With her as a guide I learned some of the art of baking.While baking we talked about life，regrets，and dreams.We soon became very close friends.
A few weeks later，her husband came to the department and gave me a large box with a handwritten note.I opened the box.Inside was a Kitchen Aid mixer，and the note saying，“Please remember me when you bake，keep at it and you’ll change the world.” He told me that her cancer had spread.She was in her final stages of life.I cried and cried.It was simply the most generous gift that I had ever received.
9.What do the underlined words “strong ties” in Paragraph 1 refer to
A.Cooking skills. B.Close friendship.
C.First impression. D.Exercise program.
10.Which of the following can be used to describe the patient
A.Honest and loyal. B.Clever and active.
C.Warm-hearted and generous. D.Confident and independent.
11.After receiving the gift，the author probably felt .
A.very pleased and honored
B.a bit disappointed and confused
C.quite excited and satisfied
D.deeply moved and sad
12.Which of the following can be the best title for the passage
A.Baking can build a friendship.
B.A friend is a second self.
C.When your friends face difficulty.
D.Fine art of making friends.
【语篇解读】友情有时候是“烘烤”而成的，作者的两段友情就都与“烘焙”有关。
9.B 词义推断题。根据第一段第四句We became best friends.可推断，strong ties是指“紧密的友谊”。tie此处意为“关系”。
10.C 推理判断题。那位病人不顾自己的病痛，坚持为医生们制作小点心，而且主动邀请作者到家里学习烘焙，可见她很热心，也很慷慨。
11.D 推理判断题。收到这样一份特殊的礼物，作者一定会非常感动；根据文章倒数第二句I cried and cried.可知，作者当时非常难过。故选D。
12.A 标题归纳题。作者讲了两段有关烘焙的友谊，A项准确地概括了全文。
D
Friends play a very important part in everyone’s life.Friendship usually develops during childhood.New friends are made when you progress through school.Those friends that you make as a student can usually last long.Friends influence your development,maturity(成熟)and sense of responsibility(责任).A familiar expression is “You can tell a lot about a person by knowing who his friends are.”Friendship is based on common interests.If you like sports,most of your friends are likely to be athletic(竞技的).If you enjoy reading and shopping,most of your friends do the same.
Some people call you their friends for the wrong reasons.These people are not really friends.They are superficial(表面的)only“friends”on the outside,not the inside where it counts.Superficial friends only want to be your friends if it is to their advantage.True friends are there if you are rich or poor.It is easy to have many so-called “friends” if you are rich.By this time you should be able to separate your friends into the real or the “phoney”.
True friends are most special.They are also difficult to find.You can consider yourself very lucky if you have one true friend.This friend is eager to help you whenever necessary.He or she knows you would do the same for them.A true friend is someone you can talk to about any subject or problem.You and your true friend have good understanding of each other.True friends support you,take your side,and build up your confidence.
13.The first paragraph tells us .
A.how to make a true friend
B.we should make friends in our childhood
C.what is friendship based on
D.friends play a very important part in our life
14.Which of the following is TRUE
A.What you value above anything is the friendship developing during childhood.
B.The friendship developing during your school days will be with you for a long time.
C.Only through your friends’ influence will you take the responsibility for your task.
D.If you have no music in you,none of your friends will be a music lover.
15.“So-called” friends refer to .
A.fair-weather friends
B.those who want to benefit from you
C.the friends who are on the surface only
D.all of the above
16.Which of the following is NOT TRUE
A.You should tell true friends from phoneys.
B.True friendship is too difficult to find.
C.You can share your joys and sorrows with a true friend.
D.A true friend will stand by you whatever happens.
【语篇解读】朋友在人生中能起重要作用，可以影响我们的发展、成熟以及责任感。但有些所谓的朋友只是外在的、表面上的朋友，所以我们要区分真正的朋友和表面的朋友。
13.D 段落大意题。由第一段第一句话“Friends play a very important part in everyone’s life.”可知，后面部分均在谈朋友在人生中的重要作用，可以影响我们的发展、成熟及责任感。
14.B 细节理解题。由第一段第四句“Those friends that you make as a student can usually last long.”可知，在学生时期交的朋友会持续很长时间，因此B项正确。
15.D 词义猜测题。本文第二段是对“所谓的朋友”的介绍。这些所谓的朋友只是外在的、表面的朋友，他们和你交朋友只是为了他们的利益，所以应选D。
16.B 细节理解题。由文中最后一段中的“True friends are most special.They are also difficult to find.”表达的意思是真正的朋友很难找，而不是找不到。所以选B。
E
What can help you make a fortune in the future Graduating from a top university might not be enough.A new study from the University of Essex in Britain has shown that the more friends you have in school,the more money you’ll earn later.
The idea that popularity could have a serious impact on one’s earning potential shouldn’t come as too much of a surprise.The researchers noted that if you want to get ahead in life,social skills and networking are easily as powerful as talent and hard work.
“If a person has lots of friends,it means that he or she has the ability to get along with others in all kinds of different situations，” said Xu Yanchun,17,from Nantou High School in Shenzhen,who totally agreed with the recent finding.“Also,friends always help each other.They not only create wider social circles for you but lift your mood when you occasionally feel depressed，” said Xu.She believed that all this helps you “earn a higher salary”.
Maybe that’s why some people think the younger generations are in the age of friendaholism(交友狂症).A woman even complained that the networking website Facebook’s 5,000-friend limit was too low for her large reserve of social contacts.
But what does a friend mean Should friends be regarded as a form of currency
“Call me uncool,but I think of a friend as an actual person with whom I have an actual history and whom I enjoy actually seeing.It seems,however,that this is no longer the definition(定义)of ‘friend’，” said Meghan Daum,who works with The Los Angeles Times in the US.
Daum despised (鄙视) the idea that quantity trumps (胜过) quality in the age of friendaholism.She thought the idea of friendship,at least among the growing population of Internet social networkers,was to get as many of not-really-friends as possible.For example,a friend might be someone you might know personally but who could just as easily be the friend of a friend of some other Facebook friends you don’t actually know.
17.What’s the main idea of the passage
A.Making friends is important.
B.Making friends makes you earn more money.
C.Friends give you success.
D.Social skills are important.
18.Which of the following sentences is TRUE
A.It is surprising that making more money is popular with people.
B.If you want to win in life,social skills are as important as talent and hard work.
C.The young now have friendaholism.
D.Friends do not create your wider social circles but lift your mood when you occasionally feel depressed.
19.What’s the opinion of Xu Yanchun about making friends
A.Making friends may help you a lot in your life.
B.Making friends can get a lot of money.
C.Making friends can make you work hard.
D.Making friends can improve your ability to work.
20.What’s the author’s attitude
A.Objective. B.Subjective. C.Neutral. D.Optimistic.
【语篇解读】文章主要介绍了交朋友在生活中的重要性，对人们的工作和生活有很大的帮助。
17.C 主旨大意题。文章介绍了交朋友在你的生活中很重要，对你的工作和生活有很大的帮助。C项的说法很全面，故选C项。
18.B 细节理解题。从第二段的The idea that popularity could have a serious impact on one’s earning potential shouldn’t come as too much of a surprise.可知A项是不正确的；根据第四段的Maybe that’s why some people think the younger generations are in the age of friendaholism（交友狂症）.可知C项的说法不正确；D选项中的not...but...意思是“不是……而是……”，而文章第三段中的They not only create wider social circles for you but lift your mood when you occasionally feel depressed...中的not only...but also...意思是“不但……而且……”，故D项说法也不正确；B项从第二段的The researchers noted that if you want to get ahead in life,social skills and networking are easily as powerful as talent and hard work.可看出是正确的。故选B项。
19.A 判断推理题。从文章第三段可推出，答案应该选A项。
20.A 观点态度题。从整篇文章看，作者的态度应该是客观的。objective “客观的”；subjective “主观的”；neutral“中立的”；optimistic “乐观的”。故选A项。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World完形填空4
The English language is different from any other language.Yet English words do not stay the 1 ，the language is always 2 ，and we need 3 words for new inventions and new 4 .Different words come into 5 ，or older words are used in a new 6 .
English can change by 7 words from other languages.Tomato was borrowed 8 Mexico and pajamas from India.The word “coffee” 9 from Turkey，and tea came from China.Now new space and science words are being borrowed from other countries， 10 .
New words are also made 11 adding two words together.Strawberry，popcorn，and grandfather are words made up of 12 parts.Sometimes new words are 13 forms of older words.The word photo was made from photograph by cutting off the 14 of the longer word.Plane was made by cutting off the 15 part of airplane.Smog was made by using only the first two and last two 16 from the words smoke and fog.
The 17 of people and products 18 become new words.Our sandwich was named 19 a man named Sandwich.Scotch Tape，Band-aid，and Jello were names made up by the companies that first 20 the products.
1.A.old B.place C.past D.same
2.A.adding B.making C.changing D.borrowing
3.A.many B.new C.mixed D.difficult
4.A.ideas B.opinions C.points D.expressions
5.A.books B.use C.life D.science
6.A.way B.manner C.grammar D.thought
7.A.borrowing B.lending C.moving D.sucking
8.A.in B.from C.to D.between
9.A.came B.borrowed C.went D.brought
10.A.either B.yet C.too D.already
11.A.with B.from C.through D.by
12.A.seven B.eleven C.two D.ten
13.A.shorter B.simple C.easier D.proper
14.A.beginning B.end C.middle D.bottom
15.A.back B.behind C.front D.above
16.A.parts B.letters C.words D.sounds
17.A.spelling B.characters C.addresses D.names
18.A.can B.might C.should D.must
19.A.to B.after C.by D.on
20.A.did B.got C.made D.invented
【语篇解读】本文为一篇说明文，介绍的是英语的变化，尤其是一些新单词的来历。
1.D 从下文可知，语言一直在不断变化，不可能总是一样。由此可判断选D项。
2.C 本句强调语言在变化。既然不可能总是一样，那语言就一直在变化。
3.B 根据句意判断，新发明和新的观念需要新的词汇。
4.A new ideas“新观念”，为固定搭配。
5.B come into use为习惯搭配，空格所在处句意“开始使用不同的词汇”。
6.A 在短语in a new way中in与way也是常用的搭配。
7.A 通过从其他语言中借来的词。
8.B borrow与from搭配。borrow...from...“从……处借……”。
9.A come from“来自”。
10.C 当“也”讲时too常用于肯定句中，either只用于否定句中。
11.D by后接-ing形式，表示“通过……方式”。
12.C 上述的词均由两部分构成。
13.A 根据下文来选，下文提到photo一词是由photograph变来的，是其简短的形式。
14.B 去掉长词的词尾。
15.C plane是去掉airplane中的前一部分。
16.B smog是用smoke和fog的前两个和后两个字母（letters)组成的，其他的与句意不符。
17.D 根据下句可知，下文举了sandwich一词的来历。
18.A 一些人名或产品的名可以成为新的词汇。
19.B be named after...“根据……来命名”。
20.C make的意思是“生产，制造”。本句意思是“……一开始生产这些产品的公司”，D项与文意不符。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World单项填空2
第Ⅱ组
1.Every minute must be made full use of spoken English.
A.to practise B.practising C.practise D.practised
2.—What can we do to help the poor children in the quake-stricken areas
—I think we can do many things for them， donating money and sending books.
A.for example B.such as C.that is D.namely
3.Many students believe that the choice of their courses and universities should their own interest.
A.be based on B.base on C.be basing on D.base at
4.Our headmaster commanded that the new teaching way in the next term.
A.must be used B.will be used C.is used D.be used
5.I’ve got to go now.Something has just at home and I am needed there.
A.come to B.come up C.come in D.come over
6.The teacher called Tim’s mother what he had done in the test.
A.because of B.because C.since D.as
7.—Oh，it’s you! I didn’t you.
—I’ve just had my hair cut，and I’m wearing dark glasses.
A.recognize B.realize C.notice D.see
8.I am quite free if you want me to help you.
A.at present B.at the present C.in present D.in the present
9.When spring comes，the trees turn green ，which means the beginning of a new year.
A.freely B.wonderfully C.gradually D.really
10.—What do you think an important part in Jackson’s life
—Pop music.
A.plays B.takes C.makes D.acts
11.—Did you see the singer star last night
— ，we were left waiting in the rain for two hours.
A.What’s more B.That is to say
C.In other words D.Believe it or not
12.—Excuse me， can you tell me the way to the supermarket
—OK.Go along the street，turn left and you’ll see a tall building.That is the supermarket.
A.mostly B.normally C.straight D.aimlessly
13.The on his face told me that he was angry.
A.impression B.sight C.appearance D.expression
14.My parents and I are flying to London for a holiday and I’ll the chance to practice my spoken English.
A.come up with B.make use of C.get along with D.get tired of
15.The number of people invited fifty，but a number of them absent for different reasons.
A.were；was B.was；was C.was；were D.were；were
答案：
1.A make full use of sth.to do sth.“充分利用某物去做某事”。其中不定式短语作目的状语。
2.B such as 列举前面所述内容的一部分，相当于like。for example常用逗号隔开，举其中一个例子，而that is 和namely 则列举全部内容。因此选B。
3.A be based on...“以……为基础”，为固定搭配。
4.D command后面的宾语从句用（should+）动词原形。
5.B come up出现，上升，发生。句意：我必须现在走，家里发生了事情，那里需要我。come to共计，谈到；come in进来；come over突然感到，顺便来访。
6.A because of “因为；由于”，后跟名词、代词、动词-ing形式或what引导的名词性从句作宾语。而because，since和as都直接引导句子。
7.A 由“Oh，it’s you! ”可知，认出了对方，所以用recognize。realize意识到；notice注意到；see看到。
8.A 句意：如果你需要帮忙的话，现在我正好有空。at present为固定短语，意为“现在；目前”。
9.C 句意：春天来了，树叶渐渐变绿，这标志着新的一年的开始。gradually逐渐地，逐步地，符合题意。freely自由地，慷慨地；wonderfully惊人地，极好地；really真正地。
10.A play an important part in...在……中起重要作用。
11.D What’s more另外；That is to say也就是说；In other words换句话说；Believe it or not信不信由你。由“我们在雨中等了两个小时”可知D项正确。
12.C 本题考查副词词义辨析。句意：“打扰了，你能告诉我如何去超市吗？”“当然。沿街直走，左拐，你就会看到一座高大的建筑。那就是超市。”straight“直接”，为副词，符合句意。mostly主要地，通常；normally通常，正常地；aimlessly毫无目的地。
13.D 本题考查名词词义辨析。impression印象；sight视力，景色；appearance外表，露面。句意：他脸上的表情告诉我他生气了。
14.B 本题考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：我会“利用(make use of)”和爸妈一起飞往伦敦度假的机会练习英语口语。come up with提出；get along with与……相处；get tired of对……厌倦。
15.C 本题考查主谓一致。the number of...……的数目，此结构作主语时，谓语用单数；a number of...大量，若干，此结构作主语时，谓语用复数。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero单项填空6
第Ⅵ组
1.After living in Paris for fifty years he returned to the small town he grew up as a child.
A.which B.where C.that D.when
2. has already been pointed out,grammar is not a set of dead rules.
A.As B.It C.That D.Which
3.Rome is a place .
A.where I want to visit B.what I want to visit
C.which I want to visit it D.I want to visit
4.I don’t like you speak to her.
A.the way B.the way in that C.the way which D.the way of which
5.Great changes have taken place in that school.It is no longer it was 20 years ago, it was so poorly equipped.
A.what;when B.what;that C.what;which D.when;that
6.I walked in our garden, Tom and Jim were laying a big sign onto one of the trees.
A.which B.when C.where D.that
7.This is one of the most exciting football games I have ever seen.
A.which B.that C.what D.it
8.Do you still remember the chicken farm we visited three months ago
A.where B.when C.that D.what
9.She’ll never forget her stay there she found her son who had gone missing two years before.
A.that B.which C.where D.when
10.I have reached a point in my life I am supposed to make decisions of my own.
A.which B.where C.how D.why
答案：
1.B 此处相当于he grew up in the small town。
2.A 引导非限制性定语从句，放在句首用as，而不用which。
3.D 省去了关系代词which或that。
4.A the way（方式、方法）作先行词，可用that代替in which，也可省略。
5.A 前空引导表语从句，后空引导定语从句且在从句中作时间状语。
6.C 该从句相当于Tom and Jim were laying a big sign onto one of the trees in our garden。
7.B 先行词被形容词的最高级修饰时，用that而不用which引导定语从句。
8.C visit是及物动词，即visit the chicken farm。
9.D 她永远也忘不了她待在那儿的那些日子，所以用when引导定语从句并在从句中作时间状语。
10.B 先行词是point，所以用where引导定语从句。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World单项填空1
第Ⅰ组
1.Applicants (申请者) will be expected to have of English.
A.a good command；speak B.a good command；spoken
C.good commands；speaking D.good commands；spoken
2.She feels strongly that each of us has a role in making the earth a better place to live in.
A.to have played B.to play
C.to be played D.to be playing
3.He had so much change that I could hardly him.
A.know B.understand C.recognize D.find
4.Good use that the villagers have been the water resources has brought them a large income.
A.making of B.putting into C.taking on D.providing with
5.The manager the workers should not smoke in the office.
A.asked B.told C.requested D.said
6.—Alice，do you know what question they up with at the meeting yesterday
—I have no idea.
A.walked B.came C.cleaned D.ended
7.Helen told us that she would give her another try she was sure she would fail again.
A.as if B.even though C.unless D.so
8.He realized she was crying what he had said.
A.because B.because of C.as D.since
9.Some English programs， English on Sunday，Follow Me，are very helpful to us.
A.for example B.according to C.such as D.because of
10.My friend told me that he would me with a nice gift on my birthday.
A.give B.offer C.present D.buy
11.The famous film is a Chinese fairy tale and directed by a famous director.
A.basing at B.based on C.bases on D.to base at
12.“Make sure the door is locked，”Mother said.→Mother told me .
A.make sure the door is locked B.make sure the door was locked
C.to make sure the door is locked D.to make sure the door was locked
13.Time is limited and let’s come to the point.
A.straight B.strangely C.immediately D.clearly
14.Drunk driving，which was once a occurrence，is now under control.
A.general B.frequent C.normal D.particular
15.He always says he has great patience in educating his children，but he often punishes them for no good reason.
A.actually B.fluently C.gradually D.frequently
答案：
1.B have a good command of...“精通……”；spoken English“英语口语”，均为固定搭配。
2.B “某人有某事要做”常用sb.has/have sth.to do；play a role in...在……中起作用，在……中扮演角色，此处to play为动词不定式作定语。
3.C 根据语境“变化大”应选C项，表示“几乎不能认出来”。know知道，认识；understand理解；recognize认出，识别出；find发现。
4.A 句意：村民们一直合理利用水资源，这给他们带来了丰厚的收入。make good use of好好利用，符合句意。put into使进入，把……放进；take on穿上，承担，呈现；provide with供给，这三项不与use搭配。
5.C 本题考查动词词义辨析。句意：经理要求职工们不要在办公室内吸烟。request后接宾语从句时从句需用虚拟语气，用（should+）动词原形。其他选项没有这种用法。
6.B 句意：“爱丽丝，你知道他们在昨天的会上提出了什么问题吗？”“不知道。” come up with提出。
7.B 句意：海伦告诉我们，即使她确定自己会再次失败，她也要再试一次。even though尽管，即使，引导让步状语从句，符合语境。
8.B 句意：他意识到她因为他说的话而哭了。because of之后可接宾语从句。what 相当于the thing that。because只引导原因状语从句。
9.C for example 例如，举其中一个例子；according to根据；such as例如，用来列举事物。because of 因为。
10.C 句意：我朋友告诉过我他要在我生日时送我份好礼物。present sb.with sth.把某物赠送给某人,为固定搭配。
11.B 句意：这部有名的电影是基于中国神话故事，且由著名导演执导的。be based on“基于……”，固定搭配，此处是用过去分词作表语。
12.D 本题考查将带有祈使句的直接引语转换为间接引语。要变成tell sb.to do sth.结构。
13.A 句意：时间有限，让我们直奔主题。come straight to“直接……”，straight为副词。
14.B 句意：醉酒驾驶过去曾经是一件经常的事，现在被控制住了。general一般的；frequent经常的；normal正常的；particular特别的。由句意可知B项正确。
15.A 当后面陈述的情况与前面的相反并且表示一种实际情况时，往往用actually/in fact，表示“实际上、事实上”。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World短文改错
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。错误涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（＼）划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2.只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Passage 1
Dear Linda,
How are things going I can’t wait to tell you the good news what my parents have just allowed me to take a 10-days trip to England this winter.That would be a really good chance for me to experience English culture.What’s more,I can improve my speaking English.I have learned English for many years，so I have few chances to practice English.I don’t like to join in a group to travel.Could you offer me some advice on where to stay，what to eat and how to travel in such short time I’d appreciate it if you can provide me with some necessary informations.I’m sure your suggestions will surely make my visit enjoyably.
I’m looking forward to hear from you soon.
Best wishes,
Li Hua
答案：
Dear Linda,
How are things going I can’t wait to tell you the good news my parents have just allowed me to take a trip to England this winter.That be a really good chance for me to experience English culture.What’s more,I can improve my English.I have learned English for many years, I have few chances to practice English.I don’t like to join in a group to travel.Could you offer me some advice on where to stay，what to eat and how to travel in such short time I’d appreciate it if you can provide me with some necessary .I’m sure your suggestions will surely make my visit .
I’m looking forward to from you soon.
Best wishes,
Li Hua
Passage 2
When I was ten year old，I went to Hangzhou with two Americans.I became their guide.First，we went to the West Lake.They wanted to look around the lake by the boat.After buy our tickets，we got into the boat.We went around seeing the beautiful sight.After that，we went shopping.The sellers couldn’t spoke English.Though it was very harder，I tried my best translate the sentences.They bought some nice things under my help.And then we went to the zoo and take some pictures.When we felt hunger，we went out and had lunch.After lunch，we visited much old houses and learned more about Chinese history.
答案：
When I was ten old，I went to Hangzhou with two Americans.I became their guide.First，we went to the West Lake.They wanted to look around the lake by the boat.After our tickets，we got into the boat.We went around seeing the beautiful sight.After that，we went shopping.The sellers couldn’t English.Though it was very ，I tried my best translate the sentences.They bought some nice things my help.And then we went to the zoo and some pictures.When we felt ，we went out and had lunch.After lunch，we visited old houses and learned more about Chinese history.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship完形填空5
Recently,one of my best friends,whom I’ve shared just about everything with since the first day of kindergarten,spent the weekend with me.Since I moved to a new town several years ago,we’ve both always 1 the few times a year when we can see each other.
Over the 2 ,we spent hours and hours,staying up late into the night,talking about the people she was 3 around with.She started telling me stories about her new boyfriend,about how he experimented with 4 and was into other 5 behavior.I was blown away! She told me how she had been 6 to her parents about where she was going and even sneaking out to see this guy because they didn’t want her 7 him.No matter how hard I tried to tell her that she 8 better,she didn’t believe me.Her self-respect seemed to have disappeared.
I tried to 9 her that she was ruining her future and heading for big trouble.I felt like I was getting 10 .I just couldn’t believe that she really thought it was 11 to hang with a bunch of losers,especially her boyfriend.
By the time she left,I was really worried about her and 12 by the experience.It had been so frustrating,I had come 13 to telling her several times during the weekend that maybe we had just grown too far apart to 14 our friendship—but I didn’t.I put the power of 15 to the ultimate test.We’d been friends for far too long.The chance was that she 16 me enough to know that I was trying to save her from hurting herself.I wanted to believe that our friendship could 17 anything.
A few days later,she called to say that she had thought long and hard about our 18 ,and then she told me that she had 19 with her boyfriend.I just listened on the other end of the phone with tears of joy running down my face.It was one of the truly 20 moments in my life.Never had I been so proud of a friend.
1.A.worried about B.looked forward to
C.paid attention to D.thought of
2.A.weekend B.months C.years D.days
3.A.working B.falling in love C.hanging D.keeping in touch
4.A.books B.girls C.friends D.drugs
5.A.self-destructive B.self-respecting
C.self-confident D.self-defensive
6.A.explaining B.reasoning C.declaring D.lying
7.A.on B.beside C.around D.to
8.A.did B.deserved C.had D.got
9.A.tell B.convince C.force D.warn
10.A.somewhere B.everywhere C.nowhere D.anywhere
11.A.acceptable B.believable C.reliable D.admirable
12.A.exhausted B.surprised C.satisfied D.terrified
13.A.almost B.nearly C.close D.over
14.A.stop B.continue C.start D.make
15.A.love B.friendship C.truth D.justice
16.A.thought B.remembered C.valued D.hated
17.A.mean B.conquer C.tell D.prove
18.A.friendship B.relationship C.quarrel D.conversation
19.A.broken away B.broken down C.broken up D.broken out
20.A.demanding B.challenging C.frustrating D.rewarding
【语篇解读】友谊可贵，但到底什么样的友谊才是真正的友谊？当朋友执迷不悟时，你能晓之以理，动之以情，使朋友悬崖勒马，那才是真正的友谊。
1.B 因为她们是最好的朋友，所以自从分开后一直盼望（look forward to）着在周末见到对方。
2.A 她们只有在周末（weekend）才能见到对方。
3.C hang around with sb.同某人长时间待在一起；如选B,则应把around去掉。
4.D 根据后文作者劝她的朋友同其男朋友分手是因为她的男朋友吸毒。
5.A 吸毒的结果只能是自我毁灭（self-destructive）。
6.D 因为她的家人不想让她同她男朋友在一起，所以为了见到男朋友，她经常对家人撒谎（lie）。
7.C around sb.同某人在一起。
8.B （如果她同男朋友分手）就能够得到更好的结果。
9.B convince sb.使某人相信，使某人信服。
10.C get nowhere没有取得任何成就；毫无进展。
11.A 作者的朋友认为同她的男朋友在一起是可以接受的，所以才同他待在一起。
12.A 根据后文可知作者曾一度想同好朋友分手，所以对此事感到精疲力竭(exhausted)，不想再去管她的事情了。
13.C close to此处意为“几乎”；come close to doing...差一点做某事。
14.B too...to表示否定的意思，所以后文应填continue。
15.B 此处意为“我希望友谊的力量能经得起最后的考验，能改变最终的结果”。
16.C value重视，珍惜。很可能她非常珍惜我们之间的友谊，知道“我”是在救她。
17.B “我”相信友谊能战胜、征服一切。
18.D 由上文作者反复劝说她，可知此为选D项，“谈话”。
19.C 她已经与男朋友分手（break up with）。
20.D 那是“我”一生中真正有回报的时刻。rewarding“报答的，有价值的，有回报的”。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World完成句子
第Ⅰ组
1.信不信由你，因为粗心大意，他没有通过考试。(believe,because)
，he couldn’t pass the exam his carelessness.
2.我们正在说话，一个男子走了过来。(come)
While we were talking，a man .
3.这部小说是以历史事实为依据的。(base)
The novel historical facts.
4.你知道他在这部电视剧中扮演的角色吗？(role)
Do you know that he the TV play
5.然而，她的儿子已认不出她了，因为她又脏又瘦。(recognize)
，her son couldn’t she was dirty and thin.
6.你知道不止有一种英语吗？(more than)
Do you know that there is kind of English
7.以英语为母语的人，即使他们所讲的语言不尽相同，也可以互相听懂。(even if)
Native English speakers can understand each other they don’t speak the same kind of English.
8.那家公司正在物色一位新的会计， 工资多少尚未确定。(present)
That firm is looking for a new accountant. the salary they will offer hasn’t been left open.
9.他精通德语。(command)
He German.
10.汤姆逐渐从病中康复并返回学校。(recover)
Tom and returned to school.
答案：1.Believe it or not；because of 2.came up 3.is based on 4.the role；played in 5.However；recognize her because 6.more than one 7.even if/though 8.At present 9.has a good command of 10.gradually recovered from his illness
第Ⅱ组
1.当今在中国学英语的人数正在迅速增长。（number）
Today learning English in China increasing rapidly.
2.实际上，从公元450年到1150年，人们所说的英语更多的是以德语为基础的，而现代英语不是。（more）
Actually，the English spoken between about AD 450 and 1150 was based on German
present day English.
3.请到我的公寓里来坐坐，好吗？（come)
Would you please to my flat for a visit
4.信不信由你，他在考试中作弊。 (believe)
，he cheated in the exams.
5.即使你不成功，我们也会支持你的。(even)
We will stand by you you don’t succeed.
6.我们的英语老师经常利用英文歌曲教我们英语。(use)
Our English teacher often English songs us English.
7.现在，世界上越来越多的人在学汉语。(present)
，more and more people in the world are studying Chinese.
8.他们要求再给一些帮助。(request)
They for further aid.
9.英语在人们的生活中起着重要的作用。(role)
English people’s life.
10.老师命令他离开教室。
The teacher the classroom.
答案：1.the number of people;is 2.more;than 3.come up 4.Believe it or not 5.even if/though 6.makes use of；to teach 7.At present 8.made a request 9.plays an important role/part in manded that he go out of/commanded him to go out of
第Ⅲ组
1.这部电影是以一个发生在1949年的真实故事为背景的。(base)
The film a true story that/which happened in 1949.
2.他们学校里不止一个人精通英语。(command)
More than one person in their school.
3.当我正在教室外面站着的时候，我们的老师向我走来。(come)
When I was standing outside the classroom，our teacher
.
4.不止一个学生意识到了学习英语的重要性。(more)
student has realized the importance of learning English.
5.径直往前走，你就会找到医院。(straight)
and you will find a hospital.
6.信不信由你，我们的英语老师什么都懂。(believe)
，our English teacher knows everything.
7.利用这些材料来拓宽你的视野。(use)
these materials to widen your view.
8.由于大雾，航班被耽误。(because)
，
the flight was delayed.
9.人们一致认为环境污染已经变成了最严重的问题之一。(recognize)
environment pollution has become one of the most serious problems.
10.他们决定将新成立的公司总部设在纽约。(base)
They decided to the new company New York.
答案：1.is based on 2.has a good command of English 3.came up to me 4.More than one 5.Go straight ahead/on 6.Believe it or not 7.Make use of 8.Because of the heavy fog 9.It is recognized that 10.base;in
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship阅读理解3
第Ⅲ组
A
People all need friends because nobody wants to be lonely and a friend can help you in good and bad times.You’ve made friends since childhood，but you still don’t know who your true friends are.Here are some signs to tell you if your friend is a true friend：
Always honest
Honesty is important to keep a relationship alive.A true friend always tells you the truth.It may be hard sometimes but lying can destroy a friendship.It is important that your friend speaks honestly and never makes up stories.
There are always periods in your life when you have problems or difficulties.A true friend will always have time to listen to your problems and give advice.It may not be able to offer a solution to your problems but the fact that your friend made time to listen is a sign he/she cares for you.Your friend is not a true friend if he/she can never make time for you when you are in trouble.You also need to be reasonable and accept that your friend also has other things to do so he/she can’t always listen immediately to your problems.
Always respectful (尊敬的)
A true friend will always respect your opinion no matter whether he/she agrees or not.Your true friend may disagree but never insists that he/she is correct.
Always understanding
It is possible that some problems will arise between you and your friend.A true friend will always be forgiving (体谅的) and understanding，even if it isn’t his/her fault.We are all different people and we all make mistakes.A true friend is always forgiving and understanding because he/she doesn’t want to take the risk of losing his/her best friend.
1.What’s the best title for the third paragraph
A.Always there for you B.Keep your secrets
C.Always happy for you D.Remember your important days
2.According to the passage，a true friend will always .
A.follow your advice
B.offer a solution to your problems
C.listen immediately to your problems
D.respect your opinion even if he/she disagrees with it
3.Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage
A.Never tell lies to friends.
B.Making time for friends.
C.Sharing fun with friends.
D.Paying attention to a friend’s opinions.
4.A true friend will always forgive and understand you because .
A.he/she wants to help you
B.he/she doesn’t want to lose you
C.he/she wants you to feel confident
D.he/she doesn’t care about your mistakes
5.What’s the author’s purpose in writing this passage
A.To teach us how to make true friends.
B.To find out how long a friendship can last.
C.To introduce his experience in making friends.
D.To tell us how to find out if a friend is a true friend.
【语篇解读】什么样的朋友才是真正的朋友呢？本文给出了答案。
1.A 主旨大意题。本段主要讲真正的朋友在你遇到困难的时候会在你身边。
2.D 细节理解题。根据第四段A true friend will always respect your opinion no matter whether he/she agrees or not.可知答案。
3.C 细节理解题。A项在第二段提到了；B项在第三段提到了；D项在第四段提到了；唯独C项（与朋友分享乐趣）在文中没有提到。
4.B 细节理解题。根据全文最后一句A true friend is always forgiving and understanding because he/she doesn’t want to take the risk of losing his/her best friend.可知答案。
5.D 作者意图题。本文意在告诉我们如何判断一个朋友是不是真正的朋友。
B
Farah was sitting in the kitchen going over the party list with her mother.The exams were over and Farah wanted to invite her friends for a party.
“Farah，aren’t you going to invite Hafsa？”her mother asked.Hafsa had been her best friend since childhood.
“Mother，you know I am now a part of Purple Girls Club and we have some rules about people we can be friends with，” Farah answered.
“Really？And what are the rules？”her mother asked.
“Well，only very pretty girls can be part of our group.And Hafsa is so...you know...dark.”
“I cannot believe it，” her mother said angrily.
As Farah left the kitchen，her father called her from the living room.
Farah went to her father and paled when she saw the exam report in his hands.“Farah，what has happened to your grades？You have failed Mathematics，”her father said.
Farah had no answer.The truth was that the activities of Purple Girls Club left her with very little time for studies.
“Farah，it says that you can take part in supplementary exams (补考).If your grades don’t improve then，I’ll cancel (取消) your trip to Spain.”
Farah went to her room and called Gina，the leader of Purple Girls Club， “Gina，can you help me to complete my notes before the exams？”
Gina laughed.“Exams？Who cares about exams？”
One by one，she called her friends in the club but no one seemed to care or wanted to help.
Farah knew Hafsa would help her.Farah also knew Hafsa had been hurt by her，but Hafsa said，“If you need any help，just let me know.We can study together till your exams.”
Next Monday，as two friends entered the school together，Gina called out.
“Farah，you know our rules.You cannot be friends with those who do not belong to our club.”
“Gina，I have a new rule about friendship，”Farah replied.
6.After Farah became a member of Purple Girls Club，she chose a friend according to a person’s .
A.looks B.usual activities
C.grades D.favorite colors
7.Farah became pale after going to her father because .
A.he didn’t allow her to go to Spain
B.she didn’t do well in her exams
C.she had to leave Purple Girls Club
D.he asked her to improve her grades
8.Which word can best describe Hafsa
A.Silly. B.Beautiful. C.Rude. D.Kind.
9.What lesson can we learn from the passage
A.A friend in need is a friend indeed.
B.A perfect friend will never be found.
C.Be slow in choosing a friend.
D.Friendship can be developed easily.
【语篇解读】Farah参加了一个都是漂亮女孩子的团体，为此抛弃了多年的挚友Hafsa，但是当Farah需要帮助的时候，只有Hafsa愿意提供帮助。
6.A 细节理解题。结合文章的pretty girls及And Hafsa is so...you know...dark.可知，Farah加入Purple Girls Club之后，是根据人的长相选择朋友的。故答案为A项。
7.B 细节理解题。从Farah看到父亲手中的成绩报告单脸色的变化，及父亲对她的质问可知，她考试没有考好。故答案为B项。
8.D 推理判断题。由文章的If you need any help，just let me know.可知虽然Farah伤了Hafsa的心，但是在看到朋友需要帮助的时候，Hafsa还是伸出了援助之手。故答案为D项。
9.A 推理判断题。Farah参加了一个名为Purple Girls Club的小团体，在这个团体里都是漂亮的女孩，Farah为此抛弃了自己多年的挚友Hafsa，但是当Farah需要帮助的时候，只有Hafsa愿意提供帮助，这个故事说明了患难之交才是真朋友。
C
When you have good friends you really feel special and want to share in the spirit of friendship.You try to do pleasing and exciting things for each other.You could go on a friendship holiday,which would be very joyous.There are many places that you can visit for a friendship holiday.
First,let us look at some of the things that you will enjoy when you go on holiday with your friends.You will get a chance to relax and forget your hectic (忙乱的) life.You can relax and forget about dealing with lots of different things every day.Also,such a holiday is an opportunity to have fun with your friends as you explore different places.Moreover,there is no better way to get a true friendship;you have to spend time with people so that you can fully understand each other.
I cannot insist enough on the importance of looking for enough time to share,and you can do this through a friendship holiday.You will have to look for a place that you all enjoy and feel comfortable in.Taking a friendship holiday does not have to be expensive.You can look for a good place where you can spend the weekend.The idea is to go away for some time so that you can be alone together.Besides knowing which location to visit,you need to know the activities that you are going to take part in while you are on holiday.If you are using a travel agency,let it guide you to some of the things that you will really like.Go for the activities that you will enjoy.It is pretty exciting how you can enjoy yourself with friends.You won’t want to go back home.
10.Which of the following is NOT a benefit (收获) of going on a friendship holiday,according to the author
A.You can relax on the holiday.
B.You will enjoy exploring different places.
C.You can understand your friends better.
D.You can have a good chance to make new friends.
11.According to the author,to make real friends,you should .
A.spend time together to fully understand each other
B.go on many holidays to meet new people
C.not stay at home,but go on holiday with your family
D.spend time alone and away from your friends
12.When you go on a friendship holiday, .
A.you must go to a travel agency before you go
B.you needn’t plan the activities that you will take part in
C.you have to spend a lot of money with your friend
D.you must find a place that you all enjoy and feel comfortable in
【语篇解读】本文为一篇说明文，主要介绍友谊之旅以及其好处。
10.D 细节理解题。A、B、C三项在文中都有所提及，唯独D项中结识新朋友的事没有提到，故选择D项。
11.A 细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句，作者认为，交朋友要花大量的时间在一起，以便增强了解，因此A项符合题意。
12.D 细节理解题。最后一段的第二句You will have to look for a place that you all enjoy and feel comfortable in.给出了答案。
D
It is really a happy thing to look back on the days I spent with Jennie.We met in a high school.After Jennie and I had completed the required courses,we started teaching in the same school.For a period,we were just casual friends,but one day,when I was telling Jennie about my problem son,we discovered we were the same spirits.“It’s a little difficult to discipline (约束) him，” I explained.Jennie looked thoughtful.“Maybe you’re only seeing him with your eyes.” she kept silent for a moment and then added softly.“It is only with the heart that one sees rightly.” I stared at her，“You’re quoting (引用) that! It’s from The Little Prince,Saint-Exupéry’s book for children,one of my favourites.You know it,too？” Jennie nodded,“I love it.I’ve read it so often—I’ve practically memorized it.”
Now,when I think of Jennie,I recall that book because Jennie—more than anyone I know—possessed the gift of seeing with the heart.
From that moment of a treasured book shared,our friendship grew steadily(平稳地).It wasn’t that I didn’t have an excellent relationship with my husband or my son.My mother had died shortly after my marriage,and I had neither sisters nor daughters.I realize,now,how I needed someone to share those little,seemingly unimportant things that add so much to life—things that must be shared to be fully appreciated (感激).
And it was Jennie who helped me with my fourth-grade problem child.One day I was at my wit’s end.“What he needs is a good beating！”I exploded.
“He’s probably had plenty of those.” Jennie said.“Maybe he just needs sincere praise for everything he does right,and a hug or two each day.”I followed this suggestion,and eventually (最后),because of Jennie,I discovered a lovable little boy.
Looking back,I had to admit (承认) that she taught me so much.The days I spent with her have become one of my happiest memories.
13.What does the underlined part mean in the fourth paragraph
A.I didn’t know how to treat my son.
B.I decided to give up my job.
C.I faced financial difficulties.
D.I was very disappointed with myself.
14.How did the author and Jennie’s friendship grow
A.They were both interested in children’s education.
B.They both liked the novel The Little Prince.
C.They often chatted together about their families.
D.They both worked in the same school.
15.We learn from the passage that the author .
A.had the gift of seeing with the heart
B.had no friends before meeting Jennie
C.had lost her mother before her marriage
D.seldom praised her son in the past
16.The passage is mainly about .
A.how to educate children properly
B.the fact that we should see nature differently
C.the influence of friendship in life
D.how friendship begins and develops
【语篇解读】本文主要是对友谊的美好回忆，作者通过回忆表达了朋友对自己生活的影响以及从朋友那里学到的很多东西。
13.A 词义猜测题。由前一句中的problem child和后一句中的a good beating可知作者对她的儿子是无计可施、无可奈何了，所以答案为A。B、C、D三项在文中均未涉及。
14.B 细节理解题。由第一段和第三段的From that moment of a treasured book shared...可知作者和珍妮的友谊是从《小王子》这本书开始的。故应选B。A、C在文中没有涉及；D项在文中虽然出现了，但是由第一段中For a period,we were just casual friends...可知作者和珍妮一开始只是普通朋友，故D项错误。
15.D 推理判断题。由倒数第二段可知作者以前很少表扬自己的孩子。由第二段可知是作者的朋友有这种用心看人的天赋，故A项错误；B项在文中没有提及；由第三段可知作者母亲是在作者结婚后不久去世的，故C项错误。
16.C 主旨大意题。本文主要是对友谊的美好回忆，作者通过回忆表达了朋友对自己生活的影响以及从朋友那里学到的很多东西，故C项正确。其他各项均是文章中涉及的某一方面。
E
When we were very small，we realized that having friends was important.Some of us even had imaginary(想象中的)friends.The need for friends continued as we grew into our teens.Friends played a big part in forming our personalities(性格).As adults，it is still important for us to have friends.
True friends are people who like us though we made mistakes and who listen to us and tell us the truth.Friends support our decisions and tell us when we’re foolish.They laugh with us and share our sadness.They are our partners and share interests with us.They stimulate us when we are feeling down.They are people we aren’t afraid of telling our secret wishes to or what is really on our minds.
Friends are our supporters.When you can depend on friends，you feel safe and warm.Friends offer acceptance and emotional(情感的)support.At times，they also help with our everyday lives，cooking a meal，doing chores，or giving us a lift when we need one.Friends also are there to offer advice，an ear to listen，or a shoulder to cry on.
Friends also help us reduce stress.Not only do they listen to us when we feel stressed，but they also discuss what is stressing us.Sharing interests and doing activities with friends help us forget about problems at work or at home.For a short time，we can lose ourselves in a pleasant activity and perhaps laugh and breathe more easily.
17.What is the best title for the passage
A.How to Reduce Stress B.How to Make New Friends
C.The Importance of Friends D.The Qualities of Good Friends
18.The underlined word “stimulate” in Paragraph 2 probably means .
A.educate B.encourage C.surprise D.dislike
19.We can learn from the third paragraph that friends always .
A.laugh at us when we’re foolish
B.tell us other people’s secrets
C.share our sadness and interests
D.support us when we need help
20.We can learn from the passage that .
A.people should make friends anytime
B.friends are people who allow you to cry
C.a friend helps you in many ways
D.good friends are always difficult to meet
【语篇解读】本文主要讲述了朋友在人们生活中的重要性。
17.C 主旨大意题。通读全文可知，本文主要讲述了朋友在人们生活中的重要性，故C项正确。
18.B 词义猜测题。当我们心情沮丧的时候朋友应该“鼓励”我们。
19.D 推理判断题。第三段Friends are our supporters.为本段的主题句，故当我们需要帮助的时候，朋友会支持帮助我们。
20.C 推理判断题。真正的朋友在各个方面都能对你有所帮助。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes词汇1
1.congratulation;congratulate n.;vt.祝贺；（复数）贺词，祝贺
【常考用法】
offer my congratulations on/upon his success我祝贺他成功
Congratulations （to you）!祝贺你！
many letters in congratulation of his birthday很多祝贺他生日的信件
congratulate you on/upon having done such a good job祝贺你工作完成出色
congratulate him on/upon the birth of his son祝贺他喜得贵子
congratulate you with all my heart我衷心祝贺你
congratulate you on your being elected as President of the General Assembly
祝贺你当选本届大会主席
【辨析】congratulate与celebrate
（1）congratulate意为“祝贺”，其宾语为人。
（2）celebrate意为“庆祝”，其宾语为物。
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2012·江苏高考）—Don’t worry，Mum.The doctor said it was only the flu.
— ! I’ll tell Dad there’s nothing serious.
A.What a relief B.Congratulations C.How surprising D.I’m so sorry
答案：A A项意为“这下可放心了”；B项意为“恭喜，祝贺”；C项意为“好奇怪”；D项意为“对不起”。句意：“别担心，妈妈。医生说只是流感。”“这下可放心了！我将告诉你爸爸你没事。”母亲一直担心孩子的病，现在孩子告诉母亲只是流感，母亲自然是“放心”，故选A。
（2）（2009·山东高考）— John and I will celebrate our fortieth wedding anniversary next month.
—Oh， !
A.cheer up B.well done C.go ahead D.congratulations
答案：D 本题考查交际用语。cheer up“振作起来”，表示鼓励；well done干得好；go ahead干吧（做吧，用吧）；congratulations祝贺。根据上句“我和约翰将在下月庆祝结婚四十周年纪念”可知，答语应是表示祝贺。
（3）（2008·上海高考）The two sportsmen congratulated each other winning the match by shaking hands.
A.with B.on C.in D.to
答案：B 本题考查介词与动词共同构成的固定搭配形式。congratulate sb.on （doing） sth.表示“就某事向某人表示祝贺”，是固定搭配形式。
（4）（2008·安徽高考）—I have some big news for you.You’ve been accepted as a member of our club.
— That’s great!
A.Have I B.Pardon
C.Congratulations! D.Good idea!
答案：A 考查情景交际。句意：“我有好消息要告诉你。你被接受加入我们的俱乐部了。”“是吗？太好了！”根据语境可知应选A项。
2.judge n.裁判员，法官vt.断定，判断；判决
【常考用法】
as far as I can judge据我判断
judging from/by his manner从他的举止来看
judging from/by what he said由他说的话来判断
judge them （to be ）the best plays认为它们是最好的话剧
judge it safer to go away than to stay认为离开比留下安全
judge it of little importance断定它毫不重要
judge them to have gone断定他们已经走了
judge that the students had finished the exercises估计学生们已做完了练习
too young to judge which is better太年轻，不能判断哪一个更好
as a judge作为法官
3.express vt.表示，表达 n.快车；速递
【常考用法】
change here for an express在这里换乘快车
express the same ideas表达同一种思想
express my heartfelt gratitude to you again再一次地向大家表示衷心的感谢
express oneself表达自己的意思
express myself in good English用很好的英语来表达自己的观点
the express train快车
express our thought by means of words用词句来表达思想
express an opinion发表意见
express their interest in the project表明自己对这个项目的兴趣
express our heartfelt thanks to you向你表示衷心的感谢
express to you how grateful I am for your help你对我的帮助，我感激不尽
【拓展】
expression n.表情
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2012·山东高考）My first of him was that he was a kind and thoughtful young man.
A.expression B.attention C.satisfaction D.impression
答案：D 首先了解四个选项的意思。A项表示“表情；表达；词语”；B项表示“注意（力）；专心；关注”；C项表示“满意，满足”；D项表示“印象”。由题干中的关键信息he was a kind and thoughtful young man可推知这是“我”对他的“印象”。句意：他给我的第一印象就是，他是一个和善且关心别人的年轻人。
（2）（2011·福建高考）I’d prefer to my judgement until I find all the evidence.
A.show B.express C.pass D.reserve
答案：D 本题考查动词词义辨析。句意：在我找到所有的证据之前，我宁愿保留我的看法。show显示，表明；express表明，表达；pass传递，通过；reserve保留。由句意可知D项正确。
（3）（2011·湖南高考）The ability an idea is as important as the idea itself.
A.expressing B.expressed C.to express D.to be expressed
答案：C 本题考查非谓语动词作后置定语。句意：表达观点的能力和观点本身同等重要。ability后通常跟动词不定式（短语）作后置定语，故排除A、B两项；此处the ability与to express是逻辑上的同位关系，故排除D项。解答这类题时，一定要弄清该用哪类非谓语动词以及非谓语动词和被修饰词之间的逻辑关系。
（4）（2009·江苏高考）He did not regret saying what he did but felt that he it differently.
A.could express B.would express C.could have expressed D.must have expressed
答案：C 本题考查虚拟语气的用法。句意:他并没有遗憾说了他所做的事情，但是他觉得他本来可以表达得有所不同。因为是对过去的情况进行的一种虚拟，所以用“情态动词+完成时”这个形式来表示。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes完形填空1
The Foreign Ministry on May 19，2008 opened a book of condolences （吊唁簿） for foreign diplomats （外交官） to express their sympathies for the 1 of the Sichuan earthquake.It
2 open for three days，until the 3 of the national mourning （全国哀悼）.
Ambassadors and diplomats 4 more than 150 countries and international organizations on May 19，2008 5 to sign the book and 6 their heads at a mourning board.
The diplomats also expressed their 7 for the Chinese government，the PLA and the Chinese people in 8 the disaster.
Coffie Alain N.Papatchi，the Ivory Coast’s ambassador to China，was the first 9 the book of condolences， 10 Jorge Eugenio Guajardo Gonzalez，the Mexican ambassador，led embassy
11 in paying their respects.
Nirupama Rao，the Indian ambassador， 12 arrived back in Beijing after 13 quake-hit areas，was also 14 .
Foreign Minister Yang Jiechi 15 the visitors and expressed his 16 for their friendship and support.
The foreign ministry’s overseas 17 also on May 19，2008 opened books of condolences and flew the Chinese flag at half-mast.
As of May 18，2008，the leaders of 166 countries and heads of more than 30 international organizations had offered 18 condolences （哀悼） to China.
As well as sending 19 teams to the country，the international community has 20 ＄246 million by May 20，2008.
1.A.victims B.people C.soldiers D.wounded
2.A.left B.maintained C.expanded D.remained
3.A.permission B.decision C.conclusion D.celebration
4.A.off B.in C.from D.to
5.A.signed up B.lined up C.made up D.stood up
6.A.bowed B.lifted C.shook D.hit
7.A.desire B.respect C.understanding D.support
8.A.connecting with B.dealing with
C.arguing with D.beginning with
9.A.to design B.to resign C.to sign D.to respect
10.A.while B.when C.as D.for
11.A.crew B.team C.faculty D.staff
12.A.which B.who C.that D.whom
13.A.visiting B.describing C.rescuing D.scanning
14.A.consistent B.absent C.present D.content
15.A.received B.made C.led D.directed
16.A.attitude B.altitude C.latitude D.gratitude
17.A.organizations B.government C.country D.missions
18.A.our B.their C.his D.her
19.A.chief B.belief C.relief D.brief
20.A.made B.donated C.gave D.collected
【语篇解读】汶川地震发生后，来自世界150多个国家的驻华使节和国际组织代表陆续抵达外交部，在吊唁簿上签名留言，向中国政府和人民表示深切同情和诚挚慰问，对地震中的罹难者表示沉痛哀悼，还表达了他们对中国政府、军队以及中国人民对抗震救灾的支持。我驻外使馆也开展了一系列悼念活动。除了慰问外，国际组织还进行了捐款。
1.A 由上文的“a book of condolences（吊唁簿）”和下文的“the national mourning（全国哀悼）”可以看出，这里要表达的意思是：各国外交使节到外交部对地震中的罹难者表示沉痛哀悼。victim意思是“牺牲者，罹难者”。the wounded（受伤者）有很大的干扰性，但不符合上下文语境。
2.D remain和形容词连用，意思是“保持某个状态”，强调继续停留于一处或保持原状态。而最大的干扰项是maintain “维持；保持；使继续”，但该词是及物动词，后面要加宾语。
3.C conclusion用作名词，意思是“结束”。外交部举行的此次悼念活动将持续三天，直到全国哀悼日结束为止。如果不注意一词多义现象，忽略了conclusion还可以指“结束”，就很容易误选其他选项。
4.C 句意：来自150多个国家和国际组织的大使及外交官……from意思是“来自”。
5.B 来自150多个国家和国际组织的驻华使节排队在留言簿上签名，表达他们的哀悼之情。所以只有line up “排成行，排成列”符合语境。sign up “签约”；make up “编造”；stand up “起立”。
6.A 这里要表达的意思是，这些外交官员，向我们的遇难同胞低头致哀。bow one’s head意思是“向……低头”。
7.D support “支持，支援”。这些外交官还表达了他们对中国政府、军队以及中国人民对抗震救灾的支持。understanding（理解，了解）有很大的干扰性，但不符合他们积极捐款捐物支援我国灾区的事实，所以应该排除。
8.B deal with在这里表示“处理，应对”。
9.C the first to sign the book of condolences表示“第一个在吊唁簿上签名留言，向中国政府和人民表示深切同情和诚挚慰问的人”。design “设计，策划”；resign “辞职”；sign “签名；在……签字”；respect “尊敬，尊重”。
10.A while “而，然而”，表示对比。
11.D staff “全体员工”。墨西哥大使率领所有的大使馆工作人员参加了悼念活动，以表尊重。
12.B 代替表示人的先行词，在从句中作主语，引导一个非限制性定语从句，所以只能用关系代词who。
13.A 这里指的是该大使刚刚视察完灾区。所以要用visit。describe “描述”；rescue “营救，援救”；scan “浏览，细看”。
14.C 刚从灾区返回的印度大使也出席了悼念活动。因为前文介绍的都是出席悼念活动的大使们，结合空前的also，所以应选“present（出席的）”作表语。consistent “一致的，始终如一的”；absent “缺席的”；content “甘愿的，满意的”。
15.A receive在这里表示“接待或欢迎客人或来访者”。句意：外交部长杨洁篪接待了来宾，并表达了对外宾们友谊和支持的感激之情。
16.D gratitude “感激之情”。对于来慰问我们遇难同胞的友人的友谊和支持，自然应该是心存感激。 attitude “态度”；latitude “纬度”；altitude “海拔”。
17.D mission “大使馆”。上文介绍的是外交部在国内举办的悼念活动，各国驻华大使前去签名悼念。这里介绍的是我驻外使馆开展的悼念活动。句意：外交部驻外使馆也开展了悼念活动，并降半旗致哀。
18.B 此处所填的词指代的是“the leaders...and heads...”，且限定中心词condolences，所以要用their。句意：已有166个国家元首和30 多个国际组织的代表向中国表达了他们的哀悼。
19.C 这里要表达的意思是：除了派救济（relief）队到我们国家外，国际组织到2008年5月20日已经捐款246 000 000美元（支援中国灾区）。relief此处意为“救济”；chief “首领”；belief “信条，信念”；brief “概要”。
20.B donate意为“捐赠，捐献”，一般要接表示具体物体、金钱的名词。句意见上一题。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World任务型阅读1
阅读下面短文，根据所读内容在表格中的空白处填入一个恰当的单词。注意：每个空格只填一个单词。
Passage 1
As we get older and walk throughout lives we have to deal with change.Change is something that some people love and others are scared of and try to avoid.
However，if you want your life to move forward and to be happy and successful，you have to realize that change is necessary.
Welcome change with open arms，telling the world that you are not afraid.
Although you will part with your present teachers and classmates，you will always be able to remember the things you used to do and the fun you used to have.When you feel sad，or when you are alone，you can close your eyes and imagine that you are back with your friends and teachers.Remember that your memories are your forever.
Enjoy the time before you leave your school.If possible，you could take photographs of your friends and teachers to help you recall （回忆起） the past.
Before you leave，you could also buy a notebook and ask your friends and teachers to write notes in it for you.They can write about the things they like about you，the things that they will remember about you，or they could just write their wishes for your success in the future.
Perhaps you could buy a good hardback （精装本） book and combine the photographs and the notes together.You could also include your thoughts at the time of leaving the school.You could write lists of your favorite teachers，classes and sports activities.This is something you can treasure for the rest of your life.
Title Welcome and deal with 1.
Different 2. towards change. Some people love it，while others may be scared of it and try to 3. it.
Ways to remember your 4. forever. ◆To help you to recall the 5. ，you can take photographs of your friends and teachers.◆Ask your friends and teachers to write notes in a 6. for you to remember 7. moments at school.
Keep the photographs and 8. well. ◆Use a good hardback book to 9. them together.◆Lists of your favorite teachers，classes and 10. activities may be added to the notes.You will treasure this for the rest of your life.
答案：1.change 2.attitudes 3.avoid 4.memories 5.past 6.notebook 7.happy 8.notes
9.combine 10.sports
Passage 2
Whenever we meet with difficulty or failure，teachers，parents or others often say to us or perhaps we say to ourselves，“Never give up.” These can be encouraging words and words of determination.A person who believes in himself will keep trying to reach his goal no matter how many times he fails.In my opinion，the quality of determination to succeed is an important one to have.Therefore，I believe that we should never give up.One reason is that if we give up too easily，we will rarely achieve anything.It is not unusual for us to fail in our first attempt at something new，so we should not feel disappointed and should try again.Besides，if we always give up when we fail，we will not be able to develop new skills and grow.Another reason we should never give up is that we can learn from our mistakes so that we can not make the same ones.If we do not try again，the lesson we have learned is wasted.Finally，we should never give up because as we work to reach our goals，we develop confidence，and this confidence can help us succeed in other areas of our lives.If we never challenge ourselves，we will begin to doubt our abilities.In short，it is important that we do not give up when working for our goals.Whether we succeed in the end or not，we will learn something，and what we learn will help us to become better and more confident.Furthermore，if we give up，we have no chance of attaining our goals any more，but if we keep making great efforts，there is always a chance that we will succeed one day.
Topic：Never Give Up
Possible meanings and the author’s opinions ◆The words “Never give up” can 1. others or oneself and express one’s determination.◆A person who wants to 2. should have the quality.So we should never give up.
The 3. ◆If we give up too easily，maybe we will achieve 4. ，so when we fail in our first attempt at something new，we should not 5. ourselves but try again.◆Always giving up means that we will not be able to 6. any progress.◆Never giving up will make us learn from the mistakes we’ve made before and learn the 7. so as not to make the same mistakes.◆To reach our goals and develop the confidence which can help us 8. ourselves，we must not give up but challenge ourselves.
9. ◆If you give up，you will have no 10. of reaching your goals.Never give up and you will attain your goals sooner or later.
答案：1.encourage 2.succeed 3.reason 4.nothing 5.disappoint/discourage 6.make 7.lesson 8.improve 9.Conclusion 10.chance/opportunity
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World短语互译
第Ⅰ组
1.超过；多于
2.与……不同
3.在……中担任角色
4.因为
5.一些，若干
6.even if/even though
7.communicate with
8.come up
9.be based on
10.the number of
答案：1.more than 2.be different from 3.play a role/part in 4.because of 5.a number of 6.纵然/即使 7.与……交流 8.走近，赶上，上来 9.以……为基础/依据 10.……的数量/数目
第Ⅱ组
1.例如，诸如此类
2.信不信由你
3.利用
4.在……中担任角色
5.许多，大量
6.the same...as...
7.on your left-hand side
8.go around the corner
9.go straight on
10.build up
答案：1.such as 2.believe it or not 3.make use of 4.play a role/part in 5.a number of 6.与……相同 7.在你的左手边 8.转过拐角 9.直走 10.建立；增进(健康)
第Ⅲ组
1.在……中扮演角色
2.纵然，即使
3.信不信由你
4.因为
5.例如，像……这样的
6.at present
7.communicate with
8.be based on
9.come up
10.make use of
答案：1.play a part/role in 2.even if/though 3.believe it or not 4.because of 5.such as 6.目前，现在 7.跟……交流 8.以……为基础 9.走近，赶上，上来 10.利用
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes单词拼写
第Ⅰ组
1.They befriended the young girl，providing her with food and （庇护；保护）.
2.We were all （震惊）when we heard about the accident.
3.He was too excited to （表达） himself clearly.
4.It is an area where natural （灾害） often happen.
5.Many men were （埋葬） underground when the accident at the mine happened.
6.A great many houses were d in the earthquake and many people became homeless.
7.The interruption of e made us unable to do anything on the computer.
8.Many pipes b before the earthquake happened.
9.He was i when he was working in his workshop.
10.C to you on your passing the driving test.
答案：1.shelter 2.shocked 3.express 4.disasters 5.buried 6.destroyed 7.electricity 8.burst 9.injured 10.Congratulations
第Ⅱ组
1.Older students were having difficulty in studying and o themselves.
2.Without （电），modern life would be very different.
3. （判断） from his appearance，the manager must be over fifty.
4.Dead and （受伤的） people lay everywhere after the terrible accident.
5.Nobody likes to share his room with Gerard.He has s feet.
6.Their happy memories of the wedding are still f in their minds.
7.Never try to trouble him by French.French is as f to him as English.
8.That boy was really lucky.After being caught in his car for 60 hours he was r .
9.That night the high fence gave us some （隐蔽） from the sandstorm，or we wouldn’t have been back here.
10.I was terribly excited because that was the first （鼓励） I had ever received.
答案：1.organizing 2.electricity 3.Judging 4.injured 5.smelly 6.fresh 7.familiar 8.rescued 9.shelter 10.encouragement
第Ⅲ组
1.Before the earthquake，the water p in some buildings cracked and b in the city.
2.The election was the main e of that year.
3.Hard hills of rock became rivers of d .In a short time，a large city lay in r .
4.The （苦难）of the people was extreme.
5.Everywhere they looked nearly everything was （毁坏了）.
6.In Lybia now，water，food and （电力） are hard to get.
7.People began to wonder how long the （灾难） would last.
8.B under the ruins，the miners wondered when they could be rescued.
9.Workers built s for survivors whose homes had been destroyed.
10.Act out an interview between a （记者） and a survivor from the Tangshan earthquake.
答案：1.pipes，burst 2.event 3.dirt；ruins 4.suffering 5.destroyed 6.electricity 7.disaster 8.Buried 9.shelters 10.reporter
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes词汇与短语1
1.right away 立刻，马上
【链接】
“立刻，马上”常见表达：immediately，instantly，presently，directly，shortly，soon，at once，right away，right now，without delay，in no time
2.burst vi.爆裂；爆发n.突然破裂；爆发
【常考用法】
burst with joy心花怒放 burst open爆裂
burst into tears/laughter突然大哭/笑起来 burst out crying/laughing突然大哭/笑起来
burst through the door破门而入
The sun burst through the clouds.太阳从云缝里露出来了。
burst in闯入，打断，突然出现 burst in upon one’s conversation打断某人谈话
burst into the house破门而入 burst forth爆发，喷发
a burst of laughter 爆发出一阵笑声
3.event n. 事件，大事
【常考用法】
at all events/in any event不管发生什么事；在任何情况下；无论如何
be wise after the event事后聪明的，事后诸葛亮
in either event无论发生哪件事
in that event如果那种情况发生，如果是那样的话
in the event结果，到头来
in the event of万一，倘若
in the normal course of events
按照事物自然发生的程序
【辨析】event，incident,affair,matter与business
（1）event主要指重要的事件，如：国家的、社会的、边界的大事，也指每日里发生的事件或活动以及比赛项目。
（2）incident意为“事件，事变”，用于表示突发事件或偶发事件，指日常小事或不太重要的事件。
（3）affair含义较广，侧重指已发生或必须去做的任何事情或事务。复数形式多指重大或较复杂的事务。
（4）matter是普通用词，着重指一件考虑中的或需要处理的事。
（5）business通常指较重要或较难而又必须承担的事情，也可指公事。
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2007·山东高考）I can’t say which wine is best—it’s a（n） of personal taste.
A.affair B.event C.matter D.variety
答案：C It’s a matter of...意为“是……的问题”。
（2）（2007·浙江高考）Of the seven days in a week，Saturday is said to be the most popular for a wedding in some countries.
A.way B.situation C.event D.choice
答案：D 本题考查名词的意思。句意：在一周七天当中，星期六在一些国家据说是婚礼的最佳之选。way方式，方法；situation情形，局势；event事件，大事；choice选择。
4.at an end 结束，终结
【常考用法】
be at an end完结 come to an end完结
put an end to使……结束 at the end在末端，在尽头
in the end终于，在最后 at the end of在……末（端），在……尽头
by the end of到……末为止 end up as head of the firm最后成为公司主管
end up with failure以失败告终 end up getting disappointed以失望收场
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2011·安徽高考）As the story ，the truth about the strange figure is slowly discovered.
A.begins B.happens C.ends D.develops
答案：D 本题考查动词的词义辨析。句意：“随着故事情节的展开，这个陌生人物的真面目被慢慢地揭开了。” begin “开始”；happen “发生”；end “结束”；develop “发展，开展”。真面目被慢慢揭开是随着故事情节的“展开”，而不是随着故事情节的“开始”“发生”或“结束”。题干中的slowly是关键信息词，只有读懂关键信息词，才能真正理解句子的含义。解答这类题时需要理解句子的含义，从而确定所需要的动词。
（2）（2010·天津高考）Joining the firm as a clerk，he got rapid promotion，and as a manager.
A.ended up B.dropped out C.came back D.started off
答案：A 句意：成为该公司的一名员工，他得到了快速的升迁，最终他成为了一名经理。end up as...作为……的结束，最终成为……；drop out 退出，退学；come back 返回，苏醒；start off出发，开始。根据句意知A项正确。
（3）（2010·江西高考）Smell the flowers before you go to sleep，and you may just sweet dreams.
A.keep up with B.put up with C.end up with D.catch up with
答案：C 句意：睡觉之前闻闻这些花，你就会进入甜美的梦乡。keep up with跟上；put up with容忍；end up with以……结束；catch up with 赶上。根据句意可知C项正确。
（4）（2009·天津高考）Don’t worry if you don’t understand everything.The teacher will the main points at the end.
A.recover B.review C.require D.remember
答案：B 考查动词词义辨析。recover恢复；review复习，回顾；require要求，需要；remember记忆，记住。句意:如果你没理解所有知识的话，不用担心。老师会在结束时把重要的知识点再回顾一下。
（5）（2007·山东高考）The country has already sent up three unmanned spacecraft，the most recent at the end of last March.
A.has been launched B. having been launched
C.being launched D.to be launched
答案：B 句中没有连接词，故不能选作谓语动词的A项；由at the end of last March可知应选用表示动作完成的B项；the most recent having been launched为独立主格结构。
（6）（2007·江苏高考）At the end of the meeting，it was announced that an agreement .
A.has been reached B.had been reached
C.has reached D.had reached
答案：B 考查过去完成时的意义及用法。“协议达成”的动作发生在was announced之前，故用过去完成时。
5.nation n. 民族；国家；国民
【常考用法】
the whole nation全国人民
make a speech/give an address to the nation over the radio向全国发表广播演说
hold the nation together/unite the nation把全民族团结起来
【辨析】nation,state,country,land与power
（1）nation是普通用词，指在某一国土定居的人民、民族，强调人民。
（2）state是正式用词，指政治概念上的国家，即由政府所代表的国家。
（3）country是普通用词，侧重国土与人民。
（4）land常用于文学中，侧重国土，带感彩。
（5）power特指拥有强大军事力量，在国际事务中有较强权威或影响的国家，即强国、大国。
6.ruin n.废墟，毁灭 vt.毁灭，使破产
【常考用法】
（1）fall into ruin破败不堪，严重受损 go to ruin严重受损，毁掉
in ruins严重受损，破败不堪 the ruins of a great empire一个伟大帝国的废墟
(2)ruin the crops毁了庄稼 ruin our plan毁掉我们的计划
ruin our hope毁了我们的希望 ruin the whole plan毁掉整个计划
ruin yourself毁了你自己 ruin your health把你的身体搞坏
ruin their image毁掉他们的形象 ruin our vacation/holiday破坏了我们的假期
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2013·辽宁高考）The accident caused some to my car,but it’s nothing serious.
A.harm B.injury C.ruin D.damage
答案：D harm意为“危害；伤害”，主要指精神上的伤害；injury意为“受伤”，主要指躯体和情感上的伤害；ruin意为“毁灭；废墟；崩溃”，强调毁灭和不可修复；damage意为“损坏；损毁；损失”，强调使部分功能缺失。句意为“这起事故对我的汽车造成了一些损坏，但是不太严重”。
（2）（2007·北京高考）I got caught in the rain and my suit .
A.has ruined B.had ruined C.has been ruined D.had been ruined
答案：C 本题考查时态和语态的运用。ruin表示的动作发生在got caught之后，故排除B、D两项。此处表示被动，所以C项正确。
7.suffering n.苦难；痛苦
【常考用法】
cause him great suffering（s）使他深受痛苦
suffering from toothache遭受牙疼的痛苦
suffering from food shortage遭受食物短缺之苦
8.injure vt.损害，伤害
【常考用法】
injure feeling伤害感情 injure health损害健康
injure sb.’s self-esteem伤害某人的自尊心
injure badly/seriously/severely 严重伤害
be/get injured in an accident在事故中受伤
【链接】
injured adj.受伤的
the injured受伤的人（指一类人）
injury n.（对身体、情感的）伤害，损害
9.destroy vt.破坏，毁坏；消灭
【常考用法】
destroy a building毁坏建筑物 destroy a plan破坏计划
destroy civilization破坏文明 destroy enemy歼灭敌人
destroy equipment毁坏设备 destroy hope打破希望
destroy sb.’s faith in破坏某人对……的信念 destroy one’s health损坏健康
destroy oneself自杀 destroy deliberately蓄意地破坏
destroy totally全部地毁坏
【十年高考链接】
（2013·湖北高考）Don’t defend him any more.It’s obvious that he destroyed the fence of the garden even without apology.
A.accidentally B.carelessly C.deliberately D.clumsily
答案：C accidentally“偶然地”；carelessly“粗心地”；deliberately“故意地”；clumsily“笨拙地”。由第一句“不要再为他辩护了”可知，他是“故意地，刻意地”毁坏篱笆。句意：你不要再为他辩护了，显然他是故意把花园的篱笆弄坏了，而且还不道歉。
10.useless adj.无用的，无效的；无益的
【常考用法】
be useless arguing/discussing争论/讨论……没有用处
be useless to continue继续下去没有用处
11.shock vt.& vi.（使）震惊，震动n.休克；打击；震惊
【常考用法】
（1）a great shock to sb.使某人震惊 give sb.a shock使某人惊异
go into shock休克 culture shock文化冲击
to one’s shock使某人震惊的是 with shock/from shock由于震惊
an electric shock触电，电击
（2）shock everyone 使大家很震惊 shock sb.into a stupor把某人吓得目瞪口呆
shock sb.’s sense out of sb.某人因震惊而神志不清 shock at对……感到震惊
【链接】
shocking adj.令人震惊的 shocked adj.感到震惊的
be shocked at对……感到震惊
12.rescue n.& vt.援救，营救
【常考用法】
a rescue team救援队 rescue workers救援人员
come to sb.’s rescue/rescue sb.营救某人
rescue sb.from...把某人从……中营救出来
【辨析】rescue与save
（1）rescue多指营救某人脱离紧迫的危险。
（2）save含义广泛，既可指营救某人使脱离危险，也可指精神或道德上的拯救。
13.trap vt.使陷入困境 n.陷阱，困境
【常考用法】
be trapped in the deep snow陷入深雪中
trap her into marrying him诱骗她嫁给他
set a trap for/to catch the thief设下了捉拿窃贼的圈套
fall into a trap落入陷阱
walk into a trap中计
【辨析】arrest,capture,catch，seize与trap
（1）arrest指根据法律或命令进行逮捕并予以监禁或拘留。
（2）capture指通过武力或计谋等，战胜抵抗而捉住敌人或动物。
（3）catch普通用词，指捉住跑动或隐藏中的人或动物，一般指活捉。
（4）seize侧重指以突然、有力地动作迅速抓住或捉住。
（5）trap多指诱捕。
【十年高考链接】
（2008·山东高考）By the time he realizes he into a trap，it’ll be too late for him to do anything about it.
A.walks B.walked C.has walked D.had walked
答案：C 本题考查动词时态。由句中realizes及it’ll be可知应用现在的时态，故排除B、D两项，由句意可知空白处强调已经完成的动作，故用现在完成时，walk into a trap中计。
14.dig out 掘出；发现
【常考用法】
dig people out of collapsed buildings在倒塌的建筑物中挖掘救人
dig out a photograph from under a pile of papers从一堆报纸下面抽出一张照片
dig out the truth for the public为公众挖出真相
dig out some important facts找出一些重要的事实
dig out the old magazines翻出旧杂志
15.bury vt.埋葬；掩埋；隐藏
【常考用法】
bury the dead掩埋死者
bury ourselves in work我们埋身于工作
bury our sorrow把我们的悲痛掩埋
bury her talents埋没了她的才能
bury yourself in your studies专心致志地学习
bury themselves in scientific research他们一头钻到科研里面
bury gold in the cave把金子埋藏在山洞里
be buried in a novel专心读小说
with his head buried in a book他专心读书
with his hands buried in his pockets他两手插在衣袋里
16.shelter n.掩蔽，掩蔽处；避身处v.保护；掩蔽
【常考用法】
a shelter from the sun遮挡阳光
take shelter from the rain under the tree在树下躲避雨
shelter your face from the bitter cold使你的脸不受冻
sheltered from direct sunlight不受阳光直射
【辨析】shelter,defend,protect与guard
（1）shelter通常指寻找安全地方躲避风雨或使人免遭危害。
（2）defend是普通用词，指用武力或其他措施使人或物不受损害，消除危险。用作比喻时，指坚持某种行动、决定或意见。
（3）protect是普通用词，指用某种手段作为防御工具以防危险或伤害。
（4）guard是普通用词，指保持警惕以防可能的攻击或伤害。
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2010·山东高考）Those who suffer from headache will find they get from this medicine.
A.relief B.safety C.defense D.shelter
答案：A 句意：那些头痛患者会发现他们会通过这种药减轻疼痛。relief缓解，减轻；safety安全；defense保护；shelter庇护。
（2）（2009·湖北高考）Some parents are just too protective.They want to their kids from every kind of danger，real or imagined.
A.spot B.dismiss C.shelter D.distinguish
答案：C 本题考查动词词义辨析。dismiss sb.（from sth.）解雇某人；开除某人；shelter sb.from sth.保护某人免受……；distinguish sb.from sb.把某人与某人区别开来；spot看见；发现，不与from连用。句意:有些父母保护性太强了。他们想保护自己的孩子免受任何形式的危险，不管这种危险是真实存在的还是想象的。real or imagined在句中作状语。解答本类题目时，一要注意动词与介词搭配；二要正确理解句意。
17.a great number of 许多，大量
【常考用法】
a great number of people许多人
a great number of problems许多问题
a great number of English idioms大量的英语成语
a great number of houses大批房屋
【辨析】a number of...与the number of...
（1）a number of...意思是“许多，大量”，后接可数名词复数或代词，谓语动词用复数形式。 a number of...词组中还可以加入形容词表示数量大或小等（例如：a large/great/small number of...许多/少数……）。
（2）the number of...意思是“……的数量”，介词of同其后名词构成介词短语，修饰the number。当它作主语时，谓语动词用单数。
【链接】
“许多，大量”常见表达：
(1)a great/large/good number of（+复数名词）
a good many/quite a few（+复数名词）
(2）a great/good deal of（+不可数名词）
a large amount of（+不可数名词）
（3）a large quantity of（+复数或不可数名词）
large quantities of（+复数或不可数名词）
a lot of（+复数或不可数名词）
lots of（+复数或不可数名词）
plenty of（+复数或不可数名词）
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2013·浙江高考）During the last three decades,the number of people participating in physical fitness programs sharply.
A.was increasing B.has increased
C.had increased D.will be increasing
答案：B 句意：在过去的三十年里，参加健身计划的人数急剧增加。由时间状语during the last three decades 可知，本句要用现在完成时态，所以正确答案为B项。注意对现在完成时态的时间状语in/during/over the last/past ten years，so far,since...等的积累。
（2）（2010·江西高考）Last year the number of students who graduated with a driving licence reached 200，000，a（n） of 40，000 per year.
A.average B.number C.amount D.quantity
答案：A 句意：去年拿到驾照的学员数量达到了20万，平均每年4万。an average of...……的平均数；a number of许多，大量；an amount of许多，大量；a quantity of许多，大量。
（3）（2010·四川高考）The school was moved out of downtown as the number of students had grown too .
A.small B.few C.large D.many
答案：C 句意：学校搬出了市中心，因为学生的数量增长得太多了。由句意知应是学生数量增多了，在英语中，修饰“数量多少”时，只可用表示“大小”的small，large或great修饰，不可用few或many，故选C项。
（4）（2009·山东高考）The number of foreign students attending Chinese universities rising steadily since 1997.
A.is B.are C.has been D.have been
答案：C 本题考查主谓一致及时态的运用。“the number of+n.”作主语时，其谓语动词用单数形式；由since 1997可知句子的时态应用现在完成时。
（5）（2006·浙江高考）We always keep spare paper，in case we run out.
A.too much B.a number of C.plenty of D.a good many
答案：C 句意：我们总是保存着备用纸，以防用光。a number of与a good many修饰复数名词，由paper为不可数名词可排除B、D两项，too much“太多”不合题意，plenty of“足够的”既可修饰复数名词也可修饰不可数名词，故选C项。
（6）（2004·福建高考）The number of people present at the concert was than expected.There were many tickets left.
A.much smaller B.much more C.much larger D.many more
答案：A 句意：去听音乐会的人数要比预料的少。剩下了很多票。number的修饰词为“large或small”，根据后文信息There were many tickets left.可知A项正确。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World完形填空7
People always say that the earlier one learns a language，the 1 it is to do so，and in theory it is that.In my opinion， 2 ， that refers to spoken language.Capability to practise some essential(基本的) 3 of a language and read between the lines can only be trained through proper reading ways and hard work 4 .So spending money to help 5 learn English may 6 up with disappointment.It is likely that the more you 7 ， the more you are let down.
The daughter of one of my friends 8 English in primary school， 9 her foreign teacher’s blindness 10 psychology.She did not want to go on 11 English until middle school， 12 a college student studying in English slowly 13 her interest in the language.
It is better to have the child learn Chinese，than to have some difficulty 14 learning English for several years.Having been engaged in English education， 15 find that despite their excellent 16 ， many students have 17 command of English words and phrases.So I suggest that children 18 classical Chinese prose(散文)，rather than 19 them to learn English hurriedly.Otherwise，they may 20 the best time to improve the language ability of their mother tongue.
1.A.easy B.difficult C.easier D.more difficult
2.A.but B.however C.though D.yet
3.A.opinions B.regards C.requests D.expressions
4.A.directly B.orally C.properly D.indirectly
5.A.people B.girls C.children D.boys
6.A.begin B.start C.finish D.end
7.A.pay B.get C.buy D.take
8.A.loved B.liked C.disliked D.learned
9.A.because of B.because C.instead of D.instead
10.A.of B.at C.in D.to
11.A.learning B.to learn C.with learning D.for learning
12.A.while B.where C.when D.as
13.A.introduced B.practised C.explained D.developed
14.A.in B.to C.at D.of
15.A.he B.I C.she D.they
16.A.pronunciation B.phrase C.language D.writing
17.A.few B.less C.little D.fewer
18.A.write B.do C.remember D.memorize
19.A.have B.let C.cause D.make
20.A.get back B.let go C.bring in D.go away
【语篇解读】大家普遍认为，学语言越早，就越容易，理论上如此，但是事实上并非如此。
1.C 由上文暗示可预期：理论上说，一个人越早学语言，他/她会越容易学好。the+比较级，the+比较级，表示“越……就越……”。C、D项为可选项，而D项意思不符，故选C项。
2.B 转折连词的使用区别，but连接句子可放于句首、句中，且其后不可用逗号；however前后可用逗号隔开；though常放于句末；yet与but相似，故选however。
3.D 根据上下文暗示可预期：练习语言的基本表达能力……，A、B、C三项都不符合句意，故选expressions“表达”。
4.A 由上下文提示可预期：直接通过合适的阅读方法和努力，才能形成能力，而orally“口头地”；properly“合适地”，上文已出现proper reading ways，故有重复之嫌；indirectly“间接地”，故选directly“直接地”。
5.C 由上下文可预期，谈论的对象即children“孩子”。
6.D 由上下文可预期：先是花钱去学，而后是以失望收场。A和B项与句意不符，finish不与up with搭配，end up with“以……结束”。
7.A 根据句意可知：花钱越多，失望越大。take常用结构：it takes sb.some time/money to do sth.花某人时间或钱做某事；B和C项与句意不符。
8.C 由上下文暗示可预期：上中学时来了一位学英语的大学生，从而开发了她的兴趣，故上小学时并不喜欢英语，选disliked “不喜欢”。
9.A 因为外籍老师对心理学的盲点，才导致她厌学。because连词，“因为”；because of介词词组，“因为”；instead of介词，代替；instead副词，“代替”；故用because of。
10.D 介词to引出对象。
11.A go on doing sth.继续不停地做同一件事； go on to do继续去做另一件事；go on with sth.停下后接着去做同一件事；D项为干扰项，故选learning。
12.C when“当……时候”；while“在……时候”；where“在哪儿”；as“因为，在……时候”。
13.D introduce“介绍”；practise“练习”；explain“解释”；均不合句意，可猜测为develop“开发”。
14.A have some difficulty/trouble (in) doing sth.“做某事遇到困难/麻烦”。
15.B 由上下文可判断。
16.A 根据上下文可知：发音好，但词汇量不够，故选pronunciation。
17.C 同16题理解，表否定但无比较，可选项为A、C项，而few修饰可数名词，故选little修饰不可数名词。
18.D 根据意思可知，显然是记散文，可选项为C和D项，而C项常表“追忆、记得”，故只有推测生词memorize“记住”。
19.C 其他三个选项接动词不定式to均要省略。
20.B get back“回来、返回”；let go“放开；错过”；bring in“引来；吸收”；go away“走开；离开”。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero完形填空2
Our third grade class was listening to our teacher,Miss Pratt.She told us she was not
1 that we were not making the progress she had expected with multiplication tables（乘法表）.
I 2 that I had spent too much time playing with my friends instead of 3 .I had let down （让……失望）my 4 ，who was the kindest one I had ever known.Every day near the close of school,she would 5 to us,or tell us stories about her childhood.Most 6 ，she made us feel that she 7 us and that we were important.
I had a scar （伤疤） below my nose 8 a serious car accident.Having been called“Running Nose” by many other children,I didn’t 9 myself.Although my parents said I was 10 ，I did not see myself that way.
At the end of one school day,I 11 in my classroom,waiting for my mother to take me home.Miss Pratt sat at her desk with another teacher and talked.I heard they were saying,“ 12 is she She is lovely.”My teacher’s answer was,“I 13 ，Bernice is pretty.”Pretty! The word drew my 14 .Teachers would be 15 .Maybe it was true.At that moment I made the 16 to be the first child in my class to learn the tables.No one was going to 17 me.This time I believed in myself.
About one week later,Miss Pratt told the class that I was the first one to 18 the tables and she was very 19 of me.The class 20 and clapped.For the first time,I felt truly good about myself.
1.A.sad B.surprised C.angry D.happy
2.A.forgot B.regretted C.believed D.requested
3.A.changing B.drawing C.studying D.writing
4.A.friend B.teacher C.classmate D.parent
5.A.listen B.turn C.read D.reply
6.A.probably B.exactly C.frequently D.importantly
7.A.cared about B.looked after C.worried about D.brought up
8.A.as B.since C.after D.until
9.A.like B.lose C.ask D.hide
10.A.smart B.humorous C.pretty D.special
11.A.joined B.lived C.enjoyed D.remained
12.A.How B.Who C.What D.Where
13.A.agree B.mean C.see D.hope
14.A.action B.attitude C.answer D.attention
15.A.reliable B.patient C.simple D.strict
16.A.choice B.decision C.effort D.difference
17.A.control B.hurt C.stop D.invite
18.A.learn B.show C.make D.find
19.A.fond B.proud C.afraid D.tired
20.A.left B.settled C.stood D.smiled
答案：
1.D 老师对“我们”在记乘法表方面没有取得进步而不高兴。
2.B 由I had spent too much time playing with my friends和I had let down（让……失望） my 可知，“我”因为浪费了时间而“后悔”。
3.C 和playing with my friends形成对比的应该是“学习”。
4.B 由My teacher’s answer was和上下文的内容可知，Miss Pratt是“我”的“老师”。
5.C 由who was the kindest one I had ever known和or tell us stories about her childhood可知C为最佳选项。
6.D 与给学生讲故事相比，关心他们的成长更为重要。所以选D。
7.A 由who was the kindest one I had ever known和that we were important可以推出老师平时很“关心”学生。
8.C “我”是在一次车祸“后”脸上留下了一条疤痕，所以选C。
9.A 因为其他孩子的嘲笑，“我”感到自卑，并不“喜欢”自己。
10.C 由下文中的Maybe it was true.可以推知之前父母说“我”“漂亮”，但“我”并不相信。
11.D 由waiting for my mother to take me home可知，“我”放学后“留在”教室里。
12.B 另一位老师并不认识“我”，所以向Miss Pratt询问“我”是“谁”。
13.A 由Bernice is pretty可知，Miss Pratt“同意”另一位老师说的She is lovely.
14.D 由后面“我”的反应可知，pretty这个词引起了“我”的“注意”。
15.A 由下文中的Maybe it was true.可知，“我”认为老师是“可信赖的”人。
16.B 受到老师的称赞后，“我”下“决心”更加努力地学习。
17.C 由下文中的This time I believed in myself.可知，没有人能“阻挡”“我”的决心。
18.A 由上文中的the first child in my class to learn the tables可知，“我”记住了乘法表，所以选A。
19.B 因为“我”是第一个学会乘法表的，所以老师为“我”感到“骄傲”。
20.D 由空格后的clapped可知，同学们为我感到高兴，所以选D。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship完形填空1
I worked in a store three years ago.I remember one girl who started 1 there a few months after me.I remember always meeting her.I don’t know 2 but for a strange reason we would never talk.We would just see each other and smile.
She would 3 smile in a really happy way until one day when we got to work in the 4 department again.She 5 as if she was the happiest girl in the world.But I had a strange feeling.So I went up to her and asked，“What’s wrong with you？”She answered，“Why？”I said，“I could feel you’re very 6 today and you’re trying to hide it.”
She was shocked as if I had 7 her deepest secret,so we started 8 .She told me why she was feeling like that and why she was 9 to hide it and we had a good time together.Time 10 and we became good friends.She’d always tell me I had changed her 11 in so many ways,but I could not 12 how it had happened.I would just smile,not understanding what she 13 by that.
Today this girl is one of my best 14 .I really don’t know what I would do 15 her.She has been there for me in every possible way a friend could be.
I guess what I’m trying to say is that you 16 know when you’re helping yourself.I 17 this girl never knowing that at the same time I was helping myself by finding a(n) 18 friend.
So the next time you see a 19 ，and he looks as if he needs 20 who will listen to him,listen to what he has to say.You never know,you might just end up helping yourself.
1.A.playing B.learning C.working D.living
2.A.why B.when C.where D.how
3.A.secretly B.hardly C.perhaps D.always
4.A.great B.same C.modern D.small
5.A.shouted B.cried C.spoke D.smiled
6.A.happy B.angry C.proud D.sad
7.A.kept B.told C.discovered D.watched
8.A.talking B.shouting C.discussing D.arguing
9.A.planning B.trying C.refusing D.failing
10.A.went off B.went by C.went up D.went down
11.A.life B.hobby C.habit D.road
12.A.introduce B.promise C.suggest D.imagine
13.A.meant B.wanted C.offered D.received
14.A.classmates B.sisters C.friends D.workers
15.A.with B.without C.through D.besides
16.A.often B.sometimes C.forever D.never
17.A.helped B.accepted C.recognized D.praised
18.A.kind B.rich C.true D.honest
19.A.student B.stranger C.manager D.listener
20.A.someone B.anyone C.none D.everyone
【语篇解读】本文为一篇夹叙夹议的文章，讲述作者在商店里工作时跟一个女孩交朋友的经过，告知我们：帮助别人等于帮助自己。
1.C 根据文章第一句可知，这里指那女孩也开始工作(work)。
2.A 联系后面的for a strange reason可知“我”不知道是为什么(why)。
3.D 此处指她总是很开心地笑。
4.B 指“我们”在同一个部门工作。
5.D 根据上下文多次提到的smile，结合as if she was the happiest girl in the world可知，此处指她微笑。
6.D 联系上文的What’s wrong with you 和下文的...you’re trying to hide it.可知，此处指女孩其实很“悲伤”。
7.C 从She was shocked...及下文的内容可知她认为“我”发现(discover)了她内心深处的秘密。
8.A 根据后面的She told me why...可知“我们”开始交谈。
9.B 由上文的you’re trying to hide it可知选B。
10.B go by表示时间过去，符合语境。go off“离开”；go up“上升；增长”；go down“下降”。
11.A 这里指从许多方面改变了她的生活(life)。其他选项不符合语境。
12.D imagine意为“想象”，这里指“我”想象不出自己是怎么改变了那个女孩的生活。
13.A “我”不明白她的意思。
14.C 现在女孩已经是“我”最好的朋友之一。
15.B “我们”是密不可分的朋友，如果没有她，“我”不知道该怎么办。
16.D 根据下面的never knowing，可知选D。
17.A 根据下文的I was helping myself，可知此处选helped，说明帮助别人等于帮助自己的道理。
18.C a true friend “真正的朋友”，符合语境。
19.B 由上下文语境可知，应选stranger。
20.A 指需要某个人听听他的心里话。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World阅读理解1
第Ⅰ组
A
It is widely known that any English conversation begins with The Weather.Such a fixation with the weather finds expression in Dr.Johnson’s famous comment that “When two English meet，their first talk is of weather.” Though Johnson’s observation is as accurate now as it was over two hundred years ago，most commentators fail to come up with a convincing explanation for this English weather-speak.
Bill Bryson，for example，concludes that,as the English weather is not at all exciting,the obsession with it can hardly be understood.He argues that “To an outsider,the most striking thing about the English weather is that there is not very much of it.” Simply，the reason is that the unusual and unpredictable weather is almost unknown in the British Isles.
Jeremy Paxman，however，disagrees with Bryson，arguing that the English weather is by nature attractive.Bryson is wrong，he says,because the English preference for the weather has nothing to do with the natural phenomena.“The interest is not in the phenomena themselves，but in uncertainty.” According to him，the weather in England is very changeable and uncertain and it attracts the English as well as the outsider.
Bryson and Paxman stand for common misconceptions about the weather-speak among the English.Both commentators，somehow，are missing the point.The English weather conversation is not really about the weather at all.English weather-speak is a system of signs,which is developed to help the speakers overcome the natural reserve and actually talk to each other.Everyone knows conversations starting with weather-speak are not requests for weather data.Rather，they are routine greetings,conversation starters or the blank “fillers”.In other words，English weather-speak is a means of social bonding.
1.The author mentions Dr. Johnson’s comment to show that .
A.most commentators agree with Dr. Johnson
B.Dr. Johnson is famous for his weather observation
C.the comment was accurate two hundred years ago
D.English conversations usually start with the weather
2.What does the underlined word“obsession” most probably refer to
A.A social trend. B.An emotional state.
C.A historical concept. D.An unknown phenomenon.
3.According to the passage,Jeremy Paxman believes that .
A.Bill Bryson has little knowledge of the weather
B.there is nothing special about the English weather
C.the English weather attracts people to the British Isles
D.English people talk about the weather for its uncertainty
4.What is the author’s main purpose of writing the passage
A.To explain what English weather-speak is about.
B.To analyse misconceptions about the English weather.
C.To find fault with both Bill Bryson and Jeremy Paxman.
D.To convince people that the English weather is changeable.
【语篇解读】本文为议论文，开篇点题：英语对话往往从天气开始。后面具体的介绍几个对此有不同理解的人以及他们的观点。
1.D 推理判断题。文章第一句话提到：众所周知，英语的对话往往从天气开始。然后举例说明，显然举例的目的就是表明英语的对话往往从天气开始，故D项正确。
2.B 词义猜测题。由语境可知，Bill认为因为英国天气一点儿也不令人兴奋，所以用它对话时表达出来的 难以理解。兴奋应是与人的情感状态有关，故B项正确。
3.D 细节理解题。由文章第三段中间位置的“The interest is not in the phenomena themselves，but in uncertainty.”可知D项正确。
4.A 主旨大意题。文章主要讲述英语对话以天气开始的一些事情，故A项正确。
B
About 30 years ago,I left Cuba for the United States with my son.After getting settled finally in Brunswick,New Jersey,I enrolled (注册) my son in kindergarten.Several weeks later,my son’s teacher asked me to meet him at his office.
In the teacher’s office，an exchange of greetings was followed by his questions：“Is your son mentally retarded (弱智的)？Does he suffer from any kind of mental disability ”
Was he talking about my wonderful Scola No,no,it can’t be.What a helpless,lonely moment! I told him that Scola was a quiet,sweet little boy,instead.I asked him why he was asking me all these questions.
My son could not follow the teacher’s directions，he told me,and thus,Scola was disrupting the class.Didn’t he know my son did not speak English yet
He was angry,“Why hasn’t your son been taught to speak English Don’t you speak English at home ”
“No,I didn’t speak English at home,”I replied.I was sure my son would learn English in a couple of months,and I didn’t want him to forget his native language.Well,wrong answer! What kind of person would not speak in English to her son at home and at all time “Are you one of those people who come to this country to save dollars and send them back to their country，never wanting to be a part of this society ”
Needless to say,I tried to tell him I was not one of “those people”.Then he told me the meeting was over,and I left.
As I had expected,my son learned to speak English fluently before the school year was over.He went on to graduate from college and got a job,earning close to six figures.He travels widely and leads a well-adjusted，contented life.And he has benefited from being bilingual (双语的).
Speaking more than one language allows people to communicate with others;it teaches people about other cultures and other places—something very basic and obviously lacking in the “educator” I met in New Jersey.
5.The teacher asked the author to his office .
A.to discuss Scola’s in-class performance
B.to get Scola enrolled in kindergarten
C.to find a language partner for Scola
D.to work out a study plan for Scola
6.What does the underlined word “disrupting” in Paragraph 4 probably mean
A.Breaking. B.Following. C.Attending. D.Disturbing.
7.The author’s attitude towards being bilingual may best be described as .
A.critical B.casual C.positive D.passive
8.This text is likely to be selected from a book of .
A.medicine B.education C.geography D.history
【语篇解读】本文是一篇记叙文，通过一位新移民及其儿子的经历讲述了掌握两门语言的好处。
5.A 细节理解题。由第四段可以看出老师让家长去办公室是谈论Scola的课堂表现。故选A项。
6.D 词义猜测题。由上文“我的儿子不能跟上老师的指导”，因此Scola在扰乱课堂，故选D项，disturb打扰，扰乱。
7.C 推理判断题。由文章最后两段，特别是倒数第二段最后一句And he has benefited from being bilingual.可知作者对于双语持积极肯定的态度，故选C项。
8.B 推理判断题。本文讲述了掌握双语的好处，所以可能出自一本关于教育的书。
C
“Indeed,” George Washington wrote in his diary in 1785，“some kind of fly，or bug，had begun to eat the leaves before I left home.” But the father of America was not the father of bug.When Washington wrote that，Englishmen had been referring to insects as bugs for more than a century，and Americans had already created lightning-bug (萤火虫).But the English were soon to stop using the bugs in their language，leaving it to the Americans to call a bug in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
The American bug could also be a person，referring to someone who was crazy about a particular activity.Although fan became the usual term，sports fans used to be called racing bugs，baseball bugs，and the like.
Or the bug could be a small machine or object，for example，a bug-shaped car.The bug could also be a burglar alarm，from which comes the expression to bug，that is，“to install (安装) an alarm”.Now it means a small piece of equipment that people use for listening secretly to others’ conversation.Since the 1840s，to bug has long meant “to cheat”，and since the 1940s it has been annoying.
We also know the bug as a flaw in a computer program or other design.That meaning dates back to the time of Thomas Edison.In 1878 he explained bugs as “little problems and difficulties” that required months of study and labor to overcome in developing a successful product.In 1889 it was recorded that Edison “had been up the two previous nights discovering ‘a bug’ in his invented record player.”
9.We learn from Paragraph 1 that .
A.Americans had difficulty in learning to use the word bug
B.George Washington was the first person to call an insect a bug
C.the word bug was still popularly used in English in the nineteenth century
D.both Englishmen and Americans used the word bug in the eighteenth century
10.What does the word “flaw” in the last paragraph probably mean
A.Explanation. B.Finding. C.Origin. D.Fault.
11.The passage is mainly concerned with .
A.the misunderstanding of the word bug
B.the development of the word bug
C.the public views of the word bug
D.the special characteristics of the word bug
【语篇解读】本文主要说的是“bug”一词的起源、不同含义和发展。
9.D 推理判断题。从第一段的...George Washington wrote in his diary in 1785...和But the father of America was not the father of bug.When Washington wrote that，Englishmen had...可知,英国人和美国人都使用“bug”一词，由该段最后一句可知，英国人在19世纪和20世纪便不再使用，故D项为正确答案。
10.D 词义猜测题。从第四段的In 1878 he explained bugs as “little problems and difficulties...”可知答案。
11.B 主旨大意题。纵观全文可知，本文主要说的是“bug”一词的使用时间及其发展，故B项为本题答案。
D
What is language for？Some people seem to think it’s for practising grammar rules and learning lists of words—the longer the lists，the better.That’s wrong.Language is for the exchange (交流) of ideas and information.It’s meaningless knowing all about a language if you can’t use it freely.Many students I have met know hundreds of grammar rules，but they can’t speak correctly or fluently (流利地).They are afraid of making mistakes.One shouldn’t be afraid of making mistakes when speaking a foreign language.Native speakers make mistakes and break rules，too.Bernard Shaw once wrote，“Foreigners often speak English too correctly.”But the mistakes that native speakers make are different from those that Chinese students make.They’re English mistakes in the English language.And if enough native speakers break a rule，it is no longer a rule.What used to be wrong，becomes right.People not only make history，but they make language.But a people can only make its own language.It can’t make another people’s language.So Chinese students of English should pay attention to grammar，but they shouldn’t overdo (做过头) it.They should put communication (交际) first.
12.Language is used to .
A.express oneself B.practise grammar rules
C.talk with foreigners only D.learn lists of words
13.Generally，when an American or an Englishman speaks English，he or she .
A.never makes mistakes B.often makes mistakes
C.can’t avoid making mistakes D.always makes mistakes
14.The sentence “Foreigners often speak English too correctly.” means that .
A.foreigners speak correct English
B.foreigners speak incorrect English
C.foreigners speak English according to the grammar rules
15.When we speak a foreign language，we should .
A.speak in Chinese way B.speak by the rules
C.speak to native speakers D.not be afraid of making mistakes
【语篇解读】本文主要介绍语言的作用。
12.A 细节理解题。由第四句“Language is for the exchange of ideas and information.”可知语言是用来交流的，因此应选择express oneself，其含义是“表达自己的意图；让别人明白自己”。
13.C 细节理解题。文中提到“Native speakers make mistakes and break rules，too.”，而且下文也提到类似的情况，所以答案为C项，“不可避免地犯错误”。
14.C 句意猜测题。根据上下文可知，母语不是英语的人在学英语时，首先要学许多的语法规则，所以他们说话时总是套规则。
15.D 推理判断题。通过文章我们知道语言的作用是交流，而且在学习外语时，我们不仅要学语法，更重要的是学会使用这种语言交流，而不要怕犯错误。
E
There are many differences between British English and American English.I used to teach a course about the differences between the two.We speak English on both sides of the Atlantic Ocean but we have many differences in our common language.We have examples of the same words having very different meanings，differing spellings of the same words as well as completely different words for the same things.Here are some examples.
A cookie in the US is called a biscuit in the UK.A biscuit in the US is a small cake in the UK.Crisps in the UK，are known as chips，but we British people eat a plate of chips that you call fries in the US.In the UK，a pie can be made from either meat or fruit，while in the US pies are normally made from fruit；pot pies are made from meat.Most things are measured in grams and kilograms in the US，not pounds and ounces.
One very obvious (明显的) difference is the side of the road we each choose to drive on.Petrol in the UK is gas in the US.The place where we fill up our cars，in the UK，is a garage；while in the US，it’s a gas station.The term garage is also used as a place to store your car next to or close by your house.In the UK we call a lorry what is known as a truck in the US.
An elevator in the US is called a lift here，and the first floor in the US，is called the ground floor here，so many visitors get off on the wrong floor in British hotels.
I could continue with this.There are countless examples of differences within our one shared language.With so many differences，no wonder it’s hard to understand each other well.
16.The passage is mainly about the differences between British English and American English in .
A.vocabulary B.grammar C.sound D.spelling
17.It’s implied in the passage that the author was .
A.a driver from the US B.a cook from the US
C.a teacher from the UK D.a gas station worker from the UK
18.In the author’s opinion， .
A.language differences don’t affect understanding
B.the same words in the two different types of English may have different spellings
C.there will be fewer differences between American and British English in the future
D.it is impossible that some Americans get off on the wrong floor in British hotels
19.What can we learn from the passage
A.“Elevator” is commonly used in the UK.
B.Pies mean the same thing in the UK and the US.
C.In the UK，things are measured in pounds and ounces.
D.British and American people drive on the same side of the road.
20.Which of the following is WRONG according to the passage
A.Petrol in the UK is gas in the US.
B.Fries in the US are chips in the UK.
C.A cookie in the US is a biscuit in the UK.
D.A gas station in the UK is a garage in the US.
【语篇解读】本文论述了美国英语和英国英语在词汇方面的差异。
16.A 主旨大意题。阅读文章可知本文主要是论述美式英语和英式英语在词汇方面的差异。
17.C 推理判断题。根据第一段第二句“I used to teach a course about the differences between the two.”可推出作者可能当过老师。used to do意为“过去常常做……”。
18.B 细节理解题。根据第一段中“We have examples of the same words having very different meanings，differing spellings of the same words...”可知B项正确。
19.C 细节理解题。根据第二段中“Most things are measured in grams and kilograms in the US，not pounds and ounces.”可知C项正确。
20.D 细节理解题。根据第三段中“The place where we fill up our cars，in the UK，is a garage；while in the US，it’s a gas station.”可知D项错误。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero 阅读理解2
第Ⅱ组
A
When Ann Kahn was growing up,her family took the same summer vacation every year—a trip to Yosemite （约塞米蒂国家公园）.But things are different for her daughter,Ashley.At 19,Ashley had already set foot on every continent including Antarctica,and all but one of her journeys abroad were taken without her parents,on trips with other teenagers.She started when she was just 13,visiting Europe with a youth travel organization called People to People Students Ambassadors（大使）.
“It has really changed my plan for graduation,” said Ashley,who is now a freshman of a state university.“When I was younger,I thought I’d like to be a nurse someday.But now, I’m learning French,and I’d like to be an ambassador after I graduate.Living and working abroad is something I would like to do.”
At younger ages than the older generation of Americans,thousands of teenagers like Ashley are seeing more faraway corners of the world.High schools now regularly organize student trips that require passports.Middle-school students hike the rainforest instead of joining lakeside summer camps,and older teenagers use the community service they did in Africa as writing material for college essays.The sense of community and family are lifetime memories.
More than half of the students believed middle school life as the biggest stage for growth.You really see kids mature.Ashley’s mother Ann Kahn agrees,“I did not travel like this growing up,but I think it’s great that we are able to provide that for her.”
1.From the text,we can learn that Ashley .
A.visited Europe when she was 13 B.set up a youth travel organization
C.never had a chance to visit Antarctica D.took the same summer vacation as her mother
2.After taking several international journeys,Ashley .
A.wanted to be a nurse after graduation B.accepted the advice from her parents
C.changed her plan for the future D.decided to have a trip to Yosemite
3.From the text,we can infer that during holidays teenagers in America will do the following EXCEPT .
A.joining the school trips B.hiking the rainforest
C.travelling abroad D.doing community service
4.What does the underlined word “mature” in the last paragraph probably mean
A.Become quite busy. B.Be cheerful.
C.Be experienced. D.Become grown-up.
答案：
1.A 细节理解题。根据第一段末句She started when she was just 13,visiting Europe with...推知，Ashley从13岁开始，就跟随一个叫“People to People Students Ambassadors”的旅行组织前往欧洲旅行。故A正确。
2.C 细节理解题。根据第二段的When I was younger,I thought...But now...推知，Ashley原打算当一名护士，但现在她正学习法语，并准备毕业后当一名驻外大使。可以说，Ashley从旅行经历中增长了见识，也改变了她的人生计划。故C正确。
3.D 推理判断题。根据第三段最后一句话可知选D。
4.D 词义猜测题。根据最后一段中More than half of the students believed middle school life as the biggest stage for growth.推知，mature意为“成熟”，故D正确。
B
Americans often plan social gatherings at short notice,so don’t be surprised if you get invited to someone’s home or to see a movie or baseball game without much warning.If the time is convenient for you,surely accept their invitation.But if you’re busy,don’t be afraid to decline the invitation,perhaps suggesting a time would be better.Your host won’t be ashamed.
Invitations are usually sent in person or over the telephone.The main exception（例外） is for some formal occasions,on which a written invitation will be mailed.You would normally receive a written invitation to a wedding.
For a casual（非正式的） dinner invitation,don’t arrive more than 5 minutes early,because your host may still be preparing for your visit.Arriving more than 10 minutes late is considered rude if very few people are invited.If many people are invited,it’s OK to arrive a little late,even as much as half an hour late.For example,it’s OK to arrive late for a party,for a potluck （家常便饭） dinner or for a social gathering inviting a large group of people.
If you’re invited for dinner,it’s proper to bring the host a bottle of wine,a basket of fruit,a box of candy,or some flowers.Don’t bring roses,as men often give roses to women on a date.
If you wish to thank the host for his or her hospitality （好客），it’s right to call or send a written thank-you note the next day.
5.The passage is to tell us .
A.how to accept Americans’ invitations
B.something about American social visits
C.something about American business visits
D.how to make a living in America
6.The underlined word “decline” in the first paragraph most probably means “ ”.
A.accept B.read C.refuse D.receive
7.In America,invitations to a wedding are often sent .
A.by mail B.by fax C.by check D.by phone
8.If an American only invites you for an informal supper at 7:30 pm,you’d better arrive at .
A.7：15 pm B.7:35 pm C.7:45 pm D.7:55 pm
答案：
5.B 主旨大意题。综合全文可知，文章主题是：美国的社会交往。
6.C 词义猜测题。根据第一段内容，在美国受到邀请时，如果你方便的话则可以接受，反之，如果太忙可以拒绝邀请。
7.A 细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句得知。
8.B 细节理解题。根据第三段的For a casual（非正式的） dinner invitation,don’t arrive more than 5 minutes early,because your host may still be preparing for your visit.Arriving more than 10 minutes late is considered rude if very few people are invited.可知选B。
C
“Those flowers!” Anna pointed to a clump（丛） of beautiful flowers by the side of the road.“Aren’t they pretty ”
“They’re very pretty,”Donna agreed.“We don’t want to miss the parade!” She said as everyone hurried down the road to see the exciting circus parade（马戏游行）that rarely passed through the small town which Anna and her friends lived in.
“I’m going to pick a bouquet （束） for Mother.She loves flowers so much,” Anna said.Surprised,her friends saw her stop to pick the flowers.
For a moment Anna looked up at her friends.Then she smiled and glanced down at the flowers she was holding in her hand.
“You go on and see the parade,” she said softly.“I would rather take these flowers to my mother.”
Anna Marie Jarvis was a thoughtful girl who loved her mother very much.She was so devoted to her mother that when she grew up to be a lady,she wanted to find a way to pay tribute to her.
During her mother’s death anniversaries （纪念日） she picked hundreds of white carnations （康乃馨）—her mother’s favourite flower—to give all mothers and children in her church.She organized a committee and launched a massive（大规模的）letter-writing campaign （运动）to hundreds of church and business leaders,newspaper editors,and politicians,asking them to join her in the campaign to make Mother’s Day into a national holiday.
Anna,the girl who chose to bring home flowers for Mom instead of joining her friends to see the circus parade,was the lady who first brought about the first Mother’s Day.Every second Sunday of May,we recognize and celebrate Mother’s Day as a public expression of love for the mothers of the world.
9.Anna and Donna were out to .
A.pick flowers for their mothers B.see the exciting parade
C.buy presents for their mothers D.play with their friends
10.After picking the flowers,Anna .
A.joined her friends to see the parade
B.persuaded her friends to pick flowers together
C.took the flowers back to her mother
D.went on looking for beautiful flowers for her mother
11.The underlined word “tribute” in the passage can be best replaced by “ ”.
A.visit B.respect C.pity D.money
12.We may infer from the passage that .
A.Anna had always wanted to set aside（留出）a day to honour mothers
B.Anna’s mother was pleased to see her daughter’s dream realized
C.Anna’s letter-writing campaign was widely welcomed
D.Anna had great difficulty in persuading others to join in her campaign
答案：
9.B 细节理解题。从文章第二段...see the exciting circus parade（马戏游行） that rarely passed through...可知，这样的马戏游行很少经过小镇，因此她们外出的目的是看马戏表演。
10.C 细节理解题。从文章第五段的I would rather take these flowers to my mother.可知，安娜带着花回家了，而没有去看马戏表演。
11.B 词义猜测题。文章第六段说，安娜很爱自己的母亲，因此长大后想通过设定一个节日来表达对母亲的敬意。
12.C 推理判断题。安娜长大后渴望创建一个节日表达对所有母亲的敬意，因此发起了写信运动，最终母亲节成为世界性的节日，由此可以判定，她的运动得到了很多人的支持。
D
Gold Coast family holidays are always great fun whether you are from Australia or from abroad.There are beautiful beaches,adventure parks,nature parks and so much more.
There are so many sights to see here.It is a pity to drive in a car and you’ll miss a great part of it.Australia is home to many animals and birds that can only be seen when moving slowly and going into the areas that they live.
When you are on a bicycle,you have the advantage of being able to stop whenever you want to catch sight of an interesting animal or bird that you have never seen before.It is a quieter mode（方式）of transportation as well,so you might even be able to take a picture.When you are on the beach,you can breathe that clean air and view the beauty of the water and sand.It is a totally different experience from either simply sunbathing or passing it in a car.
There are many choices of hiring（租）a bicycle to experience the Gold Coast attractions.There are stores that will fit a bike perfectly to your size.These bikes for both adults and children are in many styles and colours to please any taste.If you have ever wanted to try a tandem bike（双人单车），now is your chance,because they have those too.
A bicycle hire on Gold Coast is something that everyone should try at least once.This is a wonderful chance for anyone who likes to cycle and it is also a cheap way to travel with your family.
13.You’d better not drive in a car on Gold Coast because .
A.you will break the traffic rules
B.you will cause much noise
C.you can’t enjoy the beautiful sights well
D.you can’t drive into some parks
14.The following advantages of hiring bikes are mentioned EXCEPT that .
A.you can take photos of animals B.it is a cheap way of travelling
C.you can get a clearer sight of animals D.it is a good way to do sunbathing
15.What is Paragraph 4 mainly about
A.How to hire bikes on Gold Coast. B.What kinds of bikes there are in stores.
C.What bikes are the most popular. D.Who can hire bikes on Gold Coast.
16.What’s the author’s attitude towards a bike hire on Gold Coast
A.He supports it very much.
B.He thinks it’s a personal choice.
C.He doesn’t like this way of travelling.
D.He thinks it’s only good for adults.
答案：
13.C 推理判断题。由第二段的many animals and birds that can only be seen when moving slowly and going into the areas that they live可知C为正确答案。
14.D 推理判断题。由第三段的最后一句话可知sunbathing不是骑自行车旅行的优势。
15.B 推理判断题。文中第四段主要讲了商店出租各式各样的自行车，故选B。
16.A 作者意图题。由最后一段的A bicycle hire on Gold Coast is something that everyone should try at least once.可以推出作者非常赞成自行车旅行这个主意。
E
THE MEKONG
The Mekong is written by Aldo Pavan,a journalist and freelance photographer.The Mekong（the part in China is called the Lancang River) is the longest and most important river in Indo-China and one of the major rivers in all of Asia.Its headwaters（河源）are in Tibet,and from there the river runs through China,Laos,Myanmar (Burma)，Thailand,Cambodia and Vietnam,for a distance of 4,000 kilometers until it reaches the South China Sea.
Along its course,different kinds of landscapes follow one another,from mountains through plateaus（高原），thick forests,agricultural terraces（梯田），to the vast plateau with rice.
Some of the most important sites lie not far from the course of the river,for example,the Chinese cities of Lijiang and Dali,the ancient Laotian（老挝的）capital of Luang Prabang and the lost city of Angkor in Cambodia.Almost 90 million people live along the Mekong River.
This book will offer the reader a general idea of this breathtaking journey.Each chapter describes a section of the travels.The writer tells us something about the everyday life there and the history of the people.Besides,the book describes the cultures,religions,people and landscapes that the traveller meets along the way.The book contains not only the mountains,but also the forests,the Tibetan plateaus,the great agricultural terraces and so on.
17.The author wrote the passage to .
A.introduce his journey along the Mekong
B.introduce a book written by Aldo Pavan
C.introduce the life of the people along the Mekong
D.introduce the longest and most important river in Indo-China
18.How many countries does the Mekong run through
A.Four. B.Five. C.Six. D.Seven.
19.Which of the following landscapes is not mentioned in this passage
A.Plains. B.Plateaus. C.Terraces. D.Mountains.
20.It can be learned from the passage that .
A.the Mekong often does great harm to the people
B.Angkor used to be in Dali
C.the Mekong starts in Tibet and ends in South China Sea
D.more than 9 million people live along the Mekong River
答案：
17.B 主旨大意题。由文章的开头The Mekong is written by Aldo Pavan...以及最后一段的叙述可知，本文实际是介绍一本书。
18.C 细节理解题。由第一段最后一句可知湄公河流经中国、老挝、缅甸、泰国、柬埔寨和越南，共6个国家。
19.A 细节理解题。由第二段可知，本文提到了湄公河流经：山脉、高原、茂密的森林、梯田等，但没有提到plains（平原）。
20.C 推理判断题。由第一段最后一句可知湄公河的源头在西藏，最后注入中国南海。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship翻译句子
第Ⅰ组
1.你不得不花钱让人修车。（get sth.done)
2.我还没来得及向她解释，她就生气了。（before）
3.我发现学好英语很难。(find it+adj.+ to do)
4.直到他摘下太阳镜我才认出他。（until）
5.在街上行走时，我听到有人叫我的名字。（状语从句的省略）
6.这是我第一次登上长城。（It is the first time...)
7.我独立完成工作有困难。（trouble/difficulty)
8.我是在街道拐角从自行车上摔下来的。（强调句）
9.有一段时间我很平静地生活在农场上。（There was a time when...)
10.他们相爱多长时间了？（love)
答案：
1.You have to pay to get your car repaired.
2.She got angry before I could explain to her.
3.I find it very difficult to learn English well.
4.I didn’t recognize him until he took off his sunglasses./Not until he took off his sunglasses did I recognize him./It was not until he took off his sunglasses that I recognized him.
5.I heard my name called while walking in the street.
6.It is the first time that I have got to the Great Wall.
7.I have trouble/difficulty finishing the work by myself.
8.It was at the street corner that I fell off my bike.
9.There was a time when I lived peacefully on the farm.
10.How long have they been in love with each other
第Ⅱ组
1.这是我们第一次一起在这家新建的电影院看电影。（It is the first time...)
2.我上大学时曾经有一段时间，每周去看一次电影。（There was a time when...)
3.作为一名学生，你应该理发了。(get sth.done)
4.她与家人躲藏了将近25个月后，被(敌人)发现了。(before)
5.虽然见到我们很吃惊，但教授还是热情地欢迎了我们。（状语从句的省略）
6.神舟十号是在2013年6月份发射成功的。（强调句）
7.我发现跟他相处很难。(find+it+adj.+to do)
8.直到昨天我才知道他在事故中受伤的消息。（until)
9.为了提高英语，珍妮自己买了许多磁带。（in order to)
10.在我看来，他太担心儿子的安全了。（concern）
答案：
1.It is the first time that we have seen a film in the newly-built cinema together.
2.There was a time when I went to the cinema once a week at university.
3.As a student，you should get your hair cut.
4.She and her family hid away for nearly twenty-five months before they were discovered（by the enemy）.
5.Though surprised to see us，the professor gave us a warm welcome.
6.It was in June,2013 that Shenzhou X launched successfully.
7.I find it hard to get along well with him.
8.I didn’t learn the news that he got injured in an accident until yesterday./It was not until yesterday that I learned the news that he got injured in an accident./Not until yesterday did I learn the news that he got injured in an accident.
9.In order to improve her English,Jenny bought a lot of tapes for herself./Jenny bought a lot of tapes for herself in order to improve her English.
10.As far as I’m concerned,he is too concerned about his son’s safety.
第Ⅲ组
1.过了三天他才回来。（before）
2.他想尽一切办法使自己的著作得到认可。（get sth. done)
3.即使被邀请，我也不去他的生日宴会。（状语从句的省略）
4.直到父母去世他才知道他们对他有多么重要。（not until)
5.那是他第一次坐火车旅行，对吗？（It/That is the first time...)
6.他发现跟父母交流有点困难。（find+it+adj.+to do)
7.我很费劲地找到了他家。（trouble/difficulty)
8.我不得不在面试前使自己镇静下来。（have got to,calm)
9.你想象不到他在地震中经历了什么。(go through)
10.为了能提高英语，我决定上暑期培训班。（in order to)
答案：
1.It was three days before he returned/came back.
2.He did everything he could to get his works recognized.
3.I won’t attend his birthday party even invited to.
4.He didn’t realize how important his parents to him until they passed away./Not until they passed away did he realize how important his parents to him./It was not until they passed away that he realized how important his parents to him.
5.It/That was the first time that he travelled on a train,wasn’t it
6.He finds it a little hard to communicate with his parents.
7.I had trouble/difficulty finding his house.
8.I had got to calm myself down before the interview.
9.You can’t imagine what he went through in the earthquake.
10.In order to improve my English,I have decided to take a summer course./I have decided to take a summer course in order to improve my English.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero完形填空3
My mother used to ask me what is the most important part of the body.Through the years I would 1 the correct answer.When I was younger,I thought 2 was very important to us as humans,so I said,“My ears,Mummy.”She said,“No.Many people are 3 .Keep thinking about it and I will ask you again soon.”
Several years passed before she asked me again.Since making my first 4 ,I had often thought over the question.So this time I told her,“Mummy,it must be our eyes.” She looked at me and said,“You are 5 fast but the answer is not correct because there are many people who are blind.”
6 the years,Mother asked me a couple more 7 and always her response to my answers was,“No,but you are getting 8 every year,my child.”Then last year,my Grandpa 9 .Everybody was crying.My mum looked at me when it was our 10 to say our final goodbye to Grandpa.She asked me,“Do you know the most important body part yet,my dear ”
I was 11 when she asked me this now.I always thought this was a 12 between her and me.She saw the 13 on my face and told me,“This question is very important.It shows that you have really 14 your life.” I saw her eyes well up with tears.She said,“My dear,the most important body part is your 15 .”I asked,“Is it because they hold up your head ” She replied,“No,it is 16 on them a crying friend or loved one can rest their heads.I only hope that you have enough 17 and friends that you will have a shoulder to cry 18 when you need it.”Then and there I understood the most important body part is not a 19 one.“It is sympathetic （同情的） to the pain of 20 .”
1.A.notice B.believe C.doubt D.guess at
2.A.love B.health C.sound D.sight
3.A.blind B.deaf C.invisible D.thoughtful
4.A.discovery B.decision C.attempt D.suggestion
5.A.learning B.thinking C.growing D.changing
6.A.Before B.Till C.Beyond D.Over
7.A.ways B.things C.questions D.times
8.A.stronger B.taller C.smarter D.nicer
9.A.left B.got ill C.died D.got wounded
10.A.duty B.turn C.pity D.chance
11.A.shocked B.satisfied C.interested D.excited
12.A game B.test C.match D.secret
13.A.worry B.puzzlement C.regret D.pain
14.A.enjoyed B.found C.disliked D.lived
15.A.shoulders B.feet C.hands D.hair
16.A.how B.because C.why D.whether
17.A respect B.favour C.love D.fun
18.A.by B.on C.above D.for
19.A.valuable B.useful C.selfish D.precious
20.A.others B.the deaf C.Grandpa D.the blind
答案：
1.D 由下文可知，作者这些年一直在猜测正确答案。
2.C 由下文的ears可知是声音。
3.B 由No.可知此处表示转折，有许多人是听不见声音的，是聋的。
4.C 自从第一次试着回答那个问题后，我就经常在思考这个问题。
5.A 妈妈夸我学东西有进步。
6.D Over the years相当于During the years，意为“这些年来”。
7.D 妈妈又问了我几次这个问题。
8.C 由上下文可知，每次回答时，我都认真思考了，妈妈夸我变得更聪明了。
9.C 由下文可知，爷爷去世了。
10.B 轮到我们和爷爷的遗体告别。It is/was one’s turn to do sth.轮到某人做某事。
11.A 在这种场合下，妈妈再次问这个问题让我很吃惊。
12.A 我原以为这只是我和妈妈之间的一场游戏。game在此处指母子之间问问题和答问题的举动。
13.B 母亲看出我脸上的困惑，然后向我解释。
14.D live one’s life意为“活过，生活”，是固定搭配。
15.A 由下文的they hold up your head可知应是shoulders。
16.B because表示原因，与上句Is it because they hold up your head？相照应。
17.C 妈妈希望我拥有足够的爱和在需要的时候可以依靠肩膀哭泣的朋友。
18.B to cry on是不定式作定语，修饰前面的a shoulder。
19.C selfish自私的。
20.A 它是对别人的痛苦的同情。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes完形填空3
After the earthquake hit northeast of Japan on March 11，2011，many touching stories that I saw with my own eyes happened around me.
I had to walk home since all the 1 had stopped after the quake.On my way home I 2 an old Japanese lady at the bakery shop who was giving out free bread，which made my heart 3 .A middle-aged Japanese man was holding a sign that said，“Please use our 4 .” He was 5 his house for people to go to the restroom.
My friend wanted to 6 others.He stood in the cold with a sign “If you are okay with a motorcycle，I will 7 you to your house.”And then I saw him take one gentleman home，all the way to a faraway place!
Then the next day I drove to 8 my car with gas.There was a 9 of gas now and many gasoline stations were either closed or had very 10 lines.I got 11 ，since I was behind 15 cars.Finally，when it was my 12 ，the man smiled and said，“ 13 this situation，we are only giving ＄30 worth of gas per person.Is that all right？”“Of course.I’m just glad that we are all able to 14 ，”I said.His smile gave me so much 15 .
I saw a man at the evacuation （疏散） center 16 when people brought food to him.It was the first time in three days that food had been brought to their center.However，after he wiped the tears，his next 17 surprised me.“I am very 18 that we are provided with food.But people in the city next to us haven’t 19 any food at all.Please go to that center as well.”And when hearing that，I realized there is a bright future on the other side of this 20 .
1.A.traffic B.rescue C.communication D.business
2.A.missed B.caught C.noticed D.heard
3.A.hungry B.soft C.broken D.warm
4.A.toilet B.hotel C.hospital D.house
5.A.advertising B.opening C.repairing D.decorating
6.A.encourage B.save C.charge D.assist
7.A.drive B.follow C.lead D.send
8.A.start B.fill C.check D.wash
9.A.plenty B.lack C.variety D.diversity
10.A.direct B.straight C.long D.short
11.A.worried B.lucky C.excited D.annoyed
12.A.time B.turn C.duty D.decision
13.A.Apart from B.Together with C.Because of D.Instead of
14.A.share B.offer C.tolerate D.transform
15.A.comfort B.pleasure C.trouble D.entertainment
16.A.waiting B.grabbing C.sleeping D.crying
17.A.promises B.roles C.actions D.remarks
18.A.upset B.grateful C.surprised D.proud
19.A.bought B.supplied C.prepared D.received
20.A.city B.center C.lesson D.disaster
【语篇解读】2011年3月11日日本发生了地震。本文叙述了作者在震后亲眼看到的感人故事，从中他感受到了人们的良好品质。
1.A 地震之后，所有车辆都停运了，因此“我”只好走回家。四个选项只有traffic与walk home有关。
2.C 在步行回家的路上，“我”注意到面包店门口有个日本老太太在向行人免费发放面包。这里用noticed表示“注意到”。A项意为“错过”；B项意为“抓住”；D项意为“听到”。
3.D 与文章开头的“touching stories”呼应，本题选D，表示在三月寒冷的天气里，这幕情景温暖了“我”的心。hungry饥饿的；soft温柔的；broken破碎的。
4.A 下文说让人们使用他家的厕所（restroom），因此选A。本题的关键是理解后面的“restroom”的含义。
5.B 他打开自己的家门，允许人们使用他家的厕所。这里用opening表示“打开，开放”。advertise做广告；repair 修理；decorate装饰。
6.D “我”的一个朋友也想帮助别人，于是他站在寒风中，举着个牌子。根据语境判断选D，表示“帮助”。
7.A 牌子上写着“假如你愿意坐摩托车，那么我愿意驾车送你回家”。这里用drive表示“开车送某人”。follow 跟随；lead领导；send派遣，派送。
8.B 根据语境判断选B，表示“（使）充满，注满”。作者要去加油站给自己的车加油。
9.B 由后面的“many gasoline stations were either closed...”判断选B，此时由于地震，汽油短缺。lack“缺乏”符合语境。
10.C 很多加油站要么关闭，要么站前排队等待加油的队伍很“长”。
11.A 汽油短缺，而且在“我”前面有15辆车，因此“我”担心自己加不上油。
12.B 最后终于轮到“我”了。it was my turn“轮到我了”。
13.C 此处强调原因，因此选C。因为眼下这个局面（等待加油的车太多），加油站限量供应汽油。
14.A 加油站的油不多，只能够限量供应，大家来分享这有限的油，这样挺好的。故选A“分享”。
15.A 加油站工作人员的微笑使“我”很欣慰。
16.D 下文说“他擦掉泪水”，由此判断选D。在这个疏散中心，当人们给这个人送来食物的时候，他感激得哭了。
17.D promise 许诺；role角色；action行动；remark话语。此处指他接下来的一番话使“我”感到诧异，因此选D。
18.B 人们给他送来食物，这个人此时内心充满感激之情，因此选B。
19.D 我们旁边那个城市的人们还没有得到过一点儿食物。因此选D，表示“得到，收到”。
20.D 在这场灾难中，从这些人身上，“我”看到的是光明的未来。这里选D，指这次地震。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship词汇与短语
1. settle vi.安家；定居；停留 vt.解决；决定；安置
【常考用法】
settle in America 在美国定居 settle to work 开始安心工作
settle the problem 解决问题 settle himself down 使他自己平静下来
settle to do his homework 决定做他的作业
【拓展】
settled adj.固定的；不变的；永久的
settlement n.殖民；移民；定居点；和解；解决；决定；清算；清账
settler n.定居者
That settles it！［口］事情就这样定了！这就完了！
【十年高考链接】
(1)(2013·安徽高考)Traditionally,college students hold a graduation ceremony to encourage themselves before they on their life journey.
A.give up B.settle down C.get through D.set off
答案：D give up放弃；settle down定居；（使）安静下来；get through完成；读完；通过；用完；set off出发；（使）开始；引起。句意：依照惯例，为激励自己，大学生在踏上人生旅程之前会举行一场毕业典礼。根据句意应选D项。
（2）（2004·重庆高考）They see you as something of a worrier, problems which don’t exist and crossing bridges long before you come to them.
A.settling B.discovering C.seeing D.designing
答案：C 本题考查动词词义辨析。句意：他们认为你总是能发现麻烦事，甚至连那些不存在的，或是沉寂很久的麻烦，你都能找出来。see 看到，预见到，符合句意。settle解决；discover发现；design设计。
2.suffer vt.& vi.遭受；忍受；经历
【常考用法】
suffer pain 忍受痛苦 suffer defeat 遭受失败
suffer damage 蒙受损失 suffer injury 忍受伤痛
suffer loss 蒙受损失 suffer poverty 忍受贫穷
suffer punishment 遭受惩罚 suffer hardship 忍受苦难
suffer from the war 遭受战争 suffer from the flood 遭受洪灾
suffer from hunger 挨饿 suffer from a headache 头痛
suffer from heart attack 遭受心脏病之苦
3.recover v.重新获得；重新找回；恢复；痊愈
【常考用法】
recover one’s lost watch 找回某人丢失的手表 recover losses 弥补损失
recover one’s strength 恢复体力 recover oneself 恢复正常；使清醒
recover from a severe illness 从重病中康复 recover one’s balance 恢复身体平稳
recover from the effects of the war 从战争的影响中复原
【十年高考链接】
(2009·天津高考)Don’t worry if you don’t understand everything.The teacher will the main points at the end.
A.recover B.review C.require D.remember
答案：B 本题考查动词词义辨析。recover恢复;review复习，回顾;require要求，需要;remember记忆，记住。句意:如果你并不是所有知识都理解的话，不用担心，老师会在结束时把重要的知识点再回顾一下。
4.get/be tired of 对……厌烦
【常考用法】
get/be tired of the endless homework 厌烦了无休止的作业
get/be tired of eating the same breakfast every morning 厌烦了每天早晨吃同样的早饭
get/be tired of going into that office every day 厌倦了每天都要进那间办公室
get/be tired of his speech 厌倦了他的演讲
【短语链接】
be/get tired from 因……而疲惫 be/get tired out 筋疲力尽
【十年高考链接】
（1）(2009·浙江高考) and short of breath，Andy and Ruby were the first to reach the top of Mount Tai.
A.To be tired B.Tired C.Tiring D.Being tired
答案：B 本题考查形容词短语作状语的用法。本句中的Tired and short of breath为形容词短语作状语，补充说明主语所处的状态，又如:Tired and hungry，I arrived at home last night.
（2）(2009·湖南高考)Every evening after dinner， if not from work， I will spend some time walking my dog.
A.being tired B.tiring C.tired D.to be tired
答案：C 本题考查过去分词形式的形容词用于“连词+分词/形容词”结构，在句中作状语。句意:每天晚上饭后，如果我不因工作而感到累的话，我会抽出些时间遛狗。if not from work的逻辑主语就是句子的主语，根据句式结构可知此处应该使用tired，该句是if I am not tired from work的省略。be tired from表示“因……而疲劳”。
（3）(2009·重庆高考)—Ken， ，but your TV is going too loud.
—Oh，I’m sorry.I’ll turn it down right now.
A.I’d like to talk with you B.I’m really tired of this
C.I hate to say this D.I need your help
答案：C 本题考查交际用语。首句句意为“肯，我真不想这样说……”。A项意为“我想和你谈谈”;B项意为“我非常厌烦”;D项意为“我需要你的帮助”。A、B、D三项均不符合句意。
（4）(2008·北京高考)After the long journey,the three of them went back home, .
A.hungry and tiredly B.hungry and tired
C.hungrily and tiredly D.hungrily and tired
答案：B 本题考查形容词短语作状语。句意：长途旅行后他们三人回家了，又饿又累。从句式结构看，空格处应作为状语使用，四个选项中均使用了并列连词and，故and前后的词类应该一致，且英语中形容词或形容词短语可作为状语使用，表示主语的状态，故应选择B项。
5.pack vi. & vt.捆扎，包装，把……打包 n.小包；包裹；一群；大量
【常考用法】
pack my belongings up 把我的东西包起来 pack the presents up 把礼物包起来
pack my bags 收拾我的行囊 pack a few things 收拾一些东西
a pack of reporters 一群记者 a pack of wolves 一群狼
【十年高考链接】
（2010·新课标全国高考）The workers the glasses and marked on each box “This Side Up”.
A.carried B.delivered C.pressed D.packed
答案：D 本题考查动词词义辨析。句意：工人们把玻璃杯装好，并给每个箱子标上“此面向上”的标记。carry 扛，搬，背；deliver 递送；press按，压；pack包装，把……打包。故选D项。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship短语互译
第Ⅰ组
1.合计
2.(使）平静下来；（使）镇静
3.不得不，必须
4.关心，挂念
5.经历，经受
6.set down
7.a series of
8.on purpose
9.in order to
10.face to face
答案：1.add up 2.calm(...）down 3.have got to 4.be concerned about 5.go through
6.写下，记下；放下；登记 7.一连串的；一系列的；一套的 8.故意 9.为了 10.面对面地
第Ⅱ组
1.在黄昏时刻
2.不再……
3.遭受，患病
4.将（某物）装箱打包
5.与……相处；进展
6.fall in love with
7.join in
8.get/be tired of
9.add up to
10.be concerned in
答案：1.at dusk 2.no longer/not any longer 3.suffer from 4.pack (sth.) up 5.get along with 6.相爱，爱上 7.参加，加入 8.对……厌烦 9.合计为，总计达 10.与……有牵连
第Ⅲ组
1.对……心烦意乱
2.保持冷静
3.复习，预习
4.建立，创立
5.安定下来
6.recover from
7.get down to
8.disagree with
9.be grateful to sb.for sth.
10.walk the dog
答案：1.be upset about/over 2.keep calm 3.go over 4.set up 5.settle down 6.从……中恢复 7.开始认真做 8.不同意，不适应 9.因某事感激某人 10.遛狗
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World语法知能精解
直接引语和间接引语（Ⅱ）
一、祈使句变间接引语
直接引语是祈使句，变为间接引语时，要变为ask/tell/order sb.（not） to do的句式。人称代词、时间状语、地点状语按要求作相应变化。
“Please don’t disturb me，” he said to the boy.
→He asked the boy not to disturb him.
“Stay here until tomorrow，” said my grandma.
→My grandma told me to stay there until the following day.
学法点拨 去掉引号要加to;ask,order须记住；替换said要考虑；去掉please莫迟疑；直引若是否定式，not加在to前来显示。
误区警示①有些表建议、要求或劝告的祈使句变为间接引语时，可以用suggest,insist,offer等动词转述，此时要注意这些词的固定搭配。
He said,“Let’s go to the museum.”
→He suggested that we (should) go to the museum.
The doctor said to him,“Don’t drink too much.”
→The doctor suggested that he should not drink too much.
②当祈使句作直接引语表示请求时，变间接引语常采用request/beg/ask sb.to do形式。若原句中没有称呼语，通常可加上me,him,us等。
The teacher said,“Will you please not smoke here ”
→The teacher requested us not to smoke there.
“Could you help me with my homework ”she said.
→She asked me to help her with her homework.
One of the doctors said,“Let me go on with the operation,Dr.Bethune.”
→One of the doctors begged Dr.Bethune to let him go on with the operation.
二、直接引语变间接引语时时态不变的7种情况
1.直接引语阐述的是一成不变的科学真理、客观事实、格言,变为间接引语时，时态不变。
Our geography teacher said to us，“The sun rises in the east and sets in the west.”
→Our geography teacher told us that the sun rises in the east and sets in the west.
2.直接引语中阐述的是过去的客观事实，变为间接引语时，时态不变。
Our history teacher taught us，“The People’s Republic of China was founded in 1949.”
→Our history teacher taught us that the People’s Republic of China was founded in 1949.
3.直接引语是过去进行时，变为间接引语时，时态不变。
Jack said,“John,what were you doing when I phoned you ”
→Jack asked John what he was doing when he phoned him.
4.直接引语中有明确的过去时间状语，变为间接引语时，时态不变。
Xiao Wang said,“I was born on April 20,1980.”
→Xiao Wang said he was born on April 20,1980.
5.直接引语中主句是一般现在时或一般将来时，变为间接引语时，时态不变。
He says，“I have accepted her suggestion.”
→He says that he has accepted her suggestion.
Fred will say,“I haven’t finished the work yet.”
→Fred will say that he hasn’t finished the work yet.
6.直接引语是虚拟语气，变为间接引语时，时态不变。
“I insist that you give up smoking，”said the doctor.
→The doctor insisted that I give up smoking.
7.直接引语中动词为没有过去式的情态动词，变为间接引语时，可以用原来的情态动词，也可以用其他形式表达。
“You mustn’t cross the road against the red light,” said the policeman.
→The policeman said that I mustn’t cross the road against the red light.
“Must I go to bed at eight？” Jim asked his mother.
→Jim asked his mother if he had to go to bed at eight.
学法点拨 直接引语变间接引语时，人称代词、动词时态、时间状语、地点状语等方面需要作相应的变化，但是其中不能变化的情况要特别记忆，这些是判断宾语从句中谓语动词时态时必须要考虑的问题。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship阅读表达2
Passage 1
One morning more than thirty years ago,I entered the Track Kitchen,a restaurant where everyone from the humblest (卑微的)to the most powerful came for breakfast.I noticed an empty chair next to an elderly,unshaven man,who looked somewhat disheveled .He was wearing a worn-out hat and was alone.I asked if I might join him.He agreed quietly and I sat down to have my breakfast.
We cautiously began a conversation and spoke about a wide range of things.We never introduced ourselves.I was concerned that he might have no money and not be able to afford something to eat.So as I rose to go back to the counter and buy a second cup of coffee,I asked,
“May I get you something ”
“ ”
Then I bought him a cup of coffee.We talked more,and he accepted another cup of coffee.Finally,I rose to leave,wished him well,and headed for the exit.At the door I met one of my friends.He asked,
“How did you get to know Mr.Galbreath ”
“Who ”
“The man you were sitting with.He is chairman of the Board of Churchill Downs.”
I could hardly believe it.I was buying,offering a free breakfast,and feeling pity for one of the world’s richest and most powerful men!
My few minutes with Mr.Galbreath changed my life.Now I try to treat everyone with respect,no matter who I think they are,and to meet another human being with kindness and sincerity.
1.What does the underlined word “disheveled” mean (no more than 1 word)
2.Fill in the blank with proper words.(no more than 5 words)
3.Why did the author buy coffee for the old man (no more than 10 words)
4.How did the author probably feel after he talked with his friend (no more than 3 words)
5.What is the message mainly expressed in the story
答案：
1.Untidy/Messy.
2.A coffee would be nice./A (cup of) coffee,please.
3.Because he thought the old man was poor.
4.Surprised/Shocked/Astonished.
5.We should treat everyone with respect./We should avoid judging people by their appearances.
Passage 2
［1］Parents do a lot of things to ensure that their kids grow up to be healthy and balanced individuals(个体，个人).As we grow into adulthood,we begin to realize what our parents did and how we can give back.If you are living with them in the same house,you must understand how to adjust to(适应) them.
［2］In some cultures,the kids live with their elderly parents and they are used to having their grandparents around.In other cultures the kids leave their parents’ houses when they can earn for themselves.Now they aren’t used to having their parents around all the time.Anyway,it’s our duty to give them all the love and care they gave us when we were young.
［3］Maybe you plan to send them to a nursing home just because they’re old,but it is not a solution.The old people should be given all due respect,importance and time,though they can’t do simple things for themselves any more.We must learn to be there for them.They have listened to all our demands when we were young and they have provided for us all our life before we started earning for ourselves.We must .Give them all due respect and importance.Give them our time.
［4］Generally the kids are treating their grandparents roughly,but the grandparents love them.They have more time for them.Thus the kids feel more comfortable with their grandparents.This is very healthy.The family ties become stronger in that way.
［5］The parents may sometimes act unreasonably and they may not be reasonable and understanding.It’s our duty to be patient and bear(容忍) all things.This is the right we should give to our parents,as long as it is within our ability.
1.What is the purpose of this text (no more than 10 words)
2.What does the underlined word “it” (Paragraph 3) probably refer to (no more than 8 words)
3.Fill in the blank in Paragraph 3 with proper words.(no more than 5 words)
4.Why are the children more willing to stay with their grandparents (no more than 8 words)
5.What should young people do if their elderly parents aren’t understanding (no more than 8 words)
答案：
1.To guide young people how to adjust to elderly parents.
2.Sending elderly parents to a nursing home.
3.do the same for them/give these back to them
4.Because their grandparents have more time for them.
5.They should be patient and bear all things.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes阅读表达1
阅读下面短文并回答问题(请注意题后的词数要求)。
Passage 1
Good sleep is needed for good health.During sleep，your body repairs itself.Your immune system is built up.Don’t shortchange （亏待，欺骗） yourself of the sleep you need.Here are some of an expert’s tips for getting a good night’s sleep.
1.Make sure your room is dark.Pull down the shades.Let no light of any kind in.
2.Before you go to sleep，ask your family not to turn on a light.Light breaks the sleep rhythm.Once broken，it’s hard to get the sleep clock running right.As a result，you will not sleep well.You will wake up tired.
3.A hot bath just before bed is good.It makes you relax.You are at peace.This starts the desire for sleep.
4.During the day， .Even jogging（慢跑） will show good results.How about a good long walk This will get your body to work.You will find that toward evening you will get that nice，tired feeling.Sleep then will come easily.Added to this，exercise is good for your health.
5.Here is what to do when you get up.Open the shades or blinds.Let the sun in.Open the windows.Let the fresh air in.This sun and air get imprinted on your brain.The rhythm of being awake gets started.Your body clock is set for the day.That clock will let you know when it is the right time to go to sleep.
76.What does the underlined word “It” mean （Please answer within 5 words）
77.What’s the main idea of the passage （Please answer within 15 words）
78.Please fill in the blank with the proper words or phrases to complete the sentence.（Please answer within 5 words）
79.Explain the underlined sentence in Paragraph 1.
Good sleep is needed for good health.
80.How can we get a good sleep （at least 3 suggestions） （Please answer within 30 words）
①
②
③
答案：
76.A hot bath.
77.This passage shows an expert’s tips for getting a good night’s sleep.
78.do some exercise
79.To be healthy，you need good sleep.
80.（答对三个即可）
①Make sure your room is dark.
②Before you go to sleep,ask your family not to turn on a light.
③A hot bath just before bed is good.
④During the day,do some exercise.
⑤When you get up,open the shades or blinds.Let the sun in.Open the windows.Let the fresh air in.
Passage 2
The Great Wall is one of the wonders of the world and it has a long history of more than two thousand years.It walks from the east to the west in North China.It is about 6，000 kilometers long.It is called “Ten Thousand li Great Wall” by the Chinese people.
The Great Wall was about seven meters high.In many places it was wide enough for ten men to walk side by side along the top.Horses could run along the top，too.Along the Great Wall there are tall and strong watch towers （烽火台）.The Great Wall was made of stones and bricks.There were big stones on both sides and on the top.
To build such a great wall over the mountain and down the valleys was not at all easy.When you look at the Great Wall，you can’t help wondering how the Chinese working people were able to build it without any modern machines.They did all the work with hands.They lifted the earth in baskets and pulled the stones in groups with ropes.They worked in such wild places that it was difficult to give them enough clothes to wear.Thousands of people died of hard work and hunger.
Many people were driven to work on the wall far away from their homes and they never came back.
Now in some places the wall has fallen.We are trying to repair it.As an old building，the Great Wall of China is known to the whole world.Every year thousands and thousands of people come to visit it from all over the world.It is a monument （纪念碑） to the strong will and hard work of the Chinese people.
1.When was the Great Wall built （no more than 7 words）
2.What was the Great Wall made of （no more than 3 words）
3.How did the workers build the Great Wall （no more than 15 words）
4.What do you think of building the Great Wall （no more than 5 words）
5.Is the Great Wall now the same as it was built long ago （no more than 7 words）
答案：
1.More than two thousand years ago.
2.Stones and bricks.
3.They did all the work with their hands./They lifted the earth in baskets and pulled the stones in groups with ropes.
4.It was very difficult.
5.No,it isn’t.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World句式与语法
1.more than
【常考用法】
more than one不止一个 more than once不止一次
more than 50 50多个 more than a little sad非常伤心
more than I can do myself我一个人做不了 more than a teacher不仅仅是个老师
more than a newspaper不仅仅是份报纸 more lazy than stupid与其说傻，倒不如说懒
【十年高考链接】
（1）(2007·福建高考)—Do you need any help,Lucy
—Yes.The job is I could do myself.
A.less than B.more than C.no more than D.not more than
答案：B 本题考查形容词比较级的用法。less than“少于，亚于”；more than“多于，超过”；no more than“只不过”；not more than“至多，不多于”。句意：“露西，你需要帮忙吗？”“是的，这份工作超过了我力所能及的范围。”more than后接带有情态动词的从句，指“（某事）超出了……的范围”，符合题意。
（2）（2004·全国高考）Lizzie was to see her friend off at the airport.
A.a little more than sad B.more than a little sad
C.sad more than a little D.a little more than sad
答案：B 句意：Lizzie在机场给朋友送行，非常伤心。“more than+adj.”意为“非常……”，故B项正确。
2.even if （=even though)即使，纵然（引导让步状语从句）
I wouldn’t give up even if I failed a thousand times.即使失败一千次我也决不放弃。
You should give the children the freedom to voice their ideas even if/though they are different from yours.即使孩子们的观点跟你的不一样，你也应给他们发表自己的观点的自由。
You should stick to it even if/though there are many difficulties ahead.
即使前面困难再多，你也要坚持下去。
【提醒】
引导让步状语从句的连词
（1）although/though/as
（2）while
（3）no matter how/however,no matter what/whatever,no matter who/whoever...
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2013·四川高考）He is so busy.He cannot afford enough time with his son he wants to.
A.even if B.as if C.because D.before
答案：A 本题四个选项都为常见连词（词组）：even if即使， as if 好像，because 因为，before在……之前。题干的意思是：他如此忙碌，即使想抽出充足的时间陪陪儿子也做不到。even if在此引导让步状语从句，符合题意。
（2）(2013·北京高考) I took my driving license with me on holiday, I wanted to hire a car.
A.in case B.even if C.ever since D.if only
答案：A in case以防万一，引导条件状语从句；even if纵然，即使，引导让步状语从句；ever since自……以来，引导时间状语从句；if only要是……就好了，常用于虚拟语气，表示一种强烈的愿望。题干的意思是：我度假时随身带着驾照，以备我租车之需。由句意可知正确答案为A项。掌握连词的用法以及正确理解句意和前后的逻辑关系是解题关键。
（3）(2013·安徽高考)It’s much easier to make friends you have similar interests.
A.unless B.when C.even though D.so that
答案：B 本题需要根据题干的意思和前后两句之间的逻辑关系来判断使用哪个关联词。unless除非，表示相反的条件；when表示时间（有时兼有条件）；even though即使，表示让步；so that以便，以致，表示目的或结果。句意：当你们有相似的兴趣时，成为朋友就容易得多。此处为时间兼条件，故选B项。
（4）（2012·北京高考）—Look at those clouds!
—Don’t worry. it rains，we’ll still have a great time.
A.Even if B.As though C.In case D.If only
答案： A 本题考查状语从句的引导词。句意：“看看那些乌云！”“别担心。即使下雨，我们也会玩得很高兴。”even if 即使；as though似乎；in case 以防；if only要是……多好。由句意可知A项正确。
（5）(2011·山东高考)He had his camera ready he saw something that would make a good picture.
A.even if B.if only C.in case D.so that
答案：C 本题考查状语从句的引导词。句意： 他准备好了相机，以防他看到能拍出好的照片的事物。even if “即使”，引导让步状语从句；if only “要是……就好了”，引导虚拟条件句；in case“以防万一”，引导条件状语从句；so that 引导目的或结果状语从句。由句意可知应选C项。
（6）（2010·湖南高考）Tim is in good shape physically he doesn’t get much exercise.
A.if B.even though C.unless D.as long as
答案：B 句意：Tim 尽管不怎么锻炼，但体形很好。if如果；even though即使，尽管；unless如果不，除非；as long as只要。
（7）（2010·安徽高考）The engineers are so busy that they have zero time for outdoor sports activities， they have the interest.
A.wherever B.whenever C.even if D.as if
答案：C 句意：工程师们如此忙，以至于没有时间进行户外体育活动，即使他们有兴趣。wherever “无论哪儿”；whenever“无论何时”；even if “即使”；as if “好像”。根据句意应选C项。
（8）(2009·北京高考)You may use the room as you like you clean it up afterwards.
A.so far as B.so long as C.in case D.even if
答案:B 本题考查状语从句引导词的用法辨析。句意:你尽可随意使用这个房间，只要你过后打扫干净。so far as远到，就……而言;so long as只要;in case以防万一;even if即使。
（9）(2009·陕西高考)My parents don’t mind what job I do I am happy.
A.even though B.as soon as C.as long as D.as though
答案:C 本题考查连词的用法。A项意为“即使”;B项意为“一……就……”;C项意为“只要”;D项意为“似乎，好像”。句意：只要我快乐，我的父母不介意我做什么工作。
（10）(2008·山东高考)You’d better not leave the medicine kids can get at it.
A.even if B.which C.where D.so that
答案：C 本题考查状语从句引导词的使用。句意：你最好不要把药放在孩子们能够到的地方。where在句中引导地点状语从句。
(11)(2008·重庆高考)All people, they are old or young,rich or poor,have been trying their best to help those in need since the disaster.
A.even if B.whether C.no matter D.however
答案：B 句意：所有的人，不论他们是年老还是年轻、富有还是贫穷，都在尽最大努力帮助那些灾难后需要帮助的人。
(12)(2007·浙江高考)Many of them turned a deaf ear to his advice， they knew it to be valuable.
A.as if B.now that C.even though D.so that
答案：C 本题考查连词词组的用法。句意：他们中的许多人不听他的建议，尽管他们知道那很有价值。as if好像；now that既然；even though尽管；so that以便。
(13)(2007·北京高考)Leave your key with a neighbor you lock yourself out one day.
A.ever since B.even if C.soon after D.in case
答案：D 本题考查连词词组的含义辨析。A项意为“自从……以来”；B项意为“即使”；C项意为“不久之后”；D项意为“以防；以免”。句意为“留把钥匙给邻居，以免有一天你把自己锁在门外”。
(14)(2005·湖南高考）Allow children the space to voice their opinions， they are different from your own.
A.until B.even if C.unless D.as though
答案：B 本题考查连词。句意：即使孩子们的观点跟你的不一样，你也要允许他们发表自己的观点。even if 纵然，即使，引导让步状语从句，符合语境。
（15）（2005·辽宁高考）There was never any time for Kate to feel lonely， she was an only child.
A.ever since B.now that C.even though D.even as
答案：C 本题考查连词。句意：虽然凯特是独生女，她也从不感到孤独。even though即使，虽然，引导让步状语从句，符合语境。
3.English spoken in England... 在英国讲的英语……
过去分词作定语，与所修饰的词之间为动宾关系。
This will be the best novel of its kind ever written (=that has ever been written).
这将是这类小说中写得最好的。
Who were the so-called guests invited (=that had been invited) to your party last night
昨晚被邀请参加你的晚会的那些所谓的客人是谁
【辨析1】过去分词作定语与现在分词作定语
（1）过去分词作定语表示被动、完成。
（2）现在分词作定语表示主动、进行。
【辨析2】done,being done与to be done作定语
（1）done作定语表示被动、完成。
（2）being done作定语表示被动、进行。
（3）to be done作定语表示被动、将来。
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2013·天津高考）In some languages,100 words make up half of all words in daily conversations.
A.using B.to use C.having used D.used
答案：D 句意：在一些语言中，100个单词占了日常对话所使用的所有单词的一半。题干中make up是谓语动词，“ in daily conversations”作后置定语，修饰words，words 与use之间是被动关系，应该用过去分词used。
（2）（2013·湖南高考）You cannot accept an opinion to you unless it is based on facts.
A.offering B.to offer C.having offered D.offered
答案：D 题干的意思是：你不可以接受别人提供给你的观点，除非它是建立在事实基础之上的。分析句子成分可知，“ to you”是分词短语，作后置定语，修饰opinion，又因为opinion和offer之间是被动关系，故用过去分词修饰，由此可知答案为D。解答这类题目需要抓住动词与逻辑主语之间的关系。
（3）（2013·陕西高考）The witnesses by the police just now gave very different descriptions of the fight.
A.questioned B.being questioned
C.to be questioned D.having questioned
答案：A 题干的意思是：刚才被警察询问的证人对打架给出了非常不同的描述。该题考查的是非谓语动词作后置定语的用法。那些证人是“被询问”的，所以要用question的被动形式，故可以排除D项；由句中的just now和gave very different descriptions不难得知“询问”这一动作已经发生，所以要用动词的过去分词作定语；B项表示“正在被询问”；C项表示“将要被询问”，动作还没发生，所以B、C两项均不符合题意。
（4）（2012·浙江高考）“It’s such a nice place,”Mother said as she sat at the table for customers.
A.to be reserved B.being reserved C.reserving D.reserved
答案：D 本题考查非谓语动词的用法。reserve和谓语动词sat之间没有连词，故用非谓语动词，且reserve和其逻辑主语the table构成被动关系，故用过去分词，在句子中作后置定语。
（5）（2012·山东高考） After completing and signing it，please return the form to us in the envelope .
A.providing B.provided C.having provided D.provide
答案：B 本题考查非谓语动词的用法。句意：在完成表格并签字之后，请用提供的信封把它寄给我们。the envelope与provide之间是被动关系，故用过去分词作后置定语。
（6）（2011·大纲全国高考）The island， to the mainland by a bridge,is easy to go to.
A.joining B.to join C.joined D.having joined
答案：C 本题考查非谓语动词的用法。句意：这个岛屿由一座桥和大陆相连，很容易到达。the island与join之间是被动关系，故此处用过去分词。
（7）(2011·福建高考)Tsinghua University， in 1911,is home to a great number of outstanding figures.
A.found B.founding C.founded D.to be founded
答案：C 本题考查非谓语动词。句意：清华大学建于1911年，是许多杰出人物的母校。found意指“建立，创立”，主语Tsinghua University与它构成被动关系，故排除表主动关系的B项founding，并且由时间状语in 1911可知，found动作早已完成，可排除表将来动作的D项to be founded，故用过去分词founded表示被动和完成，C项正确。此题中过去分词短语founded in 1911作后置定语，相当于非限制性定语从句which was founded in 1911。
（8）(2011·湖南高考)The players from the whole country are expected to bring us honor in this summer game.
A.selecting B.to select C.selected D.having selected
答案：C 本题考查过去分词作后置定语。句意：（我们）期待从全国选出的运动员在这次夏季运动会中给我们带来荣誉。由句意可知运动员是“被选出来”的，此处只有C项可作后置定语表被动意义，故选C。解答这类题时，一定要弄清非谓语动词和被修饰词之间的逻辑关系。
（9）（2010·北京高考）I’m calling to enquire about the position in yesterday’s China Daily.
A.advertised B.to be advertised C.advertising D.having advertised
答案：A 句意：我打电话来咨询一下有关昨天的《中国日报》上刊登广告（招聘）的职位。过去分词短语advertised...作后置定语，被修饰词the position与advertise是被动关系。
（10）（2010·湖南高考）So far nobody has claimed the money in the library.
A.discovered B.to be discovered C.discovering D.having discovered
答案：A 句意：迄今为止，没有人认领在图书馆里发现的钱。本题考查非谓语动词作定语。因the money与discover之间是被动关系，故用过去分词作定语。
(11)（2010·全国高考Ⅰ）Mrs.White showed her students some old maps from the library.
A.to borrow B.to be borrowed C.borrowed D.borrowing
答案：C 句意：怀特夫人给她的学生们看了一些从图书馆里借来的旧地图。old maps与borrow之间是被动关系，由句中的动词showed可知此动作已经发生，可排除动词不定式短语作后置定语，即排除A、B两项；D项表示主动或进行，也不符合语境；C项表示被动或完成，符合语境。
(12)（2010·四川高考）A great number of students said they were forced to practise the piano.
A.to question B.to be questioned C.questioned D.questioning
答案：C 句意：许多被调查的学生说，他们是被迫练习弹钢琴的。句中空格处作定语，修饰名词students，且二者之间是被动关系，可排除A、D两项；而B项动词不定式表示将来，与句中said的时态不符，故选C项。
(13)(2009·北京高考)For breakfast he only drinks juice from fresh fruit on his own farm.
A.grown B.being grown C.to be grown D.to grow
答案:A 本题考查非谓语动词作定语。fresh fruit与grow之间为被动关系，故用过去分词作定语。fresh fruit grown on his own farm他自己的农场种植的新鲜水果。B项表示动作正在进行，C、D两项表示动作还未发生，均不符合题意。
(14)(2009·上海高考) With the government’s aid，those by the earthquake have moved to the new settlements.
A.affect B.affecting C.affected D.were affected
答案:C 本题考查非谓语动词。句中有have moved作谓语，因此空格处应选择能作定语的选项，若those后有who应选D项，这样构成一个定语从句，但缺少who，因此只能选affect的过去分词形式作定语，因为those（那些人们）与affect（影响）之间是被动关系。
(15)(2008·福建高考)—Can those at the back of the classroom hear me
—No problem.
A.seat B.sit C.seated D.sat
答案：C 本题考查分词短语作定语。sit为不及物动词，可用sitting...作定语；seat为及物动词，常与反身代词连用或用be seated形式。这里those与seat构成被动关系，故用其过去分词作定语。
(16)(2008·浙江高考)It is one of the funniest things on the Internet so far this year.
A.finding B.being found C.to find D.found
答案：D 本题考查过去分词作定语。过去分词短语found on the Internet作后置定语，用来修饰things，things与它构成被动关系。句意：这是今年到目前为止在因特网上发现的最滑稽的事情之一。
(17)(2008·湖南高考)The trees in the storm have been moved off the road.
A.being blown down B.blown down
C.blowing down D.to blow down
答案：B 本题考查非谓语动词。句意：在暴风雨中被刮倒的树已经从道路上移走了。“树木”的后面缺少定语，因为the trees与blow down之间是被动关系，且是已经完成的动作，故用过去分词短语blown down。
(18)(2008·江西高考)We finished the run in less than half the time .
A.allowing B.to allow C.allowed D.allows
答案：C 本题考查非谓语动词的用法。句意：我们用了不到所允许时间的一半就跑完了。time后缺少定语，time与allow之间是被动关系，因此用过去分词形式。
(19)(2007·上海高考)The Town Hall in the 1880’s was the most distinguished building at the time.
A.to be completed B.having been completed
C.completed D.being completed
答案：C 本题考查非谓语动词的用法辨析。过去分词短语completed in the 1880’s作定语，修饰the Town Hall，二者之间为被动关系；A项表示将来的被动，与句子时态不符；D项表示动作正在发生，不合题意；B项不能作限制性的定语。
(20)(2007·湖南高考) “Things never come again!”I couldn’t help talking to myself.
A.lost B.losing C.to lose D.have lost
答案：A 本题考查非谓语动词。句意：我不禁自言自语：“错过的事情绝不会再回来！”lost为过去分词转化来的形容词，作things的定语，相当于一个定语从句that are lost。
4.those 那些
【常考用法】
those可以替代名词复数，表示特指，相当于the ones。
The TVs sold in this shop are cheaper than those(＝the ones) in that one.
这家商店里卖的电视比那家的便宜。
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2013·天津高考）At our factory there are a few machines similar to described in this magazine.
A.them B.these C.those D.ones
答案：C 句意为“在我们工厂，有一些机器和在这本杂志上描述的那些机器相似”。those特指前面出现的复数可数名词machines。ones泛指前面提到的复数名词，若选ones，则应在ones前加the。
（2）(2013·浙江高考) Half of surveyed in 16 countries say they go first to their closest friend to share their deepest wishes and darkest fears.
A.these B.some C.ones D.those
答案：D 题干的意思是：在16个国家的那些被调查者中，有一半的人说他们会首先把深切的祝福和最大的担忧分享给最亲密的朋友。分析句子结构可知，此处要用代词指代那些被调查者。these用于近指；some某个，某些；ones可表指代，但是为泛指，而此处为特指；those用于远指，相当于the ones。所以正确答案为D项。
（3）(2013·辽宁高考)To her joy,Della earned first the trust of her students and then of her colleagues.
A.that B.one C.ones D.those
答案：A 句意：让Della高兴的是，她首先赢得了学生们的信任，之后又赢得了同事们的信任。空格处需用代词代替the trust，因为trust为不可数名词，故选A项。one可以指代单数可数名词，表泛指，其复数为ones。that 可以指代不可数名词或单数可数名词，表特指，其后常有修饰语，其复数为those。
（4）（2012·浙江高考）Studying Wendy’s menu，I found that many of the items are similar to of McDonald’s.
A.those B.ones C.any D.all
答案： A 本题考查代词的用法。句意：研究温迪的菜单，我发现很多东西和麦当劳的相似。 those=the ones，代指前面的many of the items，表示复数、特指，被of McDonald’s修饰，符合语境。ones表示复数、泛指，any任何一个，all全部，均不符合语境，故排除。
（5）(2011·浙江高考)English is a language shared by several diverse cultures,each of uses it somewhat differently.
A.which B.what C.them D.those
答案：A 本题考查定语从句的引导词。分析句式结构可知，空格处在句中引导非限制性定语从句且在从句中作主语，所以要使用关系代词，由于空格前出现了each且指前面的cultures，所以关系代词指物，要用which。句意：英语是一种被多种不同文化分享的语言，每一种文化在使用它时都在某种程度上有所不同。解答此类题要把握三点：一是定语从句是什么类型的定语从句（限制性定语从句还是非限制性定语从句）；二是先行词表示的是人还是物；三是先行词在从句中充当什么成分，作主语、宾语、表语、定语用关系代词，作状语用关系副词。把握好这三点，就能顺利地确定定语从句的关系词。
（6）(2011·北京高考)The employment rate has continued to rise in big cities thanks to the efforts of the local governments to increase .
A.them B.those C.it D.that
答案：C 本题考查代词的用法。句意：由于当地政府（为增加就业率）所做的努力，大城市的就业率持续攀高。根据句意可知，本题中的代词应该指代上文提到过的名词the employment rate,根据代词的用法可知选项C正确。A项指代可数名词复数；B项指代可数名词复数；D项表特指。
（7）（2010·浙江高考）The settlement is home to nearly 1 000 people,many of left their village homes for a better life in the city.
A.whom B.which C.them D.those
答案：A 句意：这个定居点是将近1 000人的家园，他们中的许多人为了在城里过上更好的生活离开了农村老家。逗号暗示其后为非限制性定语从句，先行词为people，故many of后需要宾格形式的代词，且指代人，故只有whom符合条件。which指代物；them与those不能引导定语从句，故排除。
（8）(2009·江苏高考)Nine in ten parents said there were significant differences in their approach to educating their children compared with of their parents.
A.those B.one C.both D.that
答案:D 本题考查代词的用法。做题时可以先在空格处填上名词，然后再找出相应的代词。根据句意空格处应该填the approach，所以应该用that指代。
（9）(2007·四川高考)Little joy can equal of a surprising ending when you read stories.
A.that B.those C.any D.some
答案：A 本题考查代词的用法。空格处所填词指代joy，joy为不可数名词，且空格后有修饰语，须用that。that代替不可数名词且表特指。
（10）(2007·辽宁高考)The information on the Internet gets around much more rapidly than in the newspaper.
A.it B.those C.one D.that
答案：D 本题考查代词的用法辨析。that代替前面的不可数名词information,it代指同名同物，those与one均代指可数名词。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes词汇2
1.damage n.& vt.损失；损害
【常考用法】
do a lot of damage to the crops毁坏了大量农作物
cause serious damage to the house对房子造成了严重的损坏
damage a car seriously严重损害车辆
damage his reputation as a political personality损害自己政界名人的声誉
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2011·新课标全国高考）William found it increasingly difficult to read，for his eyesight was beginning to .
A.disappear B.fall C.fail D.damage
答案：C 本题考查动词意义辨析。句意：威廉发现阅读越来越困难，因为他的视力开始下降了。disappear消失；fall落下，下落，跌倒，（数量）减少，下降；damage损失，损坏，均不合题意。fail除有“失败，不及格”等含义外，还有“（健康、视力、记忆力）衰退”之意，故选C。
（2）（2008·重庆高考）Teenagers their health because they play computer games too much.
A.have damaged B.are damaging C.damaged D.will damage
答案：B 根据because引导的原因状语从句的时态可知前面的时态。
（3）(2007· 上海春季）John had to have his car repaired in a garage because it seriously.
A.damaged B.was being damaged
C.had damaged D.had been damaged
答案：D 句意：约翰不得不在汽车修理厂找人修车，因为车受损严重。damage在repair之前发生，结合had可知用过去完成时。
（4）（2005·北京春季）After a fire broke out in the lab，a lot of equipment .
A.is damaged B.had damaged C.damaged D.was damaged
答案：D 句意：实验室发生火灾之后，大量设备受损。damage与equipment之间为动宾关系，排除B、C两项；结合broke out（过去时态）排除A项，D项正确。
2.frighten vt.使惊吓；吓唬
【常考用法】
frighten that boy away把那个男孩吓跑了
frighten him from his plan吓得他放弃了他的计划
frighten him into going to school恐吓他去上学
frighten off his attacker by calling for the police他喊警察，吓跑了要向他行凶的人
frighten us out of senses吓得我们失去知觉
frighten me to death吓得我要死
be frightened at the sight of the dog一见到那条狗吓了一跳
be frightened of mice害怕老鼠
be frighten into silence被吓得一声不吭
be badly frightened by the sudden noise被突然而来的嘈杂声吓坏了
be frightened into holding his tongue吓得不敢往下说了
be frightened off by the sound of the dog barking被狗的吠叫声吓跑了
be frightened out of her life吓得要命
be frightened to death吓得要死
【辨析】frightening与frightened
（1）frightening用作形容词，意为“令人害怕的”，事物本身具有使人害怕的性质。
（2）frightened用作形容词，表示“感到害怕的，受到惊吓的”。
frightened look/expression害怕的神情
语法知能精解
定语从句（Ⅰ）——关系代词的用法
在复合句中修饰主句中某一名词或代词的从句，叫做定语从句。它所修饰的名词或代词叫做先行词。它的基本构成：先行词+关系词+定语从句。连接先行词和定语从句的词叫关系词。关系词分为关系代词和关系副词两种。关系词的主要作用是连接主句和从句，同时指代先行词，并在从句中充当一定的句子成分。定语从句又分限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句。引导定语从句的词有两种：关系代词和关系副词。关系代词有that,which,who,whom,whose等；关系副词有when,where,why等。
其具体用法见下表：
关系代词 指代的先行词 在从句中所作的成分
who 指人 主语、宾语、表语
whom 指人 宾语
whose 指人或物 定语
which 指物 主语、宾语、表语
that 指人或物 主语、宾语、表语
一、关系代词的用法
1.who指人，在定语从句中可以充当主语、宾语或表语。
Here comes the girl who wants to see you.想见你的那个女孩过来了。
Danny is a man who we should learn from.丹尼是我们应该学习的一个人。
2.whom指人，在定语从句中作宾语，可省略，也可用who代替。
Rose is the person whom you should look after.罗斯是你应该照顾的人。
3.whose可修饰人，也可修饰物,表“所属”关系，whose在定语从句中作定语。
I know the person whose company produces computers.我认识那个人，他的公司生产电脑。
4.which指事物，在定语从句中作主语、宾语或表语，作宾语时可省略。
China is a country which has a long history.中国是一个具有悠久历史的国家。
5.that既可指人，也可指物，在定语从句中作主语、宾语或表语，作宾语时可省略。习惯上多用who，whom指人，多用which指物。
The number of people that come to visit this city each year reaches one million.
每年来参观这座城市的人数达一百万。
The bag that lies on the ground is hers.地上放的那个包是她的。（that指物，作主语）
误区警示 ①关系代词代替先行词在定语从句中充当主语、宾语、定语，因此定语从句中不能再出现关系代词所替代的名词或代词。
［译］昨天晚上我们看的那部电影非常感人。
［误］The film （that/which） we saw it last night is very moving.
［正］The film （that/which） we saw last night is very moving.
②关系代词作主语时，不能省略；关系代词作宾语时可以省略。
Is that the girl (whom/that/who) you spoke of the other day
那就是你前几天所提到的女孩吗？
二、只能用that而不用which引导定语从句的情况
1.先行词被序数词或形容词最高级修饰或先行词本身是序数词或形容词最高级时。
This is the most delicious food that I have ever had.这是我吃过的最美味的食品。
2.先行词是不定代词，如all，little，few，much，everything，anything，nothing，none，some等时。
All that can be done has been done.一切能做的都已经做了。
3.先行词被all，every，no，the only，the very，the last等修饰时。
I’ve read all the books that are not mine.我已经读了所有那些不是我的书。
The only thing that she could do was go to the police for help.
她唯一能做的事就是去求助警察。
学法点拨 以上三种情况有一个共同特点，就是先行词或先行词之前的修饰语往往带有“唯一”或者“全部”概念，以致无法作出“选择”。因为关系代词which原来也是疑问代词，表示“哪一个”，含有选择意味，所以，用that引导万无一失。
4.先行词既有人又有物时。
We often talk about the persons and things that we remember.
我们常常谈起我们记得的人和事。
5.当主句是以which开头的特殊疑问句时。
Which of the books that you bought is the most useful for my writing
你买的书中哪一本对我写作最有用？
6.关系代词在定语从句中作to be的表语时。
He isn’t the boy that he used to be.他不再是过去的男孩了。
三、只能用which而不用that引导定语从句的情况
1.引导非限制性定语从句时。
Football，which is a very interesting game，is played all over the world.足球，一项非常有趣的运动，在全世界得到了普及。
2.当关系代词前有介词时。
This is the house in which he once lived.这就是他曾经住过的房子。
3.当先行词本身就是that时。
That which you told him about is what we want to know.你告诉他的事情就是我们想知道的。
4.在限制性定语从句中，如果有两个定语从句，其中一句的关系词是that，那么另一句的关系词就需用which。
Let me show you the novel that I borrowed from the library which was newly open.
让我给你看看我从新开放的图书馆借来的小说。
四、只能用who而不用that引导定语从句的情况
1.先行词是指人的不定代词时，如：one，anyone，no one，all，nobody，anybody，none等。
The student you should learn from is the one who works hard and studies well.你应该学习的是那位学习努力且成绩优异的学生。
2.在there be结构中，先行词指人时。
There is a young lady who asks for you.有位年轻女士找你。
3.一个句子中带有两个定语从句时，其中一个定语从句的关系代词是that，另一个宜用who。
The boy that you met last night is the group leader who studies very hard.
昨晚你遇到的那个男孩是个学习非常努力的组长。
误区警示 ①关系代词或关系副词的选择有两个原则：一是看先行词是人还是物；二是看先行词在从句中作什么成分。若先行词在从句中作主语、宾语或表语，则选关系代词；若先行词在从句中作状语，则选关系副词。
We’ll remember those days that/which we spent together.（作宾语）
We’ll remember those days when we played by the sea.(作状语)
②关系代词在从句中作主语时，根据先行词的单复数决定从句谓语动词的单复数。
He is the only one of the students who knows French.（the only one为先行词）
He is one of the students who know French.（students为先行词）
五、as引导定语从句
1.as用作关系代词，既可指人，也可指物。在定语从句中可作主语、宾语或表语。它常用在the same...as...，such...as...，as...as...等句型中，as不能省略。
Such teachers as know Tom think him bright.认识汤姆的老师都认为他聪明。
I’ll buy the same dictionary as you have.我要买和你的一样的词典。
误区警示 当先行词被such,the same修饰时，也可用that引导定语从句，但指同一物，而不是同一类。
This is the same bike that I lost two months ago.
这就是两个月前我丢的那辆自行车。（同一辆自行车）
比较：This is the same bike as I lost two months ago.
这辆自行车像两个月前我丢的那辆。（相像的自行车）
2.as引导非限制性定语从句，代替整个主句的内容。从句可放在主句前、主句后或主句中。
As we all know,the Great Wall of China has become world-famous.
我们都知道，中国的长城已变得世界闻名。
Lu Xun,as is known to us all,was a great writer.众所周知，鲁迅是一位伟大的作家。
学法点拨 as引导非限制性定语从句常用的固定表达：
as we all know众所周知 as is well known众所周知
as you see如你所见 as we expect正如我们预料的那样
as often happens正如经常发生的 as I can remember正如我所记得的
as has been said before如前所述 as is/was expected正如预料的那样
as can be seen正如所见 as may be imagined正如可以想象出来的那样
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World完形填空8
People from Great Britain brought the English language to North America in the 16th and 17th centuries.And in the 1 300 years，there were 2 many changes in 3 places that now people can 4 tell an English person 5 an American in the way he or she talks.
Many old words 6 in England，but were kept in America.For example，300 years ago，people in Great Britain got their water from something they called either a “faucet”， a “spigot” or a “tap”.All these words are 7 heard in different parts of America，but only “tap” is still common in 8 .Americans often made up new words or changed old 9 .“Corn” is one kind of plant in America and 10 in England.Also，over the last three centuries the English language 11 thousands of new words for things that weren’t known 12 .And often，American and English people used two 13 names for one thing.A tin can is called “tin” for short in England，but a “can” in America.The word “radio” is 14 all over the world，including American.But many English people call it “wireless”.And almost anything having something to do 15 cars，railroads，etc. 16 different names in British and American English.
But now American and British English may be growing closer together.One 17 is the large amount of American speech that British people hear daily in movies，on televisions，or 18 travellers. 19 this，Americans seem to be influencing (影响) the British more and more.So some day，English may even be 20 on both sides of the Atlantic.
1.A.following B.recent C.oldest D.last
2.A.such B.too C.so D.great
3.A.either B.both C.neither D.two
4.A.hardly B.differently C.clearly D.easily
5.A.with B.from C.to D.and
6.A.disappeared B.remained C.spoken D.were spoken
7.A.not B.hardly C.never D.still
8.A.America B.British C.England D.the two countries
9.A.word B.forms C.ones D.found
10.A.another B.also planted C.a plant D.a kind of food
11.A.added B.added up C.discovered D.found
12.A.anywhere B.before C.for centuries D.in some countries
13.A.new B.short C.different D.surprising
14.A.produced B.made C.developed D.used
15.A.to B.away C.with D.from
16.A.has B.have C.has given D.was given
17.A.thing B.name C.difference D.expression
18.A.from B.through C.on D.by
19.A.For B.Because C.Besides D.Because of
20.A.different B.more different C.the same D.more useful
【语篇解读】本文讲述的是英美语言的差异。
1.A 下文讲英语有了许多变化，应是在“随后的”300年。following随后的；接下来的。
2.C 此句含有so...that...结构，因名词前有many修饰，故用so，而不用such。
3.B 空后的名词places是复数，故排除A和C项。在此特指英美两国，填both具有特指意义。若填two则为泛指，须在two前加the才具有特指意义。故B项符合语境。
4.D 既然有那么大的变化，就很“容易”把英美人区别开来。
5.B tell...from...意为“把……和……区别开来”。
6.A 后面说“但在美国保留下来了”，则前面应说“在英国消失了”。disappear消失。
7.D 后面说在“faucet，spigot，tap”这三个词中，只有tap一词在英国还用得普遍，则前面应说在美国各地“仍”能听到。
8.C 谈论的是英美两国，前面说的是美国，but后说的应是“英国”。
9.C ones在此代替本句中的words。
10.A 本文讲的是英美语言的差异，因而同一单词在英美两国中所指的可能不同。
11.A 随着历史的前进，语言也向前发展，因此英语也增加了成千上万个新词。add意为“增加”；add up意为“把……加起来”，故选A。
12.B before从前；以前。符合语境。
13.C 由接下来的例子可知此处选C。
14.D 句意：radio这个词在世界各地被使用，包括美国。
15.C have something to do with...意为“与……有关”。
16.A 主语是anything，根据主谓一致的原则和上下文语意，选A。
17.A 由句意可知选A。
18.A from“从”，符合语境。
19.D because后跟句子，引导原因状语从句；
because of后跟名词或代词。
20.C 句意：将来有一天，大西洋两岸(指英美两国)甚至可能讲同一种英语。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship完形填空2
The friendship between us lasts forever.Mary Allen was my best friend— 1 a sister.We did 2 together,piano lessons,movies,swimming,horseback riding,and 3 .
When I was 13,my family moved.Mary and I kept in 4 through letters,and we saw 5 on special occasions—like my wedding and 6 .Soon we were busy 7 children and moving to new homes,and we wrote less 8 .One day a card that I 9 came back stamped “Address Unknown”.I had no 10 how to find Mary.
Over the years,I thought of Mary often.I wanted to 11 stories of my children and then grandchildren.I needed to share my sorrow when my brother and then my mother died.There was an 12 place in my heart that only a friend like Mary 13 fill.
One day I was reading a newspaper 14 I noticed a picture of a young woman 15 looked a lot like Mary and whose last name was Wagman—Mary’s married name.“There must be thousands of Wagmans，” I thought,but I wrote to her 16 .
She called as soon as she got my letter.“Mrs Tobin！” she said 17 ，“Mary Allen Wagman is my mother.” Minutes later I heard a voice that I 18 at once,even after 5 years.We laughed and cried and asked about each other’s lives.
Now the empty place in my heart is 19 ，and there’s one thing that Mary and I know
20 ： we won’t lose each other again!
1.A.as B.so C.namely D.like
2.A.everything B.nothing C.nowhere D.everywhere
3.A.such B.much C.so on D.many
4.A.secret B.touch C.friend D.pace
5.A.other B.others C.another D.each other
6.A.Mary’s B.his C.Mary D.their
7.A.for B.in C.at D.with
8.A.often B.possibly C.probably D.hardly
9.A.gave B.took C.sent D.missed
10.A.doubt B.idea C.question D.wonder
11.A.read B.share C.find D.discover
12.A.eager B.equal C.empty D.enough
13.A.could B.can C.will D.must
14.A.while B.since C.once D.when
15.A.whom B.who C.which D.whose
16.A.anyway B.however C.meanwhile D.therefore
17.A.disappointedly B.rudely
C.excitedly D.coldly
18.A.realized B.accepted C.received D.recognized
19.A.cleared B.filled C.fixed D.removed
20.A.for sure B.on purpose C.by chance D.in a way
【语篇解读】人们心中都有处空地，需要友谊来填充。
1.D Mary Allen是“我”最好的朋友，就像（like）“我”的姐妹。like “像”；as “作为”。
2.A 做任何事（everything）“我们”都在一起。
3.C and so on “诸如此类，等等”，表示列举。
4.B “我们”通过书信联系。keep in touch “保持联系”。
5.D 在一些特殊场合，“我们”会相互见面。each other “相互”。
6.A 像“我”的婚礼和她的婚礼。此处横线后省略了wedding，所以填Mary’s，与前面的my对等。
7.D 很快，“我们”忙于照顾小孩，搬了新家，联系越来越少了。be busy with...“忙于……”。
8.A less often “不经常”。
9.C 一天，“我”发出（send）的卡片被退回。
10.B “我”不知道怎么找她。have no idea “不知道”。
11.B “我”想和她分享“我”的孩子们和孙辈的故事。share“分享，共享”。此处与下文share my sorrow对应。
12.C “我”的心中有处“空空的地方”，需要Mary这样的朋友“才能”填满。由后面的fill可知，此处是empty “空的”。此处也与第19空前照应。
13.A 本句为一段过去时态，此处表达“能够”，所以选A项。
14.D 一天，“我”正在读报这时“我”看到了一张年轻妇女的照片。was doing...when...“正在……这时……”。
15.B 这名妇女看上去很像Mary。who在此引导定语从句，指代woman。
16.A “我”想可能有成千上万个Wagman，但不管怎样“我”还是给她写了信。anyway“不管怎样”。
17.C 多年失去联系的好友再次联系当然是“激动地”。
18.D “我”立刻听出了她的声音。recognize“认出，听出”。
19.B 此处与第13空后的fill照应。fill“填充，塞满”。
20.A “我们”确信“我们”再也不会失去联系了。for sure“确信”；on purpose“故意”；by chance “偶然”；in a way “在某种程度上”。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero语法知能精解
定语从句（Ⅱ）
1.“介词＋关系代词”是一个普遍使用的结构
（1）“介词＋关系代词”可以引导限制性定语从句，也可以引导非限制性定语从句。“介词＋关系代词”结构中的介词可以是 in，on，about，from，for，with，to，at，of，without 等，关系代词只可用whom或 which，不可用 that。
（2）from where为“介词＋关系副词”结构，但也可以引导定语从句。
We stood at the top of the hill，from where we can see the whole town.
我们站在山顶，在那里我们可以看到整个城镇。
（3）像listen to，look at，depend on，pay attention to，take care of等固定短语动词，在定语从句中一般不宜将介词与动词分开。
This is the boy whom she has taken care of.这是她照顾的那个男孩。
2.关系副词引导的定语从句
（1）关系副词也可以引导定语从句。关系副词在从句中分别表示时间、地点或原因。关系副词when在从句中充当时间状语，where 充当地点状语，why充当原因状语。
（2）that可引导定语从句表示时间、地点或原因。that有时可以代替关系副词 when，where 或者why引导定语从句表示时间、地点或原因，在 that引导的这种定语从句中，that也可以省去。
3.限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句
（1）二者差异比较
限制性定语从句紧跟先行词，同先行词之间一般不加逗号，仅修饰先行词，可以用that来引导。非限制性定语从句仅作补充或说明，用逗号与主句隔开，既可修饰先行词，又可修饰整个主句，不可用that引导。
（2）关系代词和关系副词的选择依据
弄清代替先行词的关系词在从句中作什么成分，作状语的应选用关系副词，作主语、宾语或表语的可选用关系代词。
（3）先行词与定语从句隔离
定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后，但定语从句与先行词之间有时也会插入别的成分，构成先行词与定语从句的隔离。
He was the only person in this country who was invited.他是这个国家唯一被邀请的人。
4.as在定语从句中的用法
（1）引导限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句
①as多与such 或the same连用，可以代替先行词是人或物的名词。
②as 也可单独使用，引导非限制性定语从句，作用相当于which。
The elephant’s nose is like a snake，as anybody can see.像每个人看到的那样，大象的鼻子像条蛇。
③the same...that与 the same...as在意思上是不同的。
（2）as引导的非限制性定语从句的位置。as引导的非限制性定语从句位置较灵活，可以位于主句前面、中间或后面，一般用逗号与主句隔开，但which所引导的非限制性定语从句只能放在主句之后。
As is expected，the England team won the football match.
正如所期望的那样，英国队赢了足球比赛。
The earth runs around the sun，as is known by everyone.
正如每个人所熟知的那样，地球围绕太阳转。
【十年高考链接】
（1）(2013·新课标全国Ⅱ高考)When I arrived,Bryan took me to see the house I would be staying.
A.what B.when C.where D.which
答案：C 题干的意思是：“我到达后，布赖恩带我去看了我要住的房子。”分析题干可知后文为限制性定语从句，关系词代替先行词house在定语从句中作地点状语，因此应选择关系副词where。解答该类题目的关键在于分析关系词代替先行词在定语从句中所作的句子成分。
（2）(2013·北京高考)Many countries are now setting up national parks animals and plants can be protected.
A.when B.which C.whose D.where
答案：D 题干的意思是：眼下，许多国家正在建立一些国家公园，动物和植物在那儿可以得到保护。分析结构可知，此处是考查定语从句的引导词，先行词为 national parks，定语从句中缺少地点状语，要用where来引导，相当于in which。关系副词when在定语从句中作时间状语；which在定语从句中作主语、宾语；whose只作定语，三者均不符合语境，故正确答案为D项。解答这类题目首先要找准先行词，然后根据定语从句所缺的成分来确定选项。
（3）(2013·四川高考) Nowadays people are more concerned about the environment they live.
A.what B.which C.when D.where
答案：D 题干的意思是：现在人们更加关注他们生活的环境。分析句子结构可知，题中缺少定语从句的引导词，并且引导词要在从句中作地点状语，所以Ｄ项符合题意。而what不能引导定语从句；which可以引导定语从句，但是在从句中作主语或宾语； when也可以引导定语从句，但是在从句中作时间状语。
（4）(2013·江西高考) He wrote a letter he explained what had happened in the accident.
A.what B.which C.where D.how
答案：C 句意为“他写了一封信，在信中，他解释了这起事故中发生的事情”。定语从句中有主语和宾语，先行词在从句中作地点状语，where相当于in which。
（5）(2013·浙江高考) The museum will open in the spring with an exhibition and a viewing platform visitors can watch the big glasshouses being built.
A.what B.where C.when D.why
答案：B 题干的意思是：“博物馆将在春季开放，届时将有一个展览，还有一个观光平台，在这里参观者可以看到许多在建的大玻璃暖房。”分析句子结构可知， visitors can watch the big glasshouses being built 为定语从句，a viewing platform为定语从句的先行词，从句缺少地点状语，要用where引导，所以正确答案为B项。
（6）（2013·陕西高考） is often the case with children,Amy was better by the time the doctor arrived.
A.It B.That C.What D.As
答案：D 题干的意思是：“正如其他孩子的情况一样，医生到达时，埃米好多了。”该句中as引导非限制性定语从句，用来代替后面整个主句的内容。该题容易误选it，如果选it，题干就是两句话，而中间没有连词且用了逗号，所以it不可选。
（7）(2013·江苏高考) The president of the World Bank says he has a passion for China,
he remembers starting as early as his childhood.
A.where B.which C.what D.when
答案：B 句意：“世界银行行长说，他热爱中国，这种热爱他记得早在童年时就开始了。”通过分析句子结构可知，The president of the World Bank says he has a passion for China为主句，通过还原法可知定语从句是he remembers his passion for China starting as early as his childhood,从句中his passion starting为动名词复合结构。his passion用which替代。when和where虽然可以引导定语从句，但是它们在定语从句中是分别用来作时间状语和地点状语的，不能指代passion；what不能用来引导定语从句，故排除。
（8）（2012·浙江高考）We live in an age more information is available with greater ease than ever before.
A.why B.when C.to whom D.on which
答案：B 题干的意思是：“在我们生活的这个时代，有更多的信息可以比以往任何时候都更加容易获得。”该句为主从复合句，an age为先行词，空格处引导定语从句并在从句中作时间状语，故用when。
（9）（2012·重庆高考）Sales director is a position communication ability is just as important as sales skills.
A.which B.that C.when D.where
答案：D 题干的意思是： “导购员是一个沟通能力和销售能力同样重要的职位。”分析句子结构可知a position后是一个定语从句，而该从句的引导词在从句中作地点状语，即in which=in the position=where，故选D。在定语从句中，当position,point,case,stage,situation等表示抽象地点的名词充当先行词时，若定语从句中缺少状语，则用where来引导定语从句。
（10）(2011·上海高考)You’ll find taxis waiting at the bus station you can hire to reach your host family.
A.which B.where C.when D.as
答案：A 本题考查定语从句引导词的用法。句意：你会发现出租车等候在公共汽车站，你可以搭乘出租车到达你寄宿的家庭。分析定语从句可知缺少宾语，故只能选择连接代词which,故答案为A。
（11）(2011·安徽高考) Whatever is left over may be put into the refrigerator, it will keep for two or three weeks.
A.when B.which C.where D.while
答案：C 本题考查非限制性定语从句。句意：一切剩下的东西可以放进冰箱，在那里可以保存两到三个星期。where代替in the refrigerator，在从句中作状语。
（12）(2011·新课标全国Ⅰ高考)The prize will go to the writer story shows the most imagination.
A.that B.which C.whose D.what
答案：C 本题考查定语从句引导词的用法。空格处在定语从句中作story的定语，因此用 whose。
（13）（2010·江西高考）The girl arranged to have piano lessons at the training centre with her sister she would stay for an hour.
A.where B.who C.which D.what
答案：A 先行词为centre,she would stay for an hour 不缺宾语或主语,故要填状语,表地点用where。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero单项填空4
第Ⅳ组
1. to his research work,the professor cared little about any other thing.
A.Devoting B.Devoted C.Having devoted D.To devote
2.Although the wind has ,the rain remains steady,so you still need a raincoat.
A.turned up B.gone back C.died down D.blown out
3.Because of the financial crisis,days are gone local 5-star hotels charged 6,000 yuan for one night.
A.if B.when C.which D.since
4.The girl arranged to have piano lessons at the training centre with her sister she would stay for an hour.
A.where B.who C.which D.what
5.From the night of Dec.9 Beijing the first snowfall process since this winter,but with small amount.
A.has seen B.has had C.was experienced D.has been striking
6.For him, stage is just means of making a living.
A.a;a B.the;a C.the;the D.a;the
7.Yesterday we Mr. Zhang the best teacher in our school.
A.shouted B.refused C.agreed D.voted
8.From their on the top of the TV Tower,visitors can have a better view of the city.
A.stage B.position C.condition D.situation
9.Only after my friend came .
A.did the computer repair B.he repaired the computer
C.was the computer repaired D.the computer was repaired
10.The island is attractive in spring and autumn because of the pleasant weather in both seasons.
A.partly B.merely C.nearly D.equally
11.The boy had a escape when he ran across the road in front of the bus.
A.close B.short C.narrow D.fine
12.The society today offers the young generation more chances to their talent and skills.
A.give out B.take in C.show off D.carry on
13.He for ten years but still doesn’t want to leave office.
A.has been in power B.has come to power
C.has taken office D.came into power
14. I toured Zhangjiajie,I was deeply impressed with its beautiful scenery.
A.For the first time B.At first
C.It was the first time D.The first time
答案：
1.B 本题考查非谓语动词。句意为“由于这位教授专心于他的研究工作，他极少关心任何其他的事情”。devoted为过去分词，位于句首作原因状语。
2.C 本题考查短语辨析。句意为“虽然风停了，但是雨还在下，因此你仍需要带上雨衣”。A为“出现，到来”,B为“回来”,C为“平息”，D为“吹出”，由句意可知选C。
3.B 本题考查定语从句。句意为“由于金融危机，当地五星级酒店一晚收费6 000元的日子不复存在了”。when引导的从句作days的定语。
4.A 本题考查定语从句。先行词为centre，where在从句中充当状语。
5.A From the night of Dec.9 Beijing has seen...是一种拟人化的手法，以增加句子的表现力。see意为“（在某段时期或某地）发生、经历、经受、见证”，故选A。
6.B 本题考查冠词的用法。stage在该句中表示“从艺”，是一个抽象概念，其前不可加不定冠词；由句意可知第二个空格处应表示“一种方式”，用a means of。
7.D 本题考查动词词义辨析。句意为“昨天我们都投票支持张老师是我们学校最好的老师”。vote在此作及物动词，表示“投……的票”，其他三项不符合语境。
8.B 本题考查名词词义辨析。句意为“从他们在电视塔顶的位置，游客们可以更好地看到这个城市的景色”。A为“舞台，时期，阶段”;B为“位置”； C为“条件，情况”；D为“形式，情况，情景”。由句意可知选B。
9.C 本题考查倒装。only修饰副词、介词短语或状语从句位于句首时，句子采用部分倒装语序。根据逻辑关系，“电脑”是“被修理”，应用被动语态，故选C。
10.D 本题考查副词词义辨析。A为“部分地”；B为“仅仅，只不过”；C为“几乎，差不多”；D为“同等地，同样地，相等地”。根据句意可知选D。
11.C 本题考查固定搭配。句意为“这个男孩在横穿公共汽车前的马路时九死一生”。a narrow escape意为“幸免于难，侥幸逃脱，九死一生”，符合句意，因此选C。
12.C 本题考查短语辨析。句意为“当今社会向年轻一代提供更多的机会去表现他们的天才和技能”。A为“释放，筋疲力尽”;B为“欺骗，吸收，领会”；C为“显示，炫耀，卖弄”;D为“继续，坚持下去”。由句意可知选C。
13.A be in power表示状态；come to power与take office表示动作，由句中的“for ten years”判断应选A项。
14.D the first time用作连词，引导时间状语从句，意为“第一次……的时候”；for the first time作时间状语，不引导从句。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship阅读表达1
阅读下面短文并回答问题(请注意题后的词数要求)。
Passage 1
Too many people want others to be their friends,but they don’t give friendship back.That is why some friendships don’t last very long.To have a friend,you must learn to be one.You must learn to treat your friend the way you want your friend to treat you.Learning to be a good friend means learning three rules:be honest;be generous;be understanding.
Honesty is where a good friendship starts.Friends must be able to trust one another.If you don’t tell the truth,people usually find out.If a friend finds out that you haven’t been honest you may lose your friend’s trust.Good friends always count on one another to speak and act honestly.
Generosity means sharing and makes a friendship grow.You don’t have to give your lunch money or your clothes,of course.Instead you have to learn how to share things you enjoy,like hobbies and your interests.Naturally you will want to share your ideas and feelings.These can be very valuable to friends.They tell your friends what is important to you.By sharing them you help your friends know you better.
Sooner or later everyone needs understanding and help with problems.Something may go wrong at school.Talking about the problem can make it easier to solve.Turning to a friend can be a first step in solving the problem.So to be a friend you must listen and understand.You must try to put yourself in your friend’s place so you can understand the problem better.
No two friendships are ever exactly alike(相似的,同样的). But all true friendships have three things in common.If you plan to keep your friends,you must practice honesty,generosity and understanding.
1.The best title of the passage is .
2.What does a good friendship begin with
3.By sharing (no more than 4 words) you help your friends know you better.
4.What can be a first step in solving the problem
(no more than 4 words).
5.将画线部分翻译成汉语。
答案：
1.How to be a good friend/Learning to be a good friend means learning three rules:be honest;be generous;be understanding
2.Honesty.
3.your ideas and feelings
4.Turning to a friend
5.从来没有两种友谊是完全相同的。
Passage 2
［1］Many books have been written for parents on how to get on well with their children.Few have been written about the reverse (相反的)，on how kids can get along with their parents.If I were to write one,I’d like it includes the following：
［2］Your parents,being older than you,have run into more problems than you have.Because of this,they may come across as experts on nearly everything.Be patient. Their trying to show they know all the answers is their way of showing they care and are concerned. Having seen more of life,parents may notice you are drifting into problems before you realize them.They may have seen others harm themselves,and can’t stand by and .The world has changed a lot since they were young.They are afraid for you about things like fast cars,drugs and so on.It frightens them to think of your becoming trapped in a destructive situation.
［3］You may want to scream，“I’m not a baby.I can take care of myself.” But they took total care of you when you were born.They’ve let it go,bit by bit,but don’t think that they are quite ready for that total freedom you want.
［4］Getting something you want from your parents may be a difficult and big argument.It doesn’t need to be! Confrontation (对抗) politics don’t work anywhere,in company management,in world politics or within families.Remember,both you and your parents are real people,with real feelings.
1.What is the best title of the passage (no more than 10 words)
2.Explain the underlined sentence in Paragraph 2.
Their trying to show they know all the answers is their way of showing they care and are concerned.
3.Please fill in the blank in the second paragraph with proper words to complete the sentence.(no more than 10 words)
4.In your opinion,how should you respond to (回应)your parents’ love and concern (no more than 30 words)
5.What does “one” (Para.1) refer to？(no more than 2 words)
答案：
1.Getting Along with Your Parents
2.They appear to know how to deal with everything because they want to show they love and care for you.
3.see it happen to you
4.We should respect our parents and keep in mind that our parents are always concerned about us,no matter what they do.
5.A book.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes单项填空3
第Ⅲ组
1.The lifeboat was sent out to the sailors from the sinking ship.
A.shelter B.rescue C.escape D.trap
2.The mother’s actions her love more than any words could do.
A.expressed B.said C.meant D.judged
3.The Sound of Music is the first English film I have ever seen.
A.which B.that C.when D.what
4.There are more girls than boys in that school，with of the students being girls.
A.three fifth B.three fifths C.third five D.thirds five
5.He is a man.He always says what he thinks.
A.curious B.serious C.sincere D.upset
6. his parents expected，he was admitted into the big local company.
A.What B.As C.Which D.That
7.I you what you have achieved.
A.celebrate；on B.congratulate；on
C.congratulate；for D.celebrate；for
8. foreigners come to our school for a visit every year.
A.A great number B.A good many of C.A great deal D.A great many
9.You will your chances of getting a good job if you don’t work harder than your colleagues.
A.injure B.wound C.ruin D.harm
10.When you are in the earthquake-hit areas，don’t get too close to the buildings
roofs are under repair.
A.whose B.which C.of which D.that
11.When the firemen arrived，the whole ancient temple had been completely in the heavy fire.
A.injured B.wounded C.damaged D.destroyed
12.His film is sure to win the award because it by most people.
A.thinks well of B.is thought well
C.is well thought D.is well thought of
13.—You have lots of friends，right
—Yes. I go，I am willing to make new friends.
A.Somewhere B.There C.Everywhere D.Nowhere
14. to be no time for checking the answers before handing in the papers.
A.It seems B.There seems C.We seem D.What seems
15.They were walking along the shore a huge wave appeared out of nowhere，sweeping them out to sea.
A.as B.while C.when D.though
答案：
1.B 考查动词辨析。句意：救生艇被派出去救援沉船的水手。shelter掩蔽；rescue营救；escape逃脱，逃跑；trap使陷入困境。 由句意可知选B。
2.A 句意：这位妈妈用行动表达的爱胜过任何言语。express常用来表示“表达某人的思想、情感、意见等”。
3.B 从句中缺少宾语，when不可以作宾语，排除C项；what不可引导定语从句，排除D项。又因先行词被序数词修饰时，通常用that而不用which。故答案选B项。
4.B 表达分数时，分子用基数词，分母用序数词，当分子超过1时，分母要用复数。故答案选B项。
5.C 考查形容词词义辨析。句意：他是一个直爽的人——他总是怎么想就怎么说。curious“好奇的，好事的”；serious“严肃的”；sincere“诚实的，坦率的”；upset“不安的”。结合句意可知C项正确。
6.B 考查定语从句。句意：正如他父母所期望的，他被一家当地的大公司录取。as 引导非限制性定语从句，可置于句首，意为“正如”。
7.B 句意：我祝贺你所取得的成就。表示“祝贺某人某事”用congratulate sb.on sth.，所以B项正确。
8.D a great number后面应先加介词of，再加可数名词；a good many也可为a great many，可直接修饰可数名词，不加介词of；而a great deal后也要先加介词of再加不可数名词。所以选D。
9.C 考查动词辨析。此处ruin表示“毁掉（……的希望）”。
10.A 考查定语从句。关系词在定语从句中作定语修饰roofs，因而使用whose。
11.D 考查动词辨析。destroy表示完全毁坏无法修复，与前面的completely正好吻合。
12.D 句意：他的电影肯定会获奖，因为大多数人都看好它。think well of sth.重视某事，看好某物。此处为被动语态，of 不能省。
13.C 答语意为：是的，不管我去哪里，我都喜欢结交新朋友。everywhere此处用作连词，引导状语从句。
14.B 考查there be结构的变化句型。句意：在交卷前似乎没有时间检查答案了。故用there seems to be...的结构形式。
15.C 句意：他们正沿着海岸走着，这时一个巨浪突然出现，将他们卷入大海。连词when引导时间状语从句，when相当于and then，常常带有“突然”之意，be doing...when...可翻译为“正在……，突然……”或“正在……，这时……”。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes句式与语法2
1.those who... 凡是……的人
【常考用法】
those who相当于people who，意为“凡是……的人”，表示两者以上的不定数量。who在它引导的定语从句中作主语，不能省略，且谓语动词用复数，不能用that替换who。
【链接】
anybody/anyone who相当于whoever，意为“凡是……的人”，表示两者以上的不定数量。who在它引导的定语从句中作主语，谓语动词用单数。
Those who break the law will be punished.
=Anyone who breaks the law will be punished.
=Whoever breaks the law will be punished.
违法的人将会受到惩罚。
【十年高考链接】
（2006·北京高考）Women drink more than two cups of coffee a day have a greater chance of having heart disease than those don’t.
A.who；/ B.who；/ C.who；who D./；/
答案：C 句意：那些每天喝两杯多咖啡的女人比不喝的人更有可能患心脏病。分别用who引导定语从句，修饰women和those，who在从句中作主语，不能省略。
2....was doing...when... ……正在做……这时（突然）……
【常考用法】
句子when用作并列连词，意为“这时”，不能换用while。
【句式链接】
was/were about to do...when...刚要做……这时（突然）……
was/were on the point of doing...when...刚要做……这时（突然）……
hardly had sb.done...when...某人刚刚做……这时（突然）……
She was applying herself to her work in the office when the building caught fire.
她正在办公室忙于工作这时大楼突然着火了。
We were having a meeting when someone broke in angrily.
我们正在开会这时有人怒气冲冲地闯了进来。
They were working in the fields when it began to pour.
他们正在田地里劳作这时天下起了倾盆大雨。
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2013·陕西高考） Jim a late night film at home when,right in the middle of a thrilling scene,the television went blank.
A.watched B.had watched C.was watching D.would be watching
答案：C 句意：吉姆在家看一部午夜电影，看到中间一幕惊险的场景时，屏幕上突然出现一片空白。该句考查be doing...when...结构，意为“正在做……就在这时（突然）……”。从后面的动作went blank可知“看电影”发生在过去；并且是当吉姆正在看的时候，所以该题要用过去进行时态，即was watching。
（2）（2011·浙江高考）One Friday，we were packing to leave for a weekend away my daughter heard cries for help.
A.after B.while C.since D.when
答案：D 本题考查固定句式。句意：一个周五，我们正在打包裹动身去过周末，就在这时我女儿听到了呼救声。 表示“正在做……就在这时（突然）……”用be doing...when...，所以D项正确。when用作并列连词，在句中表示“就在这时（突然）……”之意，它构成的固定句式是：be doing sth./be about to do sth./had done sth.when...对于此类题，解题的关键是要理清题干或选项中出现的标志词，如本题中的were packing就是标志词，再结合句意与逻辑，套用固定句式，就能找到答案。
（3）（2009·福建高考）She had just finished her homework her mother asked her to practise playing the piano yesterday.
A.when B.while C.after D.since
答案：A 本题考查when的用法。由句意可知此处when用作并列连词，意为“这时”。
（4）（2010·大纲全国高考Ⅱ）Tom was about to close the window his attention was caught by a bird.
A.when B.if C.and D.till
答案：A 句意：汤姆刚要关窗，这时他的注意力被一只鸟吸引了。Sb.be about to do...when...是一个固定句式，表示“某人正要做……这时……”。
3.Before sb.... 某人还没来得及……就……
【常考用法】
before用作连词时，其基本含义是“在……之前”，又可以根据不同语境灵活翻译成“才”、“还没来得及就……”、“趁……”、“就”等。具体用法如下：
（1）与情态动词can/could连用
这时候从句虽为肯定形式，根据汉语表达习惯译成“还没来得及就”。
Before I could get in a word，he had measured me.我还没来得及插话他就为我量好了尺寸。
Before she could move，she heard a loud noise，which grew to a terrible roar.
她还没来得及迈步，就听见一声巨响，接着就是可怕的隆隆轰鸣。
（2）用于肯定句中强调主句所表达的时间、距离长，或花费的精力大，译成“才”。
We had sailed four days and four nights before we saw lands.
我们航行了四天四夜才看到陆地。
We waited a long time before the train arrived.我们等了很长时间火车才到。
（3）用于否定句中，强调主句所表达的时间、距离短，或花费的精力小，译成“不到……就”。
We hadn’t run a mile before he felt tired.我们跑了还不到一英里他就觉得累了。
（4）主句含有hardly，scarcely等半否定副词时可以译为“刚……就”。这时候主句应用过去完成时态，从句用过去时，还可以用when替代before。
We had scarcely reached the school before/when the bell rang.我们刚到学校铃声就响了。
（5）有时还有“（宁可……而）不愿”的意思。
I’d shoot myself before I apologized to him.我宁死也不向他道歉。
（6）用于It+be/takes+时间段+before句型。
在这一句型中又可以根据主从句的时态分成两种情况。
①若主句是一般将来时态，从句是一般现在时。若主句是肯定形式，意思是“要过多长时间才”；若主句是否定形式，翻译成“用不了多久就”。
It will be two weeks before everything returns to normal.两周之后一切才能恢复正常。
It will be many years before the situation improves.这种状况要过许多年才能得以改善。
It won’t be long before we meet again.用不了多久我们就会再见面的。
②若主句是一般过去时，从句也是一般过去时。若主句是肯定形式，翻译成“多长时间之后才”；若主句是否定形式，翻译成“没过多久就”。
It was some time before I realized that I was wrong.过了很长一段时间我才意识到我错了。
It wasn’t long before she became a brave soldier.没过多久她就成了一名勇敢的战士。
After that it still took seven years before they got married.那之后他们又过了七年才结婚。
【注意】
当主句的谓语动词为延续性动词时，before与until有时可以互换。如：It was an hour before/until the police arrived.
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2013·湖南高考）You must learn to consult your feelings and your reason you reach any decision.
A.although B.before C.because D.unless
答案：B although “虽然，尽管”，引导让步状语从句；before“在……之前”，引导时间状语从句；because “因为”，引导原因状语从句；unless “除非”，引导条件状语从句。句意：做任何决定之前,必须学会尊重自己的情感与理智。空格前后的时间先后意味较为明显，所以答案为B。
（2）（2013·陕西高考） I have heard a lot of good things about you I came back from abroad.
A.since B.until C.before D.when
答案：A 从题干中的 “have heard” 可知是“已经听说”，所以应该是“自从我回来”，因此要用since引导时间状语从句。句意：自从我从国外回来，我听到了很多关于你的好消息。
（3）（2013·上海高考）I cannot hear the professor clearly as there is too much noise I am sitting.
A.before B.until C.unless D.where
答案：D 本题四个选项都为常见的状语从句引导词。before“在……之前”，引导时间状语从句；until“直到……为止”，引导时间状语从句；unless“除非，如果不”，引导条件状语从句；where“在……的地方”，引导地点状语从句。句意：“我不能听清楚教授所讲的东西，因为在我坐着的地方有太多的噪音。”显然这里指我所坐的地方太吵，导致我听不清。解答这类题目要正确理解句意。
（4）（2012·山东高考） A number of high buildings have arisen there was nothing a year ago but ruins.
A.when B.where C.before D.until
答案：B 考查状语从句的用法。句意：很多高楼在一年前还是废墟的地方拔地而起了。where在句中引导地点状语从句。其他选项均不合题意。
（5）（ 2012·上海春招） you take a photo，you should always check the position of the sun.
A.Before B.After C.Because D.Though
答案：A 考查状语从句的连接词。句意：你在照相之前，应该检查太阳的位置。before在……之前；after在……之后；because因为；though虽然。
（6）（2012·重庆高考）—Coach，can I continue with the training
—Sorry，you can’t you haven’t recovered from the knee injury.
A.until B.before C.as D.unless
答案：C 考查状语从句。句意：“教练，我可以继续训练吗？”“对不起，你不可以，因为你膝盖的伤还没有恢复。”故用as表示原因；until直到……；before在……之前；unless除非。
（7）（2007·北京高考）—Where’s that report
—I brought it to you you were in Mr.Black’s office yesterday.
A.if B.when C.because D.before
答案：B 本题考查连词用法及含义辨析。句意：“那篇报告在哪儿呢？”“昨天当你在布莱克先生办公室的时候我带给你了。”when“当……时候”。
（8）（2007·上海高考）Small sailboats can easily turn over in the water they are not managed carefully.
A.though B.before C.until D.if
答案：D 考查连词词义辨析。句意：如果小帆船没有被仔细掌控好的话，那么在水中就很容易被打翻。if “如果”，引导条件状语从句。
（9）（2007·辽宁高考）We had to wait half an hour we had already booked a table.
A.since B.although C.until D.before
答案：B 考查连词的含义及用法。句意：尽管我们已经预订了饭桌，但我们不得不等上半个小时。although“尽管”，引导让步状语从句。
（10）（2007·福建高考）You will be successful in the interview you have confidence.
A.before B.once C.until D.though
答案：B 本题考查状语从句的引导词，before“在……之前”，引导时间状语从句；once“一旦”，引导条件状语从句；until“直到……”，引导时间状语从句；though“虽然”，引导让步状语从句。由句意“一旦你有了信心，你在面试中就会成功的”可知应选B项。
（11）（2007·安徽高考）The field research will take Joan and Paul about five months；it will be a long time we meet them again.
A.after B.before C.since D.when
答案：B 本题考查before引导的时间状语从句的用法。主句为将来时态，从句用一般现在时态代替将来。
（12）（2004·天津高考）It was evening we reached the little town of Winchester.
A.that B.until C.since D.before
答案：D 句意：我们还没赶到温彻斯特小城天就黑了。此处 before用于肯定句中强调主句所表达的时间、距离长，或花费的精力大。
（13）（2005·广东高考）The American Civil War lasted four years the North won in the end.
A.after B.when C.before D.then
答案：C 句意：美国内战持续了四年，北方才最终获胜。此处 before用于肯定句中强调主句所表达的时间长、花费的精力大，意为“……才……”。
（14）（2005·山东高考）It was some time we realized the truth.
A.when B.until C.since D.before
答案：D 句意：过了一段时间我才了解到了真相。“It was +时间段+before从句”表示“过了多久才……”。
（15）（2006·四川高考）-Why didn’t you tell him about the meeting？
-He rushed out of the room I could say a word.
A.before B.until C.when D.after
答案：A 句意：“你为什么没告诉他开会的事？”“我还没来得及说什么他就跑出了房子。”before sb.could...表示“某人还没来得及……就……”。
（16）（2006·福建高考）—How long do you think it will be China sends a manned spaceship to the moon？
—Perhaps two or three years.
A.when B.until C.that D.before
答案：D 句意：“你认为要过多久中国才能往月球发射载人飞船？”“或许两三年。”“It will be +时间段+before从句”表示“要过多久才……”。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes完形填空2
I shall never forget the day when the earthquake happened.It was about 5 in the afternoon and I was 1 along the road to my daughter’s school.Our plan was to go 2 together.I stopped at a 3 to get some fresh fruit.We liked to have some fruit to eat after our swim.I was driving along a high 4 on my way to the school. 5 my road was another road which was built like a 6 .I was 7 so I put the bag of apples 8 me and started to eat one.Suddenly I saw the cars in front of me start to 9 from side to side.I slowed down.Then my car started to shake! I didn’t know what was happening.Perhaps something had 10 wrong with my car.I drove a little more slowly and then I 11 the car and at the same moment the road 12 onto the cars in front of me.I found myself in the 13 .I couldn’t move.My legs and feet were hurt badly and I couldn’t move them.All around me was 14 .But below me I could hear shouts and a lot of noises.Then I realized what had happened.I had been 15 an earthquake.For about two hours nobody came.Luckily I could reach the bag of 16 ，so at least I had plenty to eat.Then I heard people 17 towards me.A team of people had come to 18 if anyone was under the 19 road.I called out，“I’m here！” I heard a shout.Soon a stranger climbed to my car.“How are you 20 ？” he asked.“Not too bad，” I said.They didn’t get me out until the next morning.
1.A.driving B.leading C.walking D.running
2.A.shopping B.dancing C.swimming D.sightseeing
3.A.farm B.shop C.park D.school
4.A.road B.bridge C.school D.side
5.A.Under B.Along C.Over D.Beside
6.A.bridge B.roof C.cover D.top
7.A.tired B.thirsty C.sleepy D.hungry
8.A.over B.ahead of C.beside D.under
9.A.move B.roll C.run D.jump
10.A.been B.broken C.gone D.done
11.A.parked B.started C.moved D.stopped
12.A.put B.ran C.fell D.jumped
13.A.dark B.afternoon C.evening D.car
14.A.noisy B.dusty C.quiet D.blood
15.A.on B.at C.by D.in
16.A.food B.sandwiches C.apples D.bread
17.A.climbing B.shouting C.moving D.driving
18.A.know B.tell C.understand D.see
19.A.falling B.broken C.breaking D.dirty
20.A.sleeping B.feeling C.eating D.going
【语篇解读】本文是一篇记叙文。作者描述了发生地震后，像立交桥的路塌了，砸到了作者的车，她被困车中，后来在人们的援救下，于次日上午脱险。
1.A 从下文I was driving along a...得知答案。
2.C 从下文We liked to have some fruit to eat after our swim.得知。
3.B 买水果当然是去商店。
4.A 下文提示是在路上走。
5.C 由下文知发生了地震，像立交桥的路塌了，砸到了我的车。由此可知我开车走的路的上面是另外一条像桥的路。over在……上面。
6.A 参看5题解析。
7.D 从后面开始吃苹果知我很饿。
8.C 饿了应把水果放在一边，因为作者还要开车。
9.A 当地震发生时，地面在晃动，地面上的东西应是来回移动。故选move（移动）。roll翻滚，滚动，不合句意。
10.C go wrong发生故障，出毛病。
11.D park表示在停车场或某个地方停车。此处指停下车。
12.C 路倒塌砸到了我的车。
13.A 路倒塌后，我就被埋在了车里，四周一片黑暗。
14.C 我的周围一片寂静。
15.D 由上下文可知这时作者才意识到发生了地震。
16.C 由上文知应是苹果。
17.A 由后文a stranger climbed to my car知应选A。
18.D 一队人来看看在倒塌的路下是否有人。
19.B broken表示被破坏的。
20.B How are you feeling？感觉如何？
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero阅读表达2
阅读下面短文并回答问题（请注意题后的词数要求）。
（2013·天津高考）
My name is Clara.I still remember that chilly December day,sitting in science class. I’d finished a worksheet early and picked up a TIME for Kids magazine.A piece of news caught my eye:NASA was holding an essay contest to name its Mars rover （火星探测器）.Before I even knew anything else about it,a single word flooded my 11-year-old mind:Curiosity.
I couldn’t wait for the bell to ring so I could get started on my essay.That afternoon,I raced home,sat down at the computer,and typed until my fingers ached.“Curiosity is an everlasting flame that burns in everyone’s mind...”
Five months later,my mom received a phone call,and immediately,a wide smile spread across her face.
On August 5,2012,at 10:31 p.m.,the rover named Curiosity touched down safely on the surface of Mars,and I was honored to have a front-row seat in NASA.
Curiosity is such an important part of who I am.I have always been fascinated by the stars,the planets,the sky and the universe.I remember as a little girl,my grandmother and I would sit together in the backyard for hours.She’d tell me stories and point out the stars.Grandma lived in China,thousands of miles away from my home in Kansas,but the stars kept us together even when we were apart.They were always there,yet there was so much I didn’t know about them. That’s what I love so much about space.
People often ask me why we go to faraway places like Mars.My answer is simple:because we’re curious.We human beings do not just hole up in one place.We are constantly wondering and trying to find out what’s over the hill and beyond the horizon.
56.How did Clara get the news about the essay contest （no more than 10 words）
57.Why did Clara have a front-row seat in NASA (no more than 10 words)
58.What does Clara remember about the time spent with Grandma (no more than 15 words)
59.What does the underlined phrase “hole up” mean (1 word)
60.In your opinion,why is curiosity important (no more than 20 words)
答案：
56.By reading a TIME for Kids magazine./From a TIME for Kids magazine.
57.She won the essay contest held by NASA./She named the Mars rover “Curiosity”./“Curiosity” was chosen as the name of the Mars rover.
58.She sat together with Grandma listening to her stories about the stars./Her grandma told her stories about the stars./They sat together talking about the stars.
59.Stay/Remain/Live/Hide.
60.Curiosity is important because it leads to discovery or invention./With curiosity,we keep asking questions and exploring the unknown world./Curiosity drives us through our lives so that we never stop wondering about the things beyond our knowledge.
阅读下面短文并回答问题（请注意题后的词数要求）。
（2013·山东高考）
[1]ean Paul Getty was born in 1892 in Minneapolis,Minnesota.He became a millionaire when he was only 24.His father was wealthy,but he did not help his son.Getty made his millions alone.He made his money from oil.He owned Getty Oil and over 100 other companies.The Fortune magazine once called Getty “the richest man in the world.”
[2]But money .He married five times and divorced five times.He had five children but spent little time with them.None of Getty’s children had very happy lives.
[3]Getty loved to make money and loved to save it.In spite of his great wealth,Getty was a miser.Every evening,he wrote down every cent he spent that day.He even put pay telephones in the guests’ bedrooms in his house so he could save money on phone bills.
[4]In 1973,kidnappers took his 16-year-old grandson,and demanded a large amount of money for his safe return.Getty’s son asked his father for money to save his child.But Getty refused.The kidnappers were merciless and Getty’s son made repeated requests for help from his father.Finally,Getty agreed to lend the money,but at 4 percent interest.
[5]Getty started a museum at his home in Malibu,California.He bought many important and beautiful pieces of art for the museum.When Getty died in 1976,the value of the collection in the museum was ＄1 billion.He left all his money to the museum.After his death,the museum grew in size.Today it is one of the most important museums in the United States.Getty made a large fortune in his life,but he gave his money to the art world because he wanted people to learn about and love art.
76.What is the main idea of Paragraph 1 (no more than 8 words)
77.Fill in the blank in Paragraph 2 with proper words.(no more than 7 words)
78.Explain the underlined sentence in Paragraph 3.
79.What did the kidnappers do to Getty’s family (no more than 10 words)
80.What does the author want to tell us about Getty in the last paragraph (no more than 10 words)
答案：
76.Getty was a self-made millionaire./Getty became rich through his own efforts.
77.did not buy happiness for Getty
78.Although he was very rich,Getty hated to spend money.
79.They took Getty’s grandson and asked for money.
80.Getty made a great contribution to the art world./Getty had another side.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship完形填空8
I often read of incidents of misunderstanding or conflict.I’m left 1 .Why do these people create mistrust and problems,especially with those from other 2 ？
I was growing up in Kuala Lumpur in the early 1960s, 3 children from different races and religions played and studied 4 in harmony.At that time my family lived a stone’s 5 from Ismail’s.And no one was bothered that Ismail was a Malay Muslim and I was an Indian Hindu—we just 6 our differences.Perhaps,our elders had not filled our heads with unnecessary advice，well 7 or otherwise.
We were nine when we became friends.During the school holidays,we’d 8 the countryside on our bicycles,hoping to 9 the unexpected.At times Ismail would accompany my family as we made a rare shopping trip to town.We would be glad of his 10 .
When I was twelve,my family moved to Johor.Ismail’s family later returned to their village,and I 11 touch with him.
One spring afternoon in 1983,I stopped a taxi in Kuala Lumpur.I 12 my destination.The driver acknowledged my 13 but did not move off.Instead,he looked 14 at me.“Raddar ” he said,using my childhood nickname(绰号).I was astonished at being so 15 addressed (称呼).Unexpectedly! It was Ismail!Even after two 16 we still recognized each other.Grasping his shoulder,I felt a true affection,something 17 to describe.
If we can allow our children to be 18 without prejudice,they’ll build friendships with people,regardless of race or religion,who will be 19 their side through thick and thin.On such friendships are societies built and 20 we can truly be,as William Shakespeare once wrote,“we happy few,we band of brothers”.
1.A.interested B.pleased C.puzzled D.excited
2.A.parties B.cities C.villages D.races
3.A.why B.which C.how D.when
4.A.together B.around C.alone D.apart
5.A.drop B.throw C.move D.roll
6.A.refused B.made C.sought D.accepted
7.A.paid B.meant C.preserved D.treated
8.A.explore B.search C.discover D.desert
9.A.get through B.deal with C.come across D.take away
10.A.arrival B.choice C.effort D.company
11.A.lost B.gained C.developed D.missed
12.A.stated B.ordered C.decided D.chose
13.A.attempts B.instructions C.opinions D.arrangements
14.A.anxiously B.carelessly C.disappointedly D.fixedly
15.A.familiarly B.strangely C.fully D.coldly
16.A.departures B.months C.years D.decades
17.A.possible B.funny C.hard D.clear
18.A.them B.themselves C.us D.ourselves
19.A.from B.by C.with D.against
20.A.still B.otherwise C.then D.instead
【语篇解读】本文为夹叙夹议文章，话题为“友谊”。本文讲述了作者和儿时的伙伴虽然信奉的宗教不同但是彼此和谐相处，分别多年后再次巧遇使双方激动不已。作者通过自己的经历告诉我们要排除种族歧视，同甘共苦，创建和谐社会。
1.C 考查形容词辨析。根据下文的作者的疑问“为什么这些人有那些不信任和问题呢？”可知作者感到非常困惑，选择puzzled。
2.D 考查名词辨析。根据最后一段第一句中出现的without prejudice“没有歧视”和regardless of race or religion“不管种族和宗教”，可推知本空选择D项。
3.D 考查定语从句引导词。本句是定语从句，先行词指的是the early 1960s，所以用when。
4.A 考查上下文逻辑搭配。那个时候“我们”来自不同种族和宗教的孩子们一起（together）玩，一起学习，相处融洽。
5.B 考查固定短语辨析。a stone’s throw 近在咫尺，本句指的是“我”家当时离Ismail的家很近。
6.D 考查动词辨析以及上下文的逻辑关系。根据第三段第一句可知，“我们”是朋友，故“我们”接受（accept）彼此的不同。
7.B 考查上下文的逻辑关系。well meant出自“善意的”是固定短语，本句指的是“我们”的长辈没有用那些不必要的建议或善意的建议来灌输“我们”的大脑。
8.A 考查固定搭配。选择explore “探索，考察”描述当时作者和他的伙伴童真无邪的心理，觉得一切都很新鲜，骑着自行车来“探索”乡下未知的事物。
9.C 考查动词短语辨析。由于他们没去过乡下，再说是骑着自行车当然是想遇到一些没遇到过的事情。come across “偶然中遇到”。
10.D 考查名词辨析。根据上文的accompany “陪同”可知答案为company，“有他的陪伴我感到很高兴”。
11.A 考查动词短语搭配以及逻辑关系辨析。根据下文Unexpectedly! It was Ismail!可推知自从各自搬家后他们两个失去了（lost）联系。
12.A 考查动词词义辨析。“我”拦了一个出租车并说明（state）了“我”的目的地。
13.B 考查名词词义辨析。这个司机知道“我”的指示(instructions)，但是没有动。
14.D 考查副词词义辨析。由于是多年之后好朋友见面当然是Ismail目不转睛地盯着“我”。fixedly“固定地；不动地”。
15.A 考查副词词义辨析。根据上文的childhood nickname，可知是熟悉的称呼，由此可知作者在异地有人叫他儿时的绰号感到非常震惊。
16.D 考查上下文逻辑关系。根据本段第一句的in 1983和第二段第一句的the early 1960s可推知事情过了20多年。decade “十年”。
17.C 考查形容词辨析。根据语境和本句中的a true affection，可知当时作者的心情是难以（hard）形容。
18.B 考查代词的逻辑代指。此处用themselves表示“让孩子们做他们自己”。
19.B 考查介词辨析。by one’s side through thick and thin “和某人同甘共苦，共同支持”。
20.C 考查副词的辨析。句意：社会被建立在这样的友谊之上，那么（then）“我们”才能真正成为……
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship单项填空1
第Ⅰ组
1.She refused to offer any help,which quite all the people present.
A.ignored B.settled C.upset D.suffered
2.“If you your diet,trouble will follow.”my doctor warned me.
A.pack B.ignore C.recover D.concern
3.He devoted himself to his research work,having no time for a rest.
A.exactly B.gratefully C.loosely D.entirely
4.I’m afraid it’s not within my to get the work done in such a short time.
A.energy B.strength C.power D.force
5.I don’t think he is an honest man；I’m his empty talk.
A.grateful for B.tired of C.crazy about D.concerned about
6.I can’t express how I am for all you’ve done for me.
A.grateful B.loose C.calm D.entire
7.In order to build the dam,they moved the local people and them in another place.
A.recovered B.ignored C.concerned D.settled
8.The doctors are delighted to find that the patient is beginning to from heart operation.
A.uncover B.discover C.recover D.cover
9.Someone called me up in the middle of the night,but he hung up I could answer the phone.
A.since B.until C.before D.as
10.Although I often send e-mails to Tom,I haven’t seen him .
A.eye to eye B.face to face C.with eyes D.on my own
11.I everything that happened then.
A.set down B.came down C.set up D.set out
12.This is the first time that we a film in the cinema together as a family.
A.see B.had seen C.saw D.have seen
13.The Jews a series of disasters in World War Ⅱ,because the German Nazis wanted to kill all of them.
A.went over B.went after C.went for D.went through
14.There was a time I lived peacefully on the farm.
A.when B.that C.which D.where
15.When the office,I found the naughty boy beside my desk,trembling.
A.entered;standing B.entering;stood
C.entered;stood D.entering;standing
答案：
1.C 考查动词词义辨析。句意：她拒绝提供任何帮助，这令在场的所有的人都很难过。upset使难过,符合句意。ignore忽视，不理睬；settle定居；suffer遭受。
2.B 考查动词词义辨析。句意：我的医生告诫我：“如果你不重视饮食，麻烦就会跟随而至”。ignore忽视,符合句意。pack打包；recover康复；concern担忧。
3.D 考查副词词义辨析。句意：他全身心投入到研究工作，没时间休息。entirely全部地,符合句意。exactly的确；gratefully感激地；loosely松散地。
4.C 考查名词词义辨析。句意：恐怕我没有能力在这么短的时间内完成这项工作。power能力,符合句意。energy精力；strength力气；force暴力，军队。
5.B 考查形容词短语意义辨析。句意：我认为他不是一位诚实的人，我厌倦了他的空谈。be grateful for因为……而感激；be tired of厌倦……；be crazy about对……着迷；be concerned about担心，担忧。由句意可知B项正确。
6.A 考查形容词词义辨析。句意：对于你为我所做的一切，我不知道如何表达感激之情。grateful感激的,符合句意。loose松的；calm平静的；entire整个的。
7.D 考查动词词义辨析。句意：为了建大坝，他们把当地人搬了出去，让他们在另外一个地方定居。settle定居，安置,符合句意。recover康复；ignore忽视；concern关心，担忧。
8.C 考查动词词义辨析。句意：医生很高兴地发现这个病人正在开始从心脏手术中康复。recover康复,符合句意。uncover打开；discover发现；cover 覆盖，报道。
9.C 考查before的用法。before在本题中的意思是“在……之前”，可译为“还没来得及……”。since自从……以来；until直到……为止；as当……时，由于。
10.B 考查短语意义辨析。句意：尽管我经常给汤姆发送电子邮件，但是我没有当面见过他。face to face面对面；eye to eye眼对眼；with eyes用眼睛；on one’s own独立。
11.A 句意：我记下了那时发生的所有事情。set down “记下，写下”。
12.D 句意：这是我们作为一个家庭第一次一起到电影院看电影。This is the first (...)time that...have/has done...“这是第一(……)次做……”是固定句式。
13.D 句意：因为德国纳粹想消灭所有的犹太人，所以在二战时犹太人遭受了一系列灾难。go through经受，经历；go over复习；go after追赶，追求；go for选择，努力争取。
14.A There was a time when...“有那么一段时间……”； when 引导定语从句，在从句中作时间状语。
15.D 考查非谓语动词。when entering the office 为 when I entered the office 的省略形式； find sb. doing sth.“发现某人正在做某事”。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero完形填空1
My mother asked me to go to several garage sales （宅前旧货出售） with her one cool morning.
We finally 1 at a pleasant house in the woods.The elderly 2 told me that he and his wife were retired （退休的） teachers.As we were searching,I heard the gentleman’s wife say her 3 to someone,and I immediately 4 who she was.She looked at me and said,“You’re Lisa Miller.”I looked at her 5 ，for it had been nearly thirty 6 since I had been in her class.
My mother immediately said sorry to her for any 7 that I might have made.She did that again after learning that I wasn’t the sweet little child.She thought that if this woman
8 me after so many years,I must have done something 9 .My teacher looked at my mother and 10 said,“Oh,no,she was very good.”
My teacher 11 that during the last week of school,I 12 her a plant from my mother’s garden.It was a lamb’s ear.She took us to her garden where she planted the lamb’s ear.Over the years it 13 .As I looked down her driveway （车道）with lamb’s ears on both sides,she said,“Every day when I leave my house and drive up the driveway,I think of you.And when I come home they 14 me,I think of you.”Tears 15 my eyes.There at her home was a piece of my life that she had raised.
At that moment，she taught me more about 16 than I could imagine.We give pieces of ourselves every day 17 thought.We seldom imagine the effects （影响） that we have on others’ lives.That piece may grow and spread,becoming a(n) 18 part of a life.In the end it Isn’t the big things that matter, 19 the small things that make all the 20 in the world.
1.A.started B.searched C.stopped D.left
2.A.worker B.owner C.buyer D.player
3.A.price B.address C.name D.age
4.A.realized B.forgot C.learned D.guessed
5.A.surprisingly B.worriedly C.boredly D.tiredly
6.A.months B.years C.days D.weeks
7.A.future B.fight C.excuse D.trouble
8.A.considered B.saw C.remembered D.found
9.A.terrible B.lucky C.friendly D.special
10.A.loudly B.silently C.angrily D.softly
11.A.explained B.reported C.warned D.ignored
12.A.stole B.bought C.chose D.brought
13.A.disappeared B.died C.fell D.spread
14.A.accept B.send C.greet D.help
15.A.gave up B.came into C.turned to D.took away
16.A.life B.garden C.plants D.lessons
17.A.with B.by C.without D.through
18.A.necessary B.unimportant C.large D.whole
19.A.though B.but C.because D.so
20.A.effort B.way C.decision D.difference
【语篇解读】作者与母亲一同去旧货市场买东西，没想到遇到自己差不多三十年未见的老师。令作者更为惊奇的是当年送给老师的一株植物，在老师的精心培育下，不断繁衍，布满了车道的两旁。这深深地教育了作者，让她从中悟出了人生的真谛。
1.C 文章首段说作者和母亲到宅前旧货出售市场逛一逛。本句中的finally说明她们最终到达了一处地方，停了下来。
2.B 根据garage sales“宅前旧货出售”可知这里指a pleasant house的所有者，故选owner。
3.C 从下文可知，此处选name“名字”符合语境。
4.A 从下文I had been in her class可知卖旧货人的太太是作者的老师，因此，当听到这个人说出她自己的名字时，作者很快就“意识到（realized)”她是谁。
5.A 从后半句来看，她们俩差不多三十年没有见面，因此，与老师相遇，作者倍感惊奇。
6.B 下文的after so many years和Over the years是提示。
7.D 母亲说抱歉，是因为母亲为孩子可能在上学期间给老师带来的麻烦而道歉，故选trouble。
8.C 根据上下文可知，此处应选remembered。
9.A 在作者母亲的眼里，差不多三十年了，这个老师还能够记起自己孩子的名字，那说明孩子当时是做了很糟糕的事情，否则她不会这么长时间还记得。故选terrible。
10.D 根据下文老师对作者所送植物的培育可知，老师是温和地说作者表现很好，故选softly。
11.A 本段是老师解释为什么她说作者是个好孩子。
12.D 根据“a plant from my mother’s garden”可知是作者从母亲的花园里带来一株植物给老师。
13.D 作者当时是带来一株植物，而现在车道的两旁全是这种植物，这说明这株植物在老师的培育下繁衍开来。
14.C 当老师回家的时候，这些植物向她打招呼，greet在这里是拟人化的描述。
15.B 作者深受感动而热泪盈眶。come into“涌入”。
16.A 通过这件事，作者感到老师又教给了自己更多的生活真谛。从下文the effects（影响） that we have on others’ lives可以看出。
17.C 根据下文的We seldom imagine...可判断此处应选without。
18.A 根据下文 it isn’t the big things that matter,but the small things...可知，往往起重要作用的不是大事情，而是那些微小的事情，说明小事情变成了生命中必需的部分。
19.B but与前面的not构成not...but...“不是……而是……”。
20.D 短语make all the difference的意思是：关系重大，大不相同。所以此处表示：事虽小，但意义重大。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero短文改错1
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2.只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
Passage 1 （2013·新课标全国高考Ⅰ）
I hardly remember my grandmother.She used to holding me on her knees and sing old songs.I was only four when she passes away.She is just a distant memory for me now.
I remember my grandfather very much.He was tall,with broad shoulder and a beard that turned from black toward gray over the years.He had a deep voice,which set himself apart from others in our small town,he was strong and powerful.In a fact,he even scared my classmates away during they came over to play or do homework with me.However,he was the gentlest man I have never known.
答案：
I hardly remember my grandmother.She used to me on her knees and sing old songs.I was only four when she away.She is just a distant memory for me now.
I remember my grandfather very .He was tall,with broad and a beard that turned from black gray over the years.He had a deep voice,which set apart from others in our small town, he was strong and powerful.In a fact,he even scared my classmates away they came over to play or do homework with me.However,he was the gentlest man I have known.
Passage 2 （2013·新课标全国高考Ⅱ）
The book I’m reading of talks about afternoon tea in Britain.It is said to have started in the early 1800’s.Have tea in the late afternoon provides a bridge between lunch and dinner,that might not be served until 8 o’clock at night.This custom soon becomes another meal of day.Interesting,it had a connection by the British porcelain (瓷器) industry.Tea in China was traditionally drank from cups without handles.When tea got popular in Britain,there was a crying need for good cup with handles to suit British habits.This made for the grow in the porcelain industry.
答案：
The book I’m readingof talks about afternoon tea in Britain.It is said to have started in the early 1800’s. tea in the late afternoon provides a bridge between lunch and dinner, might not be served until 8 o’clock at night.This custom soon another meal of day.,it had a connection the British porcelain (瓷器) industry.Tea in China was traditionally from cups without handles.When tea got popular in Britain,there was a crying need for good with handles to suit British habits.This made for the in the porcelain industry.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes阅读理解2
第Ⅱ组
A
Having lived in California until 1970，my family has felt a number of earthquakes.We have been fortunate，however，to have suffered no bodily harm or property damage.
There is a website that lists all California earthquakes recorded from 1769 to the present.The site lists the dates and times as well as the magnitude （震级） and the exact location of any quake that measured more than 6.0.There are only a few quakes that stand out in my memory and，luckily，none is shown in the website.So，my personal experience with earthquakes might be considered insignificant.
There are three earthquakes that are difficult to forget.The first one was in 1955 and our oldest daughter was walking with me in our backyard in Redwood City in California.As the shaking became stronger I held her to me with one arm as I held on to one of our fruit trees with the other.All three of us （my daughter，I and the tree）shook for two or three minutes that to us felt like hours.
The second one was in 1963.Our entire family was visiting Disneyland in Southern California.The earth started to shake just as we were beginning to walk from our hotel toward the famous landmark.
My third experience with an earthquake was a lonely one in California.It was in my sixties and I was alone in an old church.As the building started to shake，I quickly headed for the door to go outside.I remember I said a little prayer—something like，“Help me get out of here in time，Dear Heavenly Father”.Minutes later，I was safe outside.
1.The author writes the passage mainly to tell us about .
A.a new film about an earthquake B.how to survive an earthquake
C.his three earthquake experiences D.how to save children in an earthquake
2.The earthquakes the author has experienced .
A.all caused bodily harm B.are all recorded in a website
C.all measured more than 6.0 D.all happened in California
3.When the first earthquake happened，the author .
A.was staying with his daughter B.was planting fruit trees
C.held on to a tree for hours D.was in a hotel
4.What does the underlined part “the famous landmark” refer to
A.A church.
B.Disneyland.
C.A building destroyed by an earthquake.
D.The place where the author was born.
【语篇解读】作者回忆了自己经历的三次地震。
1.C 写作意图题。作者主要是向读者介绍了自己经历的三次地震。
2.D 细节理解题。根据第三段的The first one was in 1955...in California.和第四段第二句以及第五段的My third experience with an earthquake was a lonely one in California.可知答案。
3.A 细节理解题。根据第三段的All three of us（my daughter，I and the tree） shook for two or three minutes...可知作者和女儿共同经历了这场地震。
4.B 理判断题。根据Our entire family was visiting Disneyland...可知答案。
B
If the crust （外壳） of the earth were not pretty solid （坚固的），it would be shaking about and moving up and down frequently.However，there are places in the rocks of the earth’s crust where it isn’t strongly held together—where faults exist.Along the faults，one rock might push against another with great force.The energy is changed to vibration in the rocks，so they begin to shake and we have an earthquake!
The most famous one in North America was the San Francisco earthquake of 1906.Seven hundred people died and property（财产）damage amounted to about ＄425，000，000.The greatest destruction came from the fires that followed the quake.
One of the most famous earthquakes in Europe took place in Lisbon，Portugal，in 1755.The city was destroyed and at least thirty thousand people were killed.In 1908，in Calabria and Sicily，a quake killed about seventy-five thousand people.In 1915，in central Italy，hundreds of towns and villages were damaged and thirty thousand people were killed.
Two great earthquakes that caused great damage in Asia took place in Tokyo，Japan，and in Gansu Province in China.The Tokyo quake of 1923 killed more than one hundred thousand people and destroyed the city and the city of Yokohama，too.The Chinese quake in 1920 covered more than three hundred square miles and killed about two hundred thousand people.
5.The first paragraph mainly tells us .
A.where earthquakes happen B.how earthquakes happen
C.the damage caused by earthquakes D.famous earthquakes in the world
6.The underlined word“vibration” in the first paragraph probably means “ ”.
A.shaking B.force C.energy D.losing
7.According to the passage，the earthquake that killed the most people happened in .
A.Portugal B.Italy C.Japan D.China
8.We can infer from the passage that .
A.the earth’s crust in Europe is weaker than that in other places
B.the fires following the San Francisco earthquake caused more damage than the earthquake did
C.there were 75，000 people killed in the San Francisco earthquake
D.the city of Yokohama was not greatly influenced by the Tokyo quake
【语篇解读】本文是一篇说明文。说明地震的起因。
5.B 通读第一段可知，本段介绍了地震的起因。
6.A 一块岩石有可能用力挤压另一块岩石，地壳的能量发生了改变导致岩石晃动，于是地震发生了。vibration意为“晃动”，故A项正确。
7.D 由地震死亡数字可知，1920年在中国发生的地震死亡人数最多。
8.B 细节理解题。由第二段中“The greatest destruction came from the fires that followed the quake.”可知B项正确。
C
In 1989 an 8.2 earthquake almost flattened America，killing over 30，000 people in less than four minutes.A father rushed to the school where his son was supposed to be，only to discover that the building was as flat as a pancake.
After the shock，he remembered the promise he had made to his son：“No matter what， I’ll always be there for you!” And tears began to fill his eyes.As he looked at the pile of ruins that once was the school，it looked hopeless，but he kept remembering his promise to his son.
Remembering his son’s classroom would be in the back right corner of the building，he rushed there and started digging through the ruins.
Other well-meaning parents tried to pull him off what was left of the school，saying：“It’s too late! They’re all dead! You can’t help! Face the reality，there’s nothing you can do!” He replied，“Are you going to help me now ” The fire chief showed up and tried to pull him off the school’s ruins saying，“Fires are breaking out，explosions are happening everywhere.You’re in danger.We’ll take care of it.Go home.” This loving，caring American father asked，“Are you going to help me now ”
The police came and said，“You’re anxious and it’s over.You’re endangering others.Go home.We’ll handle it!” He replied，“Are you going to help me now ” No one helped.
Courageously he went on alone.He dug for eight hours...12 hours...24 hours...36 hours...then，in the 38th hour，he pulled back a large stone and heard his son’s voice.He screamed his son’s name，“ARMAND!” He heard back，“Dad! It’s me，Dad! I told the other kids not to worry.I told them that if you were alive，you’d save me and when you saved me，they’d be saved.You promised no matter what happened，you would always be there for me! You did it，Dad!” “What’s going on in there How is it ” the father asked.
“There are 14 of us left out of 33，Dad.”
“Come out，boy!”
“No，Dad! Let the other kids out first，because I know you’ll get me! No matter what happens，I know you’ll always be there for me!”
9.Why did the father keep digging
A.Because he promised his wife he would take care of their son.
B.Because others persuaded him to do so.
C.Because he promised his son that he would be with him whatever happened.
D.Because his son was his only child.
10.Many people came up and tried to persuade the father to stop digging except .
A.the police B.the fire chief
C.some kind parents D.the medical officer
11.Which of the following best describes the son
A.Frightened，hopeless and thankful. B.Careful，helpful and brave.
C.Calm，hopeful and determined. D.Selfish，honest and faithful.
12.We can learn from the passage that .
A.sometimes all a person needs is a hand to hold and a heart to understand
B.you cannot go on well in life until you forget your past failures
C.love can set us free from all fear and overcome the toughest challenges
D.we have enough happiness to make us sweet and enough sorrow to keep us human
【语篇解读】父爱是一诺千金。父亲曾经对儿子说：不管发生什么，我都会在你身边。地震过后，父子都牢记这句话。后来，父亲来到了儿子身边，儿子凭靠这句话坚持了下来。
9.C 推理判断题。由文章内容可知，就是因为对儿子的承诺，使得这位父亲一直在挖，故C项正确。
10.D 细节理解题。由文章第四、五段可知，有些好心的父母、消防大队长以及一些警察都劝他放弃，故D项正确。
11.C 推理判断题。由文章中儿子的表现尤其是 他说的话I told the other kids not to worry.I told them that if you were alive，you’d save me and when you saved me，they’d be saved.You promised no matter what happened，you would always be there for me! You did it，Dad!可以推断出他是一个冷静、有决心、并且充满希望的人，故C项正确。
12.C 推理判断题。通读全文可知，就凭着一股信念，相信父亲会来救自己，儿子帮助其他十几个人活了下来，这就是爱的力量，爱可以使人克服重重困难，故C项正确。
D
Some countries have a large number of earthquakes.Japan is one of them.Others do not have many；for example，there are few earthquakes in Britain.There is often a great noise during an earthquake.The ground shakes and houses fall down.Railway lines are broken.Trains run off the lines.Sometimes thousands of people are killed in different ways.About 60，000 were killed in 1783 in South Italy.A terrible earthquake in 1883 killed 35，000 people in Indonesia.
Fires often follow earthquakes.The Tokyo earthquake of 1923 happened just before the middle of the day.People were cooking meals on their fires at that time.When the ground shook，and the fires shook，too.Hot materials were thrown onto different parts of the houses，which were made of wood.Soon 134 fires were burning in the city.
Another terrible earthquake happened in India in 1896.The ground suddenly moved 0.45m to one side.Then it moved back again.It moved like this 200 times a minute.Nearly all the buildings and trees fell down when that was happening.
13.According to the article， has few earthquakes.
A.India B.Italy C.Japan D.England
14.Which of the following won’t happen during an earthquake
A.The ground shakes. B.Materials become hot.
C.Some people die. D.A great noise can be heard.
15.There were many fires after the Tokyo earthquake because .
A.people were using fires B.the earthquake shook the fires
C.the houses were made of wood D.All the above
16.Which of the following is NOT true
A.Trains run off the lines because railway lines are broken in earthquake.
B.The earthquake of 1923 hit Tokyo just before the middle of the day.
C.People threw hot materials onto different parts of the houses.
D.In the 1896 India earthquake，there were few buildings in the area after the earthquake.
【语篇解读】本文是一篇说明文。介绍了世界上地震常发地以及地震时的伴随现象。
13.D 细节理解题。根据第一段中“for example，there are few earthquakes in Britain”可知，答案是D。
14.B 细节理解题。根据第一段中“There is often a great noise during an earthquake.The ground shakes and houses fall down.”和“Sometimes thousands of people are killed in different ways.”可知，A、C、D三项内容正确；只有B项没提到。
15.D 细节理解题。根据第二段中“People were cooking meals on their fires at that time.When the ground shook，and the fires shook，too.Hot materials were thrown onto different parts of the houses，which were made of wood.”可知，D项正确。
16.C 正误判断题。根据第一段中“Railway lines are broken.Trains run off the lines.”可知，A项正确；根据第二段中“The Tokyo earthquake of 1923 happened just before the middle of the day.”可知，B项正确。根据第三段中“Nearly all the buildings and trees fell down when that was happening.”可知，D项正确。只有C项不符合原文。
E
After an earthquake most survivors can be expected to recover over time，particularly with the support of family and friends.Some families will be able to return to their normal life quickly，while others will have to contend with the destruction of their homes，medical problems，and injury to family members.Children especially will need time to recover from the loss of a loved one or a pet or from the closing down of their school.
Children often turn to adults for information，comfort and help.Parents should try to remain calm，answer children’s questions honestly and remain understanding when they see changes in their children’s behavior.
Children react differently to an earthquake depending on their ages，developmental levels and former experiences.Some will respond by withdrawing （不与人交往），while others will have angry outbursts（爆发）.Parents should remain sensitive to each child’s reactions.Parents should spend time talking to their children，letting them know that it’s OK to ask questions and to share their worries.Although it may be hard to find time to have these talks，parents can use regular family mealtimes or bedtimes for them.They should answer questions briefly and honestly and be sure to ask their children for their opinions and ideas.Issues may come up more than once and parents should remain patient when you answer the questions again.For young children，parents，after talking about the earthquake，might read a favorite story or have a relaxing family activity to help them calm down.Parents should also tell children they are safe and spend extra time with them.They could play games outside or read together indoors.Most importantly，be sure to tell them you love them.
17.What’s the passage mainly about
A.How to prepare before an earthquake strikes.
B.What to do in an earthquake.
C.How to face the loss of a loved one in an earthquake.
D.How to help children recover mentally from an earthquake.
18.The underlined phrase “contend with” in Paragraph 1 can be replaced by “ ”.
A.deal with B.make up C.put off D.turn back
19.Which of the following pieces of advice is NOT mentioned in the passage
A.Keep a close watch on children’s behavior.
B.Tell the children they are safe.
C.Tell the children you love them.
D.Ask educational experts for help.
20.What can we know from the passage
A.All people will recover from an earthquake quickly.
B.Children may need a longer time to recover after an earthquake.
C.Children should turn to their classmates for help after an earthquake.
D.Children react in the same way as adults do to an earthquake.
【语篇解读】本文就震后如何帮助孩子恢复身心健康向家长提出了有关的建议。
17.D 主旨大意题。全文都是关于地震后父母如何安慰孩子的，因此选D。
18.A 词义猜测题。根据上下文可推出此处contend with意思为“处理”。与deal with接近。
19.D 细节理解题。从文章最后一段可找到有关A、B、C三个选项的表述，D项文中没有提及。
20.B 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句Children especially will need time to recover from...可知B项正确。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero单项填空1
第Ⅰ组
1.—Where’s the post office
—
—I asked where the post office is.
A.Mm，let me think. B.I beg your pardon
C.Sorry，I’m a stranger here. D.What do you mean
2.The new government made a promise that they would surely improve the of people’s life.
A.outline B.quality C.insurance D.attitude
3.The reason the young man was in prison is that he had killed a tiger.
A.why B.which C.who D.where
4.Her mother，an ordinary woman，is to teaching in a mountain village.
A.frightened B.concerned C.devoted D.interested
5.In this small town，there are many people who are now because the only factory here was shut down last year.
A.at work B.out of work C.on business D.in power
6.Changsha is the city he studied to get his degree 10 years ago.
A.that B.which C.where D.whom
7.Many people support Mr.White，and will for him at the meeting tomorrow.
A.vote B.go C.wait D.care
8.The lawyer was by some bad guys，and was badly injured.
A.ignored B.suffered C.packed D.attacked
9.All the people should be kept ，no matter what kind of background they come from.
A.straight B.equal C.loose D.reliable
10.Our teacher often tells us that once in ，we can call 110 to turn to the police.
A.future B.line C.trouble D.agreement
11.—Mary，don’t in case you fail in the exam.
—I won’t.
A.lose heart B.blow up C.lose your heart D.care about
12.The robber tried every means，but couldn’t being caught by the policemen finally.
A.choose B.protect C.escape D.consider
13.We’d better take the medicine under the of the doctors.
A.survey B.usage C.guidance D.detail
14.The manager of the company who is popular with everyone is with his money.
A.selfish B.unhappy C.frequent D.generous
15.I can well remember that there was once a time I grew crazy about painting.
A.until B.after C.when D.before
答案：
1.B 本题考查交际用语。由第三句可知应选B“我没听清楚，请再说一遍”。A项表示“嗯，让我想想”；C项表示“抱歉，我对这儿不熟悉”；D项表示“你是什么意思？”，均不符合语境。
2.B 本题考查名词词义辨析。句意：新政府做出承诺，他们将一定提高人们的生活质量。quality “质量；品质”，符合题意。outline“要点；大纲；轮廓”；insurance “保险”；attitude“态度；看法”。
3.A 本题考查定语从句。句意：这个年轻人坐牢的原因是他杀了一只老虎。先行词是reason,且关系词在从句中作状语，所以用why引导定语从句。
4.C 本题考查形容词词义辨析。句意：她的妈妈，一位普通的妇女，致力于山村教学。be devoted to“致力于；专心于”，符合题意。frightened“受惊的；受恐吓的”；be concerned about“关心；挂念”；be interested in“对……感兴趣”。
5.B 本题考查介词短语。句意：在这个小镇，由于这里唯一的一家工厂去年倒闭了，现在有很多人失业了。out of work“失业”，符合题意。at work“在工作”；on business“出差”；in power“执政”。
6.C 本题考查定语从句。句意：长沙是他十年前学习并获得学位的城市。where引导定语从句，修饰名词city，where在从句中作地点状语。
7.A 本题考查动词词义辨析。句意：很多人支持怀特先生，并将在明天的会上投他一票。vote for“投票选举某人”，符合题意。go for“喜爱；支持，拥护”；wait for“等待；等候”；care for“照料，照顾”。
8.D 本题考查动词词义辨析。句意：这名律师被几个坏家伙攻击，伤得很严重。attack“进攻，攻击”，符合题意。ignore“不理睬，忽视”；suffer“遭受；患病”；pack“捆扎，包装”。
9.B 句意：所有人不管来自什么样的背景，都应受到平等对待。equal“平等的”，符合题意。straight“直接的；笔直的”；loose“松的；松开的”；reliable“可信赖的，可靠的”。
10.C 本题考查介词短语。句意：老师经常告诉我们，一旦遇到麻烦，可以打110向警察求助。in trouble“处于麻烦中”，符合题意。in future“以后”；in line“排队”；in agreement“意见一致”。
11.A 本题考查动词短语含义辨析。句意：“玛丽，万一考试不及格，不要灰心。”“我不会的。”lose heart“丧失勇气或信心”，符合题意。blow up“使充气；爆炸”;lose one’s heart“倾心于，爱上”;care about“关心；忧虑”。
12.C 本题考查动词词义辨析。句意：抢劫犯尝试了一切办法，但最终还是被警察抓住了。escape“逃脱，逃走”，后接动名词，表示“逃避……”，符合题意。choose“选择，挑选”；protect“保护”;consider“考虑，思考”。
13.C 本题考查名词词义辨析。句意：我们最好按照医生的指导服药。guidance“指导；领导”，符合题意。survey“调查；测验”；usage“使用；用法”；detail“细节；详情”。
14.D 本题考查形容词词义辨析。句意：很受大家欢迎的公司经理在金钱方面很大方。generous“大方的，慷慨的”，符合题意。selfish“自私的”；unhappy“不快乐的”；frequent“频繁的，常见的”。
15.C 本题考查定语从句。句意：我清楚地记得曾经有一段时间我痴迷于绘画。time是先行词，其后是定语从句，从句中缺少时间状语，故应用when引导定语从句，并在从句中作时间状语。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World单词拼写
第Ⅰ组
1.People from England made v to conquer other parts of the world.
2.N English speakers can understand each other easily.
3.English became less like German (逐渐地) between about AD 800 and 1150.
4.These new settlers enriched the English v .
5.A large number of people speak English (流利地)because English is an
(官方的) language there.
6.Languages (频繁地) change in history.
7.English was b more on German during the 5th century AD.
8.Samuel Johnson and Noah Webster all wrote their own dictionaries and the l gave a separate i to American English spelling.
9.I have known him for ten years，but I didn’t (辨认出) him just now because he has changed so much.
10.The road was （堵塞；阻塞）off because of the accident.
答案：1.voyages 2.Native 3.gradually 4.vocabulary 5.fluently；official 6.frequently 7.based 8.latter；identity 9.recognize 10.blocked
第Ⅱ组
1. (事实上)，China may have the largest number of English learners.
2.The Germans speak English with a strong German a .
3.You are r not to smoke in the restaurant.
4.Lucy and Mary are sisters.The former is a teacher;the l is an engineer.
5.A good decision is (以……为基础) on one’s knowledge and experience.
6.There was an (表情) of anger on her face.
7.Without building up a large (词汇量)first，students cannot read easily.
8.He has a good c of English by learning hard.
9.We (承认) the problems you’ve faced and feel sorry for you.
10. “ ” （公寓住宅） is often used in American English while “flat” is used in British English.
答案：1.Actually 2.accent 3.requested 4.latter 5.based 6.expression 7.vocabulary 8.command 9.recognize 10.Apartment
第Ⅲ组
1.Although I know that he is not perfect，I do (实际上) like the person.
2.We’re going to make a (航行) from Qingdao to Dalian during the summer holidays.
3.Walk (一直)，turn right at the second crossing and you will see the underground on your right.
4.Mr Smith (逐渐) got much experience from his teaching.
5.It is reported that the (身份) of the murderer has been discovered.
6.Although we hadn’t seen each other for ten years，I (认出) Bob at the airport as soon as I saw him.
7.Visitors are (要求) not to take photos of the exhibits in this museum.
8.English and French are Canada’s (官方的) languages，and many Canadians can speak both of them.
9.The general gave a (命令) that soldiers should arrive at the front before five o’clock.
10.Li Yang speaks English so (流利地) that he can communicate with the native speakers freely.
答案：1.actually 2.voyage 3.straight 4.gradually 5.identity 6.recognized 7.requested 8.official 9.command 10.fluently
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship阅读理解2
第Ⅱ组
A
Facebook means never having to say goodbye.The social media website has earned a reputation for reconnecting old friends.Last week，a guy whom I hadn’t seen since my bachelor party five years ago sent me a friend request.I accepted and waited for “Easy E” to send me a greeting of some kind.He had sought me out，after all.
I learned from his profile that he was in a relationship and had a son.However，I’m pretty sure we won’t ever write wall-to-wall，let alone e-mail each other.But he’ll remain a friend of online until one of us makes a point of removing the other from his official list.
My pool of friends consists of family members，college buddies，co-workers from past and present，and friends of friends.There are 35 in all.If I spent some time uploading old e-mail addresses，I’m confident that I could increase my friend count actually.
A person could make a mission out of reconnecting with childhood friends，former classmates，distant cousins,and those one would like to get to know better.And some people can even handle hundreds of on-screen relationships，keeping up with the daily happenings of their small army of companions.After all，there are worse fates than having too many friends.
Thanks to e-mail，the inability to schedule face-to-face meetings no longer means a friendship must come to a close.But even with e-mail，people will lose touch if one or both parties stop writing back.That’s normal.People move from school to school，job to job，city to city.You never have to feel guilty for breaking away.
Every day，the masterminds of Web 2.0 find new ways of making human communication easier.However，convenience can be a crutch(拐杖).Some things shouldn’t be simplified.When it comes to friendship，there can be no shortcuts.
1.According to Paragraph 1，the website is famous because .
A.it has an interesting name of “Facebook”
B.it helps people get in touch with old friends
C.it can send people a greeting of some kind
D.it reminds people of events in the past
2.From the second paragraph we can learn that the writer .
A.would write to the friend quite often
B.asked the friend to e-mail him
C.did get some information about the friend
D.would keep in touch with the friend forever
3.Which of the following statements is NOT true
A.There are 35 people in the author’s list of friends right now.
B.The author communicates with all the 35 friends by e-mails.
C.The list of 35 friends doesn’t include the old e-mail addresses.
D.It is not difficult for the author to increase his friend count.
4.What does the writer mean by saying “However，convenience can be a crutch（拐杖）.”？
A.The masterminds of Web 2.0 also sell crutches online.
B.Taking a crutch is a new way of making friends online.
C.Convenience is dangerous for human communication.
D.Convenience is not really good for human communication.
5.What does the author think of the convenience of communicating online
A.The technology could not keep true friendship forever.
B.The social website of Facebook means nothing at all.
C.There will be no ways of making real friends online.
D.People will not lose friends with the help of the Facebook.
【语篇解读】网络使人们的交流更加简单方便，然而这些简便的方式也往往使真正的友谊不能长久。
1.B 细节理解题。由第一段的The social media website has earned a reputation for reconnecting old friends.可知答案。注意原文中的“reconnecting old friends”就是选项中的get in touch with old friends。
2.C 细节理解题。由第二段的第一句话可知，作者的确获得了一些这位朋友的信息：...he was in a relationship and had a son.。
3.B 细节判断题。由第三段可知A、C、D三项正确。作者只提到了自己的朋友数量和类别， 并没有提及是否和他们都有联系，故选B。
4.D 句意理解题。由下文的Some things shouldn’t be simplified.When it comes to friendship,there can be no shortcuts.可以看出，这里要表达的意思是：方便对人类的交流并不好。
5.A 细节理解题。由倒数第一、二段，特别是文章最后一句When it comes to friendship,there can be no shortcuts.可知答案。
B
Two years ago my grandmother was going to turn 75.My family discussed what the best way to celebrate was.Should we throw her a party Should we take her on a trip We remembered that she had touched so many people’s lives,and there were so many people for her to consider.Then someone got the idea that we should include everyone in the celebration by turning it into a tribute(献礼) to my grandmother.
We secretly sent out letters to the people in Grandmother’s address book and asked them to send a letter with a memory that they had shared with her.People sent us letters with poems,stories and pictures.The deep feeling that was shared through the response (回应) surprised us.We compiled(编辑)these letters into a memory book and amazed her with it on the morning of her birthday.
The unusual thing about my grandmother’s friends was not the number that she had,but the connection they shared.In many ways this book of friendship was the greatest achievement of my grandmother’s life.
I believe that developing true friendships is one of the most important things that anyone can do in one’s lifetime.It is not a matter of the number of friends one has,but the quality of the bonds.If one has had at least one true friendship before dying,then one can say one has lived a successful life.I have made many friends and I believe I have begun to develop the same types of friendships my grandmother kept up over her lifetime.I only hope that I will be as successful as she has been.
6.How did the author’s family celebrate Grandmother’s birthday
A.They took her on a trip across the country.
B.They gave her a memory book of friendship.
C.They invited all her friends to her birthday party.
D.They asked all her friends to send her cards.
7.When receiving her birthday gift,the author’s grandmother probably felt .
A.disappointed and lonely B.sorry and sad
C.surprised and pleased D.nervous and excited
8.The underlined word “bonds” in the last paragraph probably means .
A.relationships B.works C.successes D.celebrations
9.According to the passage,the author probably agrees that .
A.the more friends you have,the better
B.friends are more important than family
C.understanding leads to greater success
D.true friendship is very important to us
10.Which of the following words can best describe the author’s grandmother
A.Famous. B.Great. C.Polite. D.Pleasant.
【语篇解读】本文是一篇夹叙夹议的文章。作者以赞叹的笔触介绍了拥有真正友谊的奶奶。
6.B 细节理解题。根据文章第一、二段，尤其是关键信息We compiled(编辑)these letters into a memory book and amazed her with it on the morning of her birthday.可知，奶奶生日的时候，我们把奶奶朋友们寄来的信件编辑成一本回忆录，然后作为生日礼物送给了奶奶。
7.C 细节理解题。A失望而且孤独；B抱歉而且难过；C又惊又喜；D紧张且兴奋。根据第二段最后一句话...amazed her with it on the morning of her birthday.可知C项正确。
8.A 词义猜测题。作者认为培养真正的友谊是人生中最重要的事情之一，这不是朋友的数量问题，而在于相互之间关系的质量。relationship关系；work著作；success成功；celebration庆祝。
9.D 推理判断题。A朋友越多越好；B朋友比家人更重要；C理解带来更大的成功；D真正的友谊对我们来说很重要。结合文章最后一段可知D项正确。
10.B 推理判断题。A著名的；B伟大的，了不起的；C有礼貌的；D令人愉快的。作者在最后一段表明，一生中拥有一位真正的朋友就是成功的，奶奶一生中结识了很多真诚的朋友，作者希望自己和奶奶一样成功，由此可以看出奶奶是伟大的。
C
When a child is told he is “uncool”,it can be very painful.He may say he doesn’t care,and even act in ways that are opposite of cool on purpose.But these are simply ways to handle sadness by pretending it’s not there.
Helping a child feel better in school has to be careful.If you say,“Why are you worried about what other children think about you It doesn’t matter!” Children know that it does matter.Instead,an active way may be best.You could say,“I’m going to do a couple of things for you to help you feel better in school.”
If a boy is having trouble making friends,the teacher can help him.The teacher can arrange things so that he has chances to use his abilities to contribute to class projects.This is how the other children learn how to value his good qualities and to like him.A teacher can also raise a child’s popularity in the group by showing that he values that child.It even helps to put him in a seat next to a very popular child,or let him be a partner with that child in activities,etc.
There are things that parents can do at home,too.Be friendly when your child brings others home to play.Encourage him to invite friends to meals and then serve the dishes they consider “super”.When you plan trips,picnics,movies,and other shows,invite another child with whom your child wants to be friends.
What you can do is to give him a chance to join a group that may be shutting him out.Then,if he has good qualities,he can start to build real friendship of his own.
11.A child who has been informed of being “uncool” may .
A.care nothing about it
B.do something uncool on purpose
C.develop a sense of anger
D.pretend to get hurt very much
12.A teacher can help an unpopular child by .
A.seeing the child as the teacher’s favorite
B.asking the child to do something for partners
C.forcing other children to make friends with the child
D.offering the child chances to show his good qualities
13.How can parents help their child fit in better
A.By cooking delicious food for him.
B.By being kind to his schoolmates.
C.By forcing him to invite friends home.
D.By taking him to have picnics in the park.
14.Which of the following is TRUE
A.Children doesn’t care others’ comments on them.
B.It’s only teacher’s work to make children popular.
C.Parents should take their children out for picnic and shows more often.
D.Inviting children’s friends to family activities is good for them to make friends.
15.The text is mainly about .
A.how an unpopular child can be helped
B.why some children are unpopular
C.what good qualities unpopular children have
D.who cares about unpopular children
【语篇解读】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要建议父母和老师怎样帮助一个不酷的孩子交到朋友。
11.B 细节理解题。根据第一段第一、二句可知，当一个孩子被告知他不酷的时候，他可能会说他不在乎甚至会故意做出不酷的行为来。
12.D 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句The teacher can arrange things so that he has chances to use his abilities to contribute to class projects.（老师可以安排一些事情，这样他就有机会运用他的能力为班级项目做贡献。）可知选D。
13.B 细节理解题。根据第四段第二句Be friendly when your child brings others home to play.（当孩子带其他同学回家玩的时候，父母一定要友好。）可知选B。
14.D 细节理解题。根据第四段最后一句可知。
15.A 主旨大意题。文章主要介绍了父母和老师怎样帮助一个不酷的孩子交到朋友。
D
Many teenagers feel that the most important people in their lives are their friends.They believe that their family members,especially their parents,don’t know them as well as their friends do.In large families,it is often for brothers and sisters to fight with each other and then they can only go to their friends for advice.It is very important for teenagers to have one good friend or many friends.Even when they are not with their friends,they usually spend a lot of time talking among themselves on the phone.This communication is very important in children’s growing up,because friends can discuss something difficult to say to their family members.
However,parents often try to choose their children’s friends for them.Some parents may even stop their children from meeting their good friends.The question of “choice” is an interesting one.Have you ever thought of the following questions
Who chooses your friends Do you choose your friends or your friends choose you Have you got good friends your parents don’t like
Your answers are welcome.
16.Many teenagers think their know them better than their parents do.
A.friends B.teachers
C.brothers and sisters D.classmates
17.When teenagers stay alone,the usual way of communication is to .
A.go to their friends
B.talk with their parents
C.have a discussion with their families
D.talk with their friends on the phone
18.Which of the following is DIFFERENT in meaning from the sentence “Some parents may even stop their children from meeting their good friends.”
A.Some parents may even not allow their children to meet their good friends.
B.Some parents may even ask their children to stay away from their good friends.
C.Some parents may even not let their children meet their good friends.
D.Some parents may want their children to stop to meet their good friends.
19.We can infer that .
A.parents should like everything their children enjoy
B.in all families,children can choose everything they like
C.parents should try their best to understand their children better
D.teenagers can only go to their friends for help
20.The main idea of this passage is that .
A.teenagers need friends
B.friends can give good advice
C.parents often choose their children’s friends for them
D.good friends can communicate with each other
【语篇解读】朋友对青少年来说是重要的，父母过多干预孩子交朋友是不正确的。
16.A 细节理解题。由第一段中They believe that their family members,especially their parents,don’t know them as well as their friends do.可知，青少年认为，家庭成员尤其是父母都不如朋友了解自己。
17.D 细节理解题。由第一段中Even when they are not with their friends,they usually spend a lot of time talking among themselves on the phone.可知。
18.D 句意猜测题。Some parents may even stop their children from meeting their good friends.意为：有些父母甚至可能阻止他们的孩子和好朋友见面。而D项句意为：有些父母可能想让他们的孩子停下来而去和朋友见面。
19.C 推理判断题。文章讲述了朋友对孩子的重要性，而有些父母甚至可能阻止他们的孩子自己交朋友、与好朋友见面。这样做不利于孩子的成长，故父母应该去更好地了解自己的孩子。
20.A 主旨大意题。文章讲述了朋友对孩子的重要性，孩子需要有自己的朋友。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes完形填空4
In 1989 an 8.2 earthquake almost flattened America，killing over 30，000 people in less than four minutes.In the middle of complete damage and disorder，a father rushed to the school where his son was supposed to be， 1 that the building was 2 .
After the unforgettably shock，he 3 the promise he had made to his son：“No matter 4 ，I’ll always be there for you!” And tears began to 5 his eyes.As he looked at the pile of ruins，it looked hopeless，but he kept remembering his 6 to his son.He rushed there and started 7 the ruins.
As he was digging，other helpless parents arrived， 8 ：“It’s too late! They’re all dead! 9 ，face reality，there’s nothing you can do!” To each parent he responded with 10 ：“Are you going to help me now ” No one helped.And then he continued to dig for his son，stone by stone.
Courageously he went on alone because he needed to know 11 ：“Is my boy 12 or is he dead ” He dug for eight hours...12 hours...24 hours...36 hours...then，in 13 hour，he pulled back a large stone and heard his son’s 14 .He screamed his son’s name，“ARMAND!” He heard back，“Dad! ! It’s me，Dad! I told the other kids not to worry.I told them that if you were alive，you 15 me and 16 you saved me，they’d be saved.You promised，‘No matter what happens，I’ll always be there for you!’You did it，Dad!”
“What’s going on in there ”the father asked.
“There are 14 of us 17 18 33，Dad.We’re scared，hungry，thirsty and thankful you’re here.When the building collapsed，it made 19 ，and it saved us.”
“Come out，boy!”
“No，Dad! Let the other kids out first， 20 I know you’ll get me! No matter what happens，I know you’ll always be there for me!”
1.A.only discovering B.only to discover
C.only realizing D.only to realize
2.A.as flat as a pancake B.as high as a mountain
C.as strong as an ox D.as weak as a kitten
3.A.memorized B.forgot C.kept D.remembered
4.A.what B.what happen C.which D.who
5.A.fill B.fill in C.come D.burst
6.A.picture B.promise C.present D.encourage
7.A.digging B.digging through C.digging out D.digging into
8.A.to say B.said C.and saying D.saying
9.A.Come out B.Come again C.Come on D.Come off
10.A.one word B.one sound C.one row D.one line
11.A.for himself B.of himself C.by himself D.to himself
12.A.live B.living C.alive D.lively
13.A.38 B.the 38 C.38th D.the 38th
14.A.sound B.voice C.noise D.tone
15.A.will save B.would save C.save D.would have saved
16.A.when B.because C.even if D.though
17.A.remained B.missing C.left D.gone
18.A.for B.behind C.out of D.over
19.A.a promise B.space C.room D.a triangle
20.A.because B.though C.when D.even though
【语篇解读】本文是一篇故事情节较强的记叙文。文章讲述了“父亲如何履行自己曾对儿子许下的诺言”，故事生动、感人，极富吸引力。
1.B only to do sth.“结果却，不料”，作结果状语，表示该结果在主语的预料之外；现在分词作结果状语，表示由主句所产生的逻辑上的结果。 realize在脑海里经过思维“认识到，了解”；discover在表面上就能“发现，看出”。
2.A 这四个选项都是英语成语，根据本段第一句an 8.2 earthquake almost flattened America判断，选择A项。
3.D 从意义上判断，“他想起了他曾对儿子许下的诺言”，故选D，remember“记起，想起”。memorized是“背诵，熟记”。
4.A 从结构上分析，该句是省略了谓语动词的省略句，省略谓语之后，意义仍然清楚，如不省略动词，则使用第三人称单数happens。从意义上分析，可排除C、D两项。
5.A 所给动词都可以表示“流泪”这种意义，但句式搭配不同，其表现形式分别为Tears fill his eyes；Tears come into his eyes；He bursts into tears。
6.B 从上下文意义判断，此处表示“他不停地想起他对儿子许下的诺言”。
7.B 动词和动词短语是完形填空设项的重点之一。此题要分清这四项的不同含义。dig及物动词，意为“掘（土），挖”；dig through“（为找……）在……里挖掘”；dig out “发掘出”；dig into“钻研”。
8.D 从结构上分析，应该用现在分词作伴随状语，用and则表示并列，应用said。
9.C Come on表示劝说、不耐烦，意为“得啦”“来”。
10.D 从词义上判断one line“一句话（台词）”符合题意。A项中的one word干扰性较大，它表示“一个词”，如用words 是正确的。
11.A “介词+反身代词”有固定含义，for oneself独自地，亲自；by oneself单独地；of oneself自行地，自动地；to oneself 对（着）自己。
12.C 这四个词都有“活着的”之意，live仅用作定语，作表语用living，alive。living和alive在意义上有细微差别，living可作定语和表语，含有“本以为死了，然而还活着”，如：I can’t believe my first teacher is still living.alive作表语和后置定语，其含义与dead相对应。lively“生动的，活跃的”。
13.D “在第38个小时的时候……”，序数词之前要用定冠词。
14.B 注意这四个词的区别：sound “（各种）声音”；voice “（人们说话的）嗓音”；noise “（不悦耳的）噪音”；tone “（人们说话的）语气，语调”。
15.B 这是表将来的虚拟语气，主句中用would +动词原形，从下文的句子中也能找到类似的句子。
16.A 从意义上判断，“如果你来救我，他们也会得救。”是条件状语从句，应该用if 引导，然而选项中没有if，when与if同义，引导条件状语从句。even if 引导让步状语从句。
17.C 此题包含一个固定句型：There are...left.“还有……剩余下来”。
18.C 14...out of 33 意为：33人中有14人活下来。out of “从……里面”。特别注意此题中的介词与前面的left没有任何联系。如果没有意识到这点，极可能会选错。
19.D 从意义上判断，“房屋倒塌时，自然形成的三角空隙”。而make room，make space 意为“（有意识地）为……腾出空间”。
20.A 从上下文意义判断，此句为原因状语从句。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero 阅读理解3
第Ⅲ组
A
An experiment
Materials:Newspaper,‘ACE’ hardware ruler,a flat table.
Purposes:We’ll show that there is air pressure pushing on us,from every direction while we’re on this earth.
Procedure:
First put a thin ruler on a flat table with a little less than half of it hanging off the edge of the table（see the drawing on the right).Next place a sheet of newspaper over the ruler flat against the table.Make sure to have as little air as possible under the paper so that the fold line of the newspaper is at the ruler.Then quickly strike the end of the ruler hanging off the edge of the table.If you strike it quick enough,the ruler will break near the table edge.
What’s going on
The earth is covered in a layer of air that is nearly 80 miles thick and at sea level exerts or “pushes” hard almost 15 pounds of pressure per square inch.That means that a full sheet of newspaper laid out flat has nearly 9,300 pounds of air above it.
When you break the ruler above,you are able to break it because of the “heavy” air pushing down on the paper while you quickly strike the ruler.At first,the table is pushing back on the paper,and if you move the ruler quickl enough,other air around the edges of the paper can’t get under the paper fast enough,so you are trying to lift that 9,300 pounds with the ruler! Some air gets under the paper,but not enough,so the ruler breaks.
1.By doing the experiment,we may realize .
A.that air exits everywhere B.why there are directions
C.that we live with air pressure D.how air helps on the earth
2.How many steps are there in this experiment
A.2. B.3. C.4. D.5.
3.The underlined word “exerts” probably means “ ”.
A.covers completely B.advocates actively
C.influences gradually D.presses heavily
4.The ruler breaks under a quick strike mainly because of .
A.the air pressure on the newspaper B.the heavy weight of the newspaper
C.the heavy weight of the flat table D.the strong power used on the ruler
答案：
1.C 细节理解题。文章Purposes部分直接点明了做这个实验的目的：证明在我们生活的这个地球上，处处都有气压，由此判断选C。
2.B 细节理解题。从Procedure中的First,Next和Then可知这个实验一共三步，首先将一把很薄的尺子放在桌子上，大约一半的尺子悬在桌子外沿，然后将一张旧报纸盖在桌子上，并尽量确保报纸下面的空气很少，最后使劲打击尺子悬空的那头，如果速度足够快，那么尺子就会在沿着桌子的地方被打断。
3.D 词义猜测题。画线词处表示，在海平面每平方英寸上面就有大约15英磅的气压，再结合or后面的“pushes” hard可知，画线词的意思和D项最接近。
4.A 推理判断题。最后一段解释在使劲敲打尺子悬空的那头时它会断裂的原因——报纸表面的气压非常大。
B
Open Letter to an Editor
I had an interesting conversation with a reporter recently—one who works for you.In fact, he’s one of your best reporters.He wants to leave.
Your reporter gave me a copy of his resume（简历）and photocopies of six stories that he wrote for you.The headlines showed you played them proudly.With great enthusiasm,he talked about how he finds issues（问题），approaches them,and writes about them,which tells me he is one of your best.I’m sure you would hate to lose him.
Surprisingly,your reporter is not unhappy.In fact,he told me he really likes his job.He has a great assignment（分工），and said you run a great paper.It would be easy for you to keep him,he said.He knows that the paper values him.He appreciates the responsibility you’ve given him,takes ownership of his profession,and enjoys his freedom.
So why is he looking for a way out
He talked to me because he wants his editors to demand so much more of him.He wants to be pushed,challenged,coached to new heights.
The reporter believes that good stories spring from good questions,but his editors usually ask how long the story will be,when it will be in,where it can play,and what the budget is.
He longs for conversations with an editor who will help him turn his good ideas into great ones.He wants someone to get excited about what he’s doing and to help him turn his story idea upside down and inside out,exploring the best ways to report it.He wants to be more valuable for your paper.That’s what you want for him,too,isn’t it
So your reporter has set me thinking.
Our best hope in keeping our best reporters,copy editors,photographers,artists—everyone—is to work harder to make sure they get the help they are demanding to reach their potential.If we can’t do it,they’ll find someone who can.
5.What does the writer think of the reporter
A.Optimistic. B.Imaginative. C.Ambitious. D.Proud.
6.What does the reporter want most from his editors in their talks
A.Finding the news value of his stories. B.Giving him financial support.
C.Helping him to find issues. D.Improving his good ideas.
7.Who probably wrote the letter
A.An editor. B.An artist. C.A reporter. D.A reader.
8.The letter aims to remind editors that they should .
A.keep their best reporters at all costs
B.give more freedom to their reporters
C.be aware of their reporters’ professional development
D.appreciate their reporters’ working styles and attitudes
答案：
5.C 推理判断题。根据文章内容，尤其是第五至第七段内容可知文中的那个记者想在自己岗位上不断挑战新的高度，由此可推知他很有抱负，故C项正确。ambitious有抱负的，有雄心的。
6.D 推理判断题。由倒数第三段前两句可推知，信中的那位记者渴望和主编谈话，希望他们能帮他完善他的“good ideas”，以最好的方式来报道，故选D项。
7.A 推理判断题。根据第二段第一句以及最后一段的内容可推知写这封信的人应该是一位主编。
8.C 推理判断题。由最后一段内容可知，这封信的目的是告诫主编关注记者的专业发展，以充分发挥他们的潜力，故选C项。
C
How often one hears children wishing they were grown-ups,and old people wishing they were young again Each age has its pleasures and its pains,and the happiest person is the one who enjoys what each age gives him without wasting his time in useless regrets.
Childhood is a time when there are few responsibilities to make life difficult.If a child has good parents,he is fed,looked after and loved,whatever he may do.It is impossible that he will ever again in his life be given so much without having to do anything in return.What’s more,life is always giving new things to the child—things that have lost their interest for older people because they are too well known.But a child has his pains;he is not so free to do what he wishes to do;he is repeatedly being told not to do something,or being punished for what he has wrongly done.
When a young man starts to earn his own living,he can no longer expect others to pay for his food,his clothes and his room,but has to work if he wants to live comfortably.If he spends most of his time playing about in the way that he used to as a child,he will go hungry.And if he breaks the laws of society as he used to break the laws of his parents,he may go to prison.If,however,he works hard,keeps out of trouble and has good health,he can have the great happiness of building up for himself his own position in society.
9.According to Paragraph 2,the writer thinks that .
A.life for a child is fairly easy
B.a child is always loved whatever he does
C.if much is given to a child,he must do something in return
D.only children are interested in life
10.The main idea of the passage is that .
A.life is not enjoyable since each age has some pains
B.young men can have the greatest happiness if they work hard
C.childhood is the most enjoyable time in one’s life
D.one is the happiest if he can make good use of each age in his life
11.The paragraph following this passage will most probably discuss .
A.examples of successful young men
B.how to build up one’s position in society
C.joys and pains of old people
D.what to do when one has problems in life
答案：
9.A 由第二段的Childhood is a time when there are few responsibilities to make life difficult.If a child has good parents,he is fed,looked after and loved,whatever he may do.可知答案。
10.D 由第一段的Each age has its pleasures and its pains,and the happiest person is the one who enjoys what each age gives him without wasting his time in useless regrets.可知答案。
11.C 第一段是总的概括，第二段讲童年时期，第三段讲青年时期，接下来讲老年时期。
D
While most high school students spend most of their time worrying about who likes who,and different relationships between their classmates,I choose to focus on my school lessons and sports.
When I was young,my mother encouraged me to develop and keep friendship with boys in order to build strong relationships.But she told me not to risk a good friendship with a boy with the title of boyfriend.It’s indeed a wise choice to stay friends with those of the opposite sex.In my opinion,even though some high school relationship might continue after graduation,the probability of them lasting much longer is so slim that there really is not a point to it.
First,you have to think about such a question whether it is possible to hurt both of you,or even hurt both of your future husbands or wives.My second point is that you still can date if you hope marriage could possibly follow.Except these,there really is not any other reason for dating.Some students desire relationships for a chance to be romantic.While these are nice to have,there are many more important things at this point in our lives.
The titles of boyfriend and girlfriend put too much stress on a relationship between high school students.Just staying common friends may be the best choice for us.I strongly recommend we should deal with it in an appropriate way and follow our teachers’ advice if necessary.
12.The author writes this passage probably for to read.
A.high school students B.school teachers
C.parents and teachers D.married couples
13.Between the opposite sexes,the relationship of being good friends might be than that of being boyfriends or girlfriends.
A.weaker B.safer C.slimmer D.stronger
14.How does the writer like the idea of dating among the students
A.Dating is a nice chance for students to be romantic.
B.Studying is far more important than dating in school.
C.In high school dating can surely lead to future marriage.
D.Dating in high school is sure to hurt your future family.
15.The underlined word “it” in the last paragraph might refer to .
A.the title of boyfriend or girlfriend at school
B.advice given by both teachers and parents
C.the pressure from school lessons and sports
D.the relationship between students of opposite sexes
答案：
12.A 细节理解题。根据第一段第一句话中的“high school students”以及后面多次出现“high school students”可知，是写给高中生的。
13.D 细节理解题。根据第二段前半部分可知，异性友谊比男女朋友关系要更牢固一些。
14.B 细节理解题。由第一段的“I choose to focus on my school lessons and sports.”可知作者认为学习要比约会重要得多。
15.D 词语理解题。最后一段中的it指的是“a relationship between high school students”，结合第四段第一句话可确定答案为D。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World阅读理解5
第Ⅴ组
A
“Have a nice day!” may be a pleasant gesture or a meaningless expression.When my friend Maxie says “Have a nice day” with a smile,I know she sincerely cares about what happens to me.I feel loved and secure since another person cares about me and wishes me well.
“Have a nice day.Next!” This version of the expression is spoken by a salesgirl at the supermarket who is rushing me and my groceries out of the door.The words come out in the same tone (腔调) with a fixed procedure.They are spoken at me,not to me. Obviously,the concern for my day and everyone else’s is the management’s attempt to increase business.
The expression is one of those behaviors that help people get along with each other.Sometimes it indicates the end of a meeting.As soon as you hear it, you know the meeting is at an end.Sometimes the expression saves us when we don’t know what to say.“Oh,you just had a tooth out I’m terribly sorry,but have a nice day.”
The expression can be pleasant.If a stranger says “Have a nice day” to you,you may find it heart-warming because someone you don’t know has tried to be nice to you.
Although the use of the expression is an insincere,meaningless social custom at times,there is nothing wrong with the sentence except that it is a little uninteresting.The salesgirl,the waitress,the teacher,and all the countless others who speak it without thinking may not really care about my day.But in a strange and comfortable way,it’s nice to know they care enough to pretend they care when they really don’t care all that much.While the expression may not often be sincere,it is always spoken.The point is that people say it all the time when they like.
1.How does the author understand Maxie’s words
A.Maxie shows her anxiety to the author.
B.Maxie really wishes the author a good day.
C.Maxie encourages the author to stay happy.
D.Maxie really worries about the author’s security.
2.What does the underlined sentence in Paragraph 2 mean
A.The salesgirl is rude. B.The salesgirl is bored.
C.The salesgirl cares about me. D.The salesgirl says the words as a routine.
3.By saying “Have a nice day”, a stranger may .
A.try to be polite to you B.express respect to you
C.give his blessing to you D.share his pleasure with you
4.According to the last paragraph,people say “Have a nice day” .
A.sincerely B.as thanks C.as a habit D.encouragingly
5.What is the best title of the passage
A.Have a Nice Day—a Social Custom
B.Have a Nice Day—a Pleasant Gesture
C.Have a Nice Day—a Heart-warming Greeting
D.Have a Nice Day—a Polite Ending of a Conversation
【语篇解读】这是一篇说明文。对人们打招呼常用的Have a nice day这一习语进行叙述和说明。在不同的语境、不同的场合下，从不同人的口中说出，Have a nice day所表达的内涵是不同的，但这个习语已经成了一种社会习俗。
1.B 细节理解题。由第一段中“...I know she sincerely cares about what happens to me.”以及“wishes me well”可知，“我”的朋友Maxie是真的关心“我”，希望“我”一切顺利，而不是仅仅担心“我”的安全问题等。
2.D 细节理解题。售货员口中说出的“Have a nice day”，只是催促“我”带着我买的东西快出超市门口，因此她说的这句话只是一种例行程序，而不是真正地对“我”关心。
3.A 细节理解题。由第四段中“...because someone you don’t know has tried to be nice to you.”可知是stranger 向你表示善意，因此就是“try to be polite （有礼貌的，礼节性的） to you”。而陌生人之间谈不上“respect”，排除B项。
4.C 细节理解题。由“it is always spoken”和“people say it all the time”可知，人们说“Have a nice day”是一种习惯了。
5.C 主旨大意题。本题问的是本篇文章的最佳题目是什么。Have a nice day.从形式上看，它是一个expression；从内容上看，它是一个“问候语”。说它heart-warming，是因为这个问候语本身表达了让人温馨的祝愿。尽管它也用于一些其他特定的场合，表示特定的意义，但它的本质还是一个greeting，不可能是一种custom （社会习俗）。因为custom是一个民族长期形成的风俗习惯，是一种文化，具有丰富的外延。此题容易根据最后一段的“Although the use of the expression is an insincere,meaningless social custom at times...”证明它是custom，这属于偷换概念，因为the use of the expression不等于the expression本身。
B
English is a language spoken all around the world.There are more than 42 countries where the majority of the people speak English.Most native speakers of English are found in the United Kingdom，the United States of America，Canada，Australia，South Africa，Ireland and New Zealand.In total，for more than 376 million people English is their mother tongue.An equal number of people learn English as a second language.These people will perhaps speak the language of their own country at home with their family，but the language of the government，schools，newspapers and TV is English.This situation is found in countries such as India，Pakistan，Nigeria and the Philippines.
However，the number of people who learn English as a foreign language is more than 750 million.Everywhere in the world children go to school to learn English.Most people learn English for five or six years at high school.In China students learn English at school as a foreign language，except for those in Hong Kong，where many people speak English as a first or second language.
In only fifty years，English has developed into the language most widely spoken and used in the world.English is the working language of most international organisations，international trade and tourism.Businessmen and tourists often come to China without being able to speak Chinese.Chinese businessmen，taxi drivers and students talk with them using English.English is also the language of global culture，such as popular music and the Internet.You can listen to English songs on the radio or use English to communicate with people around the world through the Internet.With so many people communicating in English every day，it will become more and more important to have a good knowledge of English.
6.How many people learn English as a second language
A.More than 37,500,000. B.More than 376,000,000.
C.More than 750,000,000. D.More than 75,000,000.
7.Most international organisations use as their working language.
A.English B.Italian C.Latin D.Japanese
8.Which of the following best expresses the main idea of the passage
A.There are more than 42 countries where English is spoken.
B.More than 750 million people speak English as their mother tongue.
C.English is the language of global culture.
D.English is the language widely used and spoken in the world.
9.It can be inferred from the passage that .
A.English will be the only language to be used in the world
B.Englishmen might find it unnecessary for them to learn other languages
C.the number of learners of English will become smaller
D.Chinese will play a more important part than English
【语篇解读】本文主要介绍英语在全世界得到广泛应用。
6.B 推理判断题。由第一段中的“...for more than 376 million people English is their mother tongue.An equal number of people learn English as a second language.”可推知，把英语作为第二语言学习的人数也是more than 376,000,000。
7.A 细节理解题。由第三段第二句可以得知，多数国际组织把英语作为工作语言。
8.D 主旨大意题。本文主要讲述英语在当今世界应用之广。
9.B 推理判断题。由短文最后一段可知，那些来中国的商人和游客没必要会说汉语，只需要说英语即可。此外，每天用英语交流的人非常多。由此推出，随着世界各地学英语的人数的增加，英国人可能发觉自己没有必要学习其他语言了。
C
Who taught you to speak English Your parents，while you were a young child Your teachers at school Perhaps even the BBC as a grown-up.Whoever it was，somehow you have developed an understanding of what is rapidly becoming a truly global language.
There are now about 376 million people who speak English as their first language，and about the same number who have learnt it in addition to their mother tongue.There are said to be one billion people learning English now and about 80% of the information on the Internet is in English.
Is this a good thing，or a bad thing Should we celebrate the fact that more and more of us can communicate，using a common language，across countries and cultures Or should we worry about the dangers of “mono-culturalism”， a world in which we all speak the same language，eat the same food and listen to the same music
Does it matter if an increasing number of people speak the same language On the contrary (相反)，I would have thought although I have never accepted the argument that if only we all understood each other better，there would be fewer wars.Ask the people of India (where many of them speak at least some English) and Pakistan (the same situation with India).
If we all speak English，will we then all start eating McDonald’s burgers Surely not.If English becomes more dominant (占主导地位的)，it will kill other languages I doubt it.When I travel in Africa or Asia，I am always surprised by how many people can speak not only their own language but often one or more other related languages，as well as English and perhaps some French or German as well.
When we discussed this on Talking Point a couple of years ago，we received a wonderfully poetic e-mail from a listener in Ireland.“The English language is a beautiful language.Maybe it’s like a rose，”he said，“but who would ever want their garden just full of roses？”
Well，I love roses，and I think they make a beautiful addition to any garden.But the way I see it，just by planting a few roses，you don’t necessarily need to pull out everything else.If more and more people want to plant English roses，that’s fine by me.
10.According to the passage，how many people in the world are speaking English as their first language now
A.About 376 million. B.About 752 million.
C.80% of the world people. D.One billion people.
11.By saying “Ask the people of India...and Pakistan...” in the fourth paragraph，the author is trying to show that .
A.speaking the same language doesn’t necessarily bring peace
B.wars can destroy the relationship between two countries
C.English doesn’t kill other languages
D.English is widely used in the world
12.What does “garden” in the last two paragraphs stand for
A.Language. B.Family. C.The world. D.The Earth.
13.The author would probably agree that .
A.it’s very hard to plant many kinds of flowers in a garden
B.it’s good for people from other countries to learn English
C.more and more people like to plant roses in their gardens
D.English is easier to learn than other languages
【语篇解读】本文介绍越来越多的人讲英语，并且数量还在增加，这是好事还是坏事？
10.A 细节理解题。本文第二段讲述了英语的使用情况。第二段第一句中提到，把英语作为第一语言的人数大约是376 000 000。
11.A 观点态度题。本句承接上文“...although I have never accepted the argument that if only we all understood each other better，there would be fewer wars.”而来，作者以印度和巴基斯坦为例说明彼此间的了解并不能减少战争。
12.C 词义猜测题。在最后两段作者提出没有人会让他们的花园仅仅种植玫瑰，他想表达的意思是世界上不能所有国家都使用同一种语言，在这里玫瑰代表“英语”，因此garden代表“世界”。
13.B 推理判断题。在最后一段第一句和最后一句中，作者用花来比喻语言，由此我们看出，作者认为别的国家的人学英语(to plant English roses)是好的。
D
Every day，340 million people speak it.One billion people are learning it and it is said that by 2050，half of the world’s population will be using it.What are we talking about That global language—English.
The English language started in Britain in the 5th century.It is a mixed language.It was built up when German，Scandinavian and French invaders settled in England and created a common language for communication.
Today it is the official language of the UK，the USA，Australia，New Zealand，Canada，South Africa and Ireland as well as many islands in the Caribbean.Many other countries and regions use it for politics and business，such as India，Pakistan，and Nigeria.English is also one of the official languages of Hong Kong.
But global advertising and pop music mean that in most countries，you will see or hear some English.Thanks to McDonald’s，we all know about“hamburgers”，“fries” and “milkshakes”.Songs by Madonna，Britney Spears and Celine Dion are in English.We can sing along，even if we do not understand what we are singing!
English is a messy (杂乱的) language.Every year，dictionaries include new words that talk about popular culture，for example，computer-related words such as “blogging”，“download” and “chatroom”.Also included are words that teenagers use.Who does not know “cool”，“OK”and “hello”？
Other languages also influence English.Many English words come from French.Words like “café” and expressions like “c’est la vie” (that is life) are all part of the English language.On the other hand，the French language includes English words like “le weekend” and “le camping”.German words are also part of English.Words like“kindergarten” come from the German language.
Recently，British people have become interested in “yoga”.But the word comes from an ancient Hindu language in India.
14.The English language has a history of .
A.over 2,000 years B.over 500 years
C.over 1,500 years D.over 1,000 years
15.The underlined expression “Thanks to” can be replaced by “ ”.
A.Because of B.Thankful to C.Not until D.As if
16.Which of the following statements is TRUE about the language of English
A.It has been changing all the time.
B.It has borrowed words from all the other languages.
C.French words are used by the English because dictionaries have French words.
D.Singers and film stars have the greatest influence on language.
【语篇解读】本文讲述英语是一门国际语言，是许多国家的官方语言，但是也受许多其他语言的影响。
14.C 细节理解题。由第二段的“The English language started in Britain in the 5th century.”可知。
15.A 词义猜测题。thanks to意为“由于”。
16.A 推理判断题。通读全文内容可知。
E
The number of speakers of English in Shakespeare’s time is estimated to have been about five million.Today it is estimated that some 260 million people speak it as a native language，mainly in the United States，Canada，Great Britain，Ireland，South Africa，Australia and New Zealand.In addition to the standard varieties of English found in these areas，there are a great many regional and social varieties of the language as well as various levels of usage that are employed both in its spoken and written forms.
In fact，it is impossible to estimate the number of people in the world who have acquired an adequate working knowledge of English in addition to their own languages.The purpose for which English is learned and the situations in which such learning takes place are so varied that it is difficult to explain and still more difficult to judge what forms an adequate working knowledge for each situation.
The main reason for the widespread demand for English is its present-day importance as a world language.Besides serving the indefinite needs of its native speakers，English is a language in which some of important works in science，technology，and other fields are being produced，and not always by native speakers.It is widely used for such purposes as meteorological and airport communications，international conferences，and the spread of information over the radio and television networks of many nations.It is a language of wider communication for a number of developing countries，especially former British colonies.Many of these countries have multilingual populations and need a language for internal communication in such matters as government，commerce，industry，law and education as well as for international communication and for access to the scientific and technological developments in the West.
17.What would be the best title for this passage
A.The difficulties of learning English B.International communications
C.The standard varieties of English D.English as a world language
18.Which of the following statements is NOT true
A.Some 260 million people in the world have an adequate working knowledge of English.
B.There are some 260 million native speakers of English in the world.
C.It is almost impossible to estimate the number of people with an adequate working knowledge of English.
D.People learn English for a variety of reasons.
19.According to the passage，what is the main reason for the widespread use of English
A.It was popular during Shakespeare’s time.
B.It is used in former British colonies.
C.It serves the needs of its native speakers.
D.It is a world language that is used for international communication.
20.What forms an adequate working knowledge of English
A.The ability to read a newspaper.
B.It is difficult to judge because it differs for each situation.
C.Being multilingual.
D.Being a native speaker.
【语篇解读】本文介绍了英语的发展变化，说明了会说英语的人的数量是难以估测的，人们学说英语的原因也是多种多样的，以及英语作为一种世界语言在当代社会中的重要性。
17.D 主旨大意题。根据第三段第一句及全文的内容可推知答案为D。
18.A 细节理解题。根据文章第一段第二句及第二段第一句的描述可推知答案为A。
19.D 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段的描述，英语在世界不同领域、不同地区的使用，可推知答案为D。
20.B 细节理解题。根据文章第二段最后一句可知答案为B。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World完形填空3
Throughout history，people have been interested in knowing how language first began，but no one knows exactly where or how this happened. 1 ，we do know a lot about 2 ，the languages of today and also the languages of 3 times.There 4 probably about three thousand languages in the world today.Chinese is the language 5 the most speakers.English，Russian and Spanish are also spoken by many millions of people. 6 ，some languages in the world have less than one hundred speakers.
There are several important 7 of languages in the world.For example，most of the languages of 8 are in one large family 9 the Indo-European language family.The original (最初的) language of this family was spoken about 4,500 years 10 .Many of the present languages of Europe and India are modern 11 of the language of 4,500 years ago.
Languages are 12 changing.The English of today is very different 13 the English of 500 years ago.In time some even 14 completely.About 1,000 years ago 15 was a little-known relative of German 16 on one of the borders (边界) of Europe.
If a language has 17 speakers or if it is very old，there may be 18 in the way it is spoken in different areas. 19 ，the language may have several dialects.Chinese is a good example of dialect differences.Chinese has been spoken for thousands of years by many millions of speakers.The differences among the dialects of Chinese are so great that speakers of Chinese from some parts of China 20 understand speakers from other parts.
1.A.But B.So C.However D.Besides
2.A.English B.history C.Chinese D.languages
3.A.earlier B.later C.modern D.hard
4.A.is B.are C.was D.were
5.A.for B.with C.in D.of
6.A.In addition B.On the one hand C.What’s more D.On the other hand
7.A.forms B.systems C.families D.changes
8.A.Europe B.Asia C.Africa D.America
9.A.called B.spoken C.calling D.speaking
10.A.before B.ago C.later D.old
11.A.times B.families C.forms D.members
12.A.always B.seldom C.often D.sometimes
13.A.about B.with C.between D.from
14.A.die out B.die away C.die down D.die off
15.A.Spanish B.English C.Chinese D.Russian
16.A.called B.told C.spoken D.named
17.A.a great deal of B.a few
C.a little D.a lot of
18.A.speakers B.differences C.difference D.changes
19.A.That is B.Therefore C.In fact D.However
20.A.mustn’t B.may not C.won’t D.can’t
【语篇解读】本文为一篇说明文，讲述语言的起源与发展。
1.C 语言的起源一直是人们感兴趣的事情，但是没有人确切地知道语言起源究竟是在何处，以何种方式发生的。然而(However)，我们还是对语言有许多了解。but后不能出现逗号。
2.D 由上下文可知此处一直是在讲对“语言(languages)”的认识。
3.A 人们对现在的语言以及更早(earlier)的语言有所了解。由上下文可知此处与today对应。
4.B 由后面的about three thousand languages in the world today可知此处应用be动词的一般现在时的复数形式。
5.B 由with引导的介词短语作定语，修饰language，表示“汉语是使用人数最多的一种语言”。
6.D 上文指出汉语是使用人数最多的一种语言，接着又说英语、俄语、西班牙语也有数百万的人讲，话锋一转，还有不到一百人讲的语言，所以此处用on the other hand。
7.C 由后面的内容可知语言有几大语系，用families表示。另外第9空前的one large family也是提示。
8.A 由后面的Indo-European language family可知，欧洲的大多数语言都属于一个大的语系——印欧语系。
9.A 过去分词called作定语，表示“被称作”。
10.B 由前面的was spoken可知，应该用与一般过去时连用的ago。before用于过去完成时的句子中。
11.C 现在印度与欧洲的一些语言就是4 500年以前的语言的现代形式(forms)。
12.A 由下文可知，语言一直都在发展变化。always与现在进行时态连用表示“总是”。
13.D be different from“与……不同”，为固定短语。
14.A 有些语言完全消失了。die out灭绝，消失。die away逐渐模糊，逐渐减弱；die down逐渐变弱，暗淡；die off相继死去。
15.B 现在的英语与500年以前的不一样了。有些甚至消失了。约1 000年前的英语还与当时人们讲的德语有鲜为人知的亲缘关系。
16.C 表示“讲(某种语言)”用speak，此处用过去分词作定语表示被动。
17.D 讲某种语言的人多或某种语言很古老，那么不同地区人们说话的方式就可能有差别。A、C两项只修饰不可数名词；a few表示“几个”，意义不符。
18.B 由上文可知此处指人们说话方式的不同，用复数形式。
19.A 此处是对上文的说明：也就是说(That is)，语言可能有许多方言。
20.D 方言的差别如此大，来自不同地区的人都无法相互沟通。此处表示“不会，不能”。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero单项填空5
第Ⅴ组
1.If you take part in what you are doing,you can make progress day by day.
A.actively B.active C.an active D.the active
2.You should in class.Only listening without speaking is not good for you to study well.
A.take part B.be active C.join D.attend
3.Jane’s time to nursing only added up to two months.
A.devotes B.devoted C.devoting D.is devoted
4.Busy as he is,he every Saturday afternoon to staying with his family.
A.devotes B.spends C.picks D.costs
5.The year of 1949 saw the of the People’s Republic of China.
A.setting up B.founding C.building D.putting up
6.John is not the job.We’d better get somebody else to do it.
A.equal B.equaled C.equal by D.equal to
7.Running a company is not a matter of hiring people—they also need to be trained.
A.simply B.partly C.seriously D.equally
8.Fitness is important in sports,but of at least importance are skills.
A.fair B.reasonable C.equal D.proper
9.She’s having a lot of trouble with the new computer,but she doesn’t know whom to .
A.turn to B.look for C.deal with D.talk about
10.—What are you reading,Tom
—I’m not really reading,just the pages.
A.turning off B.turning around C.turning over D.turning up
11.He advised that the meeting next week.
A.be held B.is held C.will be held D.should hold
12.We went through a period communications were very difficult in the rural areas.
A.which B.whose C.in which D.with which
13.At the beginning of class,the noise of desks could be heard outside the classroom.
A.opened and closed B.to be opened and closed
C.being opened and closed D.to open and close
14.The October,2008 another successful launch of the manned spaceship in China.
A.have seen B.had seen C.saw D.was seeing
15.—Let us suppose that you are in position of parent.Would you allow your child to do such a thing
—Certainly not.
A.a;a B.a;the C.the;a D./;the
16.He held a senior in a large company.
A.situation B.position C.condition D.attention
17.Either you or one of your students to attend the meeting that is due tomorrow.
A.are B.is C.have D.be
18.A great man shows his greatness the way he treats little man.
A.under B.with C.on D.by
19.Only when I left my parents for Italy how much I loved them.
A.I realized B.I had realized C.had I realized D.did I realize
20. you eat the correct foods be able to keep fit and stay healthy.
A.Only if;will you B.Only if;you will
C.Unless;will you D.Unless;you will
21.She can’t help the house because she’s busy making a cake.
A.to clean B.cleaning C.cleaned D.being cleaned
22.Li Ming be in this city,for he has just gone to Shanghai.
A.can’t B.mustn’t C.needn’t D.shouldn’t
23. role she played in the film! No wonder she has won an Oscar.
A.How interesting B.How an interesting
C.What interesting D.What an interesting
24.After her son was lost,the old lady’s hair grayer and grayer.
A.go B.went C.changed D.looked
25.The reason she missed school this morning was she had to look after her sick grandpa.
A.why;that B.because;why C.that;because D.which;that
答案：
1.C take an active part in...是固定短语，表示“积极参与……”。
2.B 句意：你在课堂上应该活跃一点，对你来说只听讲而不发言是不能学好的。take part in参加；be active in在……中活跃;join in参加；attend是及物动词，意思是“出席，到场”。
3.B devoted to nursing是过去分词短语作定语，相当于which is devoted to nursing。
4.A devote...to...意为“把……用于……”，to为介词。spend用于spend...(in)doing sth.结构。
5.B 表示建立国家用found，其现在分词为founding。
6.D be equal to是固定搭配，表示“等同的，能胜任的”。句意：约翰不能胜任这项工作，我们最好另外找个人。
7.A 本题考查副词词义辨析。A项simply表示“仅仅，只不过”；B项partly表示“部分地”;C项seriously表示“严肃地，严重地”；D项equally表示“平等地，相等地”。句意：经营一家公司不仅仅就是雇人的事情——他们还需要进行培训。故选A。
8.C 句意：健康在运动中很重要，但技能起码与之同等重要。fair公平的；reasonable有道理的；equal相等的；proper合适的。本句对“fitness”与“skills”作对比，根据题意知选C。
9.A turn to求助于，根据句意可知，她不知道向谁求助。look for寻找；deal with处理，对付；talk about谈论。
10.C 本题考查动词短语辨析。turn off关掉；turn around转身；turn over翻页，随便看看；turn up出现。句意：我没有真的在阅读，我只是随便翻看一下。
11.A advise作“建议”讲，后面宾语从句的谓语用“（should+)动词原形”，the meeting与hold之间是被动关系。
12.C 本题考查定语从句的用法。period后面的定语从句中缺少时间状语，要用when，而此题选项中没有when，所以要选择in which（相当于in the period)，表示时间，在从句中作状语。
13.C desks being opened and closed为动名词的复合结构作介词of的宾语。句意：刚上课时，开关课桌的声音在教室外就能听见。
14.C 由句中表示时间的名词可知此处应该用一般过去时。句意：2008年10月见证了中国再次成功发射了载人飞船。
15.C in the position of处在……位置/立场上。
16.B 根据句意“他在一家大公司任高层领导。”可知应选B。 position意为“地位，职位，职务”。
17.B either...or...连接两部分主语时，谓语动词的单复数根据就近原则选用，is和one of your students对应，故选B。
18.D 本题考查介词的用法。“借助某种方法和手段”常用by；而with强调使用的具体工具。
19.D 句意：只有当我离开父母去意大利时，我才意识到我有多么爱他们。句中only修饰时间状语从句位于句首，主句要用倒装。
20.A 句意：只有正确饮食，你才能保持身体健康。only if引导的条件状语从句位于句首时，主句要用倒装结构。注意：unless引导状语从句时主句不用倒装结构。
21.A can’t help to do指不能帮助做某事；而can’t help doing则指迫不及待想做某事。
22.A “can’t＋动词原形”表推测，意为“不可能……”。
23.D What an interesting role相当于How interesting a role。
24.B go作连系动词,意为“变得……”，根据上文知应用一般过去时。
25.A The reason why...is that...构成一个固定句式。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero阅读表达1
阅读下面短文并回答问题（请注意题后的词数要求）。
（2013·江西高考）
[1]Fishing is probably the world’s most popular sport.People spend many dollars each year on items like boats and four-wheel-drive vehicles.In addition，they spend money on fishing equipment，bait,fuel and boat repairs.And you can see that fishing can be an expensive pastime.Fishing lovers believe that their hobby is worth it.Others say that fishing is spoiling the environment and that it is a cruel hobby.
[2]Supporters of fishing say that it is a nice hobby.Firstly,of the millions of people who fish for fun，most only catch enough fish to feed their families.They catch fish that are found in large numbers，so there is little danger to the species （种类）.
[3]Secondly，recreational fishermen contribute to the economy.They spend money on equipment and other items，and they also spend it indirectly by paying taxes on their equipment and fuel.Those who travel to fishing spots pay for accommodation（食宿）and airfares.This money keeps people in work and provides new jobs each year.
[4]Thirdly,fishing is relaxing and fun so it lessens stress.Instead of turning to drugs or alcohol,it is far better to go fishing.People who are relaxed are generally healthier and much nicer to be near—except for the smell of the bait！
[5]Those who say that there are too many fish thoughtlessly taken from rivers，lakes,streams and oceans.This could lead to the dying out of some species.Modern cars and boats mean that people can fish in remote areas of the world,so no place is safe from greedy fishermen who take both males and females,leaving few fish to produce young.
[6]Those against fishing also say that it is a blood sport，which means that an animal must die so that a human can have fun.Many of the fish caught for sport are not suitable for eating，so they are thrown away.Once hooked,fish have no chance of escape.
76.What is the main idea of the passage （no more than 4 words）
77.According to Paragraph 2，why does fishing cause little danger to the species？（no more than 8 words）
78.List 4 items on which people spend their money for fishing.（no more than 7 words）
79.Fill in the blank in Paragraph 5 with proper words.（no more than 4 words）
Those who say that there are too many fish thoughtlessly taken from rivers，lakes,streams and oceans.
80.What does the word “which”（Line 1，Paragraph 6） probably refer to？（no more than 3 words）
答案：
76.Different views on fishing.
77.Fishing lovers catch fish found in large numbers.
78.boats,vehicles,fishing equipment,bait,fuel，boat repairs,accommodation and airfares(列出其中四项即可)
79.disagree with fishing (are against fishing)
80.A blood sport.
阅读下面短文并回答问题（请注意题后的词数要求）。
[1]To forgive may be great,but no one ever said it was easy.When someone has deeply hurt you,it can be very difficult to let go of your complaint（抱怨）.But forgiveness（宽恕）is possible—and it can be surprisingly helpful to your physical and mental health.
[2]So how do you start forgiveness Try following these steps:
[3]Calm yourself.To calm your anger,try a simple stress-management skill.“Take a couple of breaths and think of something that gives you pleasure:a beautiful scene in nature,someone you love,” Luskin says.
[4]Don’t wait for an apology.“Many times the person who hurt you has no intention（意图）of apologizing,”Luskin says.“They may have wanted to hurt you or they just don’t see things the same way.So if you wait for people to apologize,you could be waiting an awfully long time.”
[5]Take the control away from your offender（对手）.Mentally replaying your hurt gives power to the person who cause you pain.“Instead of focusing on your wounded feelings,learn to look for the love,beauty and kindness around you,” Luskin says.
[6]Try to see things from the other person’s view.If you understand that person,you may realize that he or she was acting out of ignorance,fear even love.To gain view,you may want to write a letter to yourself from your offender’s point of view.
[7] Don’t forget to forgive yourself.“For some people,forgiving themselves is the biggest challenge,” Luskin says.“But it can reduce your self-confidence if .”
1.What is the best title of the passage (no more than 10 words)
2.Complete the following statement with proper words.(no more than 8 words)
If you always keep your hurt in mind,you will
.
3.Please fill in the blank in the last paragraph with proper words or phrases to complete the sentence.(no more than 10 words）
4.Which advice is the most difficult for you to follow Why (no more than 30 words）
5.What does the underlined part“that person” (Paragraph 6）probably refer to （no more than 6 words)
答案：
1.The Art of Forgiveness
2.encourage the person who hurt you
3.you don’t do it/you don’t forgive yourself
4.Answers may vary.
5.the person who once hurt you
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero短文改错3
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2.只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
Passage 1 （2013·四川高考）
Today we had a chemistry test.I found the test difficulty，but I tried hardly to do it.Suddenly Mary，my best friend，asking me to let her to copy my answers.After think for some time,I let her copy my answers.But after the test,all of us were called to the teacher’s office.The teacher was angry because we had same answers in the tests.We were warned not to cheat again so she would need to see our parents.I was very upset.I didn’t cheat.I was just helping a friend.Why does she punish me？
答案：
Today we had a chemistry test.I found the test ，but I tried to do it.Suddenly Mary，my best friend， me to let her to copy my answers.After for some time,I let her copy my answers.But after the test, of us were called to the teacher’s office.The teacher was angry because we had same answers in the .We were warned not to cheat again she would need to see our parents.I was very upset.I didn’t cheat.I was just helping a friend.Why she punish me？
Passage 2 （2013·陕西高考）
My grandfather and I enjoy fishing.
One Sunday morning we go fishing at a lake.We took ours fishing poles and headed for the lake.As soon as we arrived,so we dropped the lines into the water.Before waiting for about half an hour,I was beginning to get impatiently.I wanted to give up,and my grandfather told me to wait a little longer.Finally,there were a sudden pull at the pole and fish was caught.Within the next few minute,my grandfather also caught a fish.
Felt hungry,we built a fire by the lake and barbecued the fish.It was delicious.
答案：
My grandfather and I enjoy fishing.
One Sunday morning we fishing at a lake.We took fishing poles and headed for the lake.As soon as we arrived，so we dropped the lines into the water. waiting for about half an hour，I was beginning to get .I wanted to give up， my grandfather told me to wait a little longer.Finally，there a sudden pull at the pole and fish was caught.Within the next few,my grandfather also caught a fish.
hungry,we built a fire by the lake and barbecued the fish.It was delicious.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World任务型阅读2
阅读下面短文，根据所读内容在表格中的空白处填入一个恰当的单词。注意：每个空格只填一个单词。
Passage 1
As we get older and walk throughout lives we have to deal with change.Change is something that some people love and others are scared of and try to avoid.
However，if you want your life to move forward and to be happy and successful，you have to realize that change is necessary.
Welcome change with open arms，telling the world that you are not afraid.
Although you will part with your present teachers and classmates，you will always be able to remember the things you used to do and the fun you used to have.When you feel sad，or when you are alone，you can close your eyes and imagine that you are back with your friends and teachers.Remember that your memories are your forever.
Enjoy the time before you leave your school.If possible，you could take photographs of your friends and teachers to help you recall （回忆起） the past.
Before you leave，you could also buy a notebook and ask your friends and teachers to write notes in it for you.They can write about the things they like about you，the things that they will remember about you，or they could just write their wishes for your success in the future.
Perhaps you could buy a good hardback （精装本） book and combine the photographs and the notes together.You could also include your thoughts at the time of leaving the school.You could write lists of your favorite teachers，classes and sports activities.This is something you can treasure for the rest of your life.
Title Welcome and deal with 1.
Different 2. towards change. Some people love it，while others may be scared of it and try to 3. it.
Ways to remember your 4. forever. ◆To help you to recall the 5. ，you can take photographs of your friends and teachers.◆Ask your friends and teachers to write notes in a 6. for you to remember 7. moments at school.
Keep the photographs and 8. well. ◆Use a good hardback book to 9. them together.◆Lists of your favorite teachers，classes and 10. activities may be added to the notes.You will treasure this for the rest of your life.
答案：1.change 2.attitudes 3.avoid 4.memories 5.past 6.notebook 7.happy 8.notes
9.combine 10.sports
Passage 2
Whenever we meet with difficulty or failure，teachers，parents or others often say to us or perhaps we say to ourselves，“Never give up.” These can be encouraging words and words of determination.A person who believes in himself will keep trying to reach his goal no matter how many times he fails.In my opinion，the quality of determination to succeed is an important one to have.Therefore，I believe that we should never give up.One reason is that if we give up too easily，we will rarely achieve anything.It is not unusual for us to fail in our first attempt at something new，so we should not feel disappointed and should try again.Besides，if we always give up when we fail，we will not be able to develop new skills and grow.Another reason we should never give up is that we can learn from our mistakes so that we can not make the same ones.If we do not try again，the lesson we have learned is wasted.Finally，we should never give up because as we work to reach our goals，we develop confidence，and this confidence can help us succeed in other areas of our lives.If we never challenge ourselves，we will begin to doubt our abilities.In short，it is important that we do not give up when working for our goals.Whether we succeed in the end or not，we will learn something，and what we learn will help us to become better and more confident.Furthermore，if we give up，we have no chance of attaining our goals any more，but if we keep making great efforts，there is always a chance that we will succeed one day.
Topic：Never Give Up
Possible meanings and the author’s opinions ◆The words “Never give up” can 1. others or oneself and express one’s determination.◆A person who wants to 2. should have the quality.So we should never give up.
The 3. ◆If we give up too easily，maybe we will achieve 4. ，so when we fail in our first attempt at something new，we should not 5. ourselves but try again.◆Always giving up means that we will not be able to 6. any progress.◆Never giving up will make us learn from the mistakes we’ve made before and learn the 7. so as not to make the same mistakes.◆To reach our goals and develop the confidence which can help us 8. ourselves，we must not give up but challenge ourselves.
9. ◆If you give up，you will have no 10. of reaching your goals.Never give up and you will attain your goals sooner or later.
答案：1.encourage 2.succeed 3.reason 4.nothing 5.disappoint/discourage 6.make 7.lesson 8.improve 9.Conclusion 10.chance/opportunity
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship单项填空2
第Ⅱ组
1.He was told that it would be at least three more months he could recover and return to work.
A.when B.before C.since D.that
2. get to the company in time,we set out early in the morning.
A.So as to B.In order to C.So that D.In order that
3.There are two high schools for you to choose.Which one would you like to ？
A.join in B.join C.take part in D.attend
4.Mr.Wang is a person who is easy .
A.to get along with B.to get along
C.to be gotten along D.getting along with
5.He has some trouble his classmates,but he has no trouble doing his lessons.
A.with;with B.in;in C.with;in D.in;with
6.Laws that punish parents for their little children’s actions against the laws get parents .
A.worried B.to worry C.worrying D.worry
7.What you should remember is that we should always keep in an emergency.
A.still B.calm C.quiet D.silent
8.The reporter has written articles about air pollution hoping to call the attention of all people to the problem.
A.a series of B.a great deal of
C.a plenty of D.a large amount of
9.The old lady great pain when her only son was killed in a traffic accident.
A.took B.suffered C.suffered from D.stood
10.Many countries are making great efforts to help the economy after a difficult period.
A.add B.return C.recover D.calm
11.After the examination,my teacher told me that failure the mother of success.
A.was B.is C.be D.been
12.“When Tom ，please let me know.”Mary said.
Mary said when Tom ，just let her know.
A.comes;comes B.came;came C.comes;came D.comes;coming
13.The teacher said that Columbus America in 1492.
A.discovered B.found C.had discovered D.had found
14.That year his total income，with his reward ， 12,000 yuan.
A.added to；added up to B.added；added to
C.added up to；added D.adds to；adds up to
15.The meeting was concerned reforms and everyone present was concerned their own interests.
A.with；for B.with；with C.for；about D.about；with
答案：
1.B 考查时间状语从句的引导词。由It＋be＋时间段＋before从句“要过多久才……”可知，此处用before。句式“It has been＋时间段＋since从句”表示“自从……以来已有……”。“It was＋时间点＋when从句”表示“当……时是(什么时候)”。
2.B 考查表示“目的”的短语用法。因为空格后面是动词原形get，因为so that和in order that后面都跟从句，所以排除C和D；A项中的so as to只能用于句中，不能用于句首，故选B。
3.D 考查动词和动词短语的区别。join in和take part in后面都是接表示活动的名词，join指加入某一组织或团体，所以A、B、C都不合适；attend school上学。
4.A 考查get along with的用法。在定语从句中，介词with和主语构成介宾关系，此处动词不定式的主动形式表示被动含义。又如：English is easy to learn.英语容易学。The room is cold to live in.这房子住起来很冷。注意：在此句型中，不定式用主动形式，如果不定式的动词是不及物动词，需加上适当的介词，与前面的名词构成介宾关系。
5.C 考查短语have trouble with...与have trouble in doing的区别。have trouble with后面可接名词或代词，而have trouble in后面通常接doing，故选C。
6.A 句意：因年幼子女的违法行为而惩罚父母的法律使父母们忧心忡忡。本题中，使役动词 get后接过去分词worried作宾语补足语，表明宾语“父母们”所处的一种状态。
7.B 句意：你应当记住在紧急情况下我们应该总是保持镇静。calm在此表示“(人)镇静的”，keep calm保持冷静。
8.A a series of“一系列”，后加可数名词；a great deal of＝a large amount of“许多，大量”，后加不可数名词；C项中的a多余。
9.B suffer用作及物动词时，后面常接pain,defeat,loss,poverty,hunger等名词；suffer用作不及物动词时，常构成suffer from，表示“因……而受苦”或“患病”；take与pain连用时，常构成take pains to do sth.或take pains with/over sth.表示“煞费苦心/尽心竭力做某事；小心谨慎地做某事”；stand表示“忍受”时，后面不接情感类名词。
10.C 句意：经过了一段困难时期后，许多国家正在努力使经济恢复。recover“恢复”；add“增加”；return“回到，归还”；calm“镇静”。
11.B 当间接引语的宾语从句为“谚语、真理、事实”时，句子时态用一般现在时。
12.C 考查直接引语与间接引语。第一空为状语从句,用一般现在时表将来；第二空因主句谓语(said)为过去时，宾语从句中谓语动词应用相应的过去时态。
13.A 解答本题的关键在于把握整句的语境，确定正确的时态形式。直接引语中有具体的表过去的时间状语，变间接引语时，时态不变，故排除C、D两项；另外，find意为“找到失去的东西或在某个场所发现某人”，与此题题意不符。discover意为“发现了原本存在的事物”。
14.A 考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：那年他的全部收入，包括奖金，共计一万两千元。add...to...“把……加进去”；add up to“共计”。
15.A 考查固定搭配。句意：会议是关于改革的，出席的每个人都关心他们自己的利益。be concerned with/in关于；be concerned about/for关心，挂念。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World七选五阅读填空
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
Passage 1
Getting your children to study can be a little like getting them to eat their vegetables.
1 Make a study time and have it at the same time every day.This will help your kids to learn to schedule their day and will give them a sense of control over how they spend their time.
Allow them to study in blocks of time，such as for half an hour with a five-minute break in the middle. 2 Ideal (理想的) study time is after dinner or right after school before dinner.
Never allow your children to study in front of television，as that will encourage passive activity. 3 You’ll also need to help your kids find the right place to study.After you’ve set up a good study time for little learners，set up a good place where they can get those creative juices flowing.
4 Make sure there is a table or a desk and a comfortable chair.
5 This includes helping them out with their homework sometimes and being there for them with the answers to any questions.The input you give your children during study periods will help form a bond and help make studying enjoyable.
A.Pick a place where your children can study properly.
B.Hold them to the schedule they create for themselves.
C.Finally，spend time with your kids when they’re studying.
D.Keep the atmosphere light and offer lots of encouragement，too.
E.Instead，use TV as a treat or a reward when the homework is completed.
F.Try to stop this bad habit by offering some sort of reward.
G.One of the best ways to form good study habits for your kids is to design a schedule that they keep to.
答案：1～5 GBEAC
Passage 2
The seven Cs of a good letter
What is the secret of writing a good letter You will be successful if you follow these seven Cs.
Clear. 1 Make them easy to understand.Talk as if the reader were right there with you.
Correct.Writing should be taken seriously. 2 Use your dictionary.If you need to，check a reference book too.Use them as much as you need to.
plete your points.Finish one point completely before going on to the next.
Courteous (礼貌的).Be friendly.Present your information nicely even if you are complaining about something. 3
Concise.Make each point as clearly and briefly as you can.
Conversational.This is really the secret of good writing, 4 Such a letter has a natural，friendly tone.
Considerate. 5 Write about what you believe the reader needs or wants to know.Try to be helpful.This will build good feeling toward you.
The seven Cs are about writing letters.But how about school papers Use the seven Cs.Write as if you are talking to your teacher or professor.You’ll be surprised.You’ll almost instantly become a good writer.And you might even enjoy writing from now on.
A.Use short，direct sentences.
B.Include long sentences in your letter.
C.Think of the readers’ point of view as you write.
D.Just “talk” to the person.
E.In all letters，treat others as you want them to treat you.
F.Don’t guess，even for spelling.
G.Make sure what you say is correct.
答案：1～5 AFEDC
Passage 3
Why Is Exercise Cool
1.Exercise Strengthens Muscles
Did you ever do a push-up or swing across the monkey bars at the playground 1 By using your muscles to do powerful things，you can make them stronger.For older teens and adults，this kind of workout can make muscles bigger，too.
2. 2
Can you touch your toes easily without yelling ouch Most kids are pretty flexible，which means that they can bend and stretch their bodies without much trouble.Being flexible is having “full range of motion”，which means you can move your arms and legs freely without feeling tightness or pain.
3.Exercise Keeps the Balance
3 Your body needs a certain amount of calories every day just to function，breathe，walk around，and do all the basic stuff. 4 If you’re not very active，your body won’t need as many calories.Whatever your calorie need is，if you eat enough to meet that need，your body weight will stay about the same.If you eat more calories than your body needs，it may be stored as extra fat.
4.Exercise Makes You Feel Good
It feels good to have a strong，flexible body that can do all the activities you enjoy—like running，jumping，and playing with your friends.It’s also fun to be good at something，like scoring a basket，hitting a home run，or perfecting a dive.
But you may not know that exercising can actually put you in a better mood. 5 It’s just another reason why exercise is cool!
A.So do you want to do any aerobic (有氧的) exercise right now
B.Food gives your body fuel in the form of calories，which are a kind of energy.
C.When you exercise，your brain releases a chemical，which may make you feel happier.
D.Those are exercises that can build strength.
E.Exercise Makes You Flexible
F.Exercise Makes Your Heart Happy
G.But if you’re active，your body needs an extra measure of calories or energy.
答案：1～5 DEBGC
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero阅读表达3
阅读下面短文并回答问题（请注意题后的词数要求）。
（2013·四川高考）
A nurse of 78 this weekend celebrates 60 years of walking the wards—and she has no plans to retire.
Jackie Reid was 18 when she started work in 1953—when the National Health Service（NHS） was just five years old—and is believed to be the oldest nurse in Britain.
The diabetes （糖尿病） specialist had to retire at 65 but returned as a nurse within two weeks and still does up to four seven-and-a-half hour shifts （轮班） each week.
Mrs Reid said：“Nursing is hard if you do it correctly but I love my job.Working for the NHS has been my life.I have no other hobbies because I have worked all my life.”
Jackie has worked at a number of different hospitals—including one in Scotland.
Her specialist field has been diabetes for the past 40 years.She retrained after her 12-year-old daughter Michelle developed the disease.She currently works at Southend Hospital，Essex.
Over the last 60 years she has treated tens of thousands of patients.
Jackie believes nursing should be protected from government cuts.She said：“There’re lots of things I would say to the government.If you are going to get good care you have to have the resources （资源），you can’t do it without enough money.They shouldn’t need the cuts that there are in the NHS.It’s hard now because there’s a shortage of staff.”
Jackie has lived alone in Grays,Essex,since her husband died three years ago.
The couple have two daughters Michelle，50，and Karen，54.
Jackie added：“My youngest daughter worries about me—she doesn’t think I should work as much as I do.I constantly say ‘don’t worry about me，I’m fine’，but she never believes me.I don’t like the thought of giving it up and will try to keep going forever.”
56.In which year was the NHS set up？（within 2 words）
57.What does Jackie think of nursing？（within 6 words）
58.When did Jackie retrain in the field of diabetes？（within 6 words）
59.What does Jackie wish the government to do？（within 7 words）
60.Why does Jackie’s daughter worry about her？（within 8 words）
答案：
56.In 1948.
57.It’s hard but she loves it.
58.After her daughter developed diabetes.
59.Not to make cuts in nursing.
60.Because she thinks her mother works too hard.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes阅读理解3
第Ⅲ组
A
Tears of happiness and shouts of joy rang out last week at the San Jose mine in northern Chile as 33 miners were lifted to freedom，one by one.The men，ranging from 19 to 63 years old，have been buried alive since a cave in the copper and gold mine where they were working fell down on August 5.It is the longest time anyone has ever survived being trapped underground.
After the fall，the men found an emergency shelter off one of the mine’s tunnels.The temperature in the dark shelter was around 90°F.For more than two weeks，the miners’ water came from the radiator tanks on their work vehicles.They shared a supply of food that was meant to last for only 48 hours.
The miners were totally separated until rescue teams made contact with the men on August 22.They sent a note to the surface explaining their situation.Rescuers drilled small holes to reach the cavern and sent down supply tubes containing food，water，clothes，medicine，fresh air and other supplies.They also received letters from their families，a television set and games.
Additional falls slowed down rescue efforts.Finally，a tunnel was built that could fit a 13-foot rescue capsule，called the Pheonix.The escape hole measures 28 inches across，a tight fit for the winding 20-minute，2，041-foot ride.The first miner reached the surface just after midnight on Wednesday.More than half of the men had been brought to safety by Wednesday afternoon.
The miners were met by family members who were waiting at Camp Hope，a settlement of tents near the mine.Chile’s president，Sebastian Pinera，cheered at the scene and hugged the miners.“We made a promise never to surrender，and we kept it，”he said.After an immediate medical exam，the men were air-lifted to the nearest hospital for 48 hours of observation.
1.The first paragraph tells us that trapped miners .
A.shouted in joy after getting rescued
B.were buried while having a rest
C.came to the ground together
D.were all different in ages
2.What do we know about the emergency shelter
A.It was very hot inside. B.It had food supply for 48 workers.
C.It had water stored for two days. D.It had a hole to get fresh air.
3.What made the rescue more difficult
A.Miners got weak without food.
B.Additional collapse happened later.
C.The escape hole was too narrow to use.
D.The rock was too hard to dig a tunnel.
4.The underlined word “surrender”in the last paragraph may mean .
A.dig out B.cheer up C.give in D.take a chance
【语篇解读】33名智利矿工，因为矿道塌方，被困在地下的避难所里。智利举国营救被埋矿工。
1.D 文章第一段的第二句话告诉我们这些被埋的矿工的年龄在19岁到63岁之间，因此可知他们的年龄是不同的，故选D。
2.A 从文章第二段的第二句话可知这个避身处的温度很高，故选A。
3.B 从第四段第一句话可知后来的不断的塌陷造成了救援的困难，故选B。
4.C 最后一段的第二、三句话表达了智利的总统看到矿工们被营救上来的高兴以及他说人们不会放弃这些矿工的诺言终于实现了，由此可知应选C。
B
People living on parts of the south coast of England face a serious problem.In 1993，the owners of a large hotel and of several houses discovered，to their horror，that their gardens had disappeared overnight.The sea had eaten into the soft limestone cliffs （石灰岩） on which they had been built.While experts were studying the problem，the hotel and several houses disappeared altogether，sliding down the cliff and into the sea.Erosion （侵蚀） of the white cliffs along the south coast of England has always been a problem but it has become more serious in recent years.Dozens of homes have had to be abandoned as the sea has crept （慢慢地移动） farther and farther inland.Experts have studied the areas most affected and have drawn up a map for local people，forecasting the year in which the hungry sea will swallow up their homes.Angry owners have called on the Government to build sea defenses to protect their homes.Government surveyors have pointed out that in most cases，this is impossible.New sea walls would cost hundreds of millions of pounds and would merely make the waves and currents go further along the coast，shifting the problem from one area to another.The danger is likely to continue，they say，until the waves reach an inland area of hard rock which will not be eaten as limestone is.Meanwhile，if you want to buy a cheap house with an uncertain future，apply to a house agent in one of the threatened areas on the south coast of England.You can get a house for a knockdown price but it may turn out to be a knockdown home.
5.What is the cause of the problem that people living on parts of the south coast of England face
A.The rising of the sea level.
B.The experts’ lack of knowledge.
C.The washing-away of limestone cliffs.
D.The disappearance of hotels，houses and gardens.
6.The erosion of the white cliffs in the south of England .
A.will soon become a problem for people living in central England
B.has now become a threat to the local people
C.can be stopped if proper measures are taken
D.is quickly changing the map of England
7.The experts’ study on the problem of erosion can .
A.warn people whose homes are in danger
B.provide an effective way to slow it down
C.help to find out when the cliffs will disappear
D.lead to its final solution
8.It is not practical to build sea defenses to protect against erosion because .
A.house agents along the coast do not support the idea
B.it is too costly and will endanger neighboring areas
C.the government is too slow in taking action
D.they will be easily knocked down by waves and currents
【语篇解读】本文是一篇说明文。说明英国南部居民面临一个严峻的问题：受石灰岩侵蚀，他们的家园慢慢被海水淹没。
5.C 细节理解题。根据文章第三句“The sea had eaten into the soft limestone cliffs（石灰岩） on which they had been built.”可知应选C。
6.B 细节理解题。根据第五句“Erosion（侵蚀） of the white cliffs along the south coast of England has always been a problem but it has become more serious in recent years.”以及当地居民的反应“Angry owners...”可知B为最佳选项。
7.A 推理判断题。通读全文，用排除法排除掉非事实选项B、C、D。
8.B 细节理解题。根据文中“New sea walls would cost hundreds of millions of pounds...one area to another.”可知。
C
An earthquake happens when two plates rub（摩擦） together.The earth plates travel in different directions and at different speeds.If one plate is slowly forced under the other，pressure builds up until the plates break apart.This process causes the ground to move.It is an earthquake.In other words，earthquakes are the shaking of the earth’s surface caused by the earth’s rocky outer layer （岩层） as a result of the energy stored within the earth.The strain within the rocks is suddenly released （释放）.
The damage an earthquake causes depends on where it is and when it is happening.If an unpopulated region is struck，there will be low loss of life or property.If it hits a large city，there may be many injuries and much destruction.Many of the areas at risk are largely populated now.Major earthquakes hitting those areas today could produce terrible damage.
Actually，there are several million small earthquakes every year.Large earthquakes such as the 1964 Alaskan quake that measured 9.2 on the Richter scale，can cause millions of dollars in damage.In the last 500 years，millions of people have been killed by earthquakes around the world—including 240，000 in the 1976 Tangshan earthquake in China.
A 60-second or less earthquake can cause devastation （破坏） that continues for years after the first tremor （震动）.In 1972，a series of severe earthquakes struck Managua，Nicaragua.Fifteen years later，the city still looked the way it had a week after the earthquake hit，because the country did not have the money necessary to rebuild it.
The shaking of the earth is sometimes not the greatest disaster.It is in the ensuing fires and floods that often the greatest damage occurs.In the 1906 earthquake，it was the fires caused after it that did the majority of the damage.An earthquake can also destroy dams high above a city or valleys，causing floods to sweep down and sweep away everything in their path.
9.Which of the following is the main idea of Paragraph 1
A.An earthquake comes from inside the earth.
B.The earth has great energy in storage.
C.How the earth plates move.
D.How an earthquake happens.
10.How many examples are used in the passage to show the damage and destruction earthquakes cause
A.Three. B.Four. C.Five. D.Six.
11.Which of the following is mentioned to show that an earthquake can kill too many people
A.The 1964 Alaskan quake. B.The 1976 Tangshan earthquake.
C.The 1972 Managua earthquake. D.The 1906 earthquake.
12.The underlined word “ensuing” in the last paragraph probably means .
A.causing too much heat and great damage
B.causing many injuries and much destruction
C.happening as a result of another event
D.happening suddenly and unexpectedly
【语篇解读】本文讲述了地震的起因及其危害。
9.D 细节理解题。第一段主要讲述了地震的成因。
10.B 细节理解题。文中提到1964年阿拉斯加地震，1976年唐山地震，1972年尼加拉瓜的马那瓜地震，以及1906年地震，共四次。
11.B 推理判断题。由第三段最后一句可知1976年唐山大地震中有240 000人遇难。
12.C 词义理解题。下文提到在1906年地震中，绝大部分的损失是在地震引起的火灾中造成的。由此推出ensuing是指另一件事所引起的。
D
My name is Ben.I am 13，and I live in Chantilly，Va.Just yesterday，June 24，1996，I was at home watching my sister，who is mentally handicapped.My father was at work while my mother and younger sister were at my mom’s office.
I had noticed the clouds growing darker and the ones to the east were turning green.At first I thought nothing of it，but then on the TV，the weather reporter was announcing a big thunderstorm warning，one that usually brings hail and heavy rain.
After seeing that，I called my mother and told her about it.She told me I should not be worried because it was just a thunderstorm so we hung up.Then I looked outside and noticed it was almost pitch black at 4：30 pm.I took a flashlight because I was sure the power was going to go out any second.Then no sooner had I got back from getting the flashlight than the weather reporter announced a Tornado Warning！I had never been in an actual tornado before，but I had seen some funnel clouds before in Montana.
Suddenly I realized I had no time to lose and I had to try to get my sister down the stairs to the basement in a matter of minutes.I surprisingly got her down there with no trouble at all and I raced back up the stairs to get the cordless phone.When I got back downstairs my dad called and told me to get downstairs immediately.I told him I was already down there！He said OK and we talked for a few seconds and then we hung up.Then through the basement windows，the only thing I could see was when lightning struck.
I do not recall hearing of any deaths，or too many injuries so I guess everyone got a good head start to run to their basements.Either they or we are all lucky.
13.When Ben noticed the clouds growing darker， .
A.he knew a strong storm was coming
B.he didn’t pay much attention to it at first
C.he at once made a call to his mother
D.he wanted to make sure if it would rain on TV
14.Ben took a flashlight because .
A.he wanted to look for something
B.it was not bright enough in the room
C.he wanted to take care of his sister
D.he was prepared for the power off
15.How did Ben save himself and his sister
A.By staying upstairs at home. B.By running out of the house.
C.By hiding in the basement. D.By using the cordless phone.
16.How did Ben’s father feel when he called Ben
A.Worried. B.Excited. C.Disappointed. D.Encouraged.
【语篇解读】本文是一篇记叙文。记述了作者遭遇龙卷风的经历。
13.B 细节理解题。根据第二段的第二句“At first I thought nothing of it...”可知，作者最早看到乌云密布时没有在意。
14.D 细节理解题。根据第三段中的“...I was sure the power was going to go out any second.”可知，他拿手电筒的目的是防止因暴风雨的来临而停电。
15.C 推理判断题。第四段提到我把姐姐安置到了地下室，并且父亲与我通话告诉我要尽快到地下室，结合最后一段提到的龙卷风过后并没有人受伤是因为人们都躲到了地下室，由此可知，C项符合文意。
16.A 推理判断题。龙卷风就要到来，爸爸给Ben打电话让他们立即（immediately）躲进地下室。由此判断爸爸当时很“着急”。
E
Although hurricane season doesn’t begin until June 1，a Pacific storm has already struck.El Salvador，which was ruined by a Caribbean storm in 1995，was hit by Hurricane Adrian on Friday.This is the first Pacific-born hurricane to ever reach land in this Central American country.
Some 14，000 people left from the western coast of El Salvador.The storm weakened as it crossed land，heading east.Heavy rains created deadly flooding problems in the hurricane’s wake.
Adrian is the first Pacific storm of the season.It reported maximum continuous winds of 75 miles per hour，the minimum strength of a hurricane.A Category 3 hurricane，Adrian also caused damage and flooding in Honduras.It is expected to break up before reaching the Caribbean Sea on the eastern coast of Central America.
Hurricane season typically begins June 1 and lasts through November 30.The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration （NOAA） has predicted seven to nine hurricanes for the 2005 season.
“It is difficult to make any kind of an exact prediction of how many of these will strike land，” NOAA administrator Conrad Lauten bacher said.He predicts two to three hurricanes will strike the U.S.this season.
Last year，six of nine hurricanes reached Category 3 strength or higher.Four of those hitFlorida within a six-week period.Altogether，Hurricanes Charley，Frances，Ivan，and Jeanne caused more than ＄40 billion in damage in the Sunshine State.
This year’s forecast is based on ocean temperatures.Warmer temperatures produce more tropical storms，which can then turn into hurricanes.
“The issue，really，this year is the unusually warm sea surface temperatures in the Atlantic，” said Frank Lepore of the National Hurricane Center.
17.Which of the following is the 2005 first hurricane
A.Charley. B.Adrian. C.Jeanne. D.Frances.
18.How many countries struck by the hurricane are mentioned in the text
A.Six. B.Nine. C.Five. D.Three.
19.We can infer that warmer ocean temperatures .
A.have nothing to do with the hurricane
B.cause less hurricane
C.are more likely to cause the hurricanes
D.do a lot of damage to the areas along the coast
20.The passage implies that .
A.hurricane season comes early this year
B.every hurricane formed in oceans could cause great damage to the land
C.hurricane often comes in winter and spring
D.tropical storm is more severe than hurricane
【语篇解读】这是一篇自然类短文。飓风的发生一般是有季节性的，但今年飓风比以往来得更早，这与海洋温度的升高有密切关系。
17.B 细节理解题。根据第一段的第二句话“El Salvador...was hit by Hurricane Adrian on Friday.”可知。
18.D 细节理解题。受hurricane侵袭的国家在文中提到的只有三个：El Salvador，the U.S.，and Honduras。Florida是美国的一个州名，其余Charley，Frances，Ivan，Jeanne等指的是飓风的名称而非国名。
19.C 推理判断题。根据倒数第二段的第二句话“Warmer temperatures produce more tropical storms，which can then turn into hurricanes.”可知。
20.A 推理判断题。根据第一段的第一句话“Although hurricane season doesn’t begin until June 1，a Pacific storm has already struck.”可知，今年的飓风比以往来得更早些。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship词汇与短语
1.add up合计
【常考用法】
add up your score 累加你的分数
add up your income 把你的收入加起来
add up the money you spend every month
把你每月花的钱累加起来
【短语链接】
add up to 合计为，总计达
add up to 120 hours 加起来是120小时
add up to ＄1,000 per month加起来每月1 000美元
add to 增加
add to our difficulty 增加了我们的困难
add...to...把……加到……上
add 3 to 5 3加5
add fuel to the fire 往火上加点燃料
【十年高考链接】
(2006·北京高考） There have been several new events to the program for the 2008 Beijing Olympic Games.
A.add B.to add C.adding D.added
答案：D 本题考查非谓语动词。句意：有几个新的比赛项目已经被加到2008年北京奥运会中。分析结构可知，several new events与add之间为被动关系，所以要用过去分词短语作定语，故D项正确。
2.upset adj.心烦意乱的；不安的；不适的 vt.（upset,upset)使不安，使心烦;弄翻；打乱
【常考用法】
feel/be upset 感觉很沮丧
be upset with his mother 很生他妈妈的气
be upset about the result of the exam 为考试结果而心烦
be upset about the accident 为事故而心烦
be upset by her visit 被她的来访打乱了
upset yourself 使你自己难过
upset the cup 打翻了杯子
upset one’s original plan 打乱了某人原先的计划
It upsets sb.that.../to do sth.使某人心烦的是……/做某事使某人心烦
【辨析】upset,nervous与anxious
（1）upset指由于某事的发生而心烦意乱。
He felt upset at his upsetting cup.看到打翻了的杯子，他很心烦意乱。
（2）nervous指在做某事的过程中紧张、害怕的感觉。
Don’t drive so fast—you are making me nervous!别开得这么快——你让我很紧张！
（3）anxious指因担心某事的发生而焦虑不安。
The little girl became anxious as she searched the crowds for her mother.
当在人群中找妈妈时，这个小女孩很焦急。
3.ignore vt.不理睬；忽视
【常考用法】
ignore the bell 不顾铃声
ignore the traffic rules 不管交通规则
ignore me 不理我
ignore the doctor’s advice 不听医生的建议
【短语链接】
ignorance n.无知
be in ignorance of 对……不了解，对……无知
out of ignorance 由于无知
ignorant adj.无知的
be ignorant of 对……不了解，对……无知
He ignored the doctor’s advice,so he is in ignorance of his serious illness now;that is to say,he is ignorant that he is in danger now.他不理睬医生的忠告，所以他现在不知道自己的严重病情，也就是说，他不知道自己处于危险之中。
4.calm vt.＆ vi.(使)平静；(使)镇定adj.平静的；镇静的；沉着的
【常考用法】
calm oneself down 使自己镇定下来
calm down the football fans 使足球迷们平静下来
keep/stay calm in face of danger 面对危险保持冷静
answer in a calm voice 用冷静的声音回答
【辨析】quiet,calm,silent,still与peaceful
这些形容词均含有“平静的，无声无息的”之意。
（1）quiet是普通用词，指没有喧闹、活动或骚乱的寂静状态。
Please keep quiet in the reading room.在阅览室要保持安静。
（2）calm是普通用词，既可指天气、海洋等的平静状态，又可指人的镇定沉着、不慌乱、不受外界影响和情绪支配。
Stay calm in face of an emergency.在紧急情况面前要冷静。
（3）silent是普通用词，指缄默不语或无声无息。
He kept silent about the matter for fear of losing the job.他对此事缄口不言，唯恐失去工作。
（4）still指平静而又安定的状态。
Keep still while I’m taking a photo of you.我给你照相时别动。
（5）peaceful是普通用词，指一种不受外物扰乱和刺激的内在宁静或和平状态。
He has a peaceful life.他过着平静的生活。
【十年高考链接】
(2007·湖北高考)Emergency line operators must always calm and make sure that they get all the information they need to send help.
A.grow B.appear C.become D.stay
答案：D 本题考查连系动词的用法。四个选项后都可接形容词作表语，但A、C两项是表示动态变化的动词，不符合句意；appear意为“看上去”，也不符合句意；stay calm保持镇静，stay用作连系动词，意为“保持（某种状态）”。
5. concern vt.涉及，关系到，参与；使担心n.［U］关心，担心，担忧；［C］有利害关系的事
【常考用法】
show/express concern about/over/on global warming 对全球变暖很担忧
concern herself with/in social welfare 她关注社会福利
be concerned about her son’s safety 担心她儿子的安全
be concerned with/in a case 与一起案件有牵连
as far as I’m concerned 在我看来
concerned parents 忧虑的父母们
a speech concerning football 有关足球的演讲
a major concern 一个主要关注的问题
There is growing concern about...人们对……日渐忧虑。
【十年高考链接】
(2011·山东高考)There’s a in our office that when it’s somebody’s birthday,they bring in a cake for us all to share.
A.tradition B.balance C.concern D.relationship
答案：A 本题考查名词词义辨析。 句意：在我们办公室有一个传统，那就是在某个人过生日时，那个人就带一个蛋糕到办公室和大家一起分享。 tradition 传统；balance 平衡；concern 关心；relationship关系。根据句意知选A。
6.go through经历；经受；检查；浏览；用完，做完
【常考用法】
go through pain 吃苦 go through difficulties 经历困难
go through bad luck 不走运 go through the test papers 批阅试卷
go through the menu 浏览菜单 go through the newspaper 浏览报纸
go through my mail 看我的邮件 go through a lot of money 花了很多钱
go through all those envelopes 用完了所有的那些信封
【短语链接】
go against 违背；与……不符；对……不利 go without 勉强维持；凑合
go in for 爱好；参加；从事 go by 过去；依据；按照；经过
go on 继续 go ahead (with) 进行
go away 走开；外出度假 go about 着手做；处理；忙于
go after 追赶；追求 go for 去请；努力获取
go for nothing 白费 go wrong 出毛病；发生故障
go off 离去；去世 go out 熄灭；出去；过时
go back 回去；回顾；回溯 go down 下落；下降；降低；减弱
go over 复习；检查；核对 go up 上升；上涨
go with 陪……一起去；伴随；与……相配
go into 到达；进入；从事；参加；调查；研究；弄清楚
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2011·四川高考）To get a better grade,you should the notes again before the test.
A.go over B.get over C.turn over D.take over
答案：A 考查动词短语的意义辨析。句意：为了取得更好的成绩，考试前你应该再复习一下笔记。go over复习，符合句意。get over恢复,克服；turn over移交给,翻转；take over 接管。
（2）（2008·全国高考Ⅱ）—Could I ask you a rather personal question
—Sure, .
A.pardon me B.go ahead C.good idea D.forget it
答案：B 考查情景交际。句意：“我能问你一个纯私人问题吗？”“当然，问吧。” go ahead强调鼓励、允许别人去做某事。
（3）（2007·江苏高考）—Do you think that housing price will keep in the years to come
—Sorry,I have no idea.
A.lifting up B.going up C.bringing up D.growing up
答案：B 考查动词词组辨析。lift up举起；go up上升，上涨；bring up抚养，呕吐；grow up成长。此处表示“价格上升”，故选B。
（4）(2007·重庆高考)—I’ve studied growing plants as one of my interests.Could I make some suggestions
— .
A.You will make it B.Go right ahead
C.Don’t mention it D.Take it easy
答案：B 本题考查情景交际。You will make it.你会成功的。Go right ahead.说吧/用吧/可以/行。Don’t mention it.不用谢。Take it easy.别着急，慢慢来。根据语境可知B项正确。
（5）(2007·浙江高考)Would you please this form for me to see if I’ve filled it in right
A.take off B.look after C.give up D.go over
答案：D 本题考查动词短语的意思辨析。句意：你可以给我检查一下这个表格填得是否正确吗？take off脱下，起飞；look after照顾；give up放弃；go over复习，仔细查看。
（6）(2007·安徽高考)—Didn’t you have a good time at the party
—Of course I did.As a matter of fact,I had such fun that time seemed to so quickly.
A.go by B.go away C.go out D.go over
答案：A 此处表示“时间过去”，所以用go by。
（7）(2007·陕西高考)—Could I use your computer for a few moments,please
— .I’m not using it myself.
A.Come on B.It depends C.Go ahead D.That’s great
答案：C 本题考查交际用语。由前面的语境“请问我能不能用会儿你的电脑？”以及后面的语境“我自己现在不用”可知应选C项Go ahead.“用吧！去吧！干吧！”。Come on.“快点儿”。It depends.“看情况而定”。That’s great.“太棒了”。A、B、D三项均不符合题意。
7.set down记下；放下；登记；制定
【常考用法】
set your name down 写下你的名字 set down your telephone number 记下你的电话号码
set down a series of facts 记下一些事实 set down the story 把这个故事记下来
set down what you heard 把你听到的写下来 set down the standards 制定标准
【短语链接】
set up 开办；建立 set out 动身；开始
set off 动身；出发；使爆炸 set back (把钟等)往回拨；推迟
set aside 不顾；存储；留出(时间、金钱等) set apart 使分离；留出
set about 开始 be set in 以……为背景
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2013·湖北高考）In much of the animal world,night is the time for sleep—pure and simple.
A.set aside B.set down C.set off D.set up
答案： A 这里pure and simple表示“完全，不折不扣”，用来指某事唯一的原因。此处用set aside表示“留出，拨出(时间等)”，表示这段时间就是用来睡觉的。set down写下；set off出发；引起；set up建立。句意：在大多数动物世界里，夜晚就是完全用来睡觉的时间。
（2）（2013·安徽高考）Traditionally,college students hold a graduation ceremony to encourage themselves before they on their life journey.
A.give up B.settle down C.get through D.set off
答案：D give up放弃；settle down定居；（使）安静下来；get through完成；读完；通过；用完；set off出发；（使）开始；引起。句意：依照惯例，为激励自己，大学生在踏上人生旅程之前会举行一场毕业典礼。根据句意应选D项。
（3）（2012·浙江高考）Armed with the information you have gathered,you can
preparing your business plan.
A.set out B.set about C.set off D.set up
答案：B 本题考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：用你所搜集到的信息武装自己，你可以着手准备你的生意计划了。set out开始，后接动词不定式；set about开始，后接动名词；set off 出发，引爆；set up 建立。
（4）（2012·福建高考）You had better some time every day for sports so that you can keep yourself energetic.
A.set aside B.take up C.put away D.give out
答案：A 本题考查动词短语的用法。句意：你最好每天留出点时间来进行体育锻炼，以便你保持精力充沛。set aside把……放置一旁,不理会，取消,驳回，留出；take up拿起，抱起，占去，接受(提议)，继续;put away收起来,放好，储存，关押，打消,放弃,抛弃;give out分发， 散发，公布，宣布，耗尽，用完，停止起作用，停止运行，停止运转。根据句意可知A项正确。
（5）（2012·大纲全国高考Ⅱ）We to paint the whole house but finished only the front part that day.
A.set about B.set up C.set out D.set down
答案：C 本题考查动词短语的辨析。句意：那天我们打算粉刷整栋房子，但是只完成了前面的部分。set out to do sth.计划做某事，符合题意。set about 开始，后接动名词；set up 建立；set down写下，记下。
（6）(2008·山东高考)Einstein liked Bose’s paper so much that he his own work and translated it into German.
A.gave off B.turned down C.took over D.set aside
答案：D 本题考查动词短语的意义辨析。give off发出（光、热等）；turn down调低，拒绝；take over掌管，负责；set aside把……放在一边。句意：爱因斯坦如此喜欢鲍斯的论文，以至于他把自己的工作放在一边，把它翻译成德语。由句意可知D项正确。
（7）（2006·江西高考）For all these years I have been working for others.I’m hoping I’ll my own business someday.
A.turn up B.fix up C.set up D.make up
答案：C 本题考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：这么多年我一直为别人工作。我希望有一天我能建立自己的公司。turn up出现，到来；fix up固定；set up建立，创立；make up组成，构成。由句意可知C项正确。
8.series n.连续；系列
【常考用法】
TV series 电视连续剧 a series of accidents 一连串的交通事故
a series of attacks 一系列的攻击 a series of safety problems 一系列的安全问题
a series of books 系列丛书 a series of exams 一连串的考试
a series of meetings 一系列的会议
【提醒】
series为单复数同形的名词，类似的还有：people,sheep,deer,means,species等。
9. on purpose故意
【常考用法】
break the glass on purpose 故意打破了玻璃
break the law on purpose 故意违法 do sth.on purpose 故意做某事
【短语链接】
for the purpose of 目的是…… by design/intention 故意地
by chance/accident 碰巧，偶然
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2012·江西高考）You’d better write down the phone number of that restaurant for future .
A.purpose B.reference C.progress D.memory
答案：B 本题考查名词词义辨析。 句意：你最好记下那家饭店的电话，以后也许用得着（以后为方便查阅）。for future reference 以便将来查找，为固定搭配。没有for purpose这一搭配;C项progress意为“进步”；D项memory意为“记忆”，这两项均不符合句意。
（2）（2012·福建高考）China has been pushing the reform of public hospitals all its citizens.
A.in charge of B.for the purpose of
C.in honor of D.for the benefit of
答案：D 本题考查介词短语意义辨析。 A项为“掌管，负责”；B项为“目的是……”；C项为“为了纪念……”；D项为“为了……的利益”。根据题干句意“为了所有公民的利益，中国一直在推动公立医院的改革”可知D项意思最符合。
（3）(2011·江苏高考)We’d better discuss everything before we work out the plan.
A.in detail B.in general C.on purpose D.on time
答案：A 本题考查介词短语的辨析。句意：我们在制订计划之前最好详细地讨论一下各方面的事情。in detail详细地；in general通常，大体上，从总体上看；on purpose故意地；on time按时。只有“详细”讨论才能制订计划，故选A项。熟练掌握各介词短语的含义并灵活运用到具体语言环境中是解题关键。
（4）(2008·浙江高考)Why are you so anxious It isn’t your problem .
A.on purpose B.in all C.on time D.after all
答案：D 本题考查介词短语的用法。on purpose为“故意地”； in all为“总共”； on time为“按时”； after all为“毕竟”。句意：你为什么如此焦急？毕竟不是你的问题。
10. in order to为了……
【常考用法】
in order to get a good seat 为了找个好位置
in order to make a living 为了谋生
in order to succeed 为了成功
in order to help his mother 为了帮助他妈妈
in order to carry out the plan 为了实施计划
in order to do it well 为了做好这件事
in order not to miss the early bus 为了能赶上早班公共汽车
【提醒】
（1）in order to do=to do=so as to do,但是so as to do不能放于句首。
（2）in order to do的否定形式为in order not to do。
（3）in order to do与so as to do可以与in order that或者so that引导的目的状语从句进行转换。
【十年高考链接】
（1）(2011·上海高考）The police officers in our city work hard the rest of us can live a safe life.
A.in case B.as if C.in order that D.only if
答案：C 句意：我们城市的警察努力工作，为了我们能过安全的生活。in case以防，万一；as if好像，仿佛；in order that为了；only if只要。由句意可知C项正确。
（2）（2005·辽宁高考）All these gifts must be mailed immediately in time for Christmas.
A.in order to have received B.in order to receive
C.so as to be received D.so as to be receiving
答案：C 句意：为了圣诞节能及时收到，所有的这些礼物必须马上邮寄。in order to do=so as to do为了；其中主语gifts与receive之间为被动关系，故要用C项。
11. power n.能力；力量；权力
【常考用法】
do the best of one’s power 尽某人的最大力量
do all in one’s power 尽力而为
the power of nature 自然力
the party in power 执政党
come to/into power 掌权
rise to/fall from power 取得/失去权力
be in one’s power 在某人的掌握中/控制下
with power off 由于停电了
power failure 停电
the power of speech 说话的能力
have the power to foretell the future 有预测未来的能力
the power of belief 信念的力量
beyond one’s power to do sth.做某事某人力所不能及
【辨析】power,energy,strength与force
（1）power 为“力,力量”。 它是力的总称,指各种力,如电力、动力或某事物的能力。它也可指人所具有的力量、能力、权力及势力等。当指人所具有的力气时,它与 strength 同义。
A football player needs power/strength to run with the ball.（power指体力）
I’ll do everything in my power to help that old lady.（power指能力）
Electricity gives us power and makes machines work.（power指电力）
（2）energy 为“精力,活力,能量”，指人或动物所积蓄的内在或释放的活力,也指物理学上的能量。
He has so much energy that he can work as hard as three men.（energy指精力）
The successful carrying out of the work is due to his youth and energy.（energy指活力）
The energy of the sun has been widely used now.（energy指能量）
（3）strength 为“力气,力量”，指发挥出来的内在素质与体质,也可指物理学上的强度。
All the passengers pushed the bus with all their strength,but it refused to move.（strength指力气）
As the saying goes,“Unity is strength”,so let us work hard together to overcome the difficulties.（strength指力量）
（4）force 主要指外力,是推动人或物朝所要求的方向运动或能产生明显效应的力量。
He did it with great force.（force指力量）
They opened the door by force.(force指武力）
【十年高考链接】
(2007·福建高考)—You are always full of .Can you tell me the secret
—Taking plenty of exercise every day.
A.power B.strength C.force D.energy
答案：D 本题考查名词词义辨析。power权力，势力；strength力气，优势；force力，武力；energy精力。由Taking plenty of exercise every day.可推断出应是be full of energy“精力旺盛”。
12. face to face面对面地
【常考用法】
talk face to face 面对面地交谈 communicate face to face 面对面地交流
【短语链接】
face-to-face 面对面的 back to back 背靠背地
hand in hand 手拉手地 neck and neck （在赛马及其他竞赛中）并驾齐驱地
arm in arm 手拉手地 shoulder to shoulder 肩并肩地
13. no longer/not...any longer不再
【常考用法】
no longer young/not young any longer 不再年轻
no longer go to school/not go to school any longer 不再去上学了
no longer a distant dream/not a distant dream any longer 已不再是遥远的梦
can’t wait any longer/can wait no longer 不能再等了
can’t stand this life any longer/can no longer stand this life 受不了这种生活了
not work here any longer/no longer work here 不再在这儿工作了
【短语链接】
no more/not...any more 不再
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes短文改错2
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（\\）划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2.只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
Passage 1
It is real a good chance to have all of you here.We have spent several precious weekend in learning in the English Club.Because we have been members for a short period of time，we have made a great progress.That is because we are all very much active and the activities are not only enjoyable and also helpful.Besides，the foreign teachers here work hard and try his best to make the activities lively and interesting.I was very pleased to say that all of us greatly improved our spoken English so far.I am looking forward to see all of you again in the near future.
答案：
It is a good chance to have all of you here.We have spent several precious in learning in the English Club. we have been members for a short period of time，we have made a great progress.That is because we are all very much active and the activities are not only enjoyable also helpful.Besides，the foreign teachers here work hard and try best to make the activities lively and interesting.I very pleased to say that all of us greatly improved our spoken English so far.I am looking forward to all of you again in the near future.
Passage 2
Today I visited the Smiths—my first visit an American family.They live in the small town.It was very kind for them to meet me at the railway station and drove me to their home.The Smiths did his best to make me feel at home.They offered with me coffee and other drinks.We have a good time talking and laughing together.They eager to know everything about China and asked me lots of question.In fact，they are planning to visit China the next year.
答案：
Today I visited the Smiths—my first visit an American family.They live in small town.It was very kind them to meet me at the railway station and me to their home.The Smiths did best to make me feel at home.They offered with me coffee and other drinks.We a good time talking and laughing together.They eager to know everything about China and asked me lots of .In fact，they are planning to visit China the next year.
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World完形填空2
Body language is the quiet，secret and most powerful language of all! It speaks 1 than words.According to specialists，our bodies send out more 2 than we realize.In fact，non-verbal (非言语) communication takes up about 50% of what we really 3 .And body language is particularly 4 when we attempt to communicate across cultures.Indeed，what is called body language is so 5 a part of us that it’s actually often unnoticed.And misunderstandings occur as a result of it. 6 ，different societies treat the 7 between people differently.Northern Europeans usually do not like having 8 contact (接触) even with friends，and certainly not with 9 .People from Latin American countries， 10 ，touch each other quite a lot.Therefore，it’s possible that in 11 ，it may look like a Latino is 12 a Norwegian all over the room.The Latino，trying to express friendship，will keep moving 13 .The Norwegian，very probably seeing this as pushiness，will keep 14 —which the Latino will in return regard as 15 .
Clearly，a great deal is going on when people 16 .And only a part of it is in the words themselves.And when parties are from 17 cultures，there’s a strong possibility of 18 .But whatever the situation，the best 19 is to obey the Golden Rule：treat others as you would like to be 20 .
1.A.straighter B.louder C.harder D.further
2.A.sounds B.invitations C.feelings D.messages
3.A.hope B.receive C.discover D.mean
4.A.immediate B.misleading C.important D.difficult
5.A.well B.far C.much D.long
6.A.For example B.Thus C.However D.In short
7.A.trade B.distance C.connections D.greetings
8.A.eye B.verbal C.bodily D.telephone
9.A.strangers B.relatives C.neighbours D.enemies
10.A.in other words B.on the other hand
C.in a similar way D.by all means
11.A.trouble B.conversation C.silence D.experiment
12.A.disturbing B.helping C.guiding D.following
13.A.closer B.faster C.in D.away
14.A.stepping forward B.going on
C.backing away D.coming out
15.A.weakness B.carelessness C.friendliness D.coldness
16.A.talk B.travel C.laugh D.think
17.A.different B.European C.Latino D.rich
18.A.curiosity B.excitement C.misunderstanding D.nervousness
19.A.chance B.time C.result D.advice
20.A.noticed B.treated C.respected D.Pleased
【语篇解读】本文是说明文，介绍了肢体语言的作用以及在不同文化里肢体语言的不同含义。通过学习本文我们可以了解文化的趣味性。
1.B 由首句“肢体语言是所有语言中沉默、秘密而又最有威力的语言！”可知，本句应表示“肢体语言比语言更有说服力”，所以本题选择louder。
2.D ……我们的肢体发出多于我们可以意识到的信息。身体发出的是message “信息”，而不是sound。sound泛指自然界一切声音；invitation邀请；feeling感情，感受。
3.D 事实上，非言语交际占据了我们真正想表达的50%左右。mean意思是，意味着。
4.C 根据下文论述，当涉及跨文化交流时，肢体语言尤为重要，故选important“重要的”。immediate“立刻的”，表示动作的直接性和迅速性；misleading“误导的”；difficult“困难的”。
5.C 事实上，肢体语言几乎已经成为我们的一部分，以至于它实际上常常被忽视。此处实际上是对“so much a(n)+名词”的用法的考查。四个选项中有此用法的只有much。
6.A 下文是举例，故选For example（例如）。thus因此；however然而；in short简言之。
7.B 不同的社会对人们之间的距离有不同的认识。空格后面的北欧人和拉丁美洲人等的例子都与distance“距离”有关。
8.C 北欧人通常不喜欢肢体接触，故选bodily“身体的”，10空后面的touch each other是提示。
9.A 北欧人不喜欢和朋友有肢体上的接触，更不用说陌生人了。enemy虽然与friend相对，但此处是说不同国度文化的差异，并不是敌我的分歧。
10.B 由上文可知，此处表示语意上的转折，故选on the other hand“另一方面”，本句讲到拉丁美洲人非常喜欢肢体接触。in other words换句话说；in a similar way用相似的方法；by all means无论如何。
11.B trouble麻烦；conversation谈话，交谈；silence 寂静，沉默；experiment实验。in conversation在交谈中，在会话中。
12.D 在交谈中，北欧人不喜欢肢体接触，拉丁美洲人喜欢肢体接触，所以我们看到的很可能是一个拉丁美洲人跟随一个挪威人移动，故选following“跟随”。
13.A 拉丁美洲人喜欢肢体接触，为了表示友好，会离挪威人越来越近，故选closer（更近地）。
14.C 挪威人不喜欢肢体接触，会一直向后退，故选backing away（后退）。step forward前进；go on 继续；come out出版；发芽。
15.D 挪威人的后退反过来会让拉丁美洲人觉得是冷漠。weakness虚弱；carelessness粗心；friendliness友谊；coldness冷漠。
16.A 选项中的talk（交谈）与11空的conversation相呼应，且文章主要讲述交谈中的body language。
17.A different不同的；European 欧洲的；Latino拉丁美洲的；rich富裕的。different cultures不同的文化。
18.C 当来自不同文化的人聚会时，很有可能会出现误解，故选misunderstanding误会，误解。curiosity好奇心；excitement 兴奋；nervousness紧张。
19.D 此处是对避免误解而提出建议，故选advice“建议”。chance机会；time时间，次数，倍数；result结果。
20.B ……你希望怎样被对待，那你就那样对待别人。B选项与前面的treat others相呼应，一个是主动形式，一个是被动形式(to be treated)。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World阅读理解2
第Ⅱ组
A
In order to know a foreign language thoroughly (完全地)，four things are necessary.First，we must understand the language when we hear it spoken.Secondly，we must be able to speak it ourselves，correctly with confidence and without hesitation (犹豫).Thirdly，we must read in the language as much as possible.Besides，we must be able to write it.We must be able to make sentences that are correct in grammar.
There is no short way to succeed in language learning.A good memory (记忆) is a great help，but it is not enough only to memorize the rules from a grammar book.It is no much use learning by heart long lists of words and their meanings，studying the dictionary，and so on.We must learn by using the language.If we are pleased with a few rules we have memorized，we are not really learning the language.We must “learn through use”.Practice is important.We must practise speaking and writing the language whenever we can.
1.The most important things to learn a foreign language are .
A.understanding and speaking
B.hearing，speaking，reading and writing
C.writing and understanding
D.memorizing and listening
2.One can never learn a foreign language well only by .
A.much practice B.studying the dictionary
C.learning through use D.using the language
3.Which of the following is the most important in learning a foreign language
A.A good memory. B.Speaking. C.Practice. D.Writing.
4.“Learn through use” means .
A.we use a language in order to learn it
B.we learn a foreign language in order to use it
C.we can learn a language well while we are using it
D.both B and C
【语篇解读】本文主要讲了想完全通晓一门外语，要掌握四个方面的事情以及要想学好外语没有捷径可走，需要多加练习，在用中学。
1.B 细节理解题。根据第一段可知，学习一门外语最重要的是听、说、读、写四种技能，A、C、D三项都不够全面，故选B。
2.B 细节理解题。根据第二段第三句可知，学习语言只凭查词典是学不好的，所以选B。
3.C 细节理解题。根据第二段最后三句可知，在学习英语时，最重要的还是“练习”(practice)。故选C。
4.C 词义猜测题。“在使用中学习”强调学习的重要性。A项颠倒了学与用的关系，B项虽对，却不合题意。
B
Have you ever considered all the English expressions that include words about clothes？ Let’s have a look.
People wear pants to cover the lower part of their bodies.We sometimes say that people who are nervous have ants in their pants.Sometimes，people may get caught with their pants down.They are found doing something they should not be doing.And，in every family，one person takes control.Sometimes a wife tells her husband what to do.Then we say she wears the pants in the family.
Pants usually have pockets to hold things.Money that is likely to be spent quickly can burn a hole in your pocket.Sometimes you need a belt to hold up your pants.If you have less money than usual，you may have to tighten your belt.
I always praise people who can save their money and not spend too much.I really take my hat off to them.Yet，when it comes to my own money，I spend it at the drop of a hat，which means I instantly spend it.
Boots are a heavy or strong kind of shoes.People who are too big for their boots think they are more important than they really are.I dislike such people.
My father is an important person.He runs a big company.He wears a suit and tie，and a shirt with sleeves that cover his arms.Some people who do not know him well think he is too serious and never shows his feelings openly.But I know that my father wears his heart on his sleeve.
5.What is this passage mainly about
A.What pants mean in English. B.Some special English expressions.
C.Some funny English expressions. D.Some expressions related to clothes.
6.Which of the following expressions can show someone is nervous
A.Get caught with one’s pants down. B.Have ants in one’s pants.
C.Wear the pants in the family. D.Burn a hole in one’s pocket.
7.If we say someone has to tighten his belt，we probably mean he .
A.has done something wrong B.used to live a rich life
C.has put on the wrong pants D.is short of money
8.Someone who spends his money at the drop of a hat most probably .
A.doesn’t save money B.earns much money
C.never wastes his money D.spends more than he earns
【语篇解读】本文向我们介绍了英语中一些与衣服有关的表达。
5.D 主旨大意题。通读全文可知，本文主要向我们介绍了英语中一些与衣服有关的表达，故选D。
6.B 细节理解题。根据第二段的We sometimes say that people who are nervous have ants in their pants.可知应选B。
7.D 词义猜测题。根据第三段的If you have less money than usual，you may have to tighten your belt.可知应选D。
8.A 推理判断题。根据第四段的I always praise people who can save their money and not spend too much.可知前面指的是那些会存钱的人，又根据下文中的yet的语境可知，后者是那种一有钱就会立即花掉的人，故选A。
C
If you want to help children develop language and speech skills，UCLA researchers say，listening to what they have to say is just as important as talking to them.
The effect of a conversation between a child and an adult is about six times as great as the effect of adult speech input (输入) alone，the researchers found.“Adults speaking to children helps language develop，but what matters much more is the interaction，” said the study’s lead author，Frederick Zimmerman，an associate professor in the School of Public Health at the University of California，Los Angeles.The researchers also found that TV viewing didn’t have much of an effect—positively or negatively—as long as it wasn’t displacing conversations between an adult and a child.
The UCLA study included 275 families with children between 2 months and 48 months old.They represented a variety of incomes and education.The researchers found that， in an average day，children hear about 13,000 spoken words from adults and participated in about 400 adult-child conversations a day.
Assessed separately，factors positively associated with language development included each additional 100 conversations a day and each 1,000 words increase in the number of words spoken by adults and heard by children.When looked at alone，TV was negatively associated with language development.But，when the three factors were analyzed together，the only one that stood out was conversation between adults and children.
“The more a child speaks and interacts with an adult，the better idea a parent has about where the child is，” Zimmerman said.“Although it’s mostly done unconsciously，parents will provide feedback and correct mistakes.They’ll also tailor their speech to the child.Parents can give a child words by talking to them about what they’re doing，such as，I’m putting on your pajamas now.“But give your child the opportunity to talk，hopefully without the rest of the noise in the environment，”she added.“If parents can carve out some conversation time—maybe at bath time or at dinner time—that’s a wonderful thing.”
9.The researchers also found that TV viewing .
A.could have a positive effect on a child’s language development
B.had a little effect on a child’s language development
C.affected a child’s language development more negatively than positively
D.affected a child’s language development both negatively and positively
10.Frederick Zimmerman would probably agree that .
A.parents should let their children talk most of the time
B.children should watch TV programs selectively
C.the conversation between parents and children should be two-way
D.it’s no good for parents to correct their children’s mistakes when they are speaking
11.We can conclude from the last paragraph that .
A.parents should let a child repeat what he or she says
B.bath time or dinner time is the best chance for parents to talk to a child
C.parent-child conversation can be carried out at any proper time
D.parents should leave a child talking alone
12.What would be the best title for the passage
A.Talk with kids，not at them
B.Let your children voice their own opinions
C.How to develop a child’s language ability
D.The importance of early child language development
【语篇解读】研究发现，父母和孩子之间的交谈对孩子语言的发展至关重要。这种交谈必须是双向的、互动的。
9.B 细节理解题。从文章第二段最后一句可知，看电视对孩子没有多少影响，无论是积极的还是消极的。
10.C 推理判断题。从文章第二段内容可知，Zimmerman 强调父母跟孩子之间交谈的双向性和互动性才是更重要的。
11.C 推理判断题。从文章最后一段可知，父母应该随时创造跟孩子交谈的机会，时间的选择是非常灵活的。
12.A 主旨大意题。根据文章内容分析，文章强调父母和孩子之间的交流，而且强调交流的互动性，因此A项符合文章的主旨，适合作本文标题。
D
If you want to become a fluent English speaker you should take some advice.There are four skills in learning English.They are reading，listening，speaking and writing.The most important thing you must remember is that if you want to improve your speaking and writing skills you should first master the skills of reading and listening.
Read as much as you can.But your reading must be active.It means that you must think about the meaning of the sentence，the meaning of the unfamiliar words，etc.There is no need for you to pay much attention to grammars or try to understand all the unfamiliar words you come across，but the fact that you see them for the first time and recognize them whenever you see them，for example in other passages or books，is enough.It would be better to prepare yourself a notebook so you can write down the important words or sentences in it.
As for listening，there are two choices：besides reading，you can listen every day for about 30 minutes.You can only pay attention to your reading and become skillful at your reading，then you can catch up on your listening.Since you have lots of inputs in your mind，you can easily guess what the speaker is going to say.This never means that you should not practice listening.
For listening you can listen to cartoons or some movies that are specially made for children.Their languages are easy.Or if you are good at listening you can listen to VOA or BBC programs every day.Again the thing to remember is being active in listening and preferably taking some notes.
If you follow these pieces of advice，your speaking and writing will improve automatically，and you can be sure that with a little effort they will become perfect.
13.According to the author，which should you improve first among the four skills
A.Reading and listening. B.Reading and writing.
C.Writing and speaking. D.Speaking and listening.
14.To improve your reading，when you read you should .
A.look up all the new words in the dictionary
B.think about what you are reading actively
C.spend more time studying grammars
D.copy as many words and sentences as possible
15.The underlined phrase “come across” in Paragraph 2 can probably be replaced by “ ”.
A.meet by accident B.discover
C.find on purpose D.look for
16.The passage is mainly about how to .
A.choose suitable listening materials
B.deal with new words in reading
C.improve your English as quickly as possible
D.become fluent in speaking and writing
English
【语篇解读】本文给英语学习者提出了如何流利地读、写英语的建议。
13.A 细节理解题。由第一段最后一句可知，作者认为要想提高说和写的能力，首先要掌握读和听。
14.B 细节理解题。由第二段第二、三句可知，在阅读的过程中要积极思考。
15.A 词义猜测题。此处是告诉读者没有必要去理解遇到的所有的不熟悉的词语，由此推知come across指“偶然遇到”。
16.D 主旨大意题。文章第一句话便点明主题，接着用大量篇幅阐述了如何通过提高阅读和听力技能来带动提高说和写的技能，成为a fluent English speaker。
E
Some people learn a second language easily.Other people have trouble learning a new language.How can you help yourself learn a new language，such as English There are several ways to make learning English a little easier and more interesting.
The first step is to feel confident about learning English.If you believe that you can learn，you will learn.Be patient.You do not have to understand everything at once.It is natural to make mistakes when you learn something new.We can learn from our mistakes.
The second step is to practise your English.For example，write in a diary every day.You will get used to writing in English，and you will feel comfortable expressing your ideas in English.After several weeks，you will see that your writing is improving.Besides，you must speak English every day.You can practise with your classmates after class.You will all make mistakes，but gradually you will become comfortable communicating in English.
The third step is to keep a record of your language learning.You can write this in your diary.After each class，think about what you did.Did you answer a question correctly Did you understand anything the teacher explained Perhaps the lesson was difficult，but you tried to understand it.Write these achievements (成就） in your diary.
You must be active in about learning English and believe that you can do it.It is important to practise every day and make a record of your achievements.You will enjoy learning English，and you will feel more confident in yourself.
17.The underlined word “communicating” in the third paragraph means .
A.getting information
B.sharing or exchanging ideas，news，information,etc.
C.speaking
D.expressing the reason and the result
18.When you learn English，you do not need to .
A.be patient B.make mistakes
C.express your ideas in English D.understand everything at once
19.What is not helpful for you to enjoy learning English
A.To communicate in English.
B.To worry about making mistakes.
C.To think about what you did after each class.
D.To make a record of the achievements.
20.What is the main idea of this passage
A.It is very important to learn a second language.
B.Some people learn a second language easily while other people do not.
C.There are ways to help you learn a second language more easily.
D.Don’t worry about making mistakes when learning a second language.
【语篇解读】本文主要介绍了几种学习英语的方法。
17.B 词义猜测题。由上句“下课后要和同学们一起练英语”，以及用英语表达自己的观点可推知communicating应该是和别人交流。故选B。
18.D 细节理解题。由第二段可知，“学英语要自信，有耐心，但不一定一下子全都弄懂”，故选D。
19.B 细节理解题。由第三、四段可知A、C、D三项的陈述对学英语都有帮助。故选B。
20.C 主旨大意题。由第一段及最后一段对全文的概括可知，文章主要介绍了几种学习英语的方法。尤其是第一段最后一句点明了文章的主旨。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World阅读理解3
第Ⅲ组
A
Canadian English
Canadian English is affected by both British and American English.In vocabulary there are a lot of US influences： Canadians use billboard，gas，truck and wrench rather than hoarding，petrol，lorry and spanner；but on the other hand，they agree with the British in saying blinds，braces，porridge and tap rather than shades，suspenders，oatmeal and faucet.
South African English
Since 1994 South Africa has had eleven official languages：English，Afrikaans (having developed from Dutch)，Zulu，Xhosa，and other largely regional African languages.English is the first language of only about 10 percent of the population，but the second language of many others.The English of native Afrikaners has influenced the“standard” English of white South Africans，examples being such informal usages as the affirmative (肯定的)no，as in “—How are you？—No，I’m fine.” and the all-purpose response “is it”，as in “She had a baby last week，is it？”
Indian English
Together with Hindi，English is used across India，but it can also be a speaker’s first，second， or third language.The grammar of Indian English has many distinguishing features，of which perhaps the best-known are the use of the present continuous tense，as in “He is having very much of property”，and the use of “isn’t it” as an ordinary question tag，“We are meeting tomorrow，isn’t it？”The first example shows another characteristic of the language，which is using “in” or “of” in idiomatic phrases.Verbs are also used differently，with speakers often dropping a preposition or object altogether，“I insisted immediate payment”，while double possessives(所有格)—“our these prices” (instead of the British English “these prices of ours”)—are common.
1.What does the underlined word “distinguishing” mean in Paragraph 3
A.different B.same C.short D.missing
2.According to the passage，which group of words is all in American form
A.Billboard，gas，blinds and braces.
B.Hoarding，petrol，porridge and tap.
C.Truck，wrench，shades and suspenders.
D.Lorry，spanner，oatmeal and faucet.
3.What can we learn from Paragraph 2
A.Dutch is one of the official languages in South Africa.
B.Zulu is one of the official languages in South Africa.
C.Less than 10% of the South African people speak English as their second language.
D.More than 10% of the South African people speak English as their mother tongue.
4.How many distinguishing features of Indian English grammar are mentioned in the passage
A.2. B.3. C.4. D.5.
【语篇解读】本文主要介绍了三种不同的英语：加拿大英语、南非英语以及印度英语。
1.A 词义猜测题。由下文的例子看出此处意为“不同的，多样的”。
2.C 细节理解题。由第一段内容“...Canadians use billboard，gas，truck and wrench rather than hoarding，petrol，lorry and spanner；but on the other hand，they agree with the British in saying blinds，braces，porridge and tap rather than shades，suspenders，oatmeal and faucet.”可知。
3.B 推理判断题。由第二段前两句可知。
4.D 由第三段可知，一共提到了五处不同：the use of the present continuous tense；the use of “isn’t it” as an ordinary question tag；using “in” or “of” in idiomatic phrases；verbs are also used differently以及double possessives。
B
Do you know what really troubles me For some reason，words with silent letters have always bothered me.For example，consider these words：know，design，island，school，wrist，naughty，and salmon.All of these words have at least one letter that is not typically pronounced，and these words are just a very small part of words with silent letters in them.
Some words are even worse，consider this word：colonel.Not only are some letters not pronounced，but letters that are not even there are pronounced.
Even foreign languages，especially French，are guilty of this needless complexity and confusion.I know there must be some main historical reasons why the words are spelled and pronounced the way they are，but that does not mean bad traditions must continue to survive.Especially if they are no longer logical.
Unfortunately，there is very little that anyone can do for it，because there’s no group of people who can change or have the right to change the English language for everyone.However，the only thing we can do is to make changes in the way we talk and write in hopes that it catches on.For example，I pronounce the letter “l” in salmon on purpose to make people annoyed and to sound more different or complicated.I even pronounce colonel the correct or French way.
I can only hope these two minor changes to the English language make sense to you，and you will help to keep up these minor changes forever in your everyday life.
5.We can learn from the passage .
A.colonel is pronounced / k lnl/
B.salmon is pronounced / s m n/
C.all the words with silent letters come from French
D.linguists will solve the problem of dumb letters
6.Which of the following is the main reason for silent letters
A.French language. B.Historical reasons.
C.Some linguists. D.Bad traditions.
7.The underlined phrase “catches on” probably means “ ”.
A.becomes popular B.gets across
C.follows the fashions D.doesn’t fall behind
8.Which of the following is the best title for this passage
A.Troubles in everyday life B.Traps in English words
C.Words with silent letters D.Necessary changes of languages
【语篇解读】不知道你注意到了没有？英语中有些单词中的字母是不发音的。这是由于长期的历史原因造成的。我们该怎样对待它们呢？
5.B 推理判断题。由第一段第四句“All of these words have at least one letter that is not typically pronounced...”可知，“know，design，island，school，wrist，naughty和salmon”这些单词中至少有一个字母不发音，再由第四段中“...I pronounce the letter ‘l’ in salmon on purpose...”可知，salmon单词中的字母l不发音，所以B项正确。由第二段可知，colonel单词的发音规则是有一些字母不发音，但是不在该单词拼写之中的有些字母还会发音，所以A项错误；由第三段可知，法语只是这一现象的主要原因，所以C项错误；由第四段中“Unfortunately，there is very little that anyone can do for it，because there’s no group of people who can change or have the right to change the English language for everyone.”可知，D项错误。
6.B 细节理解题。由第三段第二句话“I know there must be some main historical reasons why the words are spelled and pronounced the way they are...”可知，造成英语中有些字母不发音的主要原因是历史原因。
7.A 词义猜测题。所在句句意“但是我们可以做的唯一的事情就是在我们说和写的方式上做些改变，希望这会流行起来”。
8.C 主旨大意题。由文章大意可知，全文讨论了英语单词中的字母不发音的原因和我们对此的态度。
C
Only a hundred years ago，people seldom traveled far out of their birthplace.Books were very expensive and there were few national newspapers and no radio or TV.In fact，most people spent their time talking and listening.And only a little reading and writing went on and many people were unable to read or write.For this reason，native dialects(方言)grew up and people spoke as their parents and grandparents did.A Cornwall woman who traveled just as far as London would find that people spoke a completely different language.
Sometimes it is hard to take in just how much things have changed.You always have books around，read magazines and newspapers，and have different TV or radio programs.You and everyone around you，often travel not just in British islands but all of the world.Modern science has changed our life and distances have been made shorter.It might have taken a Cornwall woman three days to travel to London.Now it takes less than two hours by air，less than four by train and less than six by road.
The result of this is that the language we use is becoming more national and the dialects are dying out.Writing，printing (印刷) and broadcasting (广播) have speeded up this change as one dialect has come to be used by more and more people.This is the dialect called Standard English which was first used outside London in the south and east Midlands.
9.From the passage we know that a century ago .
A.people wouldn’t like to leave their birthplace
B.there were neither books nor newspapers
C.most people couldn’t read or write
D.people learned to read and write from their family members
10.If a Cornwall woman went to London a hundred years ago，she would find .
A.London was not far from her birthplace
B.London was a strange city
C.she could easily understand London people
D.she could hardly understand London people
11.Things have changed so much that people are not any more.
A.watching TV and listening to the radio
B.reading books and magazines
C.travelling just within British islands
D.travelling all over the world
12.English is becoming more national because .
A.distances have been made shorter by modern science
B.it takes a Cornwall woman less time to travel to London
C.the capital of England has been moved to a place near Cornwall
D.people mustn’t speak dialects in England
【语篇解读】本文讲述的是方言的发展和变化。
9.C 细节理解题。由第一段第四句“And only a little reading and writing went on and many people were unable to read or write.”可知。
10.D 细节理解题。由短文第一段最后一句“A Cornwall woman who traveled just as far as London would find that people spoke a completely different language.”可知。
11.C 细节理解题。根据第二段第三句“You and everyone around you，often travel not just in British islands but all of the world.”可知。
12.A 推理判断题。本题的理解必须联系第二段和第三段。其中第二段写的是变化，第三段说的是结果。请看相关的句子：“Modern science has changed our life and distances have been made shorter.”和“The result of this is that the language we use is becoming more national and the dialects are dying out.”。
D
Once a New Zealand teacher asked where I live.“In the white building，” I answered.“At our university both girls and boys live in the same dormitory，” I added.
Beyond my expectation，however，my effort(努力) to show I am speaking American English(AE) turned out to be something else.The New Zealander seemed very puzzled at my answer.
With a half smile，she asked，“Really Do they live in the same room？”
“Oh，no.They live in different rooms but in the same building.” I reacted quickly.
Later I got to know the word “dormitory”.In AE it means one building while it means one room in British English (BE).
The New Zealander misunderstood me because she spoke New Zealander English(NE)，which，as we know，is much related to BE.
Nowadays，not a few English learners，who try to catch up with the fashion，choose to speak AE.
Yet，the problem is that they cannot speak pure AE，but half AE and half BE instead.
I think it necessary to keep one style in order to avoid misunderstanding.
13.Which of the following is RIGHT
A.AE and BE are two different languages.
B.There are some differences between AE and BE.
C.New Zealanders speak BE.
D.New Zealanders cannot understand Americans.
14.What I said to the New Zealander is .
A.really pure AE B.really pure BE
C.half AE and half BE D.not English at all
15.According to the passage， .
A.few people speak AE B.more people speak BE
C.BE is becoming fashionable D.AE is becoming fashionable
16.The writer wrote the passage in order to .
A.tell us a funny story
B.warn us not to make mistakes
C.tell us the differences between AE and BE
D.encourage us to speak one style of English
【语篇解读】本文讲述了由美式英语和新西兰英语(与英式英语很相近)的差异引起的误解。
13.B 细节理解题。阅读全文可知A、C、D三项与文意不符，而由第五段“Later I got to know the word ‘dormitory’.In AE it means one building while it means one room in British English(BE).”可知，美式英语和英式英语之间是有区别的，故选B。
14.A 推理判断题。由第二段中“...my effort to show I am speaking American English(AE) turned out to be something else.”和第五段“In AE it means one building while it means one room in British English(BE).”可知，“我”对这个新西兰人说的是纯正的美式英语。
15.D 细节理解题。由倒数第三段“...not a few English learners，who try to catch up with the fashion，choose to speak AE.”可知美式英语越来越流行。not a few相当于many，即许多。
16.D 推理判断题。由文章最后一句“I think it necessary to keep one style in order to avoid misunderstanding.”可知，作者希望只说一种风格的语言，以避免误解，故选D。
E
As you are students of English，it’s very possible that you’ll be interested in England.That’s where the language was first spoken.But England is often called by other names.This often confuses people and I wonder if you know what these names mean.So，now I would like to tell you about this matter of names.I believe that you have heard people use the names—England，Britain or Great Britain.Let’s see what each of these names means.
If you look at a map of Europe，you’ll see a group of islands—one larger island off the northwest coast，one smaller and many tiny ones.These make up what is called the British Isles.The largest island of the British Isles is Britain.It is also called Great Britain.The smaller island is Ireland.
Britain is divided into three parts：Scotland，Wales and England.But sometimes the word “England” is used instead of “Britain”.Why so
In ancient times，what is Britain now used to be three different countries.People in these different countries spoke different languages.Over many years the three countries became one.England is the largest and richest of the three and it has the most people.So the English people take it for granted that their own name stands for the whole island.
There’s another thing that confuses people：sometimes you may hear people say “the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland”.That is the official name of the country.Northern Ireland is only one sixth of the island of Ireland.The rest of the island is an independent state，called the Republic of Ireland.So we have the names of “England” “Britain” “Great Britain”and “the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland”.Now do you know what each of them means
17.English was first spoken in .
A.Britain B.England C.Great Britain D.Ireland
18.According to the passage，which of the following statements is TRUE
A.Wales is the richest of the three.
B.Scotland is the largest of the three.
C.Sometimes England is used instead of Britain.
D.Britain is the only name of the largest island of British Isles.
19.The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland is .
A.part of Britain
B.part of British Isles
C.the official name of the whole country
D.the largest country of all mentioned in the passage
20.Which of the following is the best title
A.Students of English
B.Different Names of England
C.Different Languages Spoken in England
D.The Republic of Ireland
【语篇解读】本文讲述了英国的不同名称。
17.B 细节理解题。由第一段第一、二句可知最早讲英语的地方是England。
18.C 细节理解题。由第三段第二句可知，人们有时用England来代替Britain(称呼英国)。
19.C 细节理解题。由最后一段第一、二句可知，The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland是英国的官方名称。
20.B 主旨大意题。本文从头至尾都在讲述英国的名称，因此最佳标题应是Different Names of England。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship词汇与短语
1.get along with 与……相处；进展
【常考用法】
get along well with my new partners与我的新搭档相处得好
get along badly with his classmates跟他的同学相处得不好
get along/on (well/nicely/smoothly) with my new job我的新工作进展(很好/很顺利)
【短语链接】
get about/around 四处走动；传播；流传 get...across 讲清楚；(使)被领会
get away from 逃离 get down to 认真做，开始着手做
get through (电话)接通；用完，通过 get over 解决；克服；控制，恢复过来
get rid of 消灭，摆脱，除掉 get in 收获；收割
get up 起床；站起身
【十年高考链接】
（1）（2012·安徽高考）The athlete’s years of hard training when she finally won the Olympic gold medal.
A.went on B.got through C.paid off D.ended up
答案：C 本题考查动词短语的辨析。 句意：这位运动员多年的艰苦训练最终在她赢得了奥运金牌时得到了回报。go on 继续；get through通过，完成；pay off回报；end up 结束。由句意可知，C项正确。
（2）(2011·浙江高考)The school isn’t the one I really wanted to go to,but I suppose I’ll just have to it.
A.make the best of B.get away from
C.keep an eye on D.catch up with
答案：A 本题考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：这所学校并不是我真正想去的学校，但是我想我正好要 它。make the best of 充分利用；get away from 逃离；keep an eye on照看，留神；catch up with赶上。结合句意可知A项合适。 此类题的解题关键是弄明白所给选项的意义，再结合语境作出选择。
（3）（2010·四川高考）Jenny was looking for a seat when,luckily,a man and left.
A.took up B.got up C.shut up D.set up
答案：B 本题考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：珍妮正在找座位，这时，很幸运的是，有一个人站起来走了。take up占据，开始从事；get up起床，起身；shut up闭嘴；set up建立，创立。
（4）（2010·福建高考）We’ve just moved into a bigger house and there’s a lot to do.Let’s it.
A.keep up with B.do away with
C.get down to D.look forward to
答案：C 本题考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：我们刚刚搬进一所大点的房子，有许多事情要做。让我们开始做吧。keep up with赶上；do away with 废除，去掉；get down to 开始做，着手做；look forward to希望，盼望。根据句意可知选C项。
（5）(2009·全国高考Ⅰ)I tried phoning her office，but I couldn’t .
A.get along B.get on C.get to D.get through
答案：D 本题考查动词短语的意义辨析。句意:我试着给她办公室打电话，但打不通。get through通过，接通电话，符合题意。get along进展;get on上车;get to到达，均不符合题意。
（6）(2009·四川高考)—Have you
—No.I had the wrong number.
A.got in B.got away C.got off D.got through
答案：D 本题考查动词短语的辨析。根据had the wrong number“电话号码错误”可知此处应用D项，意为“打通电话”。A项意为“进入，收获”;B项意为“逃离”;C项意为“下车”。
（7）(2008·四川高考)I used to quarrel a lot with my parents,but now we fine.
A.look out B.stay up C.carry on D.get along
答案：D 本题考查动词短语的用法。句意：我以前同父母经常吵架，但现在我们相处得很好。get along well/fine/badly （with...)“（跟……）相处得好/不好”，符合句意。look out留神，小心；stay up熬夜，挺住；carry on继续，进行。
（8）(2008·陕西高考)It’s going to rain.Xiao Feng,will you please help me the clothes on the line
A.get off B.get back C.get in D.get on
答案：C 表达“收衣服”要用get in clothes。
（9）(2007·天津高考)Hardly could he this amount of work in such a short time.
A.get through B.get off C.get into D.get down
答案：A 句意：在这么短的时间内他几乎不能做完这些工作。get through做完，通过，符合句意。get off动身，起飞，下车；get into进入，染上（习惯），陷入；get down使沮丧，记下。
（10）(2007·湖北高考)If we can our present difficulties,then everything should be all right.
A.come across B.get over C.come over D.get off
答案：B 本题考查动词短语的意义辨析。句意：如果我们能克服目前的困难，那么一切都会好起来的。come across偶遇；get over克服（困难等）；come over来访；get off下车。
2.fall in love with 爱上，与……相爱
【常考用法】
fall in love with music 爱上音乐 fall in love with each other 相爱
fall in love with English 爱上英语
【提醒】
fall in love with sb.爱上某人，属于非延续性动词短语，可与完成时态连用；但不能与表示一段时间的状语连用。此时fall相当于become，后接表语表示“变成(某种状态)”。类似的还有：fall ill 生病； fall silent 沉默； fall asleep 入睡等。而be in love with sb.与某人相爱，表状态，即动作可延续，可以与表示一段时间的状语连用。
3.disagree vi.不同意
【常考用法】
disagree with me与我观点不一样；不适合我
disagree about/over this matter关于这件事意见不一
That’s where I disagree.那就是我不同意的地方。
【短语链接】
agree with赞同（某人或某人说的话）；(水土、食物等)适宜/适合
agree to赞同(计划、意见、方案等) agree on就……达成一致
agree that...同意…… agree to do sth.同意做某事
arrive at/come to/reach an agreement达成协议
make an agreement with与……订立协定 in agreement with 与……一致
in disagreement with与……不一致
【十年高考链接】
（1）(2010·辽宁高考)The new movie to be one of the biggest money-makers of all time.
A.promises B.agrees C.pretends D.declines
答案：A 本题考查动词词义辨析。句意：这部新影片有望成为（电影史上）最卖座的影片之一。promise有望；有……可能；答应，许诺；agree同意，赞成；pretend假装；decline下降。由句意知选A。
（2）(2010·陕西高考)You look well.The air and the sea foods in Sanya must you,I suppose.
A.agree with B.agree to C.agree on D.agree about
答案：A 本题考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：你看起来气色很好。我想三亚的空气和海鲜一定适合你。agree with同意（sb./what sb.says等）,适合；agree to同意（计划、建议、安排等）；agree on就……达成协议，就……取得一致意见；agree about不是固定搭配。根据语境，这里表示“适合”，故选A。
（3）(2008·湖南高考) —When did you last hear Jay
—He phoned me this morning,and we agreed a time and place to meet.
A.of;to B.about;with C.from;with D.from;on
答案：D 本题考查动词短语的用法。句意：“你最后一次得知杰伊的消息是什么时候？” “今天早上他给我打电话了，我们约定了见面的时间和地点。” hear about/of 听到有关……，听说；hear from收到……的来信；得知（某人）的消息；agree on sth.在……方面取得一致意见；agree to do sth.同意做某事;agree to sth.同意计划、安排、方案等；agree with sb.同意某人（的意见）。
4.grateful adj.感激的，表示谢意的
【常考用法】
be grateful to you for your timely help感谢你及时的帮助
be grateful to my teacher for his guidance感激老师对我的指导
【十年高考链接】
（2012·山东高考）Be —you can’t expect me to finish all this work in so little time.
A.reasonable B.confident C.creative D.grateful
答案：A 本题考查形容词的用法。句意：讲点道理吧——你不能期望我在那么点时间里做完所有的工作。reasonable合理的；confident自信的；creative有创造性的；grateful感激的。由句意可知A项正确。
5.join in 加入
【常考用法】
join in their game 加入他们的游戏 join in the activity 加入这项活动
join in the match 参加比赛 join in the singing 参加唱歌
【短语链接】
join hands with sb.与某人携手/合伙 join the Party入党
join up with sb./sth.和某人/某物连起来 join...to把……和……连起来
join sb.in (doing sth.)加入某人(做某事)的行列
【辨析】join,join in,take part in与attend
（1）join指加入某个党派、团体或组织等，成为其成员之一，意为“参（军）、入（团）、入（党）”等。“和某人一起做某事”，其结构为join sb.in (doing) sth.。
When did your brother join the army 你哥哥是什么时候参军的？
She joined the Young Pioneers.她加入了少先队。
Will you join us in the discussion 你将参加我们的讨论吗？
(2)join in多指参加小规模的活动，如球赛、游戏等，常用于日常口语中。
Come along,and join in the ball game.快，来参加球赛。
Why didn’t you join in the talk last night 昨晚你为什么没参加座谈？
(3)take part in指参加会议或群众性活动等，着重说明句子主语参加该项活动并在活动中发挥积极的作用。
We’ll take part in social practice during the summer vacation.
暑假期间我们将参加社会实践。
We often take part in physical labor.我们经常参加体力劳动。
(4)attend是正式用语，及物动词，指参加会议、婚礼、葬礼、典礼；去上课、上学、听报告等。句子的主语只是去听，去看，自己不一定起积极作用。
He’ll attend an important meeting tomorrow.他明天要参加一个重要的会议。
I attended his lecture.我听了他的讲座。
【十年高考链接】
(2008·全国高考Ⅰ)—Have you known Dr Jackson for a long time
—Yes,since she the Chinese Society.
A.has joined B. joins C.had joined D.joined
答案：D 本题考查主句用现在完成时，since引导的从句用一般过去时这一用法。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World完形填空9
Many language learners think their pronunciation is good enough because their teacher doesn’t correct them too often or because other students can 1 them.
Pronunciation is the area which is 2 the least attention to in language learning.Most teachers 3 just let their students speak.The teachers stop them 4 the students say something completely wrong.Working on each student’s pronunciation in class is just 5 .Also，the students who are 6 at pronunciation may be afraid that it will embarrass their classmates if they help 7 their mistakes.
Although you believe your pronunciation is good enough to 8 ， you may be 9 when you actually go to a foreign country.One of my friends was the best student in his 10 class in Poland.However，when he went to America，he found Americans didn’t understand 11 of what he said.
Your pronunciation may still be quite 12 that of a native speaker.If this is the 13 ， other people will find it 14 to understand what you’re saying and will not be comfortable with you.
15 ， don’t think you can communicate in a foreign language 16 you’ve tested your skills on real native speakers. 17 for native or near-native pronunciation so that people you talk to can communicate with you 18 .In order to achieve this goal，there’s no 19 that you will need to start thinking about pronunciation and 20 time on it.
1.A.mistake B.watch C.surround D.understand
2.A.made B.found C.paid D.called
3.A.never B.ever C.even D.usually
4.A.only if B.as if C.even if D.so that
5.A.fantastic B.impossible C.necessary D.important
6.A.poor B.well C.good D.strict
7.A.put out B.work out C.try out D.point out
8.A.communicate B.travel C.pronounce D.exchange
9.A.happy B.sad C.surprised D.excited
10.A.Polish B.French C.German D.English
11.A.none B.half C.rest D.lot
12.A.near to B.near from C.far from D.next to
13.A.same B.matter C.case D.fact
14.A.easy B.beneficial C.convenient D.hard
15.A.In conclusion B.In other words C.In total D.On the contrary
16.A.when B.until C.after D.while
17.A.Stand B.Look C.Aim D.Search
18.A.smoothly B.difficultly C.truly D.practically
19.A.way B.need C.doubt D.wonder
20.A.take B.cost C.spend D.kill
【语篇解读】语言学习中，你应该关注读音。
1.D 许多语言学习者认为他们的读音很好，因为他们的老师不会经常纠正他们的读音，或者因为他们的同学能“听懂”他们的话。understand“理解，明白”；mistake“误会”；watch“观察”；surround“包围”。
2.C 在语言学习中，读音是最不被“关注”的领域。pay attention to“注意，关注”。
3.D 大多数老师“通常”只是让学生讲英语(而不关注他们的读音)。
4.A “只有”当学生彻底错了的时候，老师们才会阻止学生。only if“只有”；as if“好像”；even if“即使，尽管”；so that“以便，为的是”。
5.B 对班里所有学生的读音进行纠正是“不可能的”。fantastic“极好的，异想天开的”；impossible“不可能的”；necessary“必要的”；important“重要的”。
6.C 同样地，读音“好”的学生可能担心如果帮助“指出”同学读音的错误会让同学感到尴尬。be good at“擅长”。
7.D point out“指出”；put out“扑灭”；work out“计算出”；try out“实验”。
8.A 尽管你认为你的读音可能足以“交流”，但是当你真的到了国外的时候，你会很“吃惊”。communicate“交流”；travel“旅游”；pronounce“发音”；exchange“交流，交换”。
9.C surprised“吃惊的，震惊的”；happy“高兴的”；sad“悲伤的”；excited“激动的”。
10.D 此处指在波兰和美国的共同语言，应该是“英语”。
11.B 只有A、B两项语法正确；再由语境可知，选half。
12.C 你的读音可能仍与以英语为本族语的人“相去甚远”。far from“离……远”。
13.C “如果这是事实”，其他人可能觉得听懂你的话很“难”……If this is the case“如果这是事实”。
14.D hard“困难的”；easy“容易的”；beneficial“有益的”；convenient“方便的”。
15.A “总之”，“直到”你与真正的说本族语的人交流测试过你才能用外语交流。in conclusion“总之”；in other words“换句话说”；in total“总共”；on the contrary“相反地”。
16.B not...until...“直到……才……”。
17.C “瞄准”说本族语或者接近本族语的人的读音，这样你才能和与你交谈的人们“顺利地”交流。aim for“瞄准，针对”；stand for“代表”；look for“寻找”；search for“寻找”。
18.A smoothly“顺利地”；difficultly“困难地”；truly“真诚地”；practically“实用地”。
19.C 为了实现这一目标，“毫无疑问”你需要开始考虑读音并“花时间”关注读音。there is no doubt that...“毫无疑问……”。
20.C spend time on...“花时间在……”。其他三项搭配不对。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 5 Nelson Mandela--a modern hero七选五阅读填空
Passage 1 (2013·新课标全国高考Ⅰ)
Business is the organized approach to providing customers with the goods and services they want.The word business also refers to an organization that provides these goods and services.Most businesses seek to make a profit (利润)—that is,they aim to achieve income that is more than the costs of operating the business. 71 Commonly called nonprofits,these organizations are primarily nongovernmental service providers. 72
Business management is a term used to describe the techniques of planning,direction,and control of the operations of a business. 73 One is the establishment (制定)of broad basic policies with respect to production; sales; the purchase of equipment,materials and supplies; and accounting. 74 The third relates to the establishment of standards of work in all departments.Direction is concerned primarily with supervision(监管)and guidance by the management in authority. 75
A.Control includes the use of records and reports to compare actual work with the set standards for work.
B.In this connection there is the difference between top management and operative management.
C.Examples of nonprofit businesses include such organizations as social service agencies and many hospitals.
D.However,some businesses only seek to earn enough to cover their operating costs.
E.Planning in business management has three main aspects.
F.In the theory of business management,organization has two main aspects.
G.The second aspect relates to the application of these policies by departments.
答案：71～75 DCEGA
Passage 2 （2013·新课标全国高考Ⅱ）
Public Speaking Training
● Get a coach
51 ,so get help.Since there are about a billion companies out there all ready to offer you public speaking training and courses,here are some things to look for when deciding the training that’s right for you.
● Focus on positives
Any training you do to become more effective at public speaking should always focus on the positive aspects of what you already do well.Nothing can hurt confidence more than being told that you aren’t doing well. 52 ,so good public speaking training should develop those instead of telling you what you shouldn’t do.
● 53
If you find a public speaking course that looks as though it’s going to give you lots of dos and don’ts,walk away! Your brain is so full of what you’re going to be talking about. 54 .As far as we’re concerned,there are basically no hard and fast rules about public speaking.Your audience can be your friends.
● You are a special person not a clone
Most importantly,good public speaking training should treat you as a special one,with your own personal habits. 55 .Your training course should help you bring out your personality,not try to turn you into someone you’re not.
A.You aren’t like anybody else
B.You already do lots of things well
C.Turn your back on too many rules
D.Check the rules about dos and don’ts
E.Whatever the presentation,public speaking is tough
F.The one thing you don’t want is for them to fall asleep
G.So trying to force a whole set of rules into it will just make things worse
答案：51～55 EBCGA
Passage 3 （2013·辽宁高考）
Forgiveness
To forgive is a virtue,but no one has ever said it is easy.When someone has deeply hurt you,it can be extremely difficult to let go of your hate.However,forgiveness is possible,and it can be surprisingly beneficial to your physical and mental health.People who forgive show less sadness,anger and stress and more hopefulness,according to a recent research.
71 Try the following steps:
Calm yourself. 72 You can take a couple of breaths and think of something that gives you pleasure:a beautiful scene in nature,or someone you love.
Don’t wait for an apology.Many times the person who hurt you does not intend to apologize.They may have wanted to hurt you or they just don’t see things the same way. 73 Keep in mind that forgiveness does not necessarily mean becoming friends again with the person who upset you.
Take the control away from your offender（冒犯者）.Rethinking about your hurt gives power to the person who caused you pain.Instead of focusing on your wounded feelings,learn to look for the love,beauty and kindness around you.
74 If you understand your offender,you may realize that he or she was acting out of unawareness,fear,and even love.You may want to write a letter to yourself from your offender’s point of view.
Don’t forget to forgive yourself. 75 But it can rob you of your self-confidence if you don’t do it.
A.Why should you forgive
B.How should you start to forgive
C.Recognize the benefits of forgiveness.
D.Try to see things from your offender’s angle.
E.For some people,forgiving themselves is the biggest challenge.
F.To make your anger die away,try a simple stress-management technique.
G.If you wait for people to apologize,you could be waiting an awfully long time.
答案：71～75 BFGDE
Passage 4 （2013·北京高考）
Urbanization
Until relatively recently,the vast majority of human beings lived and died without ever seeing a city.The first city was probably founded no more than 5,500 years ago. 71 In fact,nearly everyone lived on farms or in tiny rural (乡村的) villages.It was not until the h century that Great Britain became the first urban society in history—a society in which the majority of people live in cities and do not farm for a living.
Britain was only the beginning. 72 The process of urbanization—the migration （迁徙） of people from the countryside to the city—was the result of modernization,which has rapidly transformed how people live and where they live.
In 1900,fewer than 40% of Americans lived in urban areas.Today,over 82% of Americans live in cities.Only about 2% live on farms. 73
Large cities were impossible until agriculture became industrialized.Even in advanced agricultural societies,it took about ninety-five people on farms to feed five people in cities.
74 Until modern times,those living in cities were mainly the ruling elite （精英） and the servants,laborers and professionals who served them.Cities survived by taxing farmers and were limited in size by the amount of surplus food that the rural population produced and by the ability to move this surplus from farm to city.
Over the past two centuries,the Industrial Revolution has broken this balance between the city and the country. 75 Today,instead of needing ninety-five farmers to feed five city people,one American farmer is able to feed more than a hundred non-farmers.
A.That kept cities very small.
B.The rest live in small towns.
C.The effects of urban living on people should be considered.
D.Soon many other industrial nations became urban societies.
E.But even 200 years ago,only a few people could live in cities.
F.Modernization drew people to the cities and made farmers more productive.
G.Modern cities have destroyed social relations and the health of human beings.
答案：71～75 EDBAF
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes任务型阅读1
阅读下面短文，根据所读内容在表格中的空白处填入一个恰当的单词。注意：每个空格只填一个单词。
Passage 1
What Should You Do When an Earthquake Hits
If you find the ground shaking beneath your feet，there’s an international consensus on how you should act.Earthquake safety boils down to three basic steps：
1.Drop to the ground.
2.Take cover by getting under a sturdy desk or table.
3.Hold on to it until the shaking stops.
If there isn’t a table or desk near you，drop to the ground in an inside corner of the building and cover your head and neck with your hands and arms.Do not try to run to another room just to get under a table.
If you are in bed，hold on and stay there，protecting your head with a pillow.You are less likely to be injured staying where you are.Broken glass on the floor has caused injury to those who have rolled to the floor or tried to get to doorways.
If you are outdoors，move to a clear area if you can safely do so；avoid power lines，trees，signs，buildings，vehicles，and other hazards：If you’re at the movies or a sports game，stay at your seat and protect your head and neck with your arms.Don’t try to leave until the shaking is over.Then walk out slowly watching for anything that could fall in the aftershocks.
If you’re driving a car，pull over to the side of the road，stop，and set the parking brake.Avoid overpasses，bridges，power lines，signs and other hazards.Stay inside the vehicle until the shaking is over.If a power line falls on the car，stay inside until a trained person removes the wire.
If you’re by the shore，drop，cover and hold on until the shaking stops.Estimate how long the shaking lasts.If severe shaking lasts 20 seconds or more，immediately evacuate to high ground as a tsunami （海啸） might have been generated by the earthquake：1Vlove inland 3 kilometers（2 miles）or to land that is at least 30 meters（100 feet） above sea level immediately. Don’t wait for officials to issue a warning.Walk quickly，rather than drive，to avoid traffic,debris and other hazards.
If you live downstream for a dam，you should know flood-zone information and have prepared an evacuation plan.Latastrophie failure is unlikely，but dams can fail during major earthquakes.
The main point is to try not to move and to immediately protect yourself as best as possible where you are.Earthquakes occur without any warning and may be so violent that you cannot run or crawl；you therefore will most likely be knocked to the ground where you happen to be.You will never know if the initial jolt will turn out to be start of the big one.
In addition，studies of injuries and deaths caused by earthquakes in the US over the last several decades indicate you are much more likely to be injured by falling or flying objects（TVs，lamps，glass，bookcases，etc.）than to die in a collapsed building.“Drop，Cover and Hold on” offers the best overall level of protection.
答案：1.Measures/Steps/Action 2.covered 3.or/otherwise/since 4.avoiding/not 5.supposed/expected 6.pull 7.escape 8.prepare 9.where 10.less
Passage 2
Events such as hurricanes，earthquakes，floods，volcanic eruptions，and tornadoes are all natural disasters.They are mostly related to the weather.Some are predictable—like a hurricane.Some，like an earthquake，surprise us.It is necessary for us to learn about them，so we can be prepared!
Flooding happens during heavy rains，when rivers overflow，when ocean waves come onshore，when snow melts too fast or when dams or banks break.Flooding is the most common of all natural disasters.
Hurricanes are severe tropical storms that form in the southern Atlantic Ocean，Caribbean Sea，Gulf of Mexico，and in the Pacific Ocean.Hurricanes gather heat and energy through contact with warm ocean waters.Evaporation from the sea water increases their power.
Hurricanes have winds at least 74 miles per hour.When they come onto land，the heavy rain，strong winds and heavy waves can damage buildings，trees and cars.
Tornadoes are nature’s most violent storms.Tornadoes must always be taken seriously.
Tornadoes can be very dangerous—sometimes even deadly.They come from powerful thunderstorms and appear as moving.Tornado winds can reach 300 miles per hour.They cause damage when they land the ground.They can damage an area one mile wide and 50 miles long.
While thunder won’t hurt you—lightning will! So it’s important to pay attention when you hear thunder.Thunderstorms happen mostly in summer and every thunderstorm has lightning.Lightning can strike people and buildings，which is very dangerous.
Thunderstorms affect small areas when compared with hurricanes and winter storms.The typical thunderstorm is 15 miles in diameter and lasts an average of 30 minutes.
A volcano is a mountain with a large opening at the top through which melting rock，steam，gases escape from time to time with violent force from inside the earth.When pressure increases，eruptions occur.Gases and rock shoot up through the opening fill the air with small pieces.Eruptions can cause lava flows，hot ash flows，mudslides，falling ash and floods，which is likely to knock down entire forests，cause floods and earthquakes.Fresh volcanic ash can cause damage to the lungs of older people，babies and people with respiratory problems.
Terrible Natural Disasters
Natural 1 Reasons Basic features Possible damage to
Flooding Heavy rains The most common
Ocean 4
Snow melts
Dams or banks breaks
2 Heavy 5 Buildings
Strong wind at least 74 miles per hour 7 and cars
Heavy waves
Tornadoes Wind 300 miles per hour A large 8
Dangerous，even 6
Thunder Lightning People and 9
Volcanic 3 Pressure inside Earth Gases and rock shoot up Entire 10
Cause floods and earthquakes The people’s health
答案：1.disasters 2.Hurricanes 3.eruptions 4.waves 5.rain 6.deadly 7.Trees 8.area 9.buildings 10.forests
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 2 English around the World单项填空3
第Ⅲ组
1.A road goes from our college to the city center.
A.straight；straight B.straightly；straightly
C.straight；straightly D.straightly；straight
2.The army officer his soldiers to fire as soon as the enemies came up.
A.requested B.commanded C.asked D.advised
3.He requested that he to Dalian for sightseeing，and we all agreed with him at last.
A.went B.were going C.go D.shall go
4. the warm and sunny weather，bananas grow very well in Hainan.
A.Next to B.Such as C.Instead of D.Because of
5.Many students believe that the choice of their courses and universities should their own interest.
A.be based on B.base on C.be basing on D.base at
6.Mr.Green goes to the park for a walk with some friends after supper.
A.frequently B.immediately C.completely D.finally
7.Joe had changed so much that I could hardly him at first in Shanghai Expo Garden.
A.remember B.realize C.recognize D.conquer
8.“Don’t play football in the teaching building.”said the headmaster.
→The headmaster told us football in the teaching building.
A.to not play B.not to play C.not playing D.not played
9.There’s a big difference between saying you’ll do something and doing it.
A.frequently B.gradually C.certainly D.actually
10.My uncle knows several foreign languages， English，French and Japanese.
A.for example B.for instance C.such as D.that is
11.—Hello!Is Mr.John in the office
—Yes.But I’m sorry.He is busy and can’t speak to you.
A.at once B.at present C.in the end D.at first
12.Ten minutes later，a bus and everybody got on it.
A.came up B.added up C.looked up D.put up
13.The report is figures from six different European cities.
A.based upon B.base on C.base upon D.basing on
14.The part that Xiao Shenyang in the film A Simple Noodle Story was enjoyed by many people.
A.took B.had C.did D.played
15.Though I hadn’t seen her for a long time and she had changed a lot，I her at once on seeing her.
A.noticed B.recognized C.realized D.knew
答案：
1.A straight既可用作形容词，也可用作副词，所以此题最佳答案为A。句意：一条笔直的大路径直从我们学院通往市中心。
2.B 句意：那位军官命令士兵们等敌人一走近就开火射击。command命令，指挥；而request表示“请求，要求”；ask请求，要求；advise建议。相比之下，只有command命令意味较强。故选B。
3.C 本题考查虚拟语气。request后面的宾语从句要用“should＋动词原形”，其中should可以省略，直接使用动词原形。
4.D 句意：温暖、晴朗的天气与海南的香蕉长得好之间是因果关系，故选Because of。next to接近；such as 例如；instead of而不是，均不合句意。
5.A be based on...“以……为基础”，为固定搭配。
6.A 句意：格林先生常常晚饭后和几个朋友到公园散步。frequently常常，频繁地；immediately立即，立刻；completely完全地；finally最终，最后。
7.C 句意：Joe变化如此之大，以至于我在上海世博园开始都没有“认出(recognize)”他来。
8.B tell sb.not to do sth.“告诉某人不要做某事”。
9.D 句意：说要做和实际上做区别很大。actually意思是“实际上”。
10.C for example和such as都可当作“例如”解，但such as用来列举事物，表示对前面的复数名词起部分列举作用，一般不全部列出；for example用来举例说明；for instance用法同for example；that is“换句话说；也就是说”。
11.Ｂ 句意：“你好！约翰先生在办公室吗？”“在，但是抱歉,他现在正忙着，不能和你讲话。”at once立即，立刻；at present目前，现在；in the end最后，最终；at first起初，开始。
12.A come up在这里意为“到来”，符合句意“10分钟后，来了一辆公交车，每个人都上车了”。add up加起来；look up查阅；put up展示，张贴。
13.A 句意：报告的依据是欧洲六个不同城市的数据。be based upon/on“（以某物）为基础，为依据”。
14.D 句意：很多人喜欢小沈阳在《三枪拍案惊奇》中扮演的角色。play a part in...在……中扮演角色，为固定搭配。
15.B 句意：尽管我已好长时间没有见过她且她已改变了很多，但我一眼就认出（recognized）了她。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship完形填空7
If you make one close friend in school,you will be most fortunate.A true friend is someone who stays with you for life. 1 teaches that is right.A good friendship is not easily 2 .
It is possible that we simply do not stay in one place long enough for a 3 friendship to develop.However,there can be 4 disagreement on the need for each of us to think carefully about the kinds of friendship we 5 .
To most of us, 6 are considered very important,but we need to be clear in our 7 about the kinds of friendship we want.Are they to be close or 8 at arm’s length Do we want to 9 ourselves or do we want to walk on the surface For some people,many friendships on the surface are 10 enough—and that’s all right.But at some point,we need to 11 that our expectations are the same as our friends’ expectations.The sharing of personal experience 12 our tears as well as our dark dreams is the surest way to deepen friendships.But it 13 be undertaken slowly and carried on only if there are 14 of interest and action in return.
What are some of the 15 of friendship The greatest is the attraction to expect too much too soon.Deep relationships 16 time.Another “major difficulty” is the selfishness to think one “possesses” the other,including his time and attention.Similarly,friendships 17 actions in return.In 18 words,you must give as much as you take.Finally there is a question of taking care of the friendship.Unless you spend 19 time together,talking on the phone,and writing letters,friendships will die 20 .
1.A.Knowledge B.Teachers C.Experience D.Parents
2.A.understood B.formed C.realized D.produced
3.A.true B.common C.deep D.actual
4.A.no B.some C.any D.none
5.A.obtain B.apply C.want D.appeal
6.A.disagreements B.friendships C.expectations D.relationships
7.A.hearts B.thoughts C.actions D.minds
8.A.remained B.left C.stayed D.kept
9.A.own B.owe C.share D.spare
10.A.that B.very C.not D.quite
11.A.make sure B.remember C.expect D.check out
12.A.includes B.to include C.including D.included
13.A.can B.need C.will D.must
14.A.marks B.sights C.scenes D.signs
15.A.difficulties B.differences C.advantages D.things
16.A.cost B.spend C.ask D.take
17.A.require B.request C.depend D.suggest
18.A.some B.many C.other D.much
19.A.enough B.comfortable C.less D.a lot
20.A.for B.away C.out D.from
【语篇解读】本文讲述了真正的友谊是需要培养的。
1.C 由语境可知。“A true friend is someone who stays with you for life.”是由生活经验总结出来的。所以选Experience。
2.B 友谊（friendship）是“培养”（form）出来的，而不是understand（理解），realize（实现）或produce（生产）的。
3.A 由上文的A good friendship...可知，此处应是a true friendship“真正的友谊”。
4.A There is no disagreement on...在……方面是没有分歧的。
5.C 由前文的need可以判断这里应选want，the kinds of friendship we want“我们所想要的那种友谊”。
6.B 全文一直在谈友谊（friendship），第7空后也有暗示。
7.B 下面几句列举的都是想法，所以用thought“思想，想法”，指一般概念。mind指“思维，理智，注意力”。
8.D 这里表示的是“使友谊保持一定距离（at arm’s length）”这一状态，只能用及物动词keep。
9.C share ourselves “我们之间相互分享。”
10.D 由下文的“...and that’s all right.”可知，这里表达肯定意思，quite enough足够。
11.A 由上下文可知，确保（make sure)“我们”的期望值和朋友的期望值一样是获得友谊的基础。
12.C 该动词和逻辑主语experience之间是主谓关系，故用现在分词表示主动。
13.D 句意：尽管别人分享自己的经历能加深友谊，但这一活动必须（must）在对方表现出兴趣或有回报的活动等类似的迹象时才能慢慢进行。
14.D sign “征兆，迹象”。
15.A 该部分讲述了发展友谊的两大困难：the attraction to expect too much too soon；the selfishness，也可以从第16空后的Another “major difficulty”...得到启示。
16.D 上文提到发展友谊最大的困难就是期望尽快得到太多的东西，也就是说像友谊这样的深层关系需要时间。take“需要，花费”；spend也可以指花费时间，但主语应是表示人的词语。
17.A 上文提到友谊的第二大困难：自私，想占有对方的时间和注意力。因此要发展友谊需要（require）有回报的行动。
18.C you must give as much as you take是对上句friendships require actions in return的解释说明，所以用in other words,意思是“换句话说”。
19.A 下文列举的talking on the phone,and writing letters需要足够的时间去做，才能使友谊经久不衰。句意：除非你们有足够的（enough）时间打电话、写信，你们的友谊才不会停止。
20.B die away（事物）逐渐消失，慢慢变弱；die for为……而死；die out灭绝；die from死于……由语境可知B项正确。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 1 Friendship七选五阅读填空
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
Passage 1
Friends play an important part in our lives，and although we may take the fact of friendship for granted,we often don’t clearly understand how we make friends.While we get on well with a number of people， 1
Moreover，a great many relationships come under the general term “friendship”.In all cases,two people like one another and enjoy being together,but beyond that,the degree of closeness between them and the reasons for their interest in each other change greatly.
At the beginning,much depends on how people meet,and on good first impressions.As we get to know people， 2 Although these factors are not of the greatest importance,it is more difficult to have a good relationship with people when there is a big difference in age and background.
Then， 3 Friends will stand closer together and will spend more time looking at each other than ordinary friends.Smiles and soft voices also express friendliness，and it is because they may give the wrong signals that shy people often have difficulty making friends.A friendly look with a wrong facial expression can turn into an unfriendly stare,and nervousness may be wrongly understood as unfriendliness.
Some relationships are a result of argument and discussion,but it is usual for close friends to have the same ideas and beliefs，the same opinions and interests.The more closely involved people become,the more they depend on each other.And 4 Equally，friends have to learn to make allowances for each other,to put up with annoying habits,and to accept differences in opinion.
In contrast with marriage， 5 But the support and understanding that results from shared experiences and affections does seem to create a close and lasting relationship.
A.we are usually friends with only a few.
B.many factors can affect friendship and relationship.
C.people want to do friends favours and hate to let them down.
D.argument and discussion can improve personal relationships.
E.we consider things like age,race,looks,economic and social status，etc.
F.we pay attention to actual behaviour,facial expression，and the way a person speaks.
G.there are no friendship ceremonies to strengthen the relationship between two people.
答案： 1～5 AEFCG
Passage 2
1 One of the best things you can possibly do is to start your own club.It’s great fun especially if you are the sort of person who feels there’s never anything to do during the school holidays.
The first thing you need to come up with is an idea for your club. 2 Pets,clothes,pop music or dancing groups,sports,making things The list is endless.
Next you need some friends to be in your club with you. 3 All you need is three or four other people who are interested in the same thing as you.
4 You should all sit down somewhere together with lots of pieces of paper and write down every name you can think up.That’ll keep you busy for ages.
At your first meeting you should make up a rule book.And the first rule should be no grown-ups or little/big brothers or sisters! The best clubs are always secret!
Now you have just about everything you need,except membership cards.These are very important and again you can spend a lot of time making them. 5 Why not leave some space for a photo of yourself That will make the membership card really look like it.
So there you are,get clubbing! Once you get started you’ll think of loads of more interesting things to do!
A.That’s easy.
B.Enjoy your own club!
C.Invite a designer to join you.
D.What are you interested in
E.Some vacation is just around the corner.
F.Then you need to pick a name for your club.
G.Use a bright thick pen to make a special design.
答案：1～5 EDAFG
Passage 3
It is a great truth because once we truly understand and accept it,then life is no longer difficult.
Most do not fully see this truth. 1 It seems to them that their difficulties represent/stand for a special kind of suffering especially forced upon them or else upon their families,their class,or even their nation.
2 Problems,depending on their nature,cause us sadness or loneliness or regret or anger or fear.These are uncomfortable feelings,often as painful as any kind of physical pain.And since life causes an endless series of problems,life is always difficult and is full of pain as well as joy. 3
4 When we desire（希望） to encourage the growth of the human spirit,we encourage the human ability to solve problems,just as in school we set problems for our children to solve. 5 As Benjamin Franklin said,“Those things that hurt,instruct.(应该从痛苦艰辛中学习和获得指示。)”It is for this reason that wise people learn not to fear but to welcome the pain of problems.
A.Problems are the serious test that tells success from failure.
B.Life is not a trap set for us by God so that he can condemn（谴责） us for failing.
C.It is through the pain of meeting and working out problems that we learn.
D.Yet,it is in this whole process（过程） of solving problems that life has its meaning.
E.Instead they complain about their problems and difficulties as if life should be easy.
F.We don’t know how to make money and participate/join in problem solving collaboration (合作、协作) groups.
G.What makes life difficult is that the process of facing and solving problems is a painful one.
答案：1～5 EGDAC
Passage 4
The seven Cs of a good letter
What is the secret of writing a good letter You will be successful if you follow these seven Cs.
Clear. 1 Make them easy to understand.Talk as if the reader were right there with you.
Correct.Writing should be taken seriously. 2 Use your dictionary.If you need to,check a reference book too.Use them as much as you need to.
plete your points.Finish one point completely before going on to the next.
Courteous(礼貌的).Be friendly.Present your information nicely even if you are complaining about something. 3
Concise.Make each point as clearly and briefly as you can.
Conversational.This is really the secret of good writing, 4 Such a letter has a natural,friendly tone.
Considerate. 5 Write about what you believe the reader needs or wants to know.Try to be helpful.This will build good feeling toward you.
The seven Cs are about writing letters.But how about school papers Use the seven Cs.Write as if you are talking to your teacher or professor.You’ll be surprised.You’ll almost instantly become a good writer.And you might even enjoy writing from now on.
A.Use short,direct sentences.
B.Include long sentences in your letter.
C.Think of the readers’ point of view as you write.
D.Just “talk” to the person.
E.In all letters,treat others as you want them to treat you.
F.Don’t guess,even for spelling.
G.Make sure what you say is correct.
答案：1～5 AFEDC
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes完形填空5
In 1982，Steven Callahan was crossing the Atlantic alone in his sailboat when it struck something and sank.He got into a life boat，but his supplies were 1 .His chances of surviving were small. 2 when three fishermen found him 76 days later，he was alive—much 3 than he was when he started，but alive.
His 4 of how he survived is fascinating.His cleverness—how he 5 to catch fish，how he evaporated （蒸发） sea water to 6 fresh water—is very interesting.
But the thing that 7 my eye was how he managed to keep himself going when all hope seemed lost，and there seemed no 8 in continuing the struggle.He was starved and 9 worn-out.Giving up would have seemed the only possible choice.
When people 10 these kinds of circumstances （境遇），they do something with their minds that gives them the courage to keep going.Many people in 11 desperate circumstances 12 in or go mad.Something the survivors do with their thoughts helps them find the courage to carry on 13 difficulties.
“I tell myself I can 14 it，” wrote Callahan in his book.“Compared to what others have been through，I’m fortunate.I tell myself these things over and over， 15 up courage...”
I wrote that down after I read it.It 16 me as something important.And I’ve told myself the same thing when my own goals seemed 17 off or when my problems seemed too terrible.And every time I’ve said it，I have always come back to my 18 .
The truth is，our circumstances are only bad compared to something better.But others have been through the much worse，that is，in comparison with 19 others have been through，you’re fortunate.Tell this to yourself over and over again，and it will help you 20 the rough situations with a little more courage.
1.A.little B.rich C.few D.enough
2.A.And B.Yet C.Still D.Thus
3.A.thinner B.stronger C.worse D.healthier
4.A.attitude B.assumption C.instruction D.account
5.A.assisted B.tended C.managed D.intended
6.A.make B.absorb C.select D.replace
7.A.attacked B.attracted C.caught D.drew
8.A.need B.taste C.message D.point
9.A.firmly B.completely C.hardly D.generally
10.A.deal B.defend C.survive D.observe
11.A.similarly B.differently C.gradually D.commonly
12.A.pull B.take C.break D.give
13.A.for the lack of B.in the face of
C.in exchange for D.as a result of
14.A.handle B.carry C.follow D.inspect
15.A.rolling B.using C.building D.making
16.A.defeated B.recommended C.introduced D.struck
17.A.far B.long C.ever D.even
18.A.supplies B.senses C.ideas D.influences
19.A.how B.that C.which D.what
20.A.get round B.get over C.get through D.get off
【语篇解读】本文为夹叙夹议文，通过Steven Callahan在横穿大西洋时遇险，最后在绝境下幸存的故事，说明在绝境下要一遍遍地告诉自己，还有别人的情况比你更糟糕，这会给你更多的度过困难情况的勇气。
1.C 句意：他跳上了救生船，但是他的供应（食物、水等）却很少。由中间的并列连词but可知，答案应从little和few当中选一个。不管是根据supplies 还是were都可确定要填修饰可数名词的few。
2.B 前一句提到：他生还的可能性很小。后一句提到：76天后，他被发现，还活着。中间应该是用表示转折关系的并列连词yet。
3.A 前面提到，他的食物供应等很少，76天之后当然比出发时要瘦了。
4.D attitude态度；assumption猜想，假想；instruction指导；account 描述。由语境可知D项正确。
5.C assist帮助，assist to do sth.帮忙做某事；tend to do sth.易于做某事；manage to do sth.设法做成某事；intend to do sth.打算做某事。由语境可知选C项。
6.A 此处表示他蒸发海水以制成纯净水。
7.C catch one’s eye为固定短语，意为“引起某人注意”。
8.D There seems no point in doing sth.做某事没意义，为固定句式。
9.B 由后一句Giving up would have seemed the only possible choice.可知，他完全饿坏了，累坏了。firmly坚定地；completely完全地；hardly几乎不；generally一般地。
10.C survive sth.从……中幸免于难，符合语境。
11.A 句意：许多人在类似绝望的情况下要么放弃，要么发疯。similarly相似地，类似地；differently不同地；gradually逐渐地；commonly普通地，常见地。
12.D give in屈服，让步，符合语境。
13.B for the lack of因为缺乏；in the face of面对；in exchange for作为交换；as a result of以……为结果。由语境可知B项正确。
14.A handle=deal with处理，应付，符合句意：Callahan告诉自己他能行。
15.C roll up（使）成卷（或筒、球）形；use up用完，用尽；build up逐步建立；make up弥补，编造。由句意“我一遍遍地告诉自己这些是为了积蓄勇气”可知C项正确。
16.D 我把它记下来，这就像一些重要的事一样打动了我。strike 打动，感动，符合句意。
17.A 当我自己的目标好像还很遥远时或者当我的问题好像太糟糕时我告诉自己同样的事情。far此处表示“程度上还很遥远”。
18.B 句意：每次我说这话时，我总是会清醒过来。指这些话对自己有很大的激励作用。
19.D 分析结构可知， 19 others have been through作介词with的宾语从句，从句中缺少宾语，故用what引导。
20.C get round流传，四处走动；get over 克服；get through度过（艰难而不愉快的一段时期）；完成，打通电话；get off下车。由语境可知C项正确，此处意为“度过”。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE2014届高考英语一轮复习全方位配套训练人教版必修一Unit 4 Earthquakes单项填空2
第Ⅱ组
People seldom realize the voice needs looking after.Many people over 65 are left
much older than they are.
A.sounded B.sounding C.to sound D.to be sounded
2.Soon after the mud-rock flow hit Zhouqu，Gansu Province，many soldiers came to the
as many people were trapped underground.
A.shelter B.identity C.rescue D.disaster
3.The little boy burst .
A.out cry B.out crying C.into being cry D.into crying
4.It seems the company Dubai World is unlikely to survive in this serious financial crisis.
A.like if B.because of C.as if D.for that
5.They found the remains of buildings under the sand，together with a lot of treasures.
A.being buried B.buried C.to be burie D.burying
6.That car accident all his life.After that he was limited to a wheelchair.
A.damaged B.destroyed C.harmed D.ruined
7.Lily had to call a taxi because the box was to carry all the way home.
A.too much heavy B.too heavy much C.much too heavy D.heavy too much
8.In 19th-century Europe， number of women used to wear corsets to achieve a body shape.
A.the；/ B.the；a C./；a D./；the
9.The doctor is operating on the patient ，please don’t disturb him.
A.right away B.right now C.in no time D.just now
10.The number of people in the world about 6 billion and large quantities of waste
each year.
A.totals；has been produced B.totals；is produced
C.totals；are produced D.total；are being produced
11.“ is not right” doesn’t mean “ is right”.
A.Something；nothing B.Anything；nothing
C.Everything；nothing D.Nothing；something
12.This year will be and I wish we had a happy ending.
A.in the end B.at an end C.by the end D.end up
13.I an old photo from the drawer yesterday，which reminded me of the days we spent together on the farm.
A.dug out B.dug into C.dug in D.dug down
14.Don’t play with electricity，or you may get an electric .
A.strike B.beat C.shock D.knock
15.Mary her great sadness when she learned that the earthquake left her hometown in ruins.
A.expressed B.judged C.suggested D.told
答案：
1.B 本题考查非谓语动词的用法。句意：人们很少意识到声音也需要呵护。许多65岁的人听起来比他们的年龄大得多。leave常用于“leave+宾语+宾补”结构，宾补可以是现在分词或者过去分词。分析结构可知，此处就是“leave+宾语+宾补”的被动形式，宾语people over 65与sound之间为主谓关系，故用现在分词作补语，故B项正确。
2.C 本题考查名词词义辨析。句意：泥石流袭击甘肃省舟曲后不久，许多士兵被派去救援因为许多人被困地下。come to the/one’s rescue来救某人，前来救援，为固定搭配，故C项正确。
3.B 句意：那个小男孩突然大哭起来。burst out crying=burst into tears突然大哭起来，故B项正确。
4.C 本题考查名词性从句。句意：看起来好像迪拜世界集团不太可能在这个严重的经济危机中生存下来。 It seems as if+从句“看起来好像……”为固定句式，故C项正确。
5.B 本题考查非谓语动词。句意：他们发现建筑物的废墟以及许多珍宝被埋在沙子下面。分析结构可知，此处是“find+宾语+宾补”结构，the remains of buildings与bury之间为动宾关系，故用过去分词作宾补，B项正确。
6.D 本题考查动词词义辨析。句意：那次车祸毁掉了他的一生。自那以后，他就只能坐在轮椅上了。damage损害，但能修复；destroy完全毁灭，往往毁灭的是物；harm伤害；ruin毁灭，毁掉。由句意可知D项正确。
7.C 句意： 莉莉不得不叫了辆出租车因为箱子太重了，整个回家的路上她搬不动。much too heavy to carry 表示“太重以至于拿不动”。
8.B 本题考查冠词。句意：在19世纪的欧洲，许多妇女穿着紧身内衣以塑造好体型。 第一空特指19世纪的欧洲，要加定冠词the，第二空用a number of表示“许多，大量”，故B项正确。
9.B 句意：医生正在给病人动手术，请不要去打扰他。right away立刻，马上，不与进行时连用；right now现在；in no time立刻，马上；just now刚才，要与一般过去时态连用。由语境可知B项正确。
10.C 本题考查主谓一致。当主语为the number of＋复数名词时，谓语动词用单数形式，所以先排除D项。而quantities of之后无论跟可数名词还是不可数名词，谓语动词一律用复数形式，所以排除A、B两项。从each year可以看出用一般现在时，所以选C项。
11.C 本题考查代词。句意：“ is not right”并不意味着“ is right”。everything is right为部分否定，意思是“并不是所有的都对”；nothing is right意思是“什么也不对”，故C项正确。
12.B 句意：今年就要结束了。我祝愿我们有个完美的结果。in the end最后，终于；at an end结束，终结；by the end（of）到……末为止；end up结束，为动词短语，不能在be动词后面。由语境可知B项正确。
13.A 本题考查动词短语意义辨析。句意：我昨天从抽屉里发现了一张旧照片，这张照片使我想起了我们在农场一起度过的日子。dig out 发现，符合语境。
14.C 句意为“别玩电，要不你会触电的”。根据句意可知C项正确。get an electric shock意思是“触电”。
15.A 考查动词辨析。句意：听说震后家乡成为一片废墟，玛丽表示非常难过。express one’s sadness意为“表示难过”，符合题意。
高考英语语法：定语从句
关系代词引导的定语从句
一.关系代词的用法: 关系代词指代先行词
在定语从句中作主语
在定语从句中作动词的宾语或者介词的宾语, 介词在后
指人
that / who
that / who / whom
指物
that / which
that / which
上表中黑框内的关系代词可以省略; 在口语及非正式文体中whom常被who所替代; 另外, 关系代词whose表示 (先行词)的
二.示例:
1.关系代词在定语从句中作主语
a. Do you know the man that / who came to see Xiao Yang this morning
b. This is a book that / which tells about space rocket.
2.关系代词在定语从句中作动词的宾语
a. The comrade ( that / who / whom ) they came to visit is a scientist.
b. I will never forget the day ( that / which ) we spent in the countryside.
3.关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语, 介词在后
a. This is the house ( that / which ) he was born in.
b. The person ( that / who / whom ) you should write to is Mr Ball.
c. The man ( that / who / whom ) you talked with is our English teacher.
4.whose引导的定语从句
a. I know a lady whose husband is a Nobel Prize winner.
b. The child whose mother died in the fire is now an engineer in our company.
c. He is living in a house whose windows are painted white.
三.应注意的问题:
1.指物时, 关系代词只用that而不用which的情况:
①.先行词被最高级或the only, the very, the same等修饰时
a. This is the best play that was written by Jack.
b. He is the only person that I can trust.
②.先行词被序数词或the last等词修饰时
a. This is the first car that arrived this morning.
③.先行词为all, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词时或被不定代词all, any, no等修饰时
a. All the people that come from the country work much harder.
b. This is all that I can tell you.
④.人+动物或事物共同作为先行词时
a. My father and Mr Brown talked of things and persons that they remembered for about an hour.
⑤.句中又有which作为疑问词出现时
a. Which is the train that goes to Beijing
2.关系代词who, which, that在定语从句中作主语时, 要注意定语从句中的主谓一致问题. 因为who / that / which指代先行词, 所以定语从句的谓语与先行词保持一致即可
a. I came to get the book that was left in the classroom.
b. I came to get the books that were left in the classroom.
关系副词引导的定语从句
一.关系副词的用法: when在定语从句中作地点状语; where在定语从句中作地点状语; why在定语从句中作原因状语
二.示例:
a. He was well at the time when I saw him.
b. Let’s meet at the place where we met yesterday.
c. This is the reason why I am in favor of the singer.
三.应注意的问题:
1.在某些表示时间的名词后的关系副词可省略, 这样的名词如: the time, every time, each time, the moment, the minute, the second等 (也有语法家认为是这些名词直接引导了时间状语从句)
a. By the time ( when ) he was fourteen years old he had learned much English.
介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
一.说明: 关系代词在定语从句中作介词的宾语时, 介词可以位于关系代词之前,从而构成介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
二.这种定语从句中关系代词的用法: 在这种定语从句中, 关系代词只能用whom(指人)和which(指事物), 而不能使用that / who
三.示例:
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. The person to whom you should write is Mr Ball.
c. The man with whom you talked is our English teacher.
d. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.关系代词前的介词可以是单个介词,也可以是短语介词或类似短语介词的词组
a. This is the house in which he was born.
b. At five o’clock we reached the house, in front of which there is a big tree.
c. At five o’clock we reached the mountain, at the foot of which lie some farmhouses.
2.根据表达的需要, 介词之前还可以有其他词, 从而构成名词或代词+介词+关系代词引导的定语从句
a. I used to live in a small room, the window of which faces the street.
b. At the gate stood a group of students, some of whom are girls.
3.介词若为短语动词中的介词, 则不可将介词拆开放在关系代词之前
a. This is the magazine which you are looking for.( for不能放在which之前)
b. The child whom Aunt Li takes care of is ill.( of不能放在whom之前)
4.关系副词when / where / why常可与 介词+关系代词互换
a. Do you remember the days when we were in Beijing ( =in which we were in Beijing )
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day ( =in which we once played for a whole day )
c. This is the reason why he was absent yesterday. (= for which he was absent )
限定性与非限定性定语从句
一.两者的区别: 见下表
形式
作用
译法
限定性定语从句
无逗号与主句分开
修饰限定作用, 即不可缺少的定语
其译文常位于先行词之前, 并体现的
非限定性定语从句
有逗号与主句分开
附加、补充说明的作用, 若缺少它, 句意仍然完整
常将其译成一个和主句并列的分句
二.关系词的用法: 非限定性定语从句不能用that引导, 并且关系词在任何情况下都不能省略, 除此之外, 在关系词的使用上, 非限定性定语从句与限定性定语从句完全相同
三.示例:
a. My book, which is very old, is on the table.
b. President Kennedy, who had heard of King before, was interested to meet him.
c. His father, who is working in Beijing, is an engineer.
d. The house, where he was born, has been destroyed in the earthquake.
e. Mr. Smith, with whom you just talked, is our English teacher.
f. The gentleman, with whose daughter I worked, looked down upon woman.
四.应注意的问题:
1.as / which都可以引导一个非限定性定语从句, as / which是关系代词, 指代主句中所提到的某种情况, 它们的不同点是:
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE.
①.as引导的这种定语从句位置比较灵活, 可位于句首, 句中, 句尾; 但which引导的这种定语从句只能位于主句之后
②. as还带有正如, 正象之意, 而which不含此意
a. The earth is like a ball, as everyone knows.
b. As everyone knows, the earth is like a ball.
c. They said they were French, which wasn’t true.
常见问题
一.定语从句还原法: 试题中有很多有关定语从句的, 这类题往往需选择引导词部分. 做好这类题的关键首先是要有这样的观念: 定语从句应有完整而合理的句子成分. 基于这一点, 我们可以用还原法来检验定语从句是否正确, 即把定语从句还原成为一个简单句. 具体做法是:
①.第一步: 替换. 将关系代词直接替换成先行词, 如果是关系副词, 先替换成介词+关系代词, 再将关系代词替换成先行词
②.第二步: 调整, 即调整语序, 看能否构成一个合理的简单句
例如, 还原以下例句a中的定语从句的过程是: 先将that / which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就能得到一个合理的简单句: We visited the park last year. 再如, 还原以下例句b中的定语从句的过程是: 先将where替换成in which, 再将which替换成先行词the park, 再调整语序, 就得到一个合理的简单句: We once played for a whole day in the park.
a. Do you remember the park that / which we visited last year
b. Do you remember the park where we once played for a whole day
c. Do you still remember the days that / which we spent together
d. Do you still remember the days when we were together
二.分隔定语从句: 定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后, 但有时也被分隔开来, 在阅读时要注意根据定语从句所表达的意思来分辨先行词是什么
a. I was the only person in the office who was invited.
b. He was the only one of the students who passed the GRE
